Full text of "Records of the Indian Museum"

See other formats

ey sein casasateoipboney Se'sty abet of
nae

— * Shedd v4 a \~ jeter
soles Ntelge # aa wi Ee ne atie pe
re sh wt pelo’ ae ee ee ee a hes abate

fi ‘aha hal Kiel emer aiigiie

ibehalerelertatsoetetetape tar
tb alrhh doubd ch cota h
ledeginalal

wi seredaiad poy ve

bab el he *
Hwee of

athe
cf

RECORDS

of the

INDIAN MUSEUM

(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY )

Vol. I, 1907.

EDITED BY

THE SUPERINTENDENT,

INDIAN MUSEUM, NATURAL, HISTORY SECTION,

Calcutta :
PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE {NDIAN MUSEUM.
BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1907.

Vic

CONTENTS.

A
—— < >—_ ——

PART. I, JUNE.

Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea

Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera from the
Himalayas

Ifurther notes on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca

The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower
Bengal—

Part I.—Introduction and aie rege Account of

the Fauna
Part IT.—A new Nesiatode of the genus Oucholde
mus

arta elle Bey ‘Isolated SRERE of ine eee
Metridium schillerianum

A Sporozoon from the heart of a Cow

Miscellanea (pp. 79—83) :—

WATS

The appendicular skeleton of the Dugong ..

An egg laid in captivity by a Goshawk

Melanic specimens of Barbus ticto

Two barnacles new to Indian Seas

Mosquitoes of the genus Anopheles from Port Canning
Anopheles larve in brackish water

Mosquitoes from Kumaon

Peculiar habit of an Earthworm

PART Le AucusrTr

Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidee

Description of an Oligochzete Worm allied to Chelogaster 133

The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, ower
Bengal—-

Part IV.—Hydrozoa :
Further note on a Polyzoon from the Fidtatay as

Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Reptiles and [ish
from Nepal and the Western Himalayas
The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower
Bengal—
Part V.—Definition of a new genus of Amphipoda,
and description of the typical species

« £39

145

. 149

. 159

XI:

Contents.

Notes on Oriental Diptera—

No. I.—Note on Sphyracephala hearseyana, with a
list of the Oriental species of Diopsinz

No. II.—Preliminary report on a collection from
Simla

Miscellanea (pp. 17I—178) :—

ave

XVI.

XVII.

XVITI.

XIX.

The occurrence of Gecko verticillatus in Calcutta

The distribution of Kachuga sylhetensis

The distribution of Bufo andersont

Note on Rutilia nitens

Records of some Indian Cerambycide

Notes on some Indian Hemiptera :

A preoccupied specific name in M acrothrix

An enemy of certain Pearl Oysters in the Persian Gulf.

The distribution in India of the African Snail, Achatina
fulica

Statoblasts from the surface of a . Himalayan Pond

Notes on Hislopia lacustris

PART III, OCTOBER.

Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the
Indian Museum

The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, lower
Bengal—
Part VI.—Observations on the Polyzoa, with fur-
ther notes on the ponds . as a
A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in the Indian
Museum, with the description of a new species
Notes on Oriental Diptera—

No. III.—Review of the Oriental species of Sepe-
don, with descriptions of two new species
Description of a New Snake from Nepal :
Notes on a collection of marketable fish from Ae ab

with a description of a new species of Lactarius
Description of two freshwater gence Worms from
the Punjab : ,
Notes on Phosphorescence in Mastic Animals
Notes on the Rats of Dacca, Eastern Bengal
Notes on Freshwater Sponges—
No. I.—-The buds of Spongilla proliferens
., il.—Gemmules of Trochospongilla phillottiana
,, 11].—Embryos of Ephydatia blembingia
., IV.—-The nature of the pores in Spongilla

V.—The systematic position of FE phydatia
meyent and FE. indica

be)

Miscellanea (pp. 275—280) :—

The original home of Mus decumanus
Colour change in Hylobates hoolock

Se ea)

Contents.

iii

Page

Eggs of Tylototriton verrucosus 2278
The hosts of Tachea spongillicola Se 4 270

A second species of Dichelaspis from Bathynomus gigan-
leus : Sie - 279

Part IV, DECEMBER.

NXT. Nudtclava monocanthi, the type of a new genus of Hy-
droids parasitic on Fish sie Bie =. 281

XXIV. Preliminary descriptions of three new N ycteribiidz
from India <e ae - 295
XXV. Annotated catalogue of Oriental Culicide . . = 207.

XXVI. Notes on Oriental Diptera—

No. IV.—On some Indian species of Limnophora
and Anthomyia, with a desciiption of a new
species of the former genus

XXVIH. Notes on Freshwater Sponges—

No. VI.—The midday siesta of Spongilla in the
Tropics a3 ie a:
», VII.—Description of two new Freshwater
Sponges from Eastern Bengal, with remarks on
allied forms

XXVIII. Description of a new Cyprinid Fish of the genus Danto
from Upper Burma
Miscellanea (pp. 397, 398) :—

A colour variety of Typhlops braminus .. am
Reptiles and a Batrachian from an island in the Chilka
Lake, Orissa

ows” OrwOwOwmOw@DEerenrreeee—eeeee=—s—s

+ OOK

387

2 3Oy

- 395

397

- 397

Fist OBS PLATES.

eee

Plates I and II (Freshwater Entomostraca)

Plates III and IV (Metridium schillertanum) ..

Plate V (Chetogaster punjabensis) ..

Plate VI (Himalayan Lizards)

Plate VII (Quadrivisio bengalensis)

Plate VIII (Aolosoma, sp.)

Plates IX and X (Chetogaster paeus)
Plates XI, XII and XIII (Oriental Syrphide)
Plate XIV (Freshwater Sponges, ..

Plate XV (Anthomyid Flies)

Plate XVI (Nudiclava monocanthi)

Plate XVII (Nudiclava monocantht)

Follow page

-—

Rt ee

= ae
J

List OF AUTHORS.

Annandale, N., B.A., D.Sc. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can-

ning, Lower Bengal: Part I, p. 35; Part
ripe; PactilV, p= 139; Part V1,-p;
197.—The appendicular skeleton of the
Dugong, p. 79.—Melanic specimens of
Barbus ticto, p. 81.—Two barnacles new
to Indian Seas, p. 8r.--Mosquito*s from
Kumaon, p. 83.—Peculiar habit of an
Earthworm, p. 83.—Further note on a
Polyzoon from the Himalayas, p. 145.
Reports on a collection of Batrachia,
Reptiles and Fish from Nepal and the
Western Himalayas, Introductory note,
p- 149, and L[acertilia, p. 151.—The
occurrence of Gecko verticillatus in
Calcutta, p. 171.—The distribution of
Kachuga sylhetensis, p. 171.—The distri-
bution of Bufo andersoni, p. 171.—An
enemy of certain Pearl Oysters in the
Persian Gulf, p. 176.—The distribution
in India of the African Snail, Achatina
fulica, p. 176.—Statoblasts from the
surface of a Himalayan Pond, p. 177.—
Notes on Freshwater Sponges, Nos. I—
Vor p= 2675 Nos« WI, | Vil, ps 387.
Eggs of Tylototriton verrucosus, p. 278.
—The hosts of Tachea_ spongillicola,
p. 279.—A second species of Dichelaspis
from Bathynomus giganteus, p. 279.—
A colour variety of Typhlops braminus,
p- 397-—Reptiles and a Batrachian from
an island in the Chilka Lake, Orissa,

Pp. 397.
Boulenger, G. A., F.R.S. Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Rep-

Brunetti,

Burr,
TZ:

Malcolm

’

tiles and Fish from Nepal and the
Western Himalayas, Batrachia, p. 149.—
Description of a New Snake from Nepal,
Dp 217.
Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyide, p.

85.—Notes on Oriental Diptera, Nos.
Ek and: tl, p: .x63;; No. TIl,-p. 20n- No.
IV, p. 381.—Note on Rutilia nitens,
p- 172.—Annotated Catalogue of Oriental
Culicidze, p. 297.

B.A., A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in
the Indian Museum, with the description
of a new species, p. 207.

Vili

Chatterjee, G. C., M.B.

Gourlay 2 C.anAc Canta,
I.M.S.

Gurney, Robert

Hossack, W. C., M.D.

Linstow, O. von, M.D.

Bloyd, R423) Mass. B:Se;;
Capt. luMES,

PaivarCa Ac

Philtott, Duc. tol!

Sanyal, R. B., Rai Bahadur.
Speiser, P., M.D.

Stebbing, Revd. TI. R. R.,

MEAG URLS:
Stephenson, J., Major,
I.M.S.

Tate Regan, C., M.A.

Thornely, Laura R.

Wall, F., Major, I.MSS.,
CMEZiS:

Walton, fHaiiiys, Capt
I.M.S.

List of Authors.

A Sporozoon from the heart of a Cow, p.
77.—Mosquitoes of the genus Anopheles
from Port Canning, p. 81.—Anopheles
larvee in brackish water, p. 82.

Notes on the Rats of Dacca, Eastern
Bengal, p. 263.

Further notes on Indian Freshwater En-
tomostraca, p. 21.—A preoccupied speci-
fic name in Macrothrix, p. 176.

The original home of Mus decumanus, p.

275.

The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can-
ning, Lower Bengal, Part IT, p. 45.

Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian
Sea, p. I.—Notes on a collection of
marketable fish from Akyab, with a
description of a new species of Lactarius,
p. 219.—Notes on Phosphorescence in
Marine Animals, p. 257.—Nudiclava
monocanthi, the type of a new genus of
Hydroids parasitic on fish, p. 28r.

Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera
from the Himalayas, p. 13.—Records of
some Indian Cerambycide, p. 172.—
Notes on some Indian Hemiptera, p. 174.

An egg laid in captivity by a Goshawk, p.
80.

Colour change in Hylobates hoolock, p. 276.

Preliminary descriptions of three new Nyc-
teribiide from India, p. 295.

The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can-
ning, Lower Bengal, Part V, p. 159.

Description of an Oligocheete Worm allied
to Chetogaster, p. 133.—Description of
two freshwater Oligochete Worms from
the Punjab, p. 233.

Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Rep-
tiles and Fish from Nepal and the
Western Himalayas, Fishes, p. 157.—
Description of a new Cyprinid fish of the
genus Danio from Upper Burma, p. 395.

Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the col-
lection of the Indian Museum, p. 179.

Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Rep-
tiles and Fish from Nepal and_ the
Western Himalayas, Ophidia, p. 155.

Notes on Htslopia lacustris, p. 177.

OO a ae a ae

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA.

22, line 24. Elide ‘‘var. sculptus’” after ‘‘Chydorus globosus,
Baird.”

20, line 5. For ‘‘ Thyocryptus’’ read “‘ Ilyocryptus.”’

39, line 6 from foot of page. For “ schulizet’’ read * schultzet.”’

39» §

B2,ie 4. Moy) fig.5,° reads: tia: 3.

69, line r1rfrom foot of page, and page 82, line 8 from foot of
pages. For O22 ead. 2."

iv, below figures. For ‘‘ Sagartia schilleriana’’ read ‘‘ Metridium
schillerianum.”’

80, line 13. For ‘“‘used”’ read “ fused.

100, footnote, and page 132, line 2. For ‘‘ Acanthina argentea '
vead ‘‘ Acanthina argentilirta.”

145, line 7, page 146, line Ir, page 147, lines 4 and 17 from foot
of page, and page 148, lines 20, 21 and 29. For
‘‘Lophopus ledenfeldi’”’ read ‘‘ Lophopus lenden-
feld.”’

148, line 21. For ‘‘indica’’ read ‘‘ himalayanus.”’

148, last line. Before ‘‘lacks’’ intercalate ‘‘ often.’

176, line 1g. For ‘‘ Evans” read ‘‘ Galletly.”’

337, line 20. For “ Hulecetomyia”’ read ‘‘ Huleceteomyia.”

B50,sline 28) sChange. + Oo) 10 79).

302, linew27. "ior. p. 80” read «ip. T10, :

385, line 6. Add ‘‘of Anthomyia”’ after “‘ species.”

”)

[N.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a uew variety ;

dicates a new species ;

and a double-dagger ({), a new genus:

printed in Italics with page numbers in bold-faced type. |

A Page
Acalypterata 169, 170
Acanthephyra armata a 4
Acanthina JO, 92, 100 |
+argentihirta | 100, 132 |
auricollis 100
azurea 100
Acanthocoris scabrator 18
Acanthomeridz me 86
Acanthophorus serraticornis ei cmlgees |
Acanthopterygii ae 225, 228 |
Acanthosaura dymondi : 153
+kumaonensis : 152 |
major.. TS 2he 53
tricarinata : 153
Achatina fulica 176
Achias 164
Acraspidea .. go, 96
felderi 99
+Acrocholidia phthisica 295
Achnia ‘ 38
mesembryanthemum - 65
Adeonella distoma 180, 195
platalea 180, 194
subsulcata : 194
Adeonide 194
Adraga Ae 90, 94
univitta 94
Adeomyia AE 366
squamipenna 366
squammipennis .. 366
Adeomyina 300, 302, 362, 367 |
Ades ade i Ns 367
butleri .. 367
squammipenna 366
squanumipennis 366
AVliomorpha lineaticollis 18
olesthes holosericea 173
sarta 173
Afolosoma headleyi .. ee 236
sp. ae 2 335.236
AXtea recta 179, 180
AXteidee ae : 180
Aithusa indica ZAG
ARtobatis narinaria L226
Agama himalayana j 154
_ tuberculata I5I, 154
Agonoscelis nubila it 18
Alcyonaria 259, 260
Aldrichia ee 322
error 322

| Anisolabis

Algee, filamentous
Allodahlia
ancylura
coriacea
Alonella excisa
Amathia distans
Ambassis urotenia

Amblypharyngodon microlepis

Ammophila atripes
punctata ..
Ampeliscide

| Amphibia

Amphiblestrum
Amphipod

| Amphipoda gammaridia
_ Ampsalis ay,

geniata
Ampullaria sp.
Amussium sp.
Anabas scandens

| Ancistrodon himalayanum
| Andrena ses re Daaces

Anechura

feee

metallica
Anguillidze
Anguillule
Anisocheleomyia ae
alboannulata
albitarsis

annandalei
annulipes
Anisops sp.

| Ankyroderma sp.
| Annelida

Anopheles
aitkenii
annularis
arabiensis ..
barbivostris
christophersi
culicifactes
culiciformis
deceptor
dthali
elegans
fluviatilis
formosaensis
fuliginosus
funesta

23, 24, 26

297, 300,

a dagger (7) in-
synonyms are

Page
38
209
209
209

22, 364
303
314

393

“82, 314

308

305, 311

S2s323
. 323
303
306
308
323
317
306

Page
Anopheles funestus 307
gigas ss 303
immaculatus 304
indica 306
indicus ae 306
jamesii 82) 3175 310
jeyporensis 306, 313
Rarwart 318
Rochi 321
kumasii 307
leucopus Ss 317
leucosphyrus 307, 309
lindesayii 83, 304
listoni 306, 308
maculatus -- $318
maculipalpis 319
metaboles 320
minimus st 313
nigerrimus 82, 314
ocellatus os 321
philippinensis 319
pictus 315
plumiger 315
pulcherrima 7 321
punctulatus 82, 309, 311
YOSS11 --40, 82, 309, 370
sensu lato .. 300, 322 |
sensu stricto : 302 |
sinensis 315
sub-species annularis 316
sp. 168
stephensi 319
subpictus Sregs eis)
tessellaitus 309, 311.
theobaldi $e 320
turkhudi 311
vagus 310
vanus 316
vincenti : B22
wellcomei .. ae 304
Anophelina .. 300, 302, 303
Anthomyia albicornis of 385 |
bibax 385
bina 385
bisetosa 383 |
calens 385 |
concana 385
exigua 385 |
flexa 385
illocata 385
lenticeps 385
lobalis 381
manillensis 385
metallica 385
pere 385
peshawarensis 385
pluvialis 383
procellaria 385
quadrata . 385
tonitrui 381 |
trina 385
Anthomyide j 169
Anthophora cingulata 16 |
zonata 16
Antidoxrion ac 88
fulvicoynts.. 8&8
Aphrocallistes beatrix 259

Page
| Aphreditide ae SO ES:
| Apidee 5: a Ss 16
| Apis dorsata mc se 17

indica . St 17
Apocryptes lanceolatus | a2 41
Apodes = bs a 2E
Apterygida .., Ss (ee e200

arachides .. 209
bipartita var. macrolabia 209
Arachnidiide A 199, 200
| Arctus orientalis xi ote 6
| Aricia : oe: oe 169
| Aristeus crassipes - 25138 aoe
semidentatus .. 6, 258
_ Arius ccelatus an 2. Gees
gagora ns Sc R223
| Armigeres .. ae — 327
obturbans .. és 328
panalectoyos oe 328
| ventyalis.. ade ts Yt
Artemita Sc 2s i 97
Asilus (sensu lato) ae Ete 168
_ Aspongopus obscurus .. ay 18
_ Asterids ae 5 0 eS
Astur palumbarius... 5 80
Asylafee ... Se ae ESS 20
Ateleopus indicus s so UES
Atya sp. 3¢ 32 Sc 22
Atylide “fs we in 160
Aulana =f its LA ae seey
confirmata Bie Bh 117
Avicula macroptera .. 5 176
B
Bagrada picta i “va 174
Balanus amphitrite .. -- 38, 40
var. communis 40
patellaris ee a 40
| Balbiana siamensis .. 78
| Barbus chola oe cs 41
stigma » te 41
ticto ef 81, 158
Barnacles.. . 52 279
7 Basilia bathybothyra 23) £206
| Basilius bendelesis ae oe 158
| Bathygadus furvescens I 3 A Ones,
Bathynomus ac sc 280
gigantens LAs e279
Batoidea 5c 325 5220
Batrachia .. 149, TK he 397
Belgrandia miliacea 39
Belone cancila a 224
Bembrops caudimacula a 5
Benthobatis moresbyi.. Sc 4
Berine sé = .. 88, 89
Beris - sc te 85
Beris javana a8 ao Se ROD:
Biastes a 34 SS 92
indicus aD ot 92
Bibio obscuripennis .. aria ler:
sp. Sic Be 167
Bicellariide .. 25 ie 183
Bifaxaria (?) sp. se ' 180, 187
Bimeria 5 Bic 2 141
vestita ae 39, 139, I4!I

Birds
Bironella

gracilis
Bithynella caningensis

sp.
Blythinia sp. ae
Boleophthalmus dentatus
viridis
Bombus eximius -
flavescens
funerarius
hzmorrhoidalis
orientalis
trifasciatus
tunicatus
vallestris
Bombylius major
sp.
Borborinze
Bowerbankia we Sb
caudata 40, 180,

imbricata
Brachycara sf
ventralis ..
Brachycera
Brachypalpus
Brada sp. 7.
Branchinecta orientalis
Branchiocerianthus imperator
Bregmaceros macclellandi
Brisinga sp.
Brown rat

Bufo andersoni ae BAL

himalayanus ae ae

melanostictus .. 42,
Bugula ditrupe 5% 179,

neritina
sinuosa

Caberia lata .. ss 179,

retiformis
Cenocoris marginatus. .
Calliactis parasitica
Callionymus carebares
Calliphora erythrocephala
vomitoria
Calochetis bicolor

Calotes versicolor oe 5

Calyptoblastea
Campeprosopa a:
flavipes
munda
Camptocercus australis
Canda af ee
Tpecten

retiformis
Cantao ocellatus
Canthecona furcellata..
Capside ;
Carangide
Caranx gallus

ire

I96—198, 203, 2

102,

&uwn vy

Ls es cs aoe lL oe > Ta)
CO mObhin ay
NWO OO Nin

ili

Page

Caranx sansun $3 228
Carbasea cribriformis . . 180, 184
pisciformis 184

Carbula indica 18
Carcharias gangeticus 220
laticaudatus 220
Carchariide .. ae 220
Carchesium polypinum 37, 38
Caridina sp. . : 23
Catageiomyia 338
Catenariade 180
Catenaria lafontii 180
Cellaria tenuirostris 180, 184
Cellariide 184
Cellepora albirostris 188
cidaris : 195
cylindriformis 180, 195
megasoma 195
Celleporide 195
Cellia 321
kochi 321
pulcherrima 321
Cellulariade . = Se 180
Ceradocus rubromaculatus ae 160
Cerambycideze 172
Ceratina sexmaculata 16, 20
Cerberus rhynchops 398
Cerceris instabilis 15
Cerebratulus sp. Se 7
Ceriagrion coromandeliannm .. 308
Cerianthus E Gaa70
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi 2I—24, 40
Chetodontide 227
Chzetogaster Eh 137
bengalensis 246—251

crystallinus we 247

diastrophus 246—248

gulosus 247

Tpellucidus 237—251

punjabensis 133—138,

237: 243, 245—249

sp. Se 248—251

spongille 245, 248—251

Chetonotus schultzei . . 39
Cheetopterus Ae
Chetlostomata 180
Chelisoches a : 209
melanocephaius .. 209

simulans 209
Chelisochide 210
Chilosia sp. .. 169
| Chimarrhichthys 158
Chirocentride 222
Chirocentrus dorab 222
hypselosoma 222
Chironomide 168
Chironomid larve 38, 41
Chloromyia .. Ae 102, 104
sapphirina 104

stigmatica 104

Chloropine nt 170
Chorinemus lysan 228
Chorizopora brongniartii 188
Chortophila : 381
cilicrura 385

Chortophile 169
Chrysochlora 102, 113

Page
Chrysochlora baccoides 113
vitripennis 113
Chrysocoris fascialis 97,
grandis 17
Chrysogaster sp 168
Chrysomyia a 103
sapphivina 104
Chrysonotus calopus .. 103
Chrysophrys datnia 228
Chthamalus stellatus .. 40
Chydorus globosus ne Bo
spheericus 23242
Cicadide ef 19
Cidaris sp. 4, 6
Ciliata : 242
Cirrotheuthis | 7
Cladocera 24
Clarius magur 222
Clava 28
Clavigralla gibbosa 17
Cletus punctulatus 18
Clione oF LAS)
Clitellaria 114, T19
bivittata 5 ue ty whi
cmneveum 46 116
flaviceps I19, 120
gavasum ao) AG
heminopla.. 114, 119, 120
notabilis LO pe 2O
obesa 100, 100
vesponsale .. 116
tenebrica 116
tibialis - 98
varia 119, 120
Clitellarine . 89, 113
Clupea chapta Sg eA
ilisha 221
lile 22
variegata 22
Clupeide 22
Clypeaster .
Cobra 15
Coelenterata : 3
Coenocephalus 95 BY, 96, 12
melanarius 12
Coenomyia 85, 8
Coenomyide 86
Coilia ramcarati 221
Coleoptera, aquatic 41
Coloconger raniceps 258
Copepoda 2
Coptosoma nazire 17
nepalense 17
var. a@ 17
Corbula spp. 38, 39, 63
Corethra 367, 368
asiatica 368
confordt 368
manilensis. .. =, 368
Corethrina 300, 303, 367, 368
Corixa sp. i an 22,
Coryne 281
Crabro buddha 15
Cribrilina radiata 187
Crisia holdsworthii 195
Crisiidze I 95
Crocisa emarginata 16

DH HH ON OH HH

Page
| Crustacea 40, 81, 176, pee 25 59,279
Cryptodon sp. 354,57
Cryptotympana acuta 19, 20
intermedia 19
Ctenostomata 196, 198—200, 203
Culcua xt 90, 100
simulans sig ats 100
Culex = 13005 ae8 2278320") 36)
(restricted) : x5 342
acey 357
@stuans 344
affinis 339
albolineatus 342
albopictus 83
amboinensts 323
angulata 342
annulata 339
annulatus 339
annulifeva 343
annuliferus 343
annulipes 359
annulitarsis 330
annulus 343
anxtfer 344
arabiensis a ees
aureostriatus (7) 348, 355
bancrofti ee 330
biroi .. : 343
hiteniorhynchus 357
brevipalbis 329
cecus.. 343
calopus 330
cantans 343
cingulatus 354
commovens Ee eezG
concolor 343, 344, 352
confirmatus ae 346
cvasstpes 329
dives .. 359
doleschalli Bo
domesticus 350
elegans 330
exagitans 330
excitans 330
fasciata ite k 330
var. mosquito 330, 331
fatigans -- 331, 342, 344
sub-sp. luteo-
annulatus 345
sub-sp. trilineatus 345
filipes. . . 354
foochowensis 345
foymosus 330
fragilis 345
fumipennis sf 343
fuscanus 344—346
gelidus : a one
cuneatus ’ 347
sub-sp. cuneatus 340
var. sinensis 346
gnophodus 347
halifaxii 347
hirsuteron 347
hirvsuteros 347
hirsutum 347
hispidosus 326
hyycanus (?) 349

Pag, Page
Culex impatabilis -- $30 Culex triteniorhynchus 355, 356
impellens 347, 349 | uncus : a ages
tmbiger .. -- $50} univittatus 351, 353
tmplacabtlis 350 | vagans Age 353
imprimens - 348 | variegatus 333, 339
incidens (non-Oriental) 350 | ventralis 328, 356, 356
tnexorabilis ‘ 330 | utrvidtfrons Ra 330
tnflictus (?) 355 | viridiventer Bic 354
infula cae 34 | vishnui 3435 349, 354, 356
japonicus 348, 352, 355 | zonatipes es ie 330
Rocht -- $61) Culicina ++ 300, 302, 303, 326, 362
konoupt 330 Cybister convexus br 41
laniger . 326 | Cyclestheria hislopi 24
longipalpis 348 | Cyclogaster detracta 118
longipes 349 vadians 118
luctensis 330 | ¢Cyclopodia amiculata 296
luridus : 355 ferrarii 295
luteolateralis 349 | Cyclops diaphanus 24, 32
P Pp 4, 3
macleayt (?) 344 fimbriatus 522)
maculatus 343 | leuckarti 2I—24, 31, 40
maculicrura 353 oithonoides > DE, Bir
marinus 82 | phaleratus 21
mediolineatus -+ 349 prasinus 21—23, 32
microannulatus 347—349, 352, serrulatus 22—24, 31
354 | varicans 22, 23 932
micropterus ac 332 | Cyclostomata ; 195
mimeticus 168, 349 | Cylindreeciide ot 196, 199
molestus (?) 354, 355 | Cylindreecium dilatatum 5 RS
mosquito 330, 331 | Cynoglossus carpenteri 3
mucidus ate 327 | lingua 229
nero 359 _ Cyprinidae 158
nigripes 350
notoscripta 336
obturbans 328 |
pallidithorax 350 | D
pallipes 344
penetrans a 339 | Dalpada affinis 167,
pipiens 350 (?), 351 versicolor 1 7/
pulchriventer -- 351 | Danielsia .: 338
pullus Natl RSE alboteniata. . 338
pungens 344 (?), 345 | {Danio browni 395
quasipipiens Fo FEL kakhiensis 395
quasiunivittatus 351 | Datnioides polota 227
queenslandensis 330 | Decapod cephalopod Bs 258
reesii 351 | Dendromyia . 365, 366
vegius .. 325 | Dentalium a a 259
rizali 352 | magnificum 3
YOSS14 330 sp. 3,7
rubrithorax 352 | Dereocoris patulus 19
scutellaris 333 | Dermaptera .. 207
sericeus 352 | Dermatinus lugubris 175
setulosus oe 355 | Desvoidea De 327
sitiens 348, 349, 352 | obturbans 328
skusii .. 5. 344 | panalectoros 328
spathipalpis fs 340 | Desvoidya B27,
spp. 354, 355 eS 327
sbenceri a 341 | joloensis 327
splendens 324 obturbans 328, 350
stimulans 344 | panalectoros 328
subulifer 323 Dexiid ee 172
sugens ae 337 | Diachoris intermedia 184
teniatus a 330. Diaphanosoma sarsi 23
tigripes a 352 | singalensis 24
tipuliformis 353, sp. 22), 24)
titillans 360 | Diaptomus blanci 50 il, AS
toxorhynchus 330 ycinctus 23, 24, 2G, 33
trimaculatus 353 | feontortus .. 22—24, 28, 33

Page Page
Diaptomus doriai 23, 24, 30 Elasipod holothurian 3
tpulcher 23, 29, 33 | Elasma te : , 92
similis 24, 30 | acanthinoides .. 92
fstrigilipes .. 23, 30, 33 | Elasmobranchia : 220
Diasemopsis .. Ha an 163 | Elasmomia granulipes. . 18
fenestrata.. 165 Elis annulata 14
fenestvatus 164 asiatica 14
rufithorax 164 fimbriata 14
Dichelaspis Sin 279 hirsuta .. 14
bathynomi 4, 279 prismatica 14
occlusa 279 | thoracica 14
Dicrolene intronigra 6 | Empide 168
Dieuches femoralis 19 | Emyda granosa 397
leucoceras IQ | vittata 397
Dilophus febrilis 167 | Engonia aurata 115
Spams 167 | Engraulis breviceps 221
Diopsids, Oriental 163 indicus 221
Diopsine, Oriental 163 sp. 22h
Diopsis - 164 | taty 22
apicalis 165 | | Enoplomyia 2, ea 90, 94
arabica 164 | cothurnata 94
argentifera Ske 164, Ephemerid larve - Dae ALi
attenuata 163, 164 | Ephippiomyia 34 LIZ S015
beelzebuth ; 165 | bilineata ie 116
circularis 164 bilineatum 11 5s 5 Prone)
confusa 164 | | cinerea II5
cothurnata 166. cinereum 11 ‘Is LLO
dalmanni 163, 164 | gavasum 15, 16
detrahens 165 | nigerrimum Ti5s Loy
discrepans 165 | responsale iatis = Ine

fallax 165 | thoracica
ferruginea 165 | -(non-Oriental) 115
graminicola 165 Ephippium a8 115
ichneumonea 164 angustum .. 115
indica 164 | spinigerum 116
latimana 164 Ephydatia .. om 270
lativola f 164 blembingia 269
quadriguttata 164, 165 | crateriformis 273
quinqueguttata 165 fluviatilis . 272
subfasciata 164 var. meyeni 2 272 » 390
subnotata Ss 164 indica 272,273, 279) 388, 391
sykesii 163, 165 meyeni aa 272
trentepohlii 166 | miilleri 272
villosa 165 | robusta 272
westwoodt 165 | Epidaus atrispinus 19
+ Diplacanthopoma eben 6, 10 | Epizoanthus 259
Diplatys : 207 sp. 2
gladiator 207 | Equula edentula 228
siva 207 | Eretmapodites S37
Dipleecium simplex... . 183 | Eristalis solitus 169
Dipsadomorphus multifasciatus 157 tenax 169
{Diptychus annandalei 158 | Erthesina fullo 17
Dolichopus sp. 168 | Escharva fuegensis 190
Dragon-fly larvee 38, 40 | Escharide 190
Drepane punctata 227 | Etorleptiomyia P: 368
Drepanide 227 | luzonensis se ess
Dryomyza formosa Sa 169 | Euceromyia .. 124, 131
maculipennis 169 | nexura 46 131
Dunhevedia crassa 22, 27 | Euchiloglanis 158
setigera 27 | bly thii zh 158
Dysdercus cingulatus . 19 Eudmeta 120, 123
evanescens 19 | brunnea 123
| flavida 123
E marginata 123
Eumenes affinissima 15
Ectoprocta 180 | conica 15
Edwardsia 70 esuriens 15

Eumenes petiolata
Eumenide

Eunicids

Euphria aurantia
Eusarcocoris guttiger ..
Euspongilla ..
Eusthenes eurytus
Evaza :
argyroceps
bipars
flavipes
fortis
fulviventris
impendens
indica

mollis
pallipes
pictipes
scenopinoides
tibialis
Exostoma

Farrella atlantica
Ficalbia
minima
simplex
Filaria bancrofti
sanguinis-hominis
Finlaya

anopheloides ..
aranetana
flavipennis
kochi
melanoptera
poicilia
Fish AI, 81
Flustra dentigera
foliacea
pisciformis
rhizophora
securifrons
Flustride
Folliculina ampulla
Forcipula
decolyi
trispinosa
Forficula
acer
beelzebub
planicollis
Forficulide
Fulgora clavata
spinole
Fulgoride

Gabasa argentea
Geeana festiva |
sulphurea
Gammaride .
Garveia
Gastropod

310,

, 157, 258,

179,
180,
180,

37)

208,

40,

Page
Gastrotricha 39
Gemmellipora glen form striatula 190

Geomyza (?) . 170

Geomyzine 170

Gerbilius ornatus 175

Gerride 228

Gerris sp. 41

Gibbons, hoolock 278

Gismunda chelonia 19

Glyphocrangon investigatoris 2,6

Gobiide as hs 229

Gobiiformes. . =e 229

Gobioides rubicundus .. 229

Gobius acutipennis ts 41

alcocki 41, 42, 68

giuris a 41

Spp._ ae a 41
viridipunctatus 22

Gonia ae aS 169

Gorgonacea .. SE = 2

| Grabhamia is 341

| ambiguus .. 341

deniedmanni 341

ochracea 341

sollicitans 341

spenceri eee 3a

var. idahoensis 341

Graptostethus dixoni .. ES 20

servus . 18

Grasia 305

Grassia 305

Gymnoblastic hydrozoon 139

Gymnodactylus himalayicus 152, 155

Halicore dugong 8 79

Halictus lucidiusculus- =16,, 20

Halys dentatus 17

Hamadryad .. Bie 185;

Haplochilus melanostigma - 41, 68

panchax .. 41

Haplomi j 223

Haploporella lepida 188

Harpactor marginellus fe)

Harpodon nehereus 223

Heinzmannia ie 366

scintillans 366

Helopetlis theivora 19

Hemidactylus brookii 397

frenatus 397

garnotii iG 151

fnepalensis SMES LBS

platyurus oye 151

Hemiptera Be 17, 20, 174

Heptaphlebomyinz at ehOO)
Hermetia 120, I21

albitarsis F2Teaue2

armata 122, 123

batjanensis .. -, 22

cereoides E2 ites

cingulata ac 123

fenestrata D2t ele.

leta 3b 122

laglaizei LZ Teles

marginata 123

viii

Page
Hermetia remittens Wait, 1A
rufiventris .. 121, 122
Hermetiine .. : ae 95; 120
Heterocarpus alphonsi 259
leevigatus 258 |
Heteronycha dolosa 344
Hexactinellide 259
Hexechopsis .. ve 163
Hilara ne oC 168
“ Hilsa ”’ (vernacular term) 221
Himalayan diptera 166
lizards 151
Hirondella trioculata ane 159
Hislopia 30 199, 200, 203
lacustris 177, 200
Hislopiidee - 200
Hodgesia 367
sanguinea 367 |
Homalomyia canalicularis 169 |
Homeeocerus albiguttulus , 18
Homola megalops ON 7neso
Hoolock gibbons sc 307. Bis
Hoplistodera virescens ae 18
Howardia 312
Howardina oie 338
greenii 338, 366
himalayana Fo 5, SKS
Hulecceteomyia ac a 337
pseudoteniata .. 337
trilineata 4 338
Hyalinella 147, 148
Hyalincecia tubicola be eh BG
Hydractinea 283, 285, 286
Hydrichthys mirus 282, 285—288
Hydrobia miliacea 39
Hydronietra sp. 41
Hydrotea .. Bhs 382
Hylobates hoolock 276—278
Hymenaster .. 259
Hymenoptera 14, 20 |
I
Icaria ferruginea 16 |
marginata 16
variegata 16
Idmonea milneana 196
Ilyocryptus longiremis 23320
Insects 40, CH 17/2

Irene ceylonensis 37— Baan 139, 142, 197
Ischneura senegalensis 40

Isopod 38, 279
J
Joblotine .. as Se 300
K
Kachuga sylhetensis 171 |
us
Labia ae 209
Sos (Ge) oe 209

Page
Labidura Se 207
bengalensis siotepa ZO
lividipes 208, 209
| +nepalensis 208
riparia os ee Or
| var. inermis .. 207
tenuicornis 208
Laccotrephes sp. 41
Lacertilia I51
Lachesis gramineus 157
monticola a7
Lactariidee 227
{Lactarius burmanicus 2 19, 22 7 » 2290—
231
| delicatulus 227 Ge »°230
{Leops nigrescens Pe
Lagenipora socialis 180, 188
spinulosa .. 188
tuberculata 188
Lamprocoris roylii 17
spiniger xc 1097
Lamprogrammus fragilis BAsA6
niger e250
Larra mauta 5 15
Lasiopa ns ToL A ele l 7 pmmieg ya
detracta Td 7 spptelio
infera 117, 118
radians TeIgy/s A 1s)
*villosa var. himalayensis ry
Lates calcarifer oe 225
Lauxania duplicans 214
Laverania a0 317
Leicesteria oe 330; 5337,
longipalpis.. Hier DORR
Lelia octopunctata 174
Lepidasthenia 257
+stylolepis 260
Lepidotomyia 339
alboscutellata 339
magna 339

_ Lepidotrigla spilonterny vat. longi
| pennis oe 5
_Lepralia adpressa 190
cucullata 190
distoma 195
fuegensis 190
megasoma 195
| multidentata 190
poissonii 190
turrita 190
Leptidee ; 85, 86
Leptobrachium monticola 149
Leptocorisa acuta 18
varicornis 18
Leptosomatomyia ssi 362
lateralis 362
Leydigia acanthocercoides 23, 26
australis ZAREZO
Limicolee 250
| Limnobiine .. 168
Limnophora .. 24 381, 385
bengalensis 383
thimalayensis 382
| macei 383
| nigripennis 383
| prominens a5 383
| tonitrui 381, 382, 385

Page
Liris aurata 15
Lithodomus malaccanus 176
Lituaria sp. 50 7
Lobotes surinamensis .. 227
Lobotidee 227
Lohita grandis 19, 175
Lophius 288
indicus 5
lugubris 5
Lophocelomyia ee 316
asiatica Bz,
Lophoceratomyia iss 341
brevipalpis 342
fraudatrix 342
uniformis 342
Lophopodella thomasi Be 147 |
Lophopus Sy 147, 148 |
carteri : 147, 148
crystallinus .. 145, 148
jheringi ; : 148 |
lendenfeldi .. 145, ‘147, 148 |
*var. hima.
layanus 146148 | |
Lophosterunus falco 173 |
‘indicus .. 107/23 |
Lutianus johnii 226
Lycodon aulicus 156
Lycorma delicatula Los) 20
Lygeide 18 |
Lygeus equestris 174 |
militaris oe 18 |
Lygosoma himalayanum 151,154, 155 |
sikkimense.. 151, 154, Es ||
Lynceus cambouei 5 G5 Ae
guttatus 5 225 PS
rectangulus 5 ly Pg ||
Lyreideus channeri a O
M |
Mabuia macularia 154 |
Macacus arctoides Oc 278
Macleaya 330—338 |
Macrones gulio o¢ 41
Macropes dilutus 174
Macrorhynchus longirostris 365
Macrothrix 176
goeldi ; fo CP 5
fodiosa 23, 2s Bq, Gi83n 176 !
rosea oh 176
triserialis Dg Das 3} |
Macrurus investigatoris oe 255
macrolophus 6,7
Malacopterygii 221
Malcus scutellatus : 19 |
Mammals 79, 275
Mansonia : 358
africana : 339 |
annulifera 359, 360 |
annulipes 359
anopheloides 331
septempunctata 359
uniformis : 359
var. veverYsus 360

Page

Martesia sp. 39.
Massicyta : 20 U23
bicolor T2228

cereotdes 122

inflata 123

Mata kama ime)
Mediaster sp. 2
Megachile coajuncta 16
disjuncta 16

monticola .. 16

Megalops cyprinoides .. 221
Megaluropus 159
Megarhine 300
Megarhina immisericors 324
| Megarhinus 323, 326
amboinensis 323, 325

gilesit 324, 325

immisericors 323, 324, 324,
32

inoynatus . . 325
lewaldii 324
minimus .. 324
splendens 324
subulifer 23, 325
Megymenumi severini .. 18
Melania spp. 39
Melanoconion aa 360
ornatus 360
pallidiceps 360
Melanostoma ambiguum 168
dubium 168
mellinum 168
scalare 168
| Meleagrina margaritifera 176
var. persica 176
vulgaris 170
Melita obtusata 160
| Membranipora bengalensis 39, 40,
180, 186, 198
coronata 186
delicatula 186
radicifera 180

var. in-
termedia 186
tenuirostris 180, 185
tuberculata T80, 185
Membraniporide 185
Mesovelia sp. 41
Metridium schillerianum 38, 47
var. exul 48, 197
Microchrysa .. 102
affinis 103
annulipes 103
bipars 102, 103
calopus 103
flaviventris I02—104
gemma 103
Microporella ciliata : 186
malusit 180, 188

violacea form pla-
giopora 188
Microporellide 186
Microporide .. 186
Microvelia sp. 41
Mictis macra 174

! Originally Macrothrix

tenuicornis : see p. 176.

Mimomyia : a
chamberlaini

Page

364
304

splendens (non-Oriental) 364

Minous inermis
Mollusca
Monocanthus tomentosus
Monoporella albicans
lepida
Monoporellide
Mucidus
alternans
laniger
mucidus A
soobgp ae eics
Mucronella
amicuiiters:
canalifera . .
+formidabilis
ymaculata
tubulosa
vultur
Mugil dussumieri
Mugilide i
Mugil planiceps
sp. ae
‘“« Muhar ”’ (vern. term)
Munida andamanica
militaris
Munidopsis regia
scobrina
tspinihirsuta
trifida
wardeni
Munita
Murena macrura
Mureenesox talabonoides
Murenide
Mursia bicristimana
Mus alexandrinus
decumanus
hibernicus
musculus

rattus . 263—266,

sylvaticus
Musama
paupera
Musca domestica
Muscide
Muscinee vere
Mutilla antennata
decora
emergenda
funeraria
subanalis
Mutillidee
Mycetophilidee
Mydea Ee
Myliobatide ..
Myractis tubicola
Myriozoidee
Mytilus striatulus
Myzine anthracina
dimidiata
fuscipennis
madraspatana
Myzomyia
aconita

180, 191

285, 287, 288
39, 176, a8 259

281
188
188
188
326

326 |

326

327 |

327

©)
=)

Nd wv bt
DAK nf 1

Nuvnwnt

to
st

Wb we
uy vy WO
QHAWWWW ANH W DH

NNN
Oo’ D ;\

QOH ANNN

HHwWHAYN NH ND WD WD
to

D
xe)

4s
to
e)

Frith, 2X6)

PLAS 20

ANION 01

Myzomvyia albirostris
azriki

elegans
funesta

culicifacies 305 55

Page

305, 312
. 305

306,
308 (?), 313

306, 308
306

var. subumbrosa 307

| var. umbrosa 307

funestus 307

jehafi 307

jeyporensis (?) 308

kumasii (?) 307

leptomeres an 307

leucosphyrus 306, 307

listoni 307, 308, 313

ludlowi ane 309

| mangyana 309

punctulata : 309

rossi1 305, 309

| sub- sp. indefinita 310

superpictus 305

tessellata 309, 311

thorntoni .. Bye

tibani 305

turkhudi 305, 311

Myzorhynchus 5.5 3103

alboannulatus 315

alboteniatus 313

annularis 314

| barbirostris 314

indiensis 315

minutus 21s OLS

nigerrimus 21456305

plumiger 315

> pseudobarbirostris Bins

pseudopictus 315

sinensis 314, 315.

annularis 315, 316

umbrosus a 316

vanus 314—316
N

Naididz Westy vel

Nais 250

+Narcine mollis BA)

Nectocoris sp. 41

Neda sp. (?) Ro 4

Negritomyia eA LUSh LDA!

albitarsis Tail! agi is

bilineata .. 0 116

consobrina Waly TWIG

festinans 114, 115

maculipennis 114

Nellia oculata 185

Nematocarcinus cursor 2

gracilis 259

Nematoda 39

Nemotelus ee lal at 1/7

albiventris .. Tz

pusilla 128

Neocerambyx paris LZ,

Nephrops andamanica. 258

Nephropsis ensirostris 4

stewartil 3,6

Nerua 97

Nervua mollis ..
scenopinoides
Nesokia bengalensis

Nonia aurifrons 16 |
curvipes 16 |
terminata 16 |
thoracica 16 |

Norodonia cambodgiensis 200

sinensis 200

Notamiide ye 183 |

Nothopeus hemiptera .. 173

Notobitus marginalis .. 18 |

meleagris 18, 20
Notocantha .. 85
Notogonia subtessellata 15

tristis 15,20
Notopteride 222
Notopterus chitala 222
kapirat 222

Nototropis swammerdamei 160 |
Nucula fultoni 2
Speets. 2

Nurica danrica ; 4I
Nycteribia biarticulata 296
jenynsii 295 |

minuta .. 295 |

Tphthisica 295 |

Nymphula sp. 41

Nysius ceylanicus ae 19

Nyssorhynchus F 316, 317; 323

fuliginosus 317, 318
var. pal-

lida 317
jamesii 318
karwari an 318

maculatus 304,
318, 319, 321

maculipalpis 3 1 5
318, 319
var. tndiensts 319
nivipes 319
philippinensis 319
stephensi 319, 321
theobaldi 318—320
tibani 320
willmorei 321

O
Obrapa ; gO, 100 |

argentata 100, IOI
celyphoides 100, IOI
perilampoides. . 100, IOI

Ochrochira albiditarsis ax 18 |

Odontomyia .. 124, 126
eequalis 126, 128
atraria 126, 128
bifascia 126, 128
cinctilinea 126, 128
cinerea as ines]
claripennis 127/281 20
consobrina 127, 129
diffusa 1277, 120)|
finalis 126, 128 |
garatus 127, 130
Ttimmaculata L27e) L330)

Page

99
99

263—266, 276 |

| Pachygaster .. go, IOI
albipes IOI, 102
lativentris IOI, 102
limbipennis IOI, 102
rufitarsis IOI
Pachygastrine Soons9, O55 LO2ser or
Pachymeria .. 168
Palinurus angulatus 5
Palomena reuteri 2 174
viridissima .. ; 18
Paludicella 198, 203
miilleri 202
Paludicellide 198—200, 205
Paludina 178
Pameta pallicornis : 19
Pandalus alcocki (3) 258, 259
martius 4259
Pangasius buchanani 222
Panoplites 358

Panoplites africanus
annulifera
annulipes
australiensis
dives
uniformis

Paralia alcocki

Paramececia

Peachia

Pearl oysters

Pecomyia :

maculata

Pectinatella carteri

davenporti
gelatinosa
magnifica

Pelona indica

Pemphredon fuscipennis

Penicillidia ;

Pennatula
pendula

Pennatulid

Pentacheles phosphorus

Pentatomide

Perionyx excavatus
Speak Ae

Periophthaimus koelreuteri

} Peristethus adeni

Peritrechus zruginosus

Persephonaster sp.

Persoces

Persona sp.

Phagomyia is

gubernatoris

Pharella sp. a

Phoniomyia .. ais

bimaculipes

indica

Phora sp.

Phoride

Phormosoma sp. :

Phylactolematous polyzoa

Phyllochetopterus sp.

Phyllophora .. ic

angusta
bispinosa

Phyllopoda

Phyllopod crustacea

Physcosoma .. ke

Physomerus grossipes ..

Physopelta gutta 5

schlanbuschi

Pipizella sp. bis

Pirula investigatoris st

Spare
Platycephalidee
Platycephalus 5G
insidiator
Platychirus albimanus
Platylomia saturata
Plautia fimbriata
Plea sp.

Plecia fluvicollis
melanaspis
Plesionika martius
Pleuronectide
Pleurcphyllidea sp.

359, 320

145, 147

259, 260

365, 366

Page

Pleurotoma spp. ; “4 7

symbiotes 259

Plotosus canuis 5 222

Plumatella A 7. ol 7.8 OS

emarginata 148, 177

javanicameas a 148

philippinensis 148

polymorpha 148

princeps : 148

punctata 146, 148

vepens 148

Poecilasma eburneum .. fe 81

gracile) =: se 81

Peecilocoris drurei a bes 17

interruptus or 7,

purpurescens ae 17

tufigenis .. yi 17

Polistes adustus = eH 16

hebreeus ae Bic 16

maculipennis .. a6 16

sagittarius... 5c 16

schach és Be 16

stigma oa ae 16

Polybia orientalis 5S 20)

Polycheta , AS, 371s BOWS

Polycheles phosphorus. . pe SO)

Polylepidomyia : 306

argenteiventris oc 306

Polynemus indicus F 224
paradiseus tae 2)

tetradactylus 224

Polynoids a 2253

Polyzoa Gas a ae BOs ii7,

Pompilide .. fe 14

Pompilid hymenopteron 173

Pompilus analis 55 0 15

maculipes .. 50 15

pedestris .. ef 15

reflexus Ea a. 15

Popea ina 360

lutea .. 360

Porella malleolus 2 190

Porifera a2. ae Ais 38

Porina subsulcata 194

Porinidee 188

Potsiella 2 198, 203

Priassus exemptus 18, 20

Prionus elliotti 173

Pristidee 220

Pristina ai 250

Pristis cuspidatus 220

Pristopomatidz 228

Protohydra sis 282

Protozoa 3 : B/

Pselliophora chrysophila = e3

sp. I
Psen orientalis an a 15
Psettus argenteus 227

+Pseudodiaptomus lobipes 23, 27, 32, 33

Pseudograbhamia 340
maculata 340

Ptecticus 102, 108
apicalis 108, 110, III

aurifer 108, I1O, III

australis 109, I13
brevipennis .. 109, II3
cingulatus 109, II?

Page
Ptecticus complens 109, I12 |
doleschalli LOO Ie Ls
ferrugineus . 109, 112
illucens 108, 110 |
latifascia 109, II2, 113
leoninus ; I09Q—III
quad rifasciatus 109, I12
remeans 108, 109
repensans 109, 112
rogans 109, I12
rufescens 108, I10
rufus Te)
tarsalis 109, 112
tenebrifer 10€, 110
tricolor se 109, II2
wulpii (nom. nov.) 109, III
Pterois ae is 288
Pteroplatea micrura e220)
Ptilocera Ms . 89, 90
amethystina .. OL O2
continua 7 9OOn
fastuosa - JO—92
quadridentata a OOR OE
smaragdifera SP eLOOW OR
smaragdina 90, 91, 92
Purohita arundinacea ee 19 |
“ Putia ’’ (vern. term) 81 |
Pycna repanda 19 |
Pygolampis unicolor 19
Pyretophorus 312
freeree B12
jeyporensis sui:
minimus 313
philippinensis 313
pitchfordi 313
Pyrrhocoride Se 19
Pyrrhopeplus pictus 19
Python molurus 155
Q
{{Quadrivisio bengalensis 160
tQuadrivisio oe 159
“« Quetta borer ”’ 173
R
Rachionotomyia : 369
ceylonensis 369
Raia philipi
Rana blanfordi 150
breviceps Ae 172
cyanophlyctis 42, 150, 172
formosa AS I51
liebigii 3b 150
limnocharis TAR 7.2
tigrina 425 US.
vicina ; St 2
Raphiocera spinithorax -- 116
Reduviidz 19
Reedomyia ie 362
niveoscutellata 362
pampangensis ES ele
Reptiles te ats ADs We Sey
Retepora marsupiata ae 194

Xiil

Page

Retepora monilifera 180, 193

philippinensis 193

pocillum is 193

producta 180, 193

Ges i 193

Reteporella (?) s 180, 194

Rhachicerus ge . 86, 88

fulvicornis 88

nigrinus .. 88

| zonatus 88

| Rhacophorus maculatus 398

Rhingia sp. ac 169

Rhinolophus euryotis .. 295

Rhynchium argentatum 15

brunneum 15

flavomarginatum 15

heemorrhoidalis 15

metallicum 15

Rhyncozoon incisor 190

Rhyphomorpha oe 86, 88

bilinea 88

Rhyphus fenestralis 168

| Riptortus fuscus 18

Rosalia lateritia £73

Rosapha sy - 90, 93

bicolor - 92, 94

bimaculata - 93, 94

habilis 93, 94

Rossia BE 313

| Rostellaria delicatula ae oc 3

Rotifers 39, 242

| Ruba Ae us 118

inflata : 118

opponens 118

Runchomyia 305

philippinensis 365

Russell’s viper TES,

| Rutilia nitens 172
S S

Saccobranchus fossilis 158, 222

‘* Sadifi ’’ (vern. term) ate 176

| Sagartia nivea : 70

schilleriana BG 2

| oes 63, 65, JOR 75

| Salda dixoni. le 174

Salduba 90, 94, 955 LOZ he n2t

areolaris : -94—96

| diphysoides - 95, 90

exigua 221 955,.90

gradiens - -94—90

| hilaris | - 94, 96

lugubris - 95, 96

melanaria 95, 121

melanarius sy 121

scapularis - 95, 96

signatipennis - 95, 96

singularis = OA, Oi

| Salicornaria tenuivostris : 184

| Salius fenestratus 14

flavus . ; 14

madraspatanus. . 173

| sycophanta 14, 20

| Sarcocystis miescheriana 78

muris 78

xiv

Page
Sarcocystis platydactyli 78
stamensis .. 78
sp. es 77 |
tenella SR Ta Ths
Sarcophaga : 169
Sargine 89, 95, 102
Sargus : xo 102, 104
affinis 30 -- 103
albopilosus 105, 107
aurifer 110, 112
brevipennis ee 113
complens 112
concisus 105, 107
debilis 105, 108
fervrugineus 112
flavipes (non-Oriental) 107
flaviventris 103 |
formiceformis 106 |
fortis .. 99
gemunifer 104, 106
inactus 105, 106 |
inficitus 105, 108 |
letus .. IO5, 107 |
latifascia 113 |
leoninus 111
longipennis 105, 106 |
longipes 105, 108
luvidus 110°
mactans 105, 107 |
magnificus 105, 106
mandarinus 105, 106
metallinus I05—107
pallipes 105, 106
papuanus 105, 108
pubescens 104, 106 |
quadrifasciatus 112 |
redhibens 103, 107, 108
yvemeans 109 |
vepensans 112
vogans 112 |
VUfeSCENS , 110,
rufus 104, 105 |
tarsalis 112.
tenebrifer 109, 110 |
tibialis 105, 107 |
Saruga vr LEAS TT 4
conifera che 36 1p 7/al
Saurenchelys teniola .. 6 |
Sayomyia .. 368 |
cornfordi 3 368
manilensis .. 368
Scalpellum bengalense. . 4

2 TOD 2h

Scapholeberis kingi
L167. 170, 391

Scatophaga stercoraria

Page

Scieenidee 2 226

Sciznoides microdon 226 ; 227

pama 5 Bs 226

Scieroptera splendidula 19

Sciocoris indicus 18

Scleroparei 229

Scolia aureipennis 14

capitata 14

cyanipennis j 14, 20

quadripustulata 14

rubiginosa 14

Scoliidee 14

Scombresocidee 224

Scombriformes 228

Scopelide 223

Scorpididee 227

Scrupocellaria 6 179

cervicornis 181

diadema ie 181

ferox 181, 182

tgaspari 181

macandrei 182

scrupea a 180

Scutomyia “8 337, 338

albolineata > eg so

albopictus .. 334, 336

nivea BK 329, 330

notoscripta 334, 330

sub-sp. sama-

rensis 330

sugens 437

Selachii ah ae 220

Semnopithecus pileatus 278

Sepedon BE Si = = ten

aénescens 2UTOV2 U2 eis
batjanensis (nom.

TOV) ie 212, 212; 214:

costalis (1) 21I—213, 216

costalis (2) 201, 212, 214

crishna 169, 21I—214, 216
duplicans Bo aia
ferruginosus .. 21I—216
{PUSCIMEK VIS =). 20 eis eaNn
imbutus 216
javana 214
javanensis 211 2h
plumbellus 169, 21I—213
fsanguinipes .. 21I—215
senex 5 216
| Sepsis Bo 170
Sergestes bisulcatus $2
Serinetha augur Dd ih}, AO)
Seriola zonata 285
Serranide ~ 225
Serranus sp. .. = Sie = 2S
Sigalion sp. .. ae bn 5
Silaginidee oe pepe DOs
Sillago domina ig 22
Siluridee : 158, 222
Simosa elizabethee ..21—24
Simulium indicum 168
Sinuata ; 193
Siphonophora 286
Sipunculid genus LOT,
Skusea ee 335, 362
culiciformis es SG
diurna 335

Page
Skusea funerea zi ie BVSS5
var. ornata 45 335
multiplex 335, 336
Smittia marmorea 180, 190
rostriformis IQI |
trispinosa IQI
Solariella sp. se 7
Solea umbratilis ae a 5
Solinomyia sp. 4
Solva Ke 86
hybatotdes 8&7
tnamena aie 87
Solynemide .. ne: or 22
Sparide : 22
Spherodema sp. 4
Spheerophoria sp F 169
Sphedanolestes indicus. 19 |
pubinotum 19 |
Sphegidee x 15
Sphenopus arenaceus .. 70
Sphex luteipennis 5
nigripes 15
Sphyracephala ie 2 166 |
cothurnata 163, 166
hearseyana 166
Sphyreena jello 225
Sphyreenide .. 225

Spongilla alba 38,

var. bengalensis 389

var. marina : 389
Catterin 25,138. 270,12 79Ng O77.
390, 391

cerebellata 38, 63, 389
ycrassior 389— 391
crassissima 271, 387, 390, 391
var. bigemmulata 391
decipiens 390, 391

fragilis 390, 391 |

lacustris 38, 269, 279, 388, 389 |

var. bengalensis 38, 389

proliferens 26726802711",
387, 389
yreticulata oe 387— 389
Sporozoon 77
7Squilla peers Fi WO)
Statublasts : 177 |

Steganomus nodicornis 16
Steganoporella simplex 186
sulcata Ae 186
Stegomyia .. : 8, 336, 339
albopictus .. .. $334
amesii ag 329, 336

annulirostris 32

aurostriata 32

brevipalpis 32

crassipes .. a 32

desmotes sé 33

fasciata 330, 33

sub.-sp. persis-
tans 331
gardneri 331
gubernatorts 338 |

leucomeres 335
mediopunctata 331
mucroptera Be 332
i nivea 329, 336, 3358

198, 279, 388—390 |

Page
| Stegomyta nivea amesit 329
periskelata 332
pipersalata 332
pseudonivea 332
pseudoteniata 337
punctolateralis 333
scutellaris 83, 333, 334, 336

form albo-
pictus 334

| Stromateide 22
| Stromateus cinereus 225
sinensis re 225
Stylactis minoi 285, 287, 288
| Stylidia biarticulata se 296
Subula a oS Oe
flavipes 3 87
ie Surmulot ”’ 275
| Symbranchus bengalensis 41
| tSyncoryne filamentata 139
sp- oe 39
Synnotum aviculare 179, 183
| Synopia 159
| Synopliidee 159
| Syrphidee Ee 379, 380
hevenhys albostriatus 169
balteatus 169
luniger 169
pyrastri 169
torvus we 169
umbellatarum 169
LF

| Tabanidee 85, 86
| Table of genera, Clitellarinz 113
Hermetiinz 120

Page
Table of genera, Pachygastrin 89
Sarginee ee 102
Stratiomyine .. 124 |
Xylomyine 86
Table of species, Clitellaria : 119
Ephippiomyia pes
Eudmeta ne 123
Evaza 97
Hermetia 121
Lasiopa Li
Microchrysa .. 102
Negritomyia .. 114
Obrapa 100 |
Odontomyia 126 |
Pachygaster IOI
Ptecticus 108
Ptilocera 90
Ruba 118
Salduba 95
Sargus 104
Stratiomyia 12
Tinda 2
Xylomyia F 87
Table of sub-families, Stratiomyide 88
Tacha spongillicola 3 279
Tachinid 381
Tachinidee 169 |
Tachydromia 168 |
Teeniorhynchus 356
acer 3574
EASE oot S57,
annulioris 358
argenteus ae 357
aurites .. 3575 358
brevicellulus 357
conopas 358 |
faSciolatus (non- Orien-
_ -taljs. 357 |
lineatopennis 358
maculipes arabiensis 358 |
ochraceus 358
tenax 358 |
whitmorei 358
Taphozous longimanus 296
Taukté lizard fit |
Teleopsis a 165 |
beelzebuth 165
breviscopium 165
fallax 165
fulviventris 165
longiscopium 165 |
motatrix 165
rubicunda 166
selecta +e 166
sykesii 163, 165
Teleostii : Be i 221 |
Terebellid wes ee ae 2
Teredo sp. (?) , Loe 39
Tettigids a a 4I
Thalamoporella smittii 180, 187
Thalanessa sp. Ba GW
Thenus orientalis 280
Theobaldia 339
aunulata 339
longiareolatus 340
spathipalpis 340
Theora sp. 7 ah3 39

Page
Therapon jarbua 226
| Thereva annulata He 168
sp. i, Bic 168,
| Thylacosoma amboinense a 118
Tinda 895,902,955 97,.1O2enat
acanthinoides .. ats g2
indica 92
| modifera : 92
recedens 92
| Tiphia aureipennis 14
compressa 14
implicata 14
incisa 14
rufo-femorata 14
Tipulidee 168
Tironidee 159
Tosena mearesiana 19
| Toxocera limbiventris tee 123
Toxorhynchites 324, 320
| immisericors 83, 324, 325
| inornatus : 325
| leicesteri 325
| metallica 325
| Toxorhynchitine VRE OO:
| Tracana is L2Te pea
| iterabilis 124
| Trachischium tenuiceps 156
Sl aisiehaneides é 228
| Trichiurus haumela 228
| muticus 228
| Trichocera ae 168
| Trichocheeta .. a 114, 120
| nemoteloides ne 120
| Trichogaster fasciatus 10
| Trichopronomyia mA 354
annulata 356
Trichorhynchus : 356
| fuscus 350
| Trigonidze 226.
Trochospongilla latouchiana te 390:
phillottiana 269, 390:
Trophoma sp. + ay 2
Tropicoris punctipes 18
| Tropidonotus chrysargus ot 156
piscator = A 2 eS
platyceps : 156
stolatus 156
| Trygon uarnak 220
walga 220
Trypoxylon intrudens. é 15
Tubucellaria cereoides. . 180, 183
Tubucellarians : 235
Tubucellariide 185
Tylototriton verrucosus 278
Typhlops acutus 398

| U
Umbellularia. . 6
| Uranoscopus 46 288
crassiceps ee 5
Uranotenia a 362— 364
atra 363
ceruleocephala 363
var. later- 363.

alis

Uranoteenia falcipes
malayi
minima
nitidoventer
testacea ..

Urochela bimaculata

ferruginea

Urodele 3 aA

Urolabida histrionica ..

tenera
uniloba

Urostylus gracilis

Valkeria caudata
Valvata (?) microscopica
Varanus nebulosus
Varuna spp. ..
Velella
Velutina sp.
Veretillum sp.
Verrallina
Verticordia eburnea
Vesbius purpureus
Vesiculariide
Vespa auraria
basalis. .
cincta ..
flaviceps
magnifica
Vespertilio muricata
Vespidee
Victorella

XVil

Page

364

364 | Wallacea
363 |

argentea

364 | Worcesteria .

175
203
I

16
16
16
16
296
16

198, 202, 205

pavida 38, 40, 197—201, 203,

Virgularia sp. a.
Vorticellid protozoon ..

204

7
[40

grata
Wyeomyia as
aranoides .
greenii
(2) micropterus

| Xenomystax trucidans

Xenophora pallidula
Xylocopa acutipennis .
estuats
dissimilis
fenestrata
iridipennis
latipes
tenuiscapa
Xylomyia Ne
calopodata ..
flavipes é
hybotoides ..
inamoena
vittata
Xylomyine
Xylophagide
Xylophagus ..

Zamenis mucosus

‘* Zanni’”’ (vern. term)
Zicrona cerulea
Zoroaster sp.

ih Lacie iar

COIN IER I BU TL VOuNssae OEE “AUN. A> .© Fo eis
Aue ACB Tt ACN SORA Seale ue De, S.C RT PT CONS
OPE NOES We Ghok G Hey Sak Ney CyRCwS TA CH A:

By R. E. Inovp, M.B., B.Sc., Capt. 1.M.S., Surgeon Naturalist,
Marine Survey of India.

During the early part of 1906, the Indian Marine Survey Ship
‘Investigator’ proceeded from Muscat to Aden along the south :
coast of Arabia and returned by the same route. On both passages
the trawl was used almost every day, so that ten hauls were ob-
tained, three from less than 200 fathoms, and seven from about 500
fathoms or over. The results were for the most part good. Since
this is the first time that the ‘Investigator’ or, I believe, any
other ship has trawled in deep water along this coast, it seems
well, to publish a general account of the material obtained. So
far it has only been possible to identify the Fish and Crustacea,
but the greater part of the specimens fall within these two groups.
The identification of species has been facilitated by the fine collec-
tion of types of Indian deep-sea Fish and Crustacea in the Indian
Museum, Calcutta.

On the present collection, as a whole, the following observa-
tions may be made, and it is in these that its chief interest seems
to lie :—

I. The number of new species met with is remarkably
small considering that the ground was being investi-
gated for the first time. Only two new Crustacea
and five new Fish, all species of well-known genera,
were obtained. Of these seven species five are from
the three stations in less than 200 fathoms, while
the seven stations in about 500 fathoms or over only
contributed two new species, one Fish and one Crus-
tacean.

II. The repeated occurrence of many of the species at several
different stations is remarkable. Thus, of the seven
deeper stations, one fish, Bathygadus furvescens, was
found at four, while several species were found at
three, although the seven stations were distributed
irregularly along a line 1,000 miles or more in length.

III. The occurrence of the giant Isopod Bathynomus giganteus
and the large bilaterally symmetrical Hydroid Bran-
chiocerianthus imperator (which is here recorded from
Indian seas for the first time) is noteworthy.

The details of the various stations are as follows :—

ae R. E. Ltovp: The Fauna of the Arabian Sea. [VOL. |,

STATION No. 355.

Depth 492 fathoms. Lat. 21° 49 50” N. Long. 59° 48’ 00” FE.
Surface temperature 78° F. Bottom, green sandy mud with many
Foraminifera.

The trawl came up with the iron beam bent nearly double and
the net badly torn ; in spite of this many things were obtained from
the swabs and from the extreme end of the bag, which was intact.

FIsuH.

None obtained ; any caught must have escaped.

CRUSTACEA.
Glyphocrangon tnvestigatoris .. (Three typical specimens).
Mumda andamanica .. (Several specimens. ‘The spines at

the side of the rostrum are
about one-third of the length
of the” fostrum), 7:2), tacwes
shorter than in the type; but
this character is very variable).

Munidopsis trifida .. (Several specimens).
im scobrina .. (Several specimens).
* spinthirsuta, sp.n. (Three small males. Described
postea, p. 12).
Nematocarcinus cursor .. (Several specimens).
Aristeus crassipes .. (Two specimens).
Aethusa indica .. (One specimen).

Entangled in the net were two specimens of a most beauti-
fully reddish orange Hydroid, which were found to agree almost
exactly with the form figured by Merk and subsequently by
Miyajima, who named it Branchiocerianthus imperator. Similar
specimens were subsequently obtained in deep water off the coast
of Baluchistan ; these will be more fully described elsewhere.

At this station a large number of Polychetes were obtained.
Among them were representatives of the Chlorohemid genera
Trophonia and Brada, two Polynoids (one of which was a large
blood-red species about three inches long) and a small Terebellid.
A Eunicid contained in a branched parchment tube with openings
at regular intervals was also present, and to this tube a colony of
Epizoanthus was attached.

Besides these forms several bivalve Molluscs of the genus
Nucula, probably N. fultont, were taken, and the Asterid Medzaster,
five species of Ophiurids and some Gorgonacea.

STATION No. 356.

Depth 156—200 fathoms. Lat. 17° 59’ 00” N. Long. 57°
22'30” KE. Bottom temperature 58° F. Surface temperature 77° F.
Bottom probably firm, hard sand ; no sample was obtained in the
sounding tube and the specimens in the trawl were all quite clean.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum.

SS)

FISH.

Cynoglossus carpentert .. (Seven specimens of this Sole.
They were distinctly bathy-
bial in appearance, being of a
very dark sepia colour and of
a flabby consistency).

CRUSTACEA.

Paralia-alcocki .. (Over fifty specimens, including
two giant males).

Many specimens of the Molluscs Rostellaria delicatula and
Pirula «investigatoris. ‘These specimens are generally found to-
gether and have been met with several times in the Bay of Bengal
and off the West Coast of India, always from about the 200-fathom
line.

A small Eunicid in a sandy tube was also obtained.

STATION No. 357.

_ Depth 555 fathoms. “Lat. 16° 51’ 00” N. Long. 54° 55’ 00” E.
Bottom temperature 48°5° F. Surface temperature 78° F. Bot-
tom, finely divided greenish mud.

FISH.
Lamprogrammus fragilis (One speciuien),
Bathygadus furvescens .. (One specimen).
CRUSTACEA.
Nephropsis stewartit .. (One specimen).
Aristeus crassipes .. (Three specimens).
Sergestes bisulcatus -:- (One specimen):
Lyreideus channert 5 (One specinien):

Besides these species the following Polychetes were obtained :—
two large specimens of Hyalinectia tubicola, the tubes of which were
about Io inches in length, and an interesting genus which comes
under the group Sigalionima and is perhaps Thalanessa. Its most
remarkable features are a pair of large pink eyes and a median
tentacle on the extensible proboscis. Also two small blood-red
Polynoids, which were embedded in the outer skin of an Elasipod
Holothurian. Also several large Dentalia, probably D. magnificum ;
the empty shells of a species of Cryptodon ; a species of Phormosoma,
and a Pennatulid with a quadrangular rachis bearing polyps on
one side only.

STATION No. 358.

Depth 585 fathoms. Wat. 15° 55’ 30” N. Long. 52° 38’ 307 B.
Bottom temperature 47°5° F. Surface temperature 77° F. Bottom,
green sandy mud.

4 R. E. Ltoyp: The Fauna of the Arabian Sea. [VOL. I,

FISH.
_Lamprogrammnus fragilis .. (Three specimens).
Bathygadus furvescens .. (Two specimens).
Benthobatis moresbyr -. (One small specimen of this in-

teresting bathybial ‘Torpedo,
which is now found for the third

time).
CRUSTACEA,
Bathynomus giganteus .. (Two specimens, a female 7 inches

long and a male 4 inches ; gener-
ative apparatus was not present
in either specimen. ‘The female
had undeveloped odstegites to
the thoracic legs. Both speci-
mens were alive when taken
from the trawl. The pleopods
were covered with a small Bar-
nacle described by Annandale
under the name Dichelaspis
bathynonu [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Sef. 7, Vols evil July, mgoG)s)

(One specimen).

(One incomplete specimen).

Aristeus crasstpes
Acanthephyra armata os
Pandalus (Plestomka) martius
Mumda mailitarts - .. (Several specimens).
Nephropsis ensirostris = | (Ome specimen):
Scalpellum bengalense (Several specimens).

Many other species were obtained at this station, e.g., Asterids
of the genera Persephonaster and Zoroaster, with portions of a
Brisinga including two central disks showing facets for sixteen arms.
Also representatives of the Echinoid genera Phormosoma and
Cidaris or allied genera. Also the Molluscs Amussium and Cryptodon
and a shell-less Tectibranchiate form probably belonging to the
genus Neda; Holothurians of the genus Ankyroderma; and a
large quantity of a thin parchment-like tubing having the calibre
of a crow’s quill and bearing occasional side branches. ‘These
tubes contained an interesting little Polychete of a dark green
colour and resembling Chetopterus in its general form, but bearing
two long white cephalic tentacles. Most probably it comes into
the genus Phyllochetopterus.

SFATION No. 359.

Depthv674 iathoms, Wate 14°41 30; N- Ilene 500 33mrsuen.
Bottom temperature 47°2° F. Surface temperature 78° F. Bottom,
green mud.

A poor result. One fine specimen of the Prawn Acanthephyra
avmata: the Molluscs Amussium and Solenomya ; the Holothurian

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 5

Ankyroderma : the Polychetes Hyalinecia tubicola and an interest-
ing form with over one hundred segments all bearing elytra. This
is probably a species of Sigalion.

SLEATION No, :360;

Depth 130 fathoms. Lat. 13° 36’00” N. Long. A7- 32400 Bee
Temperature not taken. Bottom probably firm sand ; ho sample
obtained in the tube and all the specimens quite clean.

FIsH.

A good haul containing four new species.

Raia philipi, sp. n. .. (One small male. Described in
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7,
vol. xviii, Oct. 1906).

Uranoscopus crassiceps .. (Four specimens).
Peristethus adeni, sp. n. -- (One specimen. Described postea,
p.8):

Bregmaceros macclellandi (One specimen).
Lophius lugubris .. (Three specimens).
i Undtcus (One specimen).

Bembrops caudimacula (Many specimens. ‘These are
slightly unlike the type; the
eye is relatively smaller and
the cutaneous appendages on
the lower end of the maxilla
are longer).

Callionymus carebares .. (Many specimens).

Narcine mollis, sp. n. -. (Two specimens. Described pos-
tea, p. 8).

Solea umbratilis .. (Many specimens. ‘These seem

darker in colour than the type
and the skin feels rougher owing
to the spinelets which project
over the posterior border of the
scales being somewhat stronger
and more prominent).

Leops nigrescens, sp. n. -. Many specimens. Described pos-
; tea, p. Q).
Lepidotrigla spiloptera var.
longipennts .. (Many specimens).
CRUSTACEA.

Only three species, but the numbers obtained were very large.

Palinurus angulatus .. (Seventy-five of these Crayfish
were taken. They made a loud
creaking noise with their sound-
producing apparatus as the net
was hauled in).

6 R. E. Ltovp: The Fauna of the Arabian Sea.

[Vo. I,

Arctus orientalis
Mursia bicristimana

(Forty-five specimens).
(Twenty-five specimens).

The Molluscan genera Persona and Pirula (a species of the latter
closely allied to P. investigatoris) and the Nudibranch Pleurophyl-
lidea were represented. Also the Echinoderm genera Cidaris,
Clypeaster and Zoroaster; and the Pennatulids Veretillum, Umbel-
lularia, and Pennatula, all in great numbers.

SLATION ONG; 360.
Depth 540 fathoms. Bottom temperature 51°5° F. Surface

temperature 82° F. Bottom, green mud.

Another good result.

Macrurus macrolophus

Dicrolene intronigra
Xenomystax trucidans
Bathygadus furvescens
Saurenchelys teniola

Diplacanthopoma squamiceps. .

sp. n.

Lamprogrammus fragilis

Glyphocrangon investigators .

Lyreideus channert
Pentacheles phosphorus
Pandalus alcocka
Aristeus semidentatus
Homola megalops
Aethusa indica
Nephropsts stewart .
Mumnidopsis wardem
Munida andamamca

FISH.

(One specimen. Almost typical
but differs from the type in two
respects: (a) the spinelets on
the scales are longer, (b) the
barbels are minute. These two
characters, the reduction of the
barbels and the increase of the
spinelets, are the principal
features which separate M. mac-
volophus from M. investigators.
This specimen goes somewhat
further along the same line of
variation).

(One specimen).

(Two specimens),
(One specimen).

(I'wo speciinens. Described pos-
Ved Pp. 10).
(Two specimens).

CRUSTACEA.

(Two specimens).
(Two specimens).
(One specimen).

(Many specimens).
(One specimen).

(Many specimens).
(Five specimens).
(One specimen).

(Many specimens).
(Three specimens).

The Echinoderm genera Zoroaster and Phormosoma are repre-

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 7

sented. Also the Mollusc Verticordia eburnea and a species of the
Cephalopod genus Cirrotheuthis.

SLATION: No; 362.

Depth 480 fathoms. Lat. 13° 50’ 00” N. Long. 48° 18’ 00” E.
Bottom temperature 55° F. Surface temperature 79° F. Bottom,
green sandy mud.

FISH.
Macrurus macrolophus ;. 4(One, specimen.
Bathygadus furvescens .. (Two specimens).
CRUSTACEA.
Homola megalops .. (Three specimens).
Lyreideus channert -. (One specimen).

Besides these, the Holothurian Ankyroderma, some Poly-
cheetes of the same species as were obtained at Station No. 357
(Thalenessa sp.), and several empty shells belonging to the genera
Cryptodon, Dentalium, Pleurotoma (three species), Solariella and
Velutina.

STATION No. 363.

Wepth Crosathoms.. Wate 14> 28045) N: | Long: 507 00 15) ok,
Bottom temperature 43° F. Surface temperature 80° F. Bottom,
green mud with many shells.

CRUSTACEA.
Aristeus crasstpes.

Also the MHolothurian Ankyroderma and the Polychetes
Hyalinecia tubicola, Phyllochetoptorus sp., and Thalenessa_ sp..,
the two latter belonging to the species obtained before. A large
Schizonemertine, most probably of the genus Cerebratulus, was
also taken.

STATION No. 364.

Depth rrofathoms. Lat. 15" 8 30° N:) Longs 55 52° 157 Ee
Bottom temperature 63°5° F. Surface temperature 80° F. Bot-
tom, sandy mud.

CRUSTACEA.

Squilla investigatoris, sp.n. .. (Over five hundred specimens of
this new species were the prin-
cipal feature of this haul.
Described postea, p. 10).

Also the Molluse Pirula investigatoris and Pennatulids of the
genera Veretillum, Lituaria and Virgularia.

8 R. E. LLoy>: Yhe Fauna of the Arabian Sea. [VOL. 1,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
FISH.
Peristethus adeni, sp. nov.
Brit: 74 aDo7 ip Ware. 5) Ps 22 2 eagle taean pe 1015)

The length of the preeorbital process is equal to one-third of the
distance between its extremity and the anterior border of the
orbit. ‘The preeocular ridge has a prominent, finely serrated border ;
it ends behind in a sharp spine, which is nearly as long as the
eye. The inner borders of the preeorbital processes are parallel,
their outer borders, if prolonged, would meet in front at an angle
of 40°. The prorbital processes therefore appear to converge.
The length of each labial tentacle is equal to the width of the
mouth.

The osseous plates between the ventral fins are unusually
thick. The greatest length of each anterior ventral plate is equal
to the greatest breadth of both combined. ‘The greatest length
of the posterior ventral plates is half that of the anterior ones.
The greatest length, in both cases, is to one side of the middle line.
A quadrangular portion of the posterior plates fits into a correspond-
ing hiatus in the anterior plates. Throughout the length of the
body, on either side, there are four rows of plates, each with a
large spine shaped somewhat like a rose-thorn, their points curving
backwards. ‘The lowest row is much less conspicuous than the
others.

There are large postorbital, occipital, post-temporal, and two
opercular spines, a small upper and a large lower one, on either
side. ‘There is one small median spine, an orbit’s length in front
of the orbits.

The greatest height is one-fifth the total length. Total length
of the single specimen 6} inches : greatest length of the head three
inches.

Colour—Reddish yellow ; pectorals grey ; dorsals tipped with
black.

Habitat—Gulf of Aden; 130 fathoms.

Narcine mollis, sp. nov.

The vent is slightly nearer the anterior margin of the snout
than the tip of the tail. The disc is evenly rounded, it is slightly
broader than long. ‘The margin of the flap formed by the confluent
nasal valves is most prominent at the sides, unlike N. damlez, the
other Indian species. The whole quadrangular space which lies
between the two nasal clefts is nearly as long as it is broad. In
N. timlei this space is three times as broad as it is long.

The anterior dorsal is slightly smaller than the posterior ;
it commences just behind the ventrals. The dorsal and caudal
fins have blunt pointed ends and the folds of skin along the sides

1907. ] Records of the Indian Museum. 9

of the tail are obvious, but not prominent. The dorsal and ventral
parts of the caudal fin are confluent.

The teeth are in ro to 12 rows in both jaws; the front row
has only 3 or 4 teeth; behind this the number gradually increases
in succeeding rows up to about 16. The teeth of the front rows
have triangular, flat surfaces ; behind, the teeth bear a sharp me-
dian cusp.

The spiracle is immediately behind the eye and is the same
size as the eye.

The electric organs seem well developed. The fish gave no
perceptible shock to the hand and died soon after capture.

Round the margin of the disc, and along the sides of the tail,
and over the snout, are the openings of mucous pores symmetri-
cally arranged.

Consistency and general appearance distinctly bathybial.

Colour—Dark brown above, greyish brown below.

-Habitat—Gulf of Aden; 130 fathoms.

Le@ops nigrescens, sp. nov.
POs eWncr O24 CoE". Szigakae| Vid) 8 S.O::,

This species is closely allied to L. guenthert and L. parviceps.
It differs from these in the following respects :—

It is bathybial in appearance. The pectoral fins are longer than
the head. The head is 4th the length without the caudal fin;
the height without the fins is 22 in the total length. The pectoral
fins are better developed on the left side; the length of the left
pectoral is longer than the entire head in most specimens ; it is
never less than the length of the head. The left pectoral fin is
much longer than the right, in some specimens nearly twice as
long. ‘The ventral fins are about equal: the left is in a line with
the anal. The caudal fin is pointed, its length is 6 in the total.
The length of the dorsal and anal fin rays are about equal and are
about 23 in the body height. The lateral line forms a strong
pectoral curve ; the scales are small and deciduous. The snout is
half the major diameter of the eye, the lower eye is in advance of
the upper; the eyes are separated by a prominent ridge.

The major diameter of the eye is one-third the length of the
head.

Teeth on the blind side only.

Vomer prominent, devoid of teeth.

Seven specimens, the longest 6? inches in length.

Colour—Left side dark sepia, with irregular patches of a
darker sooty tone, fins nearly black. The colour resembles that
of Leops macropthalmatus from 100 fathoms and differs widely
from that of L. guenthert and L. parviceps from shallow water.

Habitat—Gulf of Aden; 130 fathoms.
9

10 R. E. Lioyp: Whe Fauna of the Avabian: Sea “(Vou 1,

Diplacanthopoma squanuceps, sp. nov.

Corresponds with the generic definition in the following res-
pects :—the form and arrangement of the fins, of the teeth and the
gills, in the number of the branchiostegals (8), in the absence of
pseudobranchiz and pyloric ceca, in the obscurity of the lateral
line, and in the presence of radiating spines on the opercles. It
differs from all known species in this important respect :—there
are scales on the head as far forward as the posterior limit of the
eyes and on the opercles and sides of the head as far forward as a
line dropped vertically from the posterior border of the eyes. The
head is much depressed and the eyes are close together and look
upwards to a great extent, being separated by less than their dia-
meter ; this gives the head a very different appearance from that
of the other three known Indian species of the genus, in all of which
the eyes are separated by about 1? times their diameter.

There are deep mucus pits on the head and in a semicircle
below the orbits.

There are no pseudobranchie, but in the position of these
organs there are two very short and slender filaments which are
vestiges of this organ. I find that the type specimens of D. rvers-
andersom and D. raniceps have precisely similar vestiges. This
seems to be a strong argument for including this new species
under the genus Diplacanthopoma.

The length of the head is 34 in the total without the cau-

dal fin.

The greatest height is one-sixth the length without the cau-
dal fin.

The length of the eyes is a little less than the length of the
snout.

There are 19 rays in the pectoral fins.

The filaments composing the ventral fins are composed of
two rays.

The male has a well-developed penis.

Two specimens, a male and a female, both about five inches
long.

Habitat—Off the S.-E. coast of Arabia ; 540 fathoms.

CRUSTACEA.
Squilla investigatoris, sp. nov.

Eyes large, consisting of two subequal lobes. The carneal axis
is slightly oblique to, and a little longer than, the peduncular
axis.

The rostrum s ovate, and is a little longer than its breadth at
the base, without a carina, but with raised lateral margins.

There are five carinzee on the carapace; the median one be-
comes flattened out and obscured anteriorly, and a little less than a
rostrum’s length behind the rostrum, it bifurcates. The antero-
lateral angles of the carapace bear spines, which do not extend

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. II

as far forward as the level of the rostral base. The postero-lateral
angles are smoothly rounded.

The first free thoracic segment bears two lateral spines, a long
anterior one, curving downwards and forwards, and a short posterior
blunter spine projecting transversely outwards ; there are no ventral
spines. ‘The second free thoracic segment has a bilobed lateral
margin, the anterior lobe being smaller and more pointed than the
posterior. The lateral margin of the third thoracic segment is also
bilobed, the anterior lobe being much the smaller.

Excepting the first, each of the free thoracic segments bears
four carine, the submedian ones being somewhat obscure. All the
abdominal segments excepting the last bear eight carinz, the sub-
median pair are obscure. On the upper surface of the second to
the fifth abdominal segments there is a small dorsal tubercle which
is duplicated by a transverse groove. ‘The lateral carinze of the first
to the sixth, the sublateral carinz of the third to the sixth, and the
submedian carine of the fifth and sixth end in a spine posteriorly.

The length of the telson is slightly greater than its breadth.
The margin bears four large spines, a pair of submedian and
a pair of sublateral ; anterior to each sublateral are two lesser mar-
ginal spines, the posterior of these bears a small tubercle at its
hinder angle. Between the submedian spines there are 8 to Io
teeth. Between the submedian and sublateral spines on each
side there are 9 to 10 teeth. The telson bears a mid-dorsal ridge
and a ventral tuberculated keel, the dorsal ridge ends posteriorly
in a spine, beneath which there are, in some specimens, two or
three other spines. At the anterior end of the dorsal ridge is
another blunt spine. The basal prolongation of the uropod is
finely serrated on its inner margin, the inner division is by far the
larger and bears a sharp spine in the middle of its outer edge.
The proximal joint of the exopodite is a little longer than the
distal and bears seven moveable spines on its outer border.

(Up to this point in the description this species differs only
on minor points from S. nepa, S. stridulans and several other
species.)

In the raptatorial claw we find the most distinctive feature.
The dactylus bears about fifteen long, delicate curved teeth, the
number varying within wide limits. The number of teeth in sixteen
counted specimens was as. follows :—13, 17, 16, 16, 14, 18, 14, 14,

2 lO elOuc Lek 7 ely ele oO:

This variation has no relation to sex. Not only does the num-
ber vary, but the length of the teeth and the amount of their
curvature is very variable.

The opposing border of the propodite is finely serrated and
bears three moveable denticles near its base; of these the middle
one is much the smallest. The carpus bears three stout blunt
spines. She posterior angle of the claw, when folded up, does
not reach as far as the posterior angle of the carapace.

Numerous specimens; sexes about equally distributed.

Colour—Very variable, thorax and abdomen sand-colour with

12 R. E. LLoyp: The Fauna of the Arabian Sea. [VOL. I, 1907. |

minute black spots; telson and uropodites show a_ blue-black
colouration irregular in its distribution.

Habitat—S.-E. coast of Arabia, 110 fathoms.

Mumidopsis spinihirsuta, sp. nov.

The length of the carapace is very slightly greater than the
breadth.

The rostrum, which is less than half the length of the cara-
pace, curves upwards especially towards the tip, is carinate and
bears an obscurely serrated lateral margin. The entire upper
surface and lateral margins of the carapace are covered with large
pointed spines which curve forwards; these spines are arranged
with some approach to symmetry ; they are most numerous over
the gastric regions ; they all bear long hairs.

There are six spines on the posterior border of the carapace.
The upper surfaces of the first three abdominal segments bear
hairy spines.

The eyes are colourless, egg-shaped, and one-third the length
of the rostrum; they are surmounted by a flat, curved, hirsute
spine.

There is a small spine on the anterior border of the carapace
between the eye and the second antenna forming the boundary of
an orbit.

The chelipeds are nearly equal and are about as long as the
entire body in the male (female unknown). ‘The merus and carpus
are covered with spines; there is a row of small spinules on the
inner border of the propodite; the fingers are shorter than the
palm. From the second to the fourth thoracic leg, the mero-,
carpo-, and propodite are covered with small spines on their upper
surfaces ; the dactylus in these appendages is half the length of
the propodite. There are no epipodites on the chelipeds or any of the
walking legs. The basal joint of the peduncle of the second antenna
has an external and an internal spine of equa size. The flagellum
is about the same length as the body.

Three small males ; largest 1} inch from telson to rostrum.

Colour—Pinkish yellow.
Habitat—Off S.-E. coast of Arabia ; 492 fathoms.

Ree CORDS (OR) Aen r ee iB RAYS (ACN DD” cel YeMei-
INFO-E TE RAY iE Re©) Me irs Sloe Mi AS yA OY “AS:

By C. A. Paiva, Entomological Assistant, Indian Museum.

A considerable number of Hymenoptera and Hemiptera were
added to the Indian Museum collection during the year 1906, and
a very large proportion of these were collected in localities situated
on the Himalayas and at their base. I propose to give a list of
those species which I have been able to identify, restricting myself
to Himalayan and sub-Himalayan specimens. ‘This will not be a
complete, or anywhere near complete, list of all the species which
have up to the present been recorded from these tracts, but
merely some of those which were collected during the years 1905
and 1906 by four or five collectors.

I have not attempted to deal with the Non-aculeate forms,
the Ants and the Chrysididee among the Hymenoptera ; nor with the
Jassids and other inconspicuous families among the Homoptera,
nor the aquatic families of the Heteroptera.

The importance of such a list is that the localities are quite
definite and that at least the approximate altitude of each place is
given. ‘The date of capture is also of interest.

The principal localities from which the collections have been
received are :—

Mussoorie, 7,000 feet, May to August 1905.

Naini Tal, Kumaon, 6,400 feet, October 1906.

Bhim Tal, Kumaon, 4,500 feet, September 1906.
Chandragiri, Nepal, civca 8,000 feet, October 1906.
Nagarkote, Nepal, circa 6,000 feet, October 1906.
Thankote, Nepal, czvca 5,000 feet, October 1906.
Pharping, Nepal, civca 5,000 feet, October 1906.
Katmandu, Nepal Valley, 4,500 feet, October 1906.
Soondrijal, Nepal Valley, October 1906.

Chitlong, Little Nepal: Valley, October 1906.

Ghoom, 7,200 feet (Darjiling district), December 1906.
Darjiling, 7,000 feet, October 1905.

Sureil, 5,000 feet (Darjiling district), April 1905.
Pussumbing, 4,700 feet (Darjiling district), December 1906.
Tukvar, 4,500 feet (Darjiling district), October 1906.
Barnesbeg, 3,000 feet (Darjiling district), October 1906.
Kurseong, 5,000 feet (Darjiling district), May 1906.
Tindharia, 2,800 feet AN th ti as
Rungtong, 1,400 feet b rat ‘ eRe 6
Sookna, 540 feet etween Siliguri ¢ June 190

Gyabari, 350 feet and Darjiling.

14 C. A. PAIVA: Himalayan Hemiptera and Hymenoptera. |VOL. I,

Siliguri, at the foot of the Eastern Himalayas, June 1906.

Tonglu, 9,000 feet, September 1906. )

Phallut, 11,000 feet, | All on the border between
Kalipokri, 10 000 feet, ae | British Sikhim and Nepal.
Sandakphu, 10,500 feet, October 1900.

bp) 35)

The nomenclature adopted is that of Col. T. Bingham, as regards the Hy-
menoptera, and Mr. W. L. Distant, as eae ee Hemiptera, in the ‘‘ Fauna of
British India and Ceylon.’’ Specimens of numerous obscure Himalayan species
not recorded in this list have been sent to these gentlemen for identification.

HYMENOPTERA.

FAM. MUTILLIDA.

Name. Locality. Collector.
Mutilla emergenda, Magr. .. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
,, decora, Smith .. Chandragiri, Nepal (Oct. 1906) R. A. Hodgart.
,, funeraria, Smith .. Katmandu, Nepal ee m
» antennata, Smith .. soondrijal, Nepal ah a
th ch a .. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905).. E. Brunetti.
», subanalis, Magr. .. Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906).. R. A. Hodgart.

FAM. SCOLIIDA.

Tiphia incisa, Cam. .. Darjiling (Oct. 1905) . E. Brunetti.
5 implicata, Cam. .. Nagarkote Nepal (Oct. 1: 06) . R. A. Hodgart
- . Darjiling (Oct. 1905) _. E. Brunetti.

” bye)
Me compressa, Smith

bs ” ” ets ”
. Gowchar, Nepal (Oct. 1906) .. R.A. Hodgart.

” ” ” °
es aureipennis, Bingh. .. Darjiling (Oct. 1905) .. EK. Brunetti.
" rufo-femorata, Smith .. te a me be
Myzine dimidiata, Guer. .. Siliguri (June 1906) .. J. Bs Richardson
,, Mmadraspatana, Smith.. * 6 ge ie
,, anthracina, Smith .. Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) .. R. A. Hodgart.
,, fuscipennis, Smith .. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

”
Scolia quadripustulata, Fabr... Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
capitata, Guer.

,, rubiginosa, Fabr. .. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906) .. RA Hodeart.
»» aureipennis, Lepel. .. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906) . N. Annandale.
cyanipennis, Fabr. .. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906). R. A. Hodgart.
Elis thoracica (Fabr.) .. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
», annulata (Fabr.) a i * - 7
,, hirsuta, Sauss. ae ss st 3 ae
,, fimbriata ( Burm.) 40 3 56 He me a
5» asiatica, Sauss. .. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906).. R. A. Hodgart.
5, prismatica (Smith) .. Darjiling (Oct. 1905) -. 2S Brunette

Fam. POMPILID A.

Salius flavus (Fabr.) .. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
», sycophanta (Gribodo) .. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906) R. A. Hodgart.
», tenestratus (Smith) oe Nagarkores 0, = be ie

1907. |

Name.
Pompilus pedestris, Smith
=e analis, Fabr.
a maculipes, Smith
i reflexus, Smith

> ””) ”

Larra maura (Fabr.)

Sh tristis (Smith)
Liris aurata (Fabr.)
Trypoxylon intrudens, Smith .
Ammophila atripes, Smith

”? ”) ”)

” ” ”?
” ») )

” ” ””)

” ” ”

” hy S
a formosum (Smith)
Sphex luteipennis, Mocs.
» wigripes, Smith
Psen orientalis, Cam.

Pemphredon fuscipennis, Cam.
Stizus vespiformis (Fabr.)

5, prismaticus (Smith)
Cerceris instabilis, Smith
Oxybelus canescens, Cam.
Crabro buddha, Cam.

Fumenes conica, Fabr.
~ esuriens, Fabr.
i petiolata, Fabr.
affinissima, Sauss.
Rhynchium brunneum (Fabr.)

”

me i semorthoidale

(Fabr.) ae boadiarialm ye. ie
A argentatum (Fabr.) Siliguri, N. Bengal = ;
we woe Katmandu iNepal (Oct: 1906)
5 flavomarginatum,

Smith . Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

metallicum, Sauss.
Odynerus ceylonicus, Sauss.
Se punctum (Fabr.)
re sichelii, Sauss.
x sikhimensis, Bingh.

Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

», madraspatanum (Fabr.)
. Siliguri (June 1906)

Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct.

Records of the Indian Museum.

Locality.

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June ee

” ”) ”

” ) ”

FAM. SPHEGIDS.

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
Notogonia subtessellata (Smith) :

r, yh) ”)

” ” ”

. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
.. soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) ..
a punctata (Smith). . 55 i
weNagarkOLen 5 af
. Chitlong wa
. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906) :
- Me », -- Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)
Sceliphron violaceum (Fabr.) ..
. Tindharia _,, :
Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906) . ii

2:3 7

Siliguri (June 1906)

Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)

. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

, poondrijal, «*,, ;
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)
. N. of Tonglu, 9,000’ (Oct. 1906)
Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)..
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

. Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) i
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

) ? ””

Fam. KUMENIDA.

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

Ve) ” ”

” +)9) ”) 28
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

” ) )
” ”) J)

” >» ”

1906)

Collector.
J. B. Richardson.

”

c Roe. Hodgart.

J. B. Richardson.

””

}8)

E. Brunetti.
J. B. Richardson.
R. A. Hodgart.

””)

”)

0) N. Aennvardales

E. Brunetti.

. J. B. Richardson.

”
R. A. Hodgart.

Abe Rachardsone

E. Brunetti.
R. A. Hodgart.

E. Brunetti.
ieeeR wricalle
E. Brunetti.
J. B. Richardson.

R. A. Hodgart.
J. B. Richardson.

”)

J. B. Richardson.

”

1B, Brunet ae

J. B. Richardson.

”)

Re AY Hodgart.

J. B. Richardson.

”
”?

”)

R. A. Hodgart.

16 C. A. PAIVA: Himalayan Hemiptera and Hymenoptera.

Name.
Polybia orientalis, Sauss.
”)? ”) ”

”? ” ”)

” ) ”
Icaria ferruginea (Fabr.)
», marginata (Lepel.)
», variegata (Smith)
Polistes schach (Fabr.)
”? ”” ”?
sagittarius, Sauss.
stigma (Fabr.)

»”)

” ” 29

” ” ”)

adustus, Bingh.

99 ””
7" hebreeus (Fabr.)
Vespa magnifica, Smith

” ” ””)

Pe clicta.vhabr.

é oe) ”)
basalis, Smith
flaviceps, Smith

”) ”

Aiea Smith

D9) 99 )

”) ic} )

Halictus lucidiusculus, Vachal

Andrena mephistophelica, Cam. 5 is :
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
. Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906)
patmandi =. 555 ake
. Nagarkote ,, 36
. Sureil (April 1905)

Nomia curvipes, Fabr.
thoracica, Smith
aurifrons, Smith

9? ”?
terminata, Smith
Steganomus nodicornis, Smith

Megachile conjuncta, Smith ..
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

disjuncta (Fabr.)

”

Crocisa emarginata, Lepel.
Anthophora cingulata (Fabr.)

99 99 ”

Re zonata (Linn.)
”) ” ”
Xylocopa latipes (Drury)

”?

fenestrata (Fabr.)
iridipennis, Lepel.
eestuans (Linn.)

”)

»”?

maculipennis, Sauss.. .

monticola, Smith ..
Ceratina sexmaculata, Smith ..

FAM. VESPIDA.

Locality.

.. Tindharia (June 1906)

. Bhim Tal coe 1906)

. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)
=. Sooudiaiallijeee

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
.. Tindharia (June 1906) A
.. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
.. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)
.. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

. siliguri, N. ‘Bengal (June 1906)

Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

. Soondrijal Rs
.. Mussoorie (May to Aug. T9035)
.. Kurseong (May 1906)

‘ Soondrijal, Nepal es 1906) .
.. Siliguri, N. Benga
7 Dhine ala( Sept. 1906)
. Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

me Katmandu, Nepal 3
.. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
: Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) ..

. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905). .

. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)
. Soondrijal, Nepal a

Fam. APIDA.
Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1903)
Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

Gowchar, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905).
. Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) ..

Katmandu, Nepal or

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

ss Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905). . :
. Tindharia (June 1906)
tenuiscapa, Westw... ae uy sy
acutipennis, Smith .. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906). .
. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

”) ” ”

) ” ”

1 (June ae

(VOL. E

Collector.

., J. B. Richardson:
.. N. Annandale.
2) Re Ae od gart.

J. B. Richardson.

”

”
N. Annandale

, R. A. Hodgart.

J. B. Richardson.

IR JBN, Hodgart.

.. ”
E. Brunetti.
. N. Annandale.

) R. A. Hodgane
J. B. Richardsont

. N. Annandale,

R. A. Hodgart.

”
J B. Richardson.
R. A. Hodgart.

””
E. Brunetti.

Ria. Hodearne

”

. N. Annandale.

0 9 :
J. B. Richardson.

R. A. Hodgart.

”

Da Oe Sears

FE. Brunetti.
R. A. Hodgart.
J. B. Richardson.

. R.A. Hodgart:
. EK. Brunetti.

R. A. Hodgart.
J. Bs Richardson.

”
E. Brunetti.

. Jo Be Rachardson;

Ra Hodgart.
J. B. Richardson.

”

1907. |

Xylocopa dissimilis, Lepel.
Bombus trifasciatus, Smith

Name.

5 tunicatus, Smith
at eximius, Smith

Ps flavescens, Smith
” ” >I]

Ae funerarius, Smith
99 ”? ”

=) vallestris, Smith

”

”)

”

up}

’

Apis dorsata, Fabr.

ay
2?
”
”
”
”
os)
”

”

Coptosoma W. var. a. Montand. Tindharia (June 1906)

Erthesina fullo (Thunb.)

”
indica,

”

”
”

”

Babe

»)

”
a orientalis, Smith

be)

Records of the Indian Museum.

. Katmandu, Nepal
.. Naini Tal (Oct. 1906)
. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

Locality. Collector.
Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906) .. R. A. Hodgart.

. Phallut.1n,000' (Sept. 1906), ... I. B. Buskall.

. Mussoorie (May. to Aug. 1905) E. Brunetti.

.. Sureil (April 1905) -; Aw Alcoek:

. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. aga R. A. Hodgart.
Soondrijal s ia
. Kalipokri, 10,000’ (Sept. 1906). I. A. Bick
.N. side of Tonglu, 8,ooo—
10,000' (Sept. Igo6)

”

te Sandakphu, 10,500’ (Oct. 1906)
53 hemorrhoidalis, Smith Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)
.. Naini Tal (Oct. 1906) iF ti
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905) .. E. Brunetti.
. Tindharia (June 1906)
. Chandragiri, Nepal (Oct. 1906)
. Katmandu
.. Chitlong 5
.. Soondrijal i
.. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
a Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905).. E. Brunetti.
.. Tindharia (June 1906)

SONG Reraadales

i. 5.) Richardson.
R. A. Hodgart.

” 15) Ce ”»

” ake 20

””

. J. B. Richardson.
. R. A. Hodgart.

” oe ”

. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)
. Pharping, Nepal
. Nagarkote, Nepal

” Led ”

”

N. Anaandalet

”
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905). es Brunetti.

HEMIPTERA.

FAM. PENTATOMIDS.

. J. B. Richardson.

nepalense, Westw. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) » 2 i. ls Mann:

naziree, Atk.
Cantao ocellatus (Thunb. )
Peecilocoris druraei (Linn.)
,, purpurascens (Westw. ) Chitlong, Nepal
», interruptus (Westw.)..
euieenis: Dall: :
Chrysocoris grandis (Thunb.) ..
fascialis (White)
Lamprocoris roylii (Westw.)

spiniger (Dall.)
Stibaropus minor, Walk.
Dalpada affinis, Dall.

99>

2. Bhim Tall

i Kurseong (May 1906)

”

_ Tukvar (Oct. 1906)
. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906). Ree Hodgart.
Soondrijal _,,
. Nagarkote 7, i i -
Kurseong (May 1906) .. N. Annandale.
(Sept. 1906) oe

” ee ”)

”

. Kurseong (May 1906)
. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)
(

”

””)

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 7906) J. B. Richardson.
. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906) . N. Annandale.
. Katmandu (Oct. 1906) | R. AS Hodgante
. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) . H; HoMannt
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905). E. Brunetti.

- versicolor (Herr. -Schaeff. ) Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906)... R. A. Hodgart.

Halys dentatus (Fabr.)

_ Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.

”) ? ”? ”

18 C. A. PAIVA: Himalayan Hemiptera and Hymenoptera. [VOL. |,

Name.

Asyla fe, Dist.
Sciocoris indicus, Dall.
Aliomorpha lineaticollis

. Sookna (June 1906) :
Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)...

ale

(Westw.)

Palomena viridissima (Poda)..
Eusarcocoris guttiger (Thunb. )
Carbula indica (Westw.)

”) ” ”
Hoplistodera virescens, Dall.
Plautia fimbriata (Fabr.)
Agonoscelis nubila (Fabr.)
Tropicoris punctipes, Stal.
Priassus exemptus (Walk.)
Canthecona furcellata (Wolff). .
.. Chowbal, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905) ..
. Gyabari (June 1906)

”? ”?
Zicrona cerulea (Linn.)
Eusthenes eurytus, Dist.
Aspongopus obscurus (Fabr.) ..
Megymenum severini, Bergr.

Locahtty.

. Near Ghoom (Dec. 1906)
. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905). .

Sookna (June 1906)

. Kurseong (May 1906) se
.. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)..

. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) ;

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June ae,

; Rungtong (June 1g06)

. Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906) .

: Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)...

Bhim ‘Tal (Sept. 1g06)

Sookna (June 1906)

. Kurseong (May 1906)

Urolabida histrionica (Westw.) Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

”

” 223 ”)
Urochela bimaculata, Dall.
ferruginea,' Dist.

” ”
tenera, Westw.
uniloba, Stal.
Urostylis gracilis, Dall.

.. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905) .
. Kurseong (May 1906)

” ””’

.. Pussumbing (Dec 1906)
y Naini Vall (Oct. 1906)
. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)...

Fam. CoREID.

Elasmomia granulipes (Westw.) Kurseong (May 1906)

. Rungtong ( (June 1906)

Ochrochira albiditarsis (Westw. ) Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

Homeeocerus albiguttulus,
. .. Soondrijal, Nepal (Oct. 1906) ..
. Kurseong (May 1906) ‘

Stal.

Notobitus meleagris (Fabr.)
< marginalis (Westw. )

Physomerus grossipes (Fabr.) ..

Acanthocoris scabrator (Fabr.)

Cletus punctulatus (Westw.)

”) )

”) ”

”) ” ”) o
Leptocorisa varicornis (Fabr.)
acuta (Thunb. )

”

” ” ”
Riptortus fuscus (Fabr.)
Serinetha augur (Fabr.)

Lygeus militaris (Fabr.)
Graptostethus servus (Fabr.) ..
a dixoni, Dist.

Pussumbing (Dec. 1906)
Kurseong (May 1906)
Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

.. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906)...

. Chitlong, Nepal 7 ves
.. Kurseong (Sept. 1906)

: Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905)..
. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906)

. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

.. Katmandu, Nepal (Oct. 1906). .

.. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)
. Naini Tal (Oct. 1906)

Fam. LYGAIDA.

. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906)

.. Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

Ps \a0i 7ai\78) Zap)

R
N
Be
5 38h:
J.
1
J.
N.

tulet

KE.

2 tl A nea on

A tH

a TNE

Collector.

H. Mann.
Brunetti.

. J. BYRichardson:

Brunetti.
B. Richardson.

. Annandale
. Brunetti.
. H. Mann.

B. Richardson.

. A. Hodgart
. Brunetti.

. Annandale.
. Hodgart.

. Brunetti.

B. Richardson.

”
. Annandale.

9;
Brunetti.

. Annandale.

”

. BS Manne
. Annandale.
Re

A. Hodgart.

. Annandale.

B. Richardson.

. Annandale.

. A Hodgart
. Annandale.
. H. Mann.

. Annandale.

58 Hodgart.

”
. Annandale.

Brunetti.
H. Mann.

bP)
B. Richardson.
A. Hodgart.
B. Richardson.
Annandale.

Annandale.

J.B. Richardsone
R. A. Hodgart.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 19
Name. Locality. Collector.
Czenocoris marginatus (Thunb.) Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1905).. EK. Brunetti.
Nysius ceylanicus (Motsch.) .. Kurseong (May 1906) N. Annandale.
Malcus scutellatus, Dist. . Bhim Tal (Sept. 1904) é rs
Pamera pallicornis (Dall.) . Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) t. Hy Manne
Peritrechus eruginosus, Dist. .. Katmandu (July 1go6) . J. Manners-Smith.
Dieuches leucoceras (Walk.) .. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) . H. H. Mann.
,, tfemoralis, Dohrn. . Kurseong (May 1906) . N. Annandale.
FAM. PYRRHOCORIDA}.
Lohita grandis (Gray) . Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
Physopelta gutta (Burm.) . Katmandu (Oct. 1906) ven ke ow, Lodgant:
a schlanbuschi (Fabr.) Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
Pyrrhopeplus pictus, Dist. . Kurseong (May 1906) N. Annandale.
7 5 rn .. Pussumbing (Dec. 1906) op Jag lets Wkewara,
Dysdercus cingulatus (Fabr.) .. Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
es evanescens, Dist. .. Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906) N. Annandale.
os Re e . Chitlong, Nepal (Oct. 1906) R. A. Hodgart.
Fam. REDUVIIDA.

Pygolampis unicolor, Walk. .. Kurseong (May 1906) .. N. Annandale.
Harpactor marginellus (Fabr.) Siliguri, N. Bengal (June 1906) J. B. Richardson.
- Ry ,, -. Mussoorie (May to Aug. 1906).. E. Brunetti.

Sphedanolestes pubinotum,
Reut. . Kurseong (May 1906) . N. Annandale.
indicus, Reut. Sureil (April 1905) A Aerscock,
Epidaus atrispinus, Dist. Kurseong (May 1900) . N. Annandale.

Helopetlis theivora, Waterh.
Gismunda chelonia, Dist.
Dereocoris patulus (Walk. )

Pycna repanda (Linn.)

Tosena mearesiana (Westw.) ..

Cryptotympana intermedia

(Sign.)

Cryptotympana acuta (Sign.) ..
. Naini Tal (Oct. 1906)
.. Nagarkote, Nepal (Oct. 1906).
: Sureil (April 1905) He

Platylomia saturata (Walk.)
Mata kama, Dist.

Geeana sulphurea (Hope)
festiva (Fabr.)

”

Scieroptera splendidula (Fabr. .

Fulgora spinole, West.

», Clavata, Westw.
Lycorma delicatula (White)
Euphria aurantia (Hope)
Purohita arundinacea, Dist.

. Tukvar (Oct. 1906)
. Kurseong (May 1906)

. Gowchar, Nepal (Oct. 1906)

. Kurseong (May 1906)
Seibibhavene (Oct. 1906).

Fam. CAPSIDA.

” ”

Fam. CICADIDA.

Tindharia (June 1906)
Kumaon, probably Bhim Tal

(Sept. 1905)
Bhim Tal (Sept. 1906)

Rungtong (June 1906)

Fam. FULGORIDA.

. Kalimpong, Darjiling (Nov. 06)
. Tukvar (Oct. 1906) ae
. Barnesbeg ,,

awl

H. Mann.

. Annandale.

”)

. A. Hodgart.

B. Richardson.

. Wy. Fermor
. Annandale.

”)”
. A. Hodgart.

Alcock.

”
. B. Richardson.

Annandale.
Mann.

”?

”

20 C. A. PAlvA: Himalayan Hemiptera and Hymenoptera. [VOL. 1, 1907.]

The following species do not appear to have been previously recorded from the
Himalayas :—

HYMENOPTERA.

Mutilla emergenda, Magr. recorded only from Upper Burma.

Mutiila decora, Smith 4 rp Penang, Bhamo, Upper Burma,
Rangoon Distr., Lower Burma.

,, subanalis, Magr. fy ne Upper Burma.

Myzine madraspatana, Smith ,, tf S. India.

Scolia cyanipennis, Fabr. AA Le Ceylon and Java.

Salius sycophanta (Gribodo) ie . S. India, Ceylon (?), Burma,
Tenasserim.

Notogonia tristis (Smith) ¥ - Tenasserim to the Malay Region
and Borneo.

Polybia orientalis, Sauss. a ap Pegu Hills, Tenasserim, China.

Halictus lucidiusculus, Vachal ,, a Karen Hills, Burma.

Ceratina sexmaculata, Smith ,, 3 Hong Kong, Upper) Burma,

‘Tenasserim and Eastern Siam-
ese Malay States.

HEMIPTERA.

Asyla fez, Dist. recorded only from Burma; Kakhyen, Kauri.

Priassus exemptus (Walk.) ‘ ma Naga Hills, ‘Tenasserim, Mt.
Mooleyit.

Notobitus meleagris (Fabr.) rr A Nilgiri Hills, E. Siamese Malay
States, China and _ several
islands in the Malay Archi-
pelago.

Serinetha augur (Fabr.) A 5 Calcutta, Bombay, Madras, Cey-
lon, Assam, Upper ‘Tenasse-
rim, West Yunnan, the Malay
Peninsula and Hainan.

Graptostethus dixoni, Dist. nA Me Bombay ; Khandela.

Cryptotympana acuta, Sign. - ae Bhutan Duars, Java, Borneo,

Lombok, Philippines, Timor.
Lycorma delicatula (White) A Assam, Sibsagar (?); China,

ee eee a

Peso eB ON Omit SOONG mie N Dok NF RBS ie
WAS ERS EN OO Ss I RYA C As:

By ROBERT GURNEY.

In a short paper published last year in the Journal of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal, I gave an account of certain Entomostraca ‘n the
collection of the Indian Museum. Dr. Annandale has been good
enough to send me further collections of freshwater Entomostraca,
and it was my intention to continue to work at the Indian species
from material supplied by him. Unfortunately pressure of work
and other engagements prevents me from fulfilling my part of the
task, so that I think it advisable to communicate now the results
so far achieved.

The material with which the following notes are concerned
consists of twelve bottles containing collections made in Lower
Bengal and Chota Nagpur. As my work may subsequently be
incorporated in the extended study on the Bengal tanks which, I
understand, Dr. Annandale has in hand, I think it best to give
the full list of the contents of each sample, together with those of
certain others received before, and already mentioned in my pre-
vious paper.

Feb. 5th, 1907.

LIST OF THE COLLECTIONS.

I. CaALcutra—Museum (Kyd Street) tank. Deep at centre, shallow
at sides ; stiff clay bottom ; much vegetation. April 5, 1905.
Simosa elizabethe (King) (abundant).

2. CALCUTTA—Museum tank. Jan. 21, 1900.
S mosa elizabethe (King) (rare).
Scapholeberis king, Sars (abundant).
Cyclops leuckarti, Claus (common).
prasinus, Fischer (common).
phaleratus, Koch (one specimen).

d+)

3. CaLcurra—Aquarium in the Museum. Oct. 16, 1904.
Slenocypris malcolmsom, Brady

4. The same. April 10, 1905.
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi, Richard.

5. Port Canninc, Ganges delta—Edge of a brackish pond, water
very dirty ; vegetation scanty. Jan. 29, 1906.
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi, Richard.
Cyclops leuckarti, Claus.

22 R. GURNEY: /ndian Freshwater Entomostraca. [VOL. I,

6. Port CANNING, Ganges delta—Edge of a small brackish pond.
Navas and Lemna fairly abundant. Jan. 28, 1906.
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi, Richard (a few ; some females with
ephippia ; no males).
Cyclops leuckartt, Claus (abundant).
Also many Amphipods, a few Ephemerid larve and
Corixa.

7. CALCUTTA—Museum tank. Feb. 8, 1906.
Simosa elizabethe (King) (common).
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi, Richard (abundant).
Scapholeberts kingi, Sars (abundant ; some females with
ephippia).
Dunhevedia crassa, King (one specimen).
Cyclops prasinus, Fischer (a few).
Diaptomus contortus, n. sp. (common).
Cyclops leuckartt, Claus.

8. Carcurta—Museum tank. Nearly dried up at edges. Feb. 20,
1906.

Diaphanosoma, sp.

Simosa elizabethe (King) (common).

Ceriodaphnia ngaudt, Richard.

Scapholeberis kingt, Sars (abundant; some females with
ephippia).

Chydorus globosus, Baird, var. sculptus.

Cyclops leuckartt, Claus.
», prasinus, Fischer.

Diaptomus contortus, n. sp.

Atya, sp.

g. CayrcuTta—Museum tank. March 3, 1906.
Diaphanosoma, sp.
Simosa elizabethe (King).
Ceriodaphnia rigaudi, Richard (common).
Scapholeberis kingt, Sars (common).
Cyclops leuckarii, Claus.
Diapiomus contortus, n. sp.

to. CaLcuTTA—Museum tank. Washings of Spongzlla carteri.
Macrothrix goeld’, Richard.
Cyclops fimbriatus, Fischer.

» varicans, Sars.

Ir. CALCUTTA—Small artificial tank on the Maidan; vegetation
rather scanty. Feb. 23, 1906.
Scapholeberis kingi, Sars (one specimen).
Cyclops leuckarti, Claus

», serrulatus, Fischer.

12. CaLcutra—Tank on the Maidan. Feb. 26, 1906.

Lynceus guttatus (Sars) (rare).
», vectangulus (Sars) (rare).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 23

Cyclops leuckarti, Claus (common).
», varicans, Sars (rare).
» prasinus, Fischer (a few).
Diaptomus contortus, n. sp. (several young, but only two
adults).
Pseudodiaptomus lobipes, n. sp. (common, but all females).
Caridina, sp.

13. Carcurra—The Zoological Gardens. A small tank with little
vegetation ; shallow.
Simosa elizabethe (King) (one specimen).
Llyocryptus longivemts, Sars (?) (one decayed young specimen).
Lynceus rectangulus, Sars (common).
Leydigia acanthocercoides, Fischer (?) (one cast skin).
Cyclops leuckarti, Claus.
prasinus, Fischer (common).
varicams, Sars (rare).
», serrulatus, Fischer (rare).
Pseudodiaptomus lobrpes, n. sp. (common, but only one male).

d+)

14. CHAKRADHARPUR, CHAIBASSA DISTRICT, CHoTA NaGPuR—
Swamp without shade; not many plants. March 3, 1906.
Diaphanosoma sarsi, Richard (one specimen).
Simosa elizabethe (King) (common).
Macrothrix triserialis, Brady (a few).
re tenuicornis, nN. sp. (one specimen).
Camptocercus australis, Sars (one specimen).
Lynceus cambouet, De Guerne and Richard (two specimens).
Alonella excisa (Fischer) (rare).
Chydorus sphericus (O. F. Miiller) (rare).
Cyclops oithonoides, Sars (rare).
leuckartt, Claus. .
varicans, Sars (rare).
,, serrulatus, Fischer (rare).
Diaptomus doriat, Richard.
cinctus, Nl. sp.
pulcher, n. sp.
strigilipes, n. sp.

)
2}8)

15. CHAKRADHARPUR—Pool in small stream, in open among water
plants ; pool small, shallow, without shade. March 3, 1906.
Cyclops leuckarti, Claus.
serrulatus, Fischer.

16. CHAKRADHARPUR—Large, shallow tank without shade; weeds
abundant. March 6, 1906.
Diaphanosoma sarst, Richard (common).
Simosa elizabethe (King) (abundant; some females with
ephippia).
Certodaphnia rigaudi, Richard.
Macrothvix triserialis, Brady (rare).
tenutcorms, Nl. sp.

24 R. GURNEY: /ndian Freshwater Entomostraca. [Vou I,

Leydigia australis, Sars (two specimens).
Alonella excisa (Fischer).
Chydorus sphericus (O. F. M.).
Cyclops serrulatus, Fischer.

, diaphanus, Fischer
Diaptomus doriat, Richard (common).
contortus, n. sp. (rare).
Fa conctus, n. sp. (rare).
Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird) (one specimen).
Stenocypris malcolmsont (Brady).

17. CHAKRADHARPUR—The same as preceding. March 5, 1906.
Diaphanosoma sarst, Richard.
Simosa elizabethe (King).
Certodaphnia rigaudi, Richard.
Chydorus sphericus (O. F. M.).
Cyclops leuckartt, Claus.
Diaptomus contortus, n. sp.
a blanct, De Guerne and Richard.
similis, Baird.

d+)

LISie OF SPECIES.
PHYLLOPODA.
1. Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird).

In my first paper I recorded a single specimen of this interesting
species from a tank in Calcutta. Another was found in a collection
from Chakradharpur (No. 16).

CLADOCERA.
2. Diaphanosoma sarsi, Richard.
Chakradharpur (Nos. 14, 16, 17).

A species widely distributed in the Oriental Region, and also
recorded from New Guinea and Brazil.

3. Diaphanosoma, sp.

Some specimens taken in the Museum tank (Nos. 8, 9).

This is a species which has certain resemblances to D. singalen-
sis, Daday, but which appears to be distinct. I prefer for the present
to leave it undetermined.

4. Ceriodaphmia ngaudt, Richard.

This species occurs in several collections from Chakradharpur
and Calcutta (Nos. 6, 7, 8, 9, 16, 17).

5. Simosa elizabethe (King).

This species appears to be the commonest Daphnid in the lo-
calities in which the collections were made, though Cerrodaphnia

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. Bs
vigaudi is a good second. (Occurs in collections Nos. 7, 8, 9, 13,
14, 16, E77.)

6. Scapholeberis kingt, Sars.

Abundant in the Museum tank in February and at that time
a few of the females bore ephippia. In a collection taken in March
the numbers had somewhat decreased. (Nos. 7, 8, 9, II.)

So far this species had only been found in Sumatra and Siam.

7. Macrothnx triservalis, Brady.

A few specimens taken at Chakradharpur (Nos. 14, 16).

The ventral margin of the shell is closely serrated anteriorly,
but posteriorly the teeth are arranged, as described by Prof. Brady
(1886), in groups of three. These grouped teeth are of a somewhat
remarkable nature. They appear to me to be of the nature of
small hyaline scales overlapping each other somewhat in the
manner of a hood. The sculpture of the shell is not alluded to
by Prof. Brady, but in the figures given by Prof. Daday (1898),
the shell is shown covered with lines enclosing lozenge-shaped
areas. In my specimens the shell is marked with conspicuous
ridges which do not intersect at all, though they may bifurcate
here and there. The form of the upper lip, with its transverse
ridges, is characteristic (fig. 21).

8. Macrothrix tenuicornis, n. sp.

Carapace of the female nearly round in outline, the posterior
angle very slight or altogether absent (fig. 1). The shell is
marked with hexagonal or pentagonal reticulations which are so
faint as to be seen only with great difficulty. The dorsal margin of
the sheli is quite smooth. The ventral margin is slightly serrated
anteriorly, but posteriorly is rendered uneven by minute, blunt
teeth, rather irregularly disposed, and is fringed with long sete.
The head is erect and rounded, with a conspicuous ridge over the
eye (fig. 22). The large upper lip begins anteriorly with a marked
ridge and is ridged transversely as is the case in M. trisertalis.
The eye and ocellus are small. The first pair of antenne are long
and nearly straight, not dilated at their extremity ; along the inner
edge are three large spines, while at the extremity there are two
semti-rings of small spines. ‘The tail is of the usual shape, the part
anterior to the anus densely setiferous, the setae apparently not
arranged in any definite plan (fig. 2). The anus is guarded by a
pair of peculiar flaps. Posterior to the anus the ventral edge of
the tail is armed with a row of very minute teeth.

Length of female, “8—‘95 mm.
Width, °55— °65 mm.
Found at Chakradharpur (Nos. 14, 16),

9. Macrothrix goeldi, Richard.

A single specimen of a Macrothrix was found in some wash-
ings from Sfongilla cartert taken in the Museum tank, Calcutta.

26 R. GURNEY: /nudian Freshwater Entomostraca. [Vora]

It agrees in all respects with the description given by Richard ex-
cept in point of size, my specimen, which has no eggs in its brood-
pouch and is perhaps not fully grown, being smaller than the type.
The species has only been recorded from Chili (Richard, 1897).

10. Thyocryptus longivemis, Sars.

A very decayed young specimen, which I refer doubtfully to
this species, occurred in a collection in Calcutta (No. 13).

Il. Camptocercus australis, Sars.
A single female specimen was contained in one of the collections
from Chakradharpur (No. 14).

Distribution.—Sumatra, Australia, South America (Argentine
and Patagonia).

12. Lynceus cambouet (De Guerne and Richard).
Two specimens only in a collection from Chakradharpur
(No. 14).
Distribution.—Madagasear, German East Africa, Palestine,
Tonkin, Hawaii, Chili, Patagonia.

13. Lynceus guttatus (Sars).
A few specimens from the Calcutta maidan and Zoological
Gardens (Nos. 12, 13).
Distribution.—Europe, North and South America, Asia and

North Africa.
Not uncommon in Calcutta (Nos. 12, 13).

14. Leydigva australis, Sars.

Two specimens of this species were taken at Chakradharpur
(No. 16).
Disiribution.—Ceylon and Australia (Queensland).

15. Leydigia acanthocercoides, Fischer.

With some doubt I refer to this species portions of a moulted
skin found in a collection from a tank in the Zoological Gardens
at Calcutta (No. 13). The form of the postabdomen is in agree-
ment, but I cannot speak for the rest of the body.

16. Alonella excisa (Fischer).

A few specimens only, found at Chakradharpur (Nos. 14, 16).
This species appears to occur in every part of the world ex-
cept Africa.
17. Chydorus sphericus (O. F. Miller).

A very few specimens of this species were taken at Chakradhar-
pur (Nos: 14, 16, £7);

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum.

to
~l

18. Chydorus globosus, Baird.

Two somewhat immature specimens of this species were found
in a collection from the Museum tank at Calcutta (No. 8).

19. Dunhevedia crassa, King.

A single specimen was found in the Museum tank.
If the identity of this species with D. setigera (Birge) is accepted
(Stingelin, 1904), then its distribution is practically world-wide.

COPEPODA.
20. Pseudodiaptomus lobipes, n. sp.

Body slender and more or less cylindrical, the head fused
completely with the first thoracic segment (fig. 3). The last seg-
ment of the thorax is rounded at the angles and bears on each side
a small spine, but no cilia. The abdomen, in the female, consists
of four segments ; the genital segment is scarcely at all dilated.
Dorsally it bears minute spines arranged in three transverse rows,
the two anterior rows broken in the middle (figures 23 and 24).
Laterally there are two groups of larger spines, about four in each
group. The posterior edges of the two succeeding segments bear
each a row of teeth. The last segment is much shorter than the
preceding ones. ‘The furcal rami are divergent, and about four
times as long as wide, with long cilia fringing the inner edge. In the
male the abdomen consists of five segments, the second, third and
fourth toothed along their posterior edge.

The antenne are scarcely as long as the thorax and consist
of twenty-one joints. In the male the terminal section of the
prehensile antenna consists of three joints, the line of division
between the second and third not very distinct.

The fifth foot of the female is one-branched and made up of
three joints (fig. 4). The second joint, which is the longest, is
produced at its distal external angle into a strong spine. On its
inner face, towards the end, it bears two hyaline membranes the
distal one very large. The last joint is produced distally into a
long strong spine, and at the base of it there are three short ones.
Of these three one is stouter than the others and is toothed on each
side ; the other two are toothed along one side only.

In the male the right foot of the fifth pair is one-branched and
consists of six joints in all, apparently a two-jointed basal part and
a four-jointed exopodite (fig. 6). The second joint of the exopodite
is produced into a strong spine. ‘The terminal joint is broad and
flattened at the base, but continued as a curved spine (fig. 7). The
left foot (fig. 8) consists of a basal portion bearing a long laminal
process corresponding to the endopodite, and a distal part of two
joints representing the exopodite. The second joint of the exo-
podite is broad and flattened, with a small hyaline membrane on
its outer edge.

Length of female, °35 mm.
Af ,, male, ‘95 mm,

28 R. GURNEY: /ndian Freshwater Entomostraca. [Vorn.- 1,

Numerous females of this species were found in two collections
made in Calcutta (Nos. 12, 13), but it was only after prolonged
search that I was able to find a single male. ‘This is all the more
remarkable inasmuch as most of the females bore long, slender
spermatophores.

21. Diaptomus contortus, n. sp.

The form of the body in both sexes is slender, tapering con-
siderably in front, and with the greatest breadth somewhat behind
the middle (fig. 9). In the female the division between the
fourth and fifth segments of the thorax is marked by a ring of fine
denticles. In the male the ring is incomplete dorsally. The
fifth segment is scarcely at all expanded laterally and is armed on
either side with two teeth, those on the left being larger than those
on the right. The first segment of the abdomen is very short,
scarcely longer than the second, and bears a long and very stout
spine on the left and a shorter and smaller one on the right. In
the male the first segment bears a long, slender spine on the right
side. The antenne of the female reach, when reflexed, consider-
ably beyond the end of the furcal sete. In the male the antepen-
ultimate joint of the prehensile antenna is produced into a short
process, recurved at the end, less than half the length of the suc-
ceeding joint The last joint has no process.

In the last pair of legs of the female the basal joint bears a very
large, spine-like, cuticular process, which appears to be generally
larger on the right leg than on the left (fig. 10). The endopodite
reaches nearly to the end of the first joint of the exopodite, and is
pointed at the end, with a ring of cilia, but no sete. ‘The second
joint of the exopodite bears a very large lateral tooth, at the base
of which the vestigial third joint may be detected in the form of a
minute tubercle bearing two sete, one long and one short.

In the male the right leg of the fifth pair is conspicuous
for the number and arrangement of the hyaline membranes
borne by it. The basal joint bears one pointed process ; the second
basal joint bears a large rounded hyaline membrane on its inner
face, while the first joint of the exopodite bears two hyaline mem-
branes, one of which has a peculiar semi-lunar outline. ‘The endo-
podite is slender and cylindrical, longer than the first joint of the
exopodite. The second joint of the exopodite bears a large lateral
spine rather proximal of the middle. he apical claw is long and
much curved, being swollen at the base and peculiarly twisted.
In the left leg the terminal joint of the exopodite has a peculiar
chela-like shape, owing to the long spine borne by it opposing itself
to the very much produced joint itself,

Length of female, 1°25 mm.
male, I°O mm.

This species occurs in considerable numbers in several collec-
tions both from Calcutta and Chakradharpur (Nos. 7, 8, 9, 16,
E77),

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 29

22. Diaptomus cinctus, n. sp.

Form of the body slender, of almost equal width throughout,
the head marked off from the thorax by a constriction (fig. IT).
The line of division between the last two thoracic segments is
marked by a ring of minute teeth. In some specimens the ring
appears to be incomplete, no denticles being visible on the
dorsal surface. In the female the last thoracic segment is asym-
metrical; on the right it is simply rounded and bears a single
small spine, while on the left it is produced into a peculiar rounded
lappet bearing two short spines. In the male this segment is also
slightly asymmetrical, being somewhat produced on the right,
bearing a spine on this side, but being simply rounded on
the left. The abdomen of the female consists of three seg-
ments, of which the first is as long as the other two and the furca
together. This segment is not much dilated and bears a spine on
each side, that on the left being a little posterior to and larger
than that on the right. In the male the first abdominal segment
bears a long, slender spine on the right side.

The antenne reach, when reflexed, considerably beyond the
furcal setee. The prehensile antenna of the male is scarcely at all
dilated ; the antepenultimate joint has a narrow hyaline lamella,
and is prolonged into a curved process about two-thirds as long
as the succeeding segment and minutely bifid at the tip.

The fifth leg of the female has the endopodite about three
quarters the length of the first joint of the exopodite, one-jointed
and slender fig. 12). The third joint of the exopodite is absent,
its place being taken by two short spines with a seta between them.
The second joint seems to be variable in length, in some specimens,
and in one case in one leg of the two, it is shorter and stouter than
in the one regarded as typical. In the male the basal joint of
each leg bears a hyaline lamella on its inner face. The endopo-
dite of the right leg is short and conical, longer than the first
joint of the exopodite The endopodite of the left leg is rather
long and slender and the exopodite is finger-shaped, with a long
inner seta. The second joint of the exopodite of the right leg
bears a short lateral spine very near its base. The terminal spine
is relatively short and blunt at the tip.

Length of female, 1°15 mm.
As bak hesse eile ace) yooboule

A few females and two males occurred in a swamp at Chakra-
dharpur and one or two specimens in a tank at the same place
(Nos. 14, 16).

23. Diaptomus blanct, De Guerne and Richard.

Several specimens taken at Chakradharpur (No. 17).

24. Diaptomus pulcher, n. sp.

Body rather stout, the greatest width about the middle,
tapering anteriorly (fig. 13). The last thoracic segment of the

30 R. GURNEY: /udian Freshwater Entomostraca. [Vouea:

female but little expanded, and slightly asymmetrical in both
sexes. In the female the left side is produced rather more than
the right, the reverse being the case in the male. In the male each
wing of this segment ends in a sharp point. The abdomen of the
female consists of three segments, the first being longer than the
last two and the furca combined. It is of nearly equal width
throughout and bears, on either side, a short delicate spine. In
the male the abdomen consists of five segments. The first bears
a rather long, slender spine on the right side, while the fourth
is slightly asymmetrical, being produced somewhat backwards to
overlap the succeeding segment on the right, in this respect
resembling D. dortai, Richard. The furcal rami are not divergent
and are ciliated in the female on both sides.

The antenne extend, when reflexed, somewhat beyond the
furcal sete. In the male the prehensile antenna is not much
expanded (fig. 14). The antepenultimate joint has a narrow hyaline
lamella and a series of teeth (fig. 15). Of these teeth one is large
and directed forward and outward beyond the end of the joint.
Behind this tooth there are three or four smaller ones springing
from the edge of the joint. In one specimen the two posterior
teeth appeared to form part of the hyaline lamella, and not to
spring from the joint itself.

In the fifth foot of the female (fig. 16) the basal joint has a
large spine on its external face ; the endopodite is little more than
half as long as the first joint of the exopodite, and its end is fringed
with hairs. The third joint of the exopodite is quite distinct and
bears two sete.

The right leg of the fifth pair in the male (fig. 17) has a small
hyaline lamella on the second basal joint, and the endopodite is
barely as long as the first joint of the exopodite. The second joint
of the latter is narrow and curved, bearing a large lateral spine
very near its base. ‘The left leg has two small hyaline lamelle
on the second basal joint ; the endopodite is relatively long, about
two-thirds as long as the exopodite.

Length of female, I°9—1'95 mm.
Nyt oe maleles a7) acaatan,

Occurrence.—Swamp at Chakradharpur (No. 14).

25. Diaptomus doriar, Richard.
Fairly common at Chakradharpur (Nos. 14, 16).
A species so far only known from the Oriental Region, but
widely distributed within that Region.
26. Diaptomus similis, Baird.
A few specimens found at Chakradharpur (No. 17),
Distribution.—Palestine and Turkestan.
27. Diaptomus strigilipes, n. sp.

Body stout and cylindrical, the last two segments of the thorax
completely fused (fig. 18). In the female the last segment of the

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 31

thorax is expanded into rather large wings, each with two very
small, blunt teeth. In the male this segment bears a slender
sensory spine on either side. The abdomen of the female consists
of three segments, of which the first, or genital, segment is longer
than the rest of the abdomen. It is somewhat asymmetrical, bear-
ing a short sensory spine on the left, but being produced on the
right (fig. 18a) into a finger-shaped process bearing a minute sen-
sory tooth at the apex and one on the dorsal face.

The antenne are very much longer than the whole body. ‘The
prehensile antenna of the male is not much expanded ; the ante-
penultimate joint has no hyaline lamella and is produced into a
long, slightly curved process.

In the fifth leg of the female (fig. 19) the basal joint bears a
very large tooth on its external face: the endopodite is nearly the
same length as the first joint of the exopodite, pointed and ciliated
at its extremity. The second joint of the exopodite, or claw, has
a conspicuous jagged edge, with a variable number of teeth, and
may have, in addition, two little teeth on its external face. The
third joint is distinct and bears two slender spines.

In the male the second basal joint of the fifth pair of legs bears
a small hyaline lamella (fig. 20). The endopodite of the right
leg is very much longer than the first joint of the exopodite and is
constricted at the end. The second joint of the exopodite is curved
and tapering, with a very large lateral spine. The terminal joint
is long and sickle-shaped. In the left leg the endopodite is long
and slender and the exopodite terminates in a rounded knob _bear-
ing an inner short process.

Length of female, 1°3—1°4 mm.
ah », male, 1°25—1°3 mm.
Found at Chakradharpur (No. 14).

28. Cyclops oithonoides, Sars.

A few specimens taken at Chakradharpur (No. 14).
Distribution.—Europe, Asia Minor, Central Asia, Malay

Archipelago, New Guinea, Egypt, North America.
29. Cyclops leuckartt, Claus.
By fat the commonest Cyclops in these districts.
Collections Nos: 65:7.S, 0; 11) 12.13, 14. 17.
30. Cyclops serrulatus, Fischer.

This species appears in several collections (Nos. Ir, 13, 14, 15,
16) but does not seem to be abundant. It is a species of world-
wide distribution.

31. Cyclops fimbriatus, Fischer

Only found in the Museum tank (No. 10). It seems to occur
in every part of the world.

2 R. GURNEY: J/udian Freshwater Entomostraca. [Vor. I,

ios)

32. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer.
Common both in Calcutta and Chakradharpur (Nos. I0, 12,
3, 14).
33. Cyclops diaphanus, Fischer.
A few specimens found at Chakradharpur (No. 16).
Distribution.—Europe, Palestine and Central Asia.

34. Cyclops varicans, Sars.
Calcutta and Chakradharpur (Nos. Io, 13, 14, 16).

Distribution.—Europe, Palestine, North and South America,
Patagonia.
OSTRACODA.

35. Stenocypris malcolmsom, Brady.
Chakradharpur (No. 16).

LIST OF REFERENCES.

Brady, G. S.—‘‘ Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. Haly in
Ceylon,’ Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., xix, 1886, p. 293.

Daday , E.—‘‘ Mikroskopische Stisswaser-Thier aus Ceylon,” Termes
Fiizetek. Auhangrheft Zum, xxi, Bd. 1808.

Daday, E.—‘‘ Unteruchungen uber die Copepoden-fauna von Hinter-
indien, Sumatra and Java,” Zool. Jahrb. Syst., xxiv, heft 3,
1906.

Gurney R.—‘‘ On some freshwater Entomostraca in the collection
of the Indian Museum, Calcutta,” Journ. and Proc. Astat. Soc.
Bengal, N.S. ii, No. 7, 1906.

Richard, T.—‘ Entomostracés de l’Amérique du Sud, recueillis par
Mm. Deiters, von Thering, G. W. Miller et C. O. Poppe,”
Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, x, 1897, pp. 263—301.

Stingein, Th.—‘‘ Untersuchungen uber die Cladoceren—Fauna
von Hinterindien, Sumatra and Java,” Zool. Jahrb. Syst.,
xx, heft 3) 1904.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES TT and itl.

Fig. 1. Macrothrix tenuicornis, n. sp.—Side view of female. x 482

Bigeu 2: . . Postabdomen x 150
Fig. 3. Pseudodiaptomus lobrpes, n. sp.—Dorsal view of female. x 51
Pipa ce i fe Fifth foot of female. x 260
Big. 5 a Pe Mvare<iil 1 pede xor

female. x 260
Fig. 56 oe a Right fifth foot of

male. x 260
Bie. ie Ss Terminal joint of same.
Fig.) "3: a cn Left fifth foot of

male, x 260

1907. |

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Tig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Records of the Indian Museum. 23

g. Diaptomus contortus, n. sp.—Dorsal view of female. x 26

10 ce Et Fifth foot of female. * 260
tr. Diaplomus cinctus, 2. sp —Dorsal view of female. x 70
12. ¥ Fifth foot of female. x 260
13. Diaptomus pulcher, n. sp.—Dorsal view of female. x 48
14. s nN Prehensile antenna of male x 100
15. . ie Terminal joints of the
same. x 440
16, ‘ a Filth foot of female. x 260
7. A « Fifth feet of male. x 150
LO, - strigulupes, n. Sp.—Dorsal view of female. x 64
18a. aA hi Right-hand process of
genital segment.
30), 2 He Fifth leg of female. x 260
20. 3 ¥ Fifth feet of male. * 150
21. Macrothix triserralis, Brady.—Head. x 150
21a. Me ru Margin of shell. X 260
22. in tenuicornis, n. sp.—Head. x 150

Figs. 23, 24. Pseudodiaptomus lobipes, sp. n.—Genital segment

highly magnified.

eae
om

J. ae
aT

' ‘
Fi
i. \
1 ]
.y
De
;
~
ms
ee
Pa
7 -
ee
-
‘ =~
j
:
i
j
|
\
\
4
\
|
t
;
! :
ia
)
fone:
-
me) |
al
. ‘
a hat=
Ors
“SS

PLATE II.

Vol. I, 1907.

Rec. Ind. Mus.,

jer ek A UNA Ost se abuR Ave Kus PON DS: 7a
POR LC ANN INE Go at OW ERY BIEN GAL).

ParT I.—INTRODUCTION AND PRELIMINARY ACCOUNT OF THE
FAUNA.

By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent,
Indian Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

The settlement of Port Canning is situated on the Matla river,
one of the numerous creeks which run up into the delta of the Ganges,
about sixty miles from the open sea. Partly at any rate in con-
nection with the Port Canning Improvement Scheme,’ which was
believed some forty years ago to be about to transform the place
into a port rivalling that of Calcutta, a high embankment has been
built up along the bank of the estuary, protecting the low-lying
land in the neighbourhood from all but exceptional floods. The
earth out of which this embankment was formed was apparently
dug from a series of pits situated at a short distance, varying up
to about a quarter of a mile, from the present edge. These pits
are further supplemented by a number of smaller ones immediately
behind the embankment, which is repaired with earth dug from the
latter when it is injured by an unusually high flood. The original
pits vary in size, but all have an area of something approaching
half an acre. They are now filled with water and are the ponds
dealt with in this paper. Judging from maps in the office of
the Port Commissioners, Calcutta, they did not exist in 1855.
It is evident from Stoliczka’s account,* however, that at any rate
some of them existed thirty-nine years ago, and he does not say
that they had then been dug recently.

The account referred to deals in particular with an Actinian
and a Polyzoon taken in the ponds; but it is by no means clear
in which pond Stoliczka found his Sagartia schilleriana, as there are
several ponds ‘‘ close to the railway station.’’ This point is of im-
portance, because he was only able to find the Actinian in one pond,
the position of which he describes in the manner indicated. One
factor in the environment of forty years ago, however, has certainly
changed ; for he gives as one reason why the Actinian was not to
be found in the other ponds that the one close to the station alone

| See Hunter, A Statistical Account of Bengal, vol. i, pp. g1—08 (London, 1875).
2 In Fourn. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, part ii, 1869, p. 52.

30 N. ANNANDALE: 7he Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [{VOL. |,

contained logs of wood to which the animal could attach itself,
and now these logs are no longer to be found, either in the
pond which is nearest to the railway station or in any other in
the neighbourhood ; they have evidently been removed by human
agency or else have rotted away. The bottom of all the ponds now
consists of soft mud, which is devoid of any hard substances
except an occasional twig, small tree-stump, or brick, and as there
are very few trees in the vicinity, twigs are rare and tree-stumps
still more so. The bricks are also scarce, being derived from
ruined drains and wells, and there are no stones in this part
of Bengal. The ponds are all shallow (probably at no point more
than ten feet deep when full) but the depth of the mud at their
bottom is considerable. It is black beneath the surface, contains
a large amount of organic matter and smells foul when disturbed.

The flora of the ponds consists chiefly of filamentous and uni-
cellular algee ; but in some cases two or three species of Phanero-
gams occur, notably at least two of Naias, a duckweed and a true
water-lily, the last being rare, the first abundant in some of the
ponds.

An important factor in the environment is the nature of the
water. I have described the ponds as brackish, but at some time of
the year the water may contain the same proportion of soluble salts
as the sea, at others it may even be more strongly saline, and
again at others it is much more nearly fresh. Asa rule the ponds
are completely isolated both from one another and from the
estuary. During the cold weather they are exposed to evaporation,
which becomes intensified during the hot weather. During the rainy
season, on the other hand, they become filled up with fresh water
and probably often coalesce. They are also liable to be placed in
temporary communication with the estuary occasionally, owing to a
flood bursting the embankment ; but this does not occur by any
means every year. When it does happen, it happens owing to the
estuary being swollen with fresh water, which is flowing down from
up-country ; so that the ponds, even under these conditions, are
practically cut off from the sea.

Stoliczka, apparently in 1868 or 1869, had the water of the
ponds analysed ; but he does not say at what time of year his samples
were obtained. He found that the proportion of soluble solids
was 12°87 per thousand, sea-water containing from 32 to 39 per
thousand. Mr. D. Hooper, Curator of the Industrial Section of the
Indian Museum, has kindly examined samples taken by myself in
December and March last. Two samples came from a pond in
which the Hydrozoon Ivene ceylonensis, as well as the Actinian,
was reproducing its species, and in which the plant Navas was
abundant. A sample taken from this pond at the beginning of
December, a few weeks after the end of the rainy season, was found
to contain 12°13 per thousand of soluble salts, while another taken
on March 17th contained 20°22 per thousand. At the latter
date water from the edge of the Matla at Port Canning contained
25°40 per thousand, and that from a second pond near the first

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 37

23:16. ‘This second pond had a fauna almost identical with that
of the first except in the absence of the Hydrozoon ; but its flora
was entirely cryptogamic.

I am indebted to Capt. J. A. Black, I.M.S., Chemical Examiner
to the Government of India, for a more detailed analysis of a sample
from the second pond taken on January 6th. It is as follows :—

Chloride of Sodium ne .. 13°8 parts per thousand.
ar 5, Magnesium 41.) Hee (2010) 4, » ry
Sulphate of Magnesium... auld (OF (a sy is
oF 5 Calcium Ae Haiy AE » »
Nitrates, etc. ays os set Li OFS HS) ”

Total sae ye5

Stoliczka’s analysis was, in detail, as follows :—

“Chloride of Sodium (including Potassium) Seg uoyten!
ee ae Caleinian of ia 1 0°40

,, Magnesium Ae SE a. 10°92

Sulphate of Magnesium Bs oi -. D7
Carbone acid etc =. 0°50”

the soluble substances being also calculated i in | parts per I,000.

Stoliczka noted that the water in the ponds was almost fresh
during the rains, and in the tank from which my first sample
was taken the water-level had sunk only a short distance below
the top of the bank, the dry weather having been of no more
than a few weeks’ duration. All that can be said, therefore, as re-
gards the salinity of the water in the ponds, is that it varies con-
siderably at different times of the year. The range in variation
which the members of the fauna are able to survive, is perhaps more
remarkable than what may be regarded in different instances either
as the deficiency or the excess of salt in the medium in which they
live.

THE, FAUNAVOE LH PONDS.

I do not propose at present to attempt more than a general
description of the fauna of these ponds, with notes on some parti-
cularly striking species. Specimens of several important groups
are now in the hands of specialists in Europe, whose determinations
will make a more detailed discussion of greater value after their re-
searches are complete.

Protozoa.—The most conspicuous representatives of the Pro-
tozoa found in the ponds are Carchesium polypinum and Folliculina
ampulla. ‘The latter of these is commonly found in salt water but
also occurs in fresh, while the Carchestum 1s commonly an inhabitant
of fresh water. In the ponds, f. ampulla occurs most frequently
in close association with the Hydroid stage of /rene ceylonensis.
Indeed, so frequently is this the case that I was able in almost
all instances to detect the presence of the Hydroid, itself almost

38 N. ANNANDALE: Zhe Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. |,

invisible to the naked eye, by the dark spots due to groups of the
Protozoon among the branches of its hydrorhiza. ‘The Protozoon
also occurs independently in the ponds, but rarely. Carchesium
polypinum is just as frequently found attached to colonies of the
Polyzoon Victorella pavida, but is also common apart from this
animal.

Many other representatives of the Protozoa were taken in the
ponds ; they have been submitted, together with other microscopic
organisms, to Prof. von Daday, of Buda-Pesth.

Porifera.—It was in the same ponds that my types of Spongilla
lacustris var. bengalensis (1) were taken in the winter of 1905-6,
but in that of 1906-7 this form was entirely replaced by another
agreeing closely with Bowerbank’s description of his S. cerebellata (2).
Other specimens, taken near Calcutta and in northern Bengal and
sent me from the Chilka Lake in Orissa, convince me that the two
forms are identical as regards taxonomic position, being no more
than temporary phases of S. alba, Carter (3), which in its turn may
be no more than an Oriental race of the widely distributed
S. lacustris. ‘This is a point, however, which I hope to discuss more
fully on another occasion. All the sponges in the ponds had per-
ished and most had completely disintegrated by the middle of
March.

A notable point as regards these Sponges growing in brackish
ponds is the number of animals which take temporary or permanent
shelter in their canals. Not only do several species of Amphipods
common in the ponds use these canals as temporary resting-places,
but an Isopod of distinctly marine facies is common in them and
is apparently not found elsewhere in the same habitat. Several
small Lamellibranch Molluses (Corbula, spp.), young individuals
of the Actinian to be described later, a larval Dragon Fly,
and several species of Chironomid larve were also found in
the canals of the Sponge, while a Cirripede (B. amphitrite) was
taken buried in the substance of one specimen. In my account
of S. lacustris var. bengalensis, I noticed that those specimens of
the Sponge which had any definite colour were dark green owing to
the presence in them of a filamentous alga. A similar case of ap-
parent symbiosis has been recorded from Celebes by Professor and
Mme. Weber (4); but I am now confident that in such cases the
alga should be regarded as a parasite of the Sponge. In keeping
certain species of freshwater Sponge, e.g., S. cartert, alive in an
aquarium in Calcutta, one of the difficulties to be contended with is
the rapid growth of just such filamentous alge, which block up the
canals and finally kill the organism. In the Port Canning ponds
Sponges infested with the alga are evidently in an unhealthy con-
dition and are usually found towards the end of the season.

Celenterates.—Besides the form of Metridium schillerianum
(Stol.) to be described in a subsequent paper of this series, I have only
found one Coelenterate in the ponds, namely the Hydrozoon Irene
ceylonensis (5); and that only in one pond. ‘The Meduse were
abundant from the end of November till the beginning of January.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 39

At the beginning of December they were not sexually mature ;
at Christmas G. C. Chatterjee found specimens in which he could
detect ova; at the beginning of January only spent individuals,
dead or moribund, could be procured, their umbrellas persisting
for some days after the sense-organs and gonads had disappeared.
At the last date, however, specimens of the Hydroid were taken
in which the gonophores still bore gonosomes half developed. A
second brood was sexually mature in March. I have already de-
scribed the Hydrozoon of this species briefly, and hope to do so
more fully in the present series; the Medusa was described by
Browne from the seas of Ceylon. Both Medusa and Hydroid
show a power of resisting unfavourable conditions (especially
lack of aération of the water) remarkable in their order and
contrasting markedly with the feeble nature of this power displayed
by Hydra in India. A large number of the Meduse lived for
over 48 hours in a small corked tube of water in which a single
Hydra would hardly have survived for an hour.

In the smaller ponds near the embankment I found two other
Hydrozoa, one of which appears to be specifically identical with the
European Bimeria vestita, which has recently been recorded from
South America (6), while the other represents a new species of
Syncoryne. None of these genera have representatives in fresh
water, but all. belong to the littoral zone.

Mollusca.—Stoliczka (7) stated that most of the Mollusca in the
ponds belonged to marine types; but this is putting the matter a little
too strongly, for many of the species belong to characteristic lacus-
trine genera, while others are common in estuaries. Nevill (8) des-
cribes Hydrobia (Belgrandia) miliacea as occurring in “* brackish-water
ponds (at Port Canning), associated with Valvata (2) microscopica,
Nev., new species of Blythinia, Martesia, Teredo (?), Pharella,
Theora, Stenothyra blanfordiana, etc.’ Preston (g) has recently
described five new species of Corbula and one of Bithinella from my
own collection, and I have also found an Ampullaria and two
species of Melania. Although several species of Onchidium are
not uncommon on the banks of the Matla, while at least one occurs
in ditches and pools of brackish water as far inland as Calcutta,
I have not found any in the Port Canning ponds.

Nematode.—Dr. von Linstow (10) has described a new Nematode
of the genus Oncholaimus from the ponds. All previously known
species of this genus are marine.

Rotifers and Gastrotricha.—The Rotifers have been submitted
to Prof. von Daday. In January, 1906, I took among filamentous
algee from the ponds a representative of the Gastrotricha which
agrees very closely with Zelinka’s (11) figure and description of Che-
tonotus schulizer, which I have also seen in a similar situation in
freshwater tanks in Calcutta and Chota Nagpur.

Annelid.—The only Annelid seen was a small Polychzte which
burrows in the mud in great numbers.

Polyzoa.—Stoliczka (7) took the Cheilostome Membranipora
bengalensis in the Port Canning ponds thirty-eight years ago, but

40 N. ANNANDALE: Zhe Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [Vou 1,

notwithstanding a very diligent search, I have been unable to
find it in them now, although it still occurs in the estuary at the
same place. The only common form in the ponds at present is
a Ctenostome which J take to be specifically identical with the Euro-
pean Vuictorella pavida. ‘The Indian form, however, grows more
luxuriantly than the European, and often covers large areas on
grass-roots and the like ; the zocecia often arise very close together on
the stolon and comparatively seldom produce buds. All the indi-
viduals I have seen expanded have had eight tentacles. Victorella
is essentially a brackish-water form, and even Membranipora
occurs elsewhere in marshes the water of which contains consider-
ably less salt than that of the sea. Miss Il. Thornely has lately
identified a species found incrusting a brick in one of the ponds
as Bowerbankia caudata (Hincks); this species also belongs to a
genus common in estuaries.

Crustacea.—Ot the higher Crustacea all that I can say at present
is that the crabs, which are common among the Sponges in the
ponds, belong to the genus Varuna, which is generally found in the
neighbourhood of estuaries, whence it is liable to be carried out to
sea (Alcock, A Naturalist in Indian Seas, p. 75). Dr. J. de Man
has kindly promised to examine specimens of the Decapods, while
the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing has already reported a new genus of
Gammarids (which will be described in a future number of these
‘““ Records’) among the Amphipods.

Gurney (12) has identified the Daphniid Ceriodaphnia rigaudi
and Copepod Cyclops leuckarti, both freshwater species, among the
Entomostraca. To these I can add two species of the marine
order Cirripedia. A single specimen of balanus was found deeply
buried in the tissues of a Sfongilla and attached to the grass-root
to which the Sponge had also affixed itself, in December, 1906. The
specimen was small and distorted, probably owing to the nature of
its support, but it could be readily identified with Balanus amphi-
trite, a species common at the mouth of the Ganges and having an
extraordinarily wide bathymetric range in the Indian seas, for Gruvel
(13) has recently recorded examples of the variety communis, with
which the Port Canning specimen should perhaps be identified,
from a depth of over 1,000 fathoms. In another of the ponds I
found a brick to which several specimens of b. patellaris were
attached. This species is abundant in the Matla, occurring with
B. amphitrite and Chthamalus stellatus.

Insects —G. C. Chatterjee (14) found the larva of the Mos-
quito Anopheles rossi abundant in the ponds at the beginning of
December and less so towards the end of the same month. ‘Though
somewhat scarce, relatively speaking, they were still to be found at
the beginning of January; in March I could only find one indi-
vidual. At all periods between December and the end of March
I took several Dragon Fly! larve, of which [schneura senegalensis

| For observations on Dragon Fly larvz in brackish water in America see Osburn
in the American Naturalist, vol. xl, p. 395 (1906).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. AI

a common species throughout India, was the most abundant. I
also took larve of an Ephemerid and of at least two Chironomid
flies in December and January ; they sheltered themselves indiffer-
ently in the canals of Sponges or among the zocecia of Polyzoa.
During the winter months, at any rate, adult insects of a large
number of species are abundant in the ponds. Among the Hemi-
pterous genera represented the following may be mentioned: (sur-
face forms) Gerris, Hydrometra, Microvelia and Mesovelia ; (forms
which live below the surface) Laccotrephes, Nectocoris Anisops ; the
only common genus not so well represented in the ponds as in the
freshwater tanks of Calcutta being Plea, with the possible addition
of Spherodema. Both these genera, however, very frequentiy rest
among the hanging roots of Pistia stratiotes (the Water Plantain),
which does not occur in the ponds at Port Canning. Most of the
aquatic Coleoptera collected were minute forms, and no Gyrinidee
were seen; but a few common species of large size (e.g., Cybister
convexus) were taken. Several small Tettigids (Orthoptera) were
observed swimming on the surface of the ponds—a habit shared
by a large number of the members of this family ; and in March a
Lepidopterous larva (apparently a species of Nymphula) is common
on Navas, making a cylindrical case like that of a Caddis-worm.

Fish.—Specimens of the following Fish were taken in the
ponds :—

Symbranchus bengalensis (one young specimen).
Amblypharyngodon macrolepis.
Macrones gulio.
Barbus chola.
5, stigma.

Nuria danrica.
Haplochilus melanostigma.

“a panchax.
Gobius acutipennis.

SM LRLUTIS.

», alcockit.
A pocryptes lanceolatus.
Ophiocephalus punctatus.
Anabas scandens.
Trichogaster fasciatus.

There are also one or two minute Gobies, which, if they are
adult, represent new species. Mr. Hodgart, who collected for the
Museum at Port Canning, further reports Periophthalmus kelreutert
and Boleophthalmus viridis from the ponds; but although these
species are common on the shore of the estuary, I have not seen
them in any of the ponds. None of these fish can be called
essentially marine; but most of them are commonly found in
brackish water in the neighbourhood of estuaries. Barbus chola is
usually found in fresh water, and so is Haplochilus panchax,
which in the ponds is less abundant than H. melanostigma ; I have

42 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. |,
recently taken Gobtus alcockit in a tank at Rajshahi, 150 miles
north of Calcutta. Some of the species (e.g., O. punctatus) extend
inland even as far as mountain tarns in the Himalayas.

Reptiles and Amphibia.—The only Reptile taken in the ponds
was the common Water-snake Tvopidonotus piscator, and the only
Amphibians the equally common Rana cyanophlyctis and R. tigrina.
The Indian Toad, Bufo melanostictus, is abundant at the edge of
the ponds, in which it possibly breeds ; Gardiner (15) has recently
recorded this species as inhabiting brackish pools in the Maldives.
The range in altitude of these Amphibians, and especially of
R. cyanophlyctis and 6b. melanostictus, shows that they are very
adaptable species.

LITERATURE.

1. Annandale, N. .. ‘‘ Notesonthe Freshwater Fauna of In-
dia, No. I” (Spongilla lacustris
var. bengalensis), Journ. Astat. Soc.
Beng. (New Ser.), vol. ii, 1906, p 55.

2. Bowerbank,J S .. °° Monograph of the S#ongilhde,”’
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 440:

Carter;, H. J. “y.; ~ History, etc.,, of “knownl /species Wot
Spongilla,’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(5) wai, Dp: 77 (168m):

4. Weber, M.M.and A. °° Quelques nouveaux cas de Symbiose,”’
Firgeb. Ntied. Ost-Ind. vol. i, p. 48
(1890).

5. Annandale, N. .. ‘°' Noteson the Freshwater Fauna of

India, No. XI” (the Hydroid of
Irene ceylonensis), Journ. Astat.
Soc. Beng. (New Ser.), vol. iii, 1907,
Pp. 79. i
om HariaulC, .. * Die Hydroiden der magalhaenischen
Region,” etc., Zool. Jahrb , suppl.
vi, p. 534 (1905).
Stoliczka, F. .. | Anatomy of Sagartia schillerrana and
Membranipora Bengalensis,” Journ.
Astat. Soc. Bengal. patt 32,4, vol
XXXVili, p. 28 (1860).
&. Nevill, G. .. ‘*New species of Brackish-water Mol-
lusks,”” Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal,
part 2, xlix, p. 159 (1880).
g. Preston, H. B. .. ‘* Diagnoses of new Species of Corbula,”
etc., Ann. Mag. Nat. Htst. (7),
KK 25, (O07).

Io. Linstow,O. von .. “‘ A new Nematode of the genus On-
cholaimus,’’ Rec. Ind. Mus.,1, p. 45

(1907). ; ;
Ii. “Zelinkaye .. ‘°° Die Gastrotrichen,”’ Zettschr. f. Wiss.

Zool., xlix, p. 209, 189g0.

1907. |

I2.

13.
14.
rie

Gurney R.

Gruvel, A.
Chatterjee, G.C...

Gardiner, J. S.

Records of the Indian Museum. 43

‘“Some Indian Freshwater Entomos-
traca,’’ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,
NOOO! 273.

‘‘ Cirrhipédes Operculés,” etc., Mem.
Astat. Soc. Bengal, ii, p. 1 (1907).

“ Anopheles larvee,” Rec. Ind. Mus., ily
Pard2) (T1907).

The Fauna and Geography of the Mal-
dive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,
vol. ii, suppl. ii, p. 1049.

eee OOOO TOOT ee ae

Pees Ab) NA OM BS RIACL@L oi PONDS AvE
PORT CANNING, LOWER BENGAL.

Part I].—A NEw NEMATODE OF THE GENUS Oncholaimus.

By Dr. O. von Lanstow, Gottingen.

The Nematode here described was found among filamentous
algee in a pool of brackish water at Port Canning, which is situated
on the Matla estuary in Lower Bengal. -

Fic. 1,—-Posterior extremity of the male, from the right.

Oncholaimus indicus, sp. nov.

Cuticle smooth, without annular rings. At the anterior extrem-
ity there is a large oral cavity measuring 0°036 mm. in length and
o’O14 mm. in transverse diameter ; in front of this on the ventral
surface there is a conical tooth. The caudal end is thickened and
narrows abruptly a short distance behind the anus into a caudal
appendage, which measures 0':075 mm. in length and 0°0078 mm.
in breadth, and is curved inwards slightly towards the belly and
rounded posteriorly. This form of tail is identical in the two sexes.
Both in the male and in the female the cesophagus measures one-
sixth of the total length of the body.

The male is 2°71 mm. long and 0°053 mm. broad, the caudal end
occupying 1/25°6 of the length of the whole animal. The spicula are
equal, being strongly curved; they measure 0°034 mm. in length.
Dorsal to them lies a very short supporting structure.

The female is 2°71 mm. long and 0'057 mm. broad, and in this
sex the caudal end measures one twenty-eighth of the total length.
The vulva is situated somewhat posterior to the middle of the
body and divides the length anterior to it and that posterior in the

40 O. von Linstow: A New Nematode. [VOL. I, 1907.]

proportion of 31 to 29. One branch of the uterus stretches for-

wards, the other backwards. ‘Iwo eggs are produced, each measur-

ing 0°78 mm. in length and 0'047 mm. in transverse diameter.
The thirty-three known species of Oncholaimus live in the sea.

Fic. 2.—Anterior extremity, dorsal view.

[Oncholaimus indicus was found in large numbers in the habitat
indicated during December, January and March. In the first of these
months the water of the pool in which it occurred contained 1°23 per
cent. of soluble solids; in January the salinity had increased consider-
ably owing to evaporation ; while in March the percentage of soluble
solids was 2°022.—_N. ANNANDALE. |

eS OOOO

liek.) AWW) Noa sOviees BuRVA Cakes P:O NDS Aw
PO RAC AGNUNEIOING en LOR aR eB EEN G. A. I,

Part IIIJ.—AN ISOLATED RACE OF THE ACTINIAN Metridium
schillerranum (STOLICZKA).

By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent,
Indian Museum.

/METRIDIUM SCHILLERIANUM (Stoliczka),

Sagartia schilleriana, Stoliczka, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, part
2, vol. xxxviii, 1869, p 28; plates x, xi; R. Hertwig, Zool. Rep.
H.M.S ‘‘Challenger,’’ vol. vi, 1882, Actiniaria, p. 71.

Although Stoliczka’s description of the typical form of the
species 1s very detailed, the imperfect knowledge of the structure of
the Actinians possessed thirty-nine years ago by students of the
Coelenterates, misled him as regards certain important characters,
while the fact that he cut no sections prevented him from detecting
others. His types are now in a bad state of preservation, the tissues
being shrunk and partly decomposed, and have assumed a dark
brown colour of which I have been unable to get rid. I have, how-
ever, cut sections of two of these specimens, which proved to be so
far intact that the arrangement of the mesenteries could be detected.
Further, I have made vertical and transverse sections of two fresh
examples of this form, and have dissected two others, as well as
sectioning four specimens of the new variety, dissecting six, and
examining a very much larger number externally. The following
description of the species and its variety is based on the material
thus used. Although it differs considerably from Stoliczka’s written
description, it will be found to be in most respects, so far as the
typical form is concerned, in accord with his figures, which, for the
reasons given above, he appears to have misinterpreted in spite of
the accuracy of his observations.

DESCRIPTION OF THE ‘I‘VPICAL FORM OF THE SPECIES.

Colourless in spirit ; in life translucent, the column being more
or less deeply tinged with green and having a variable number of
semi-opaque vertical stripes arranged in multiples of six and repre-
senting the better developed of the intramesenterial spaces ; parts

48 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. I,

of the mesenteries often of a deep purple, which may be visible exter-
nally ; tentacles semi-opaque, often with irregular transverse bars of
opaque white. Column cylindrical, as broad or almost as broad as
high when normally expanded, broader than high when contracted ;
in the latter condition mound-shaped, with a considerable oval
aperture as a rule remaining open above the tentacles. Tentacles
elongated, tapering, perforate at the distal extremity, arranged in
five cycles ; the innermost cycle with six tentacles, the next with
twelve the third with twenty-four, the fourth with forty-eight, the
fifth with ninety-six : 186 in all (approximately). Disk ample, oval,
not separated from the column when expanded ; the mouth large,
elongated and narrow ; the lips protuberant, with six folds on either
side of the mouth ; the stomodeeum extending more than half way
down the column ; the gonadial grooves distinct. External surface
of the column smooth, generally with rows of suckets arranged ver-
tically; the cinclides, which are difficult to detect in preserved speci-
mens, scattered. Basal disk variable in outline, often extending be-
yond the periphery of the column, provided with a distinct sphinc-
ter, which is visible in living specimens as a thin, semi-opaque ring
Circular muscles of the column well developed, confined to the
mesoderm ; the sphincter elongate in vertical section, consisting of
comparatively feeble folds without muscle spaces ; radial muscles
of the disk and tentacles situated at the base of the ectoderm
and not encroaching on the mesoderm. ‘The six primary (complete)
pairs of mesenteries fertile ; sometimes the first and rarely also the
second secondary cycles fertile; the number of secondary cycles
from three to five, each consisting of twelve mesenteries ; some
mesenteries in one or more of the cycles rudimentary, without fully
developed retractor muscles and devoid of filaments ; acontia very
long. Gonads protogynous, the two elements being produced at
different times and in different parts of the mesenteries, the ovaries

above the testes.

DESCRIPTION OF AN ISOLATED RACE (var. exul) OF THE SPECIES.

Column several times as long as broad, vermiform whenextended.
in young specimens sausage or barrel-shaped when contracted.
The walls of the column very thin, allowing forty-eight mesenteries
to be visible externally as narrow, semi-opaque vertical stripes.
Tentacles as in the typical form, except that there are never more
than four cycles; the disk in old specimens much reduced,
divided into twelve distinct parts. The stomodeum extending
less than half way down the column. Basal disk devoid of a
sphincter, its periphery merging gradually into the column. The
folds of the subtentacular sphincter markedly deeper above than
below, with a few oval muscle spaces above. The six pairs of
primary mesenteries alone fully developed, the others as a rule lack-
ing retractor muscles and filaments, but the first cycle, or some of
its members, sometimes being fertile though feebly muscular.
Cinclides in vertical rows on the upper part of the column.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 49

In all other respects, so far as its taxonomic features are con.
cerned, the characters of the variety may be regarded as identical
with those of the typical form.

Fic. t.—Thick transverse section of the column of MW. schillerianum var. exul in
the region of the stomodzum, showing the arrangement of the mesenteries, the form of
the retractor muscles and the muscular strands of the wall.

COMPARISON BETWEEN THE STRUCTURE OF THE TYPICAL
FORM AND THAT OF THE VARIETY. .

The above is a general account of the physical characters in
which the two forms agree with and differ from one another. In
order to explain the manner in which it is probable that these differ-
ences have come about, it will be necessary first to compare the
structure of the two forms in further detail, and then to give an ac-
count of their respective modes of life.

Column.—

The main differences between the typical form and variety are
plainly connected with the differences in the form of the column. In
the new variety of the species this part of the organism is a thin-
walled muscular sac with a bulky lumen ; in the typical form the walls
are thicker and the ccelenteron very much less spacious. The thin-~
ness of the walls in the variety is due to two causes, viz., the nature
of the ectodermal layer and the comparatively poor development of
the mesoderm. In both forms the ectodermal layer consists of the
usual elements, namely, epithelial and glandular cells, sense cells,
and nematocysts. The cells do not differ in any feature of import-
ance as regards form or structure from those found in the same layer
in other Actinians. Stoliczka has already described and figured

50 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. 1,

the nematocysts: (op. cit., plate xi). The secretion of the gland
cells mixed with the threads of the nematocysts forms a cover-
ing for the column, which, however, is only temporary, and has
not the characters of the so-called cuticle found in some Actinians.
Unless specimens are very carefully preserved, the whole of the nem-
atocysts of the column and tentacles are forced out of the ectoderm
without rupturing, and appear in transverse section to form a sep-
arate layer, bound together by slime secreted by the gland cells but
external to and distinct from the ectoderm. If living specimens are
examined, it will be found that there is no such layer under natural
conditions, but that the nematocysts are interspersed with the epi-
thelial and glandular cells. The temporary protective covering is
not formed of the nematocysts, but only of their threads and of
slime, often with foreign bodies enclosed. In the isolated race the
ectoderm consists of a layer of cells parallel to the mesoderm.
In the typical form, however, this layer is thrown, all round the
periphery of the column, into a series of transverse folds, the func
tion of which I will discuss later. The number of nematocysts and
also of gland cells present in this region is perhaps greater in the
typical form than in the variety. The suckers, which are as a rule
absent in young individuals, consist, in both forms, of relatively
deep folds of the ectoderm separated by a space from the meso-
derm ; they are oval in outline, their main axis being at right
angles to that of the column. It is very difficult to detect the cin-
clides in preserved material, but in life they are easily distinguished
as transversely elongated slits with tumid lips. In structure they
closely resemble the suckers except that they are perforate; the
mesoglcea beneath them is much vacuolated. ‘The vertical rows
of suckers, at any rate in the variety, usually correspond to the
inter-, those of the cinclides to the intramesenterial spaces ; but
I have been unable to convince myself that this arrangement is
absolutely constant. In the typical form of the species cinclides
and suckers occur on all parts of the column, the former being
particularly numerous near the two disks; but in the new race
both structures are confined to the upper half of the column below
the region of the sphincter.

The thickness of the mesoderm is not more than moderate in the
typical form ; in the variety it is rather less, but the mesogloea swells
out somewhat irregularly in many of the inter- and intramesen-
terial spaces in such a way that the whole of the layer in such spaces
has a roughly spindle-shaped outline in transverse section. In both
forms the nerve cells situated towards the external limits of the
mesoderm are large and numerous, and in both the mesoglcea itself
has a distinctly reticulo-fibrillar structure and contains, especially
externally, a number of irregularly placed vertical spaces and
channels. In the typical form of the species, the wider folds of
the ectoderm rest on slight projections and concavities in the
mesoderm, while in both forms broad mesodermal ‘‘ bays ’’ occur
on the endodermal surface.

The endoderm of the column in both forms consists of consider-

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 51

ably elongated epithelial cells provided with cilia, which are parti-
cularly long and active towards the upper limits of the column. In
the typical form, the number of gland cells interspersed in the epi-
thelium is perhaps greater than in the variety. In the former, the
cells lining the intermesenterial spaces are markedly longer, and
contain more zooxanthelle, than those lining the intramesenterial
spaces. This difference is not so clear in the variety but appears to
exist to a slight extent. In both forms the zooxanthelle do not
encroach upon the basal part of the cells.

An important point to be noted is that the differences in struc-
ture of the column are much more marked in the case of full-grown
individuals of the two forms than they are in that of very young in-
dividuals of the variety and adults of the typical form. As can be
seen from the figures on plate iv, young individuals of the variety
measuring about 10 mm. in length when contracted, are only about
four times as long as broad, their proportions being, however some-
what variable. In full-grown specimens of the same form, however,
the length is at least ten times the transverse diameter. When
strongly contracted the column of the young individuals assumes a
barrel-shaped outline which does not differ very greatly from the
conical outline of the typical form in same state, and the younger the
individual is, so far as my experience goes, the less is the length in
excess of the transverse diameter. It is only well-grown individuals,
of over 4 cm. in length when they are contracted, which can be called
wormlike, and as will be shown later, contraction takes a different
course in full-grown examples of the variety than that which occurs
in young examples of the variety or full-grown individuals of the
original form. In the typical form and in the young of the variety,
the column is able to stand vertically upright, but in larger indi-
viduals of the variety this is impossible without artificial support.

Muscles.—

The circular muscular layer of the mesoderm of the column lies
within the nervous layer of the same structure and, in the variety,
occupies the greater part of the mesogloea. In the typical form it
is relatively less extensive. In the typical form, moreover, the
muscle fibres appear to form a continuous sheet, but I am not
quite confident as regards this point. In the variety, however, it
is easy to see in living and even in well-preserved specimens that
this muscle consists of a large number of parallel strands lying
closely adjacent to one another in a vertical series. I am not
referring to the sphincter, which is formed by a folding of the
muscle accompanied by a parallel folding of the whole mesoderm,
but to the circular muscle of the column below the sphincter.

In the typical form of the species the sphincter is not visible
externally and its folds are so shallow and commence so gradually
below, that it is difficult to say at what point it begins to become
differentiated. This is also the case as regards young specimens
of the variety less than five millimetres long ; but even in these it
is more powerfully developed. In full-grown specimens of the

32 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [ Vouat,

variety, however, the sphincter region can be distinctly recognized
externally, forming a somewhat corrugated and rather opaque
band beneath the disk, and measuring about one-twelfth of the
whole column in length. It is well shown in fig. 5, pl. iii.

The basal sphincter is formed by a few comparatively deep folds
in the circular muscle at the base of the column round the periphery
of the basal disk. I can find no trace of it in the variety.

Longitudinal muscle fibres can occasionally be detected in the
mesoderm of the column in the typical form ; in the variety they are
fairly abundant in the spindle-shaped swellings of the mesoderm
referred to in a preceding paragraph.

In both forms of the species, the basilar muscles of the mesen-
teries are well developed, surrounding outgrowths of the mesoderm
at the base of these organs and having a dendritic outline in
transverse section. As a rule they are developed almost equally
on the two sides of the mesentery ; but their exact outline varies
greatly even in different mesenteries of the same individual. The
basilo-retractor muscles are on the other hand somewhat feebly
developed, accompanying a relatively slight folding of the meso-
derm often almost indistinguishable. They, too, are very variable.
The retractor muscles are stout and somewhat short in trans-
verse section in both forms. In the variety it is possible to
distinguish these belonging to the directive mesenteries from the
others by their shape as well as by their position and orientation.
In transverse section all have a reniform outline but those of
the directive mesenteries are shorter and more nearly circular.
In the typical form of the species this characteristic is not so
marked as in the variety, but in the latter there is more space for
the muscles to retain their natural outline than there is in the
former. The retractor muscles in the variety become gradually
more slender near the base of the column, and practically disappear
before the base is reached. In the typical form, however, they
extend along the basal disk almost to its centre, and play an
important part in the muscularity of that structure.

The radial muscles of the disk and tentacles are at first sight
difficult to detect, owing to the fact that they form a relatively
narrow band in transverse section. In suitable longitudinal
sections of the tentacles, however, they appear to be powerful and
are easily distinguished.

Tentacles and disk.—

The arrangement of the tentacles is closely similar in the two
forms, but the variety generally has one cycle fewer than the typical
form, full-grown individuals of both being examined. Stoliczka said
that he could distinguish the six primary tentacles from the others
by their shape; this I have been unable to do, but, at any rate
in young individuals, their position surrounding the mouth is quite
distinct and they are separated from the other cycles. Typically
each cycle, commencing from the primary cycle and going out-
wards, has twice as many tentacles as the one immediately within

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 53

it, as Stoliczka’s diagram (of. cit., pl. xi, fig. 2) shows very
clearly ; but although this holds good as a general rule, there are
many exceptions, which arise either from the suppression of some
of the tentacles of a cycle or by the appearance of supernumerary
tentacles. The latter phenomenon may occur in one of two ways:
not infrequently an extra tentacle makes its appearance at the
base of one already fully formed than which it is at first consider-
ably smaller, and less frequently a tentacle splits longitudinally
into two. I have seen both these methods of multiplication in

Fic, 2.—Expanded disk of M. schillerianum var. exul, oblique lateral view, nat. size.

progress in the variety, and have little doubt that they also occur
in the typical form, judging from the slight divergencies from regu-
larity which I have found in specimens.

As regards the individual tentacles I can find no difference
between the two forms. In both they are elongated and tapering
and are perforate at the free extremity. I have on one occasion
seen an acontium protruded through the pore. The nervous layer
of the ectoderm is clearly marked in transverse sections and the
layers are generally of typical form and structure.

The wall of the disk is thinner in the variety than in the
typical form. In the latter, when the disk is fully expanded its edge
makes a right angle with the column and is entire. This is also the
case as regards individuals of the new race of all ages, when
their disks are fully expanded. When the disk of the typical form
is partly contracted, however a fold of the wall of the column
containing the upper extremity of the sphincter makes its appear-
ance, and this is also the case in young individuals of the new
race less than about 2 cm. long. Ewen after the appearance of this
‘‘collar,’’ the margin of the disk is entire. In larger individuals
of the isolated race, for reasons to be discussed immediately, the

54 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. |VOvL. 1,

collar does not appear in any circumstance, and the margin of the
disk is broken up by deep furrows into twelve lobes, each containing
seven tentacles and every two corresponding to one of the six
primary tentacles. As lobulation of the disk is generally re
garded as a character of generic value in the group to which Me-
tridium belongs, this is a matter of some importance. It must be
noted, however, that the lobulation is not a permanent feature of
the species or even of the new race, but only occurs in specimens
of the latter which have attained a large size. Probably it is
brought about by the nature of the radial muscles and the thinness
of the wall. It is not in any way comparable to the shallower
lobulation of the disk which characterizes many Actinians, but may
be of interest in considering the question of the manner in which
such permanent lobulation has come about.

REN Zea
= Ze

Kine

Fic. 3.—Expanded disk of M. schillerianum var. exul, from above, nat. size. Only the
outermost cycle of tentacles is represented.

I have already referred to the fact that no fold makes its appear-
ance round the disk of full-grown individuals of the var. exul when
they are in the act of contracting, and also that contraction takes a
different course in such individuals from that followed in the case of
younger examples of the same variety or of either young or old ex-
amples of the typical form. When a full-grown typical individual is
irritated, the whole disk is drawn downwards by the contraction of
the contractor muscles, and at the same time, or a little later, the
sphincter, by contracting, draws in the upper part of the column
above the disk, while the diameter of the disk and the length of the
tentacles are reduced by contraction of the radial muscles, and the
mouth is tightly closed. The tips of the tentacles are bent inwards
ina broad arc. In young individuals of the variety the process

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 55

is similar, but the sphincter contracts more strongly. The space in
which the disk is to be contained is therefore less, and the tentacles
are forced to dispose themselves in a different manner. The outer
cycles draw together in such a way that their tips are in contact or
almost in contact, while the inner cycles bend downwards and enter
the mouth and stomodezum. The difference between the two ways
in which space is found for the bestowal of the tentacles during con-
traction of the disk is strikingly illustrated in bisected specimens of
the two forms. In full-grown individuals of the new race, on the
other hand, the tentacles and the disk are not withdrawn entirely
into the column when the animal is irritated, but, after partial re-
traction of the disk and contraction of the tentacles, the sphincter
contracts below the disk and the mouth is closed, not always very
tightly. This difference is connected with a change in habits which
will be discussed later.

Basa! disk.—

Not the least striking difference between the two forms is
that connected with the basal disk ; but as in other characters,
the difference in this respect is more marked in fully grown in-
dividuals than it is in the young. The base of the typical form
is strongly muscular, that of the variety much more feebly so ; but
that of young examples of the variety resembles, in its general
characters, except in the absence of a sphincter, that of the typical
form. Inthe typical form, the main axis of the base forms a right
angle with that of the column, and the edge dividing them is
sharply defined. It is possible, however, for the basal disk to be
extended beyond the column under certain conditions, as when
the animal is stationed in a cavity the diameter of which is
greater, but not very much greater than that ofits column. The
lower surface of the basal disk is always flat as a whole. In young
examples of the new race the lower surface of the basal disk
is also flat ; but the edges do not appear to be extensile. In well-
grown individuals of this form, however, the lower surface
of the basal disk is not flat, but either concave or convex in
accordance with external circumstances. In fact, it has toa great
extent lost its functions as an organ of adhesion, in accordance with
the change of habits already alluded to. In both forms: of the
species, there is a pore in the centre of the basal disk, communicat-
ing on the one hand with the ccelenteron and on the other with
the exterior.

In young examples of the new race there is a distinct folding
of the ectoderm in the neighbourhood of the basal disk, comparable
to that which occurs all over the column of the typical form ; while
a trace of folding can even be discovered in the former position in the
adult of the isolated form. The arrangement of the inferior termi-
nation of the mesenteries is very variable in the new race,/in which
the two mesenteries of a pair often join together and end before
reaching the centre of the basal disk, while sometimes they do not
meet at all and run right to the edge of the central pore,

56 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [Vou 1,

Mesenteries.—

The arrangement of the mesenteries in the typical form is,
as is frequently the case in the family subject to many minor
irregularities ; but it seems to be a fixed rule in the species that only
six pairs of mesenteries are complete, and that they are all, occasion-
ally with one or two individual exceptions, fertile. The number of
fertile secondary mesenteries is variable ; often none of them are
fertile, so that Stoliczka was right when he described specimens as
having twelve ovaries. The mesenteries of the secondary cycles in
this form are always smaller than those of the primary cycles, and
the retractor muscles of the latter are so feebly developed that as a
rule they are not visible to the naked eye. Mesenterial filaments,
more or less perfect in structure, are usually present in those cases
in which it is possible to recognize the retractor muscles ; but some
of the meseriteries, in all the specimens I have examined, consist
merely of the basilar portion, with which they terminate, neither
the membranous part between the proximal termination and the
retractor, the retractor itself, nor the filament being represented.
In the typical form of the species such imperfect mesenteries
occur irregularly; in one specimen a pair was noted which
seemed to represent by itself a cycle of which the other mesen-
teries were absent. In the new race, on the other hand, it is the
rule for all the mesenteries except the six primary pairs to be in
this rudimentary, or possibly vestigial condition. Only exception-
ally do any of the secondary mesenteries bear retractor muscles,
filaments or gonads. This condition of affairs considerably in-
creases the lumen of the ccelenteron, which is further enlarged by
another peculiarity namely the thinness of the mesoderm in the
mesenteries. In the typical form of the species, this layer rather
increases in transverse diameter as it juts out into the mesen-
teries, and maintains a porportionately considerable breadth the
whole way between the basilar and retractor muscles. In the new
race, however, although it bulges out and takes on a dendritic
form in the region in which it supports the basilar muscles, it de-
creases greatly in thickness between the distal extremity of the latter
and the base of the retractors. Indeed, to such an extent is this the
case that in what may be called the membranous part of -the
mesentery, the mesoderm appears in transverse sections as an ex-
tremely delicate filament. There are, of course, differences in the
transverse diameter of this layer, so far as the mesenteries are
concerned, in different regions of the column; but the differences
just described are very much more conspicuous than any of a local
nature.

Both internal and external mesenterial stomata are present in
both forms.

The structure of the mesenterial filaments calls for no special
remark either as regards the species as a whole or as regards the
two forms thereof. It agrees closely with that which has been des-
cribed by O. and R. Hertwig (3), and subsequently by others, in the
cases of different members of the Sagartiide. The only points in

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 57

which these organs appear to exhibit specific interest so far as M.
schillerianum is concerned, are the extent and number of the folds
into which they are thrown both horizontally and vertically, and
the great length of the acontia. I can detect no difference, except
those already noted, as regards the structure of the mesenteries in
the two forms of the species.

Gonads.—

The nature of the gonads in this species is interesting. In most

Photo by L, L. Fermor. |

Fic. 4.—Part of the mesentery of W. schillerianum var. exul, from a preparation
in canada balsam, highly magnified. =mesenterial filament; ¢=unripe testis; 0=
ovary; 2=membranous part of the mesentery ; a=retractor muscle.

of the Actinians one or other of two conditions is found—either
the male and female organs are borne by different individuals, or the
two are borne in the same part of the same mesentery of one in-
dividual, one sex generally taking precedence in time of the other.
In M. schillerianum, however, neither of these conditions prevails.
In specimens of the variety examined at the beginning of December,
only ovaries (which were present in all individuals measuring more
than about 15 mm. in length) could be found ; they occupied the
distal part of the mesentery, extending from the lower extremity of
the stomodeum vertically downwards as far as the point at which
the structure of the mesenterial filament first underwent a change.
Their position on the complete mesenteries corresponded exactly,
therefore, with that of the part of the filament which was trilo-
bate in transverse section, and their lower extremity was situated
exactly opposite the point at which the ciliated tracts of the
filament disappeared. The lower part of the coiled portion of

“”

58 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. I,

the filament, on the other hand, corresponded with a region of
the mesentery containing, at that date, cells with all the char-
acters of sexual cells but as yet of an indeterminate nature.
These cells were situated at the base of the endoderm covering the
mesentery. The ova were already far advanced in the part of the
mesentery occupied by the ovary, and this part of the mesentery
had lost its purple colour ; but the lower part, below the ovary, was
still of a very deep purple. The structure of the ovary closely re-
sembled (except that the whole structure was strongly folded)
that of the ovary of Calliactis parasitica as figured by O. and R.
Hertwig (3). In specimens of the new race of M. schillerianum
killed in January, however, the condition of the gonads had altered
completely. The upper part of the mesentery was now devoid of
ova and was thin and colourless; the lower part, in which the
indeterminate sexual cells had occurred in other individuals a month
earlier, was now distended with spermatozoa arranged in approxi-
mately quadrangular follicules. Although they were already ripe,
the development of the testes had not destroyed the purple colour
of this part of the mesentery. The structure of the organs was
identical (except for a folding similar to that of the ovaries but
even more marked) with that of the testes of Calliactis parasitica.
In a few individual mesenteries the testes appeared to have in-
vaded that region which had been previously occupied by the ova-
ries, but the two regions were as a rule distinct, and corresponded
to those parts of the mesenterial filaments which I have referred to
above. In individuals killed towards the end of March the gonads
were again in the same condition as in those killed in December.
Stoliczka states that the eggs have a chitinous covering when
emitted, and that there is a dark layer beneath this covering. If
his statements are correct, both these structures must come into
existence at a very late stage of development, for ova which appear
to be of nearly full size show no trace of either. The spermatozoa,
as Stoliczka noted, have a round head and a tail of somewhat mod-
erate dimensions. In the testes they are arranged with their heads
pointing outwards towards the endoderm which encloses them, and
it appears that the movements of their tails prove sufficient to drive
them through this endoderm, probably between the cells. Stoliczka’s
specimen, which threw out part of the gonad, was evidently living
under unfavourable conditions, and the process appears to have been
pathological. In individuals of the form he described living in my
aquarium the gonads degenerated altogether. “These individuals
were obtained, together with others which were killed and dissected,
in the Matla estuary at the beginning of January. The gonads of
those which were examined were, at that date, in exactly the same
condition as examples of the isolated race from the ponds.

Skeleton.—

In his account of the species Stoliczka stated that it was
remarkable in the possession of a skeleton consisting of both cal-
careous and silicious elements. I have examined both his own

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 59

specimens and fresh ones, in order to be in a position to discuss
this skeleton ; but in vain. All that I find is that in some of the
individuals examined the ccelenteron is to some extent lined with
extraneous particles of silica, which also occur in the mud of the
ponds and estuary, and that these particles have occasionally been
taken into the cells of the endoderm or even into the mesoderm.
It is well known that many Actinians protect themselves by ab-
sorbing solid extraneous particles in this way, ¢.g., the Indian
species Myractis tubicola, Haddon (6). ‘The calcareous spicule
figured by Stoliczka looks very much like that of an Alcyonarian,
and some of my specimens of M. schillerianum var. exul, which
were taken from the canals of a Sponge, contain undoubted sponge
spicules.

Colour.—

Such coloration as the two forms of the species possess 1s practi-
cally identical and is due to three factors; two of these can be
readily explained, while the origin of the third is still obscure.

The most general cause of colour is the presence of zooxanthelle
in the cells of the endoderm of the column and tentacles and of the
ectoderm of the stomodeum. ‘These bodies agree in form and struc-
ture with those found in other Actinians. In the new race of M.
schillerianum, and probably also in the typical form, they are not
always present. I found at Port Canning in December that they
were fairly abundant in individuals from one of the ponds, but
were absent from others living in a second pond only divided from
the first by a narrow bank. At the same time they were very abun-
dant in examples of the typical form from the estuary; they be
came far less numerous in the course of a few weeks in the same
individuals, which were placed in an aquarium, but again re-
appeared in large numbers in their tissues before two months were
past. The distribution of the zooxanthelle in the tissues was found
to be by no means constant. In individuals living buried in mud it
was not surprising to find them practically confined to the tenta-
cles and the upper part of the column. ‘They were also noted occa-
sionally in the mesoderm and even the ectoderm of these regions,
and I have seen them on several occasions, as did also Stoliczka, in
the cloud of slime and stinging threads shot out from the external
surface when the animal was irritated. In the last instance there
can be little doubt that they had been squeezed out accidentally. In
individuals of the typical form they are as a rule more numerous
in the endoderm underlying the sphincter and in that lining the
interseptal spaces than elsewhere. They are not altogether absent
from the intraseptal spaces, but are sparsely scattered in the cells.
To this fact is due in part the presence of the semi-opaque vertical
stripes which, in the typical form, represent the intraseptal spaces
externally ; but the difference between the character of the endo-
derm of these spaces and that of the interseptal ones is also, to
some extent, responsible for this element in the coloration. In the
pond race, the scarcity of zooxanthellae in the column renders the

60 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [NOL. |

wall of this region more transparent and makes it possible to distin-
guish the position of the mesenteries externally. The zooxanthelle
are always more numerous towards the distal end of the endoderm
cells than at their base, from which, indeed, they are practically
absent.

The second factor is not very important so far as coloration is
concerned. It consists of irregularly shaped solid particles and
globular masses of liquid, both very minute, occurring in the cells of
the ectoderm of the stomodzeum and the endoderm of the mesenterial
filaments. Other particles, possibly of an excretory nature and of a
shining white colour, are present in certain cells of the endoderm
of the tentacles, giving rise to transverse bars. I can find no con-
firmation of Stoliczka’s statement that these bars are due to accu-
mulations of nematocysts, for nematocysts are equally numerous
throughout the ectoderm of the tentacles. When zooxanthelle are
absent from an individual, the solid particles and liquid globules
in the mesenteries and stomodeum give these organs a faint pinkish
tinge during life. There can be little doubt that such intracellular
accumulations of matter are direct products of metabolism.

The third factor is the cause of the purplish colour noted by
Stoliczka in the mesenteries of the typical form, and equally con-
spicuous in some individuals of the new race, but not always pres-
ent either in the typical form or the other. If any part of the
endoderm of an individual with purple mesenteries be examined
microscopically, it will be seen to contain numerous bodies of a deep
violet colour. With the aid of a fairly powerful objective such as
Zeiss’ apochromatic D these bodies will be seen to vary consider-
ably in shape and size and each to be enclosed in a green and
apparently structureless capsule, the colour of which does not dis-
appear in spirit. An oilimmersion lens is necessary to throw any
light on their structure, and even under the highest powers they
are minute. Under favourable conditions each body can, however,
be seen to contain a large number of smaller, densely pigmented
spherical structures, evidently spores, surrounding a colourless cen-
tral core. I have not succeeded in investigating the structure of
the spores owing to their minute size and to the fact that their
dense pigmentation is extremely stable. ‘The capsule is pear-shaped
or subspherical in most of the bodies, but in the largest its outline
becomes irregular; in some cases it is no longer intact and the spores
are scattered round it. An examination of a considerable number
of sections and other preparations has elicited the following —
as regards these violet bodies.

After the spores have been set free among the cells of the anne
derm, they increase in size, and a small, comparatively clear circular
space appears in the middle of each. In the centre of this space is a
dot so minute that I have not been able to make out its structure.
At first it is difficult to ascertain the nature of the envelope in
which each of the spores is enclosed, but after they have increased
slightly in size it is possible to see that each lies in a capsule
resembling that of the parent but exceedingly delicate and only

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. O14

faintly tinged with green. At a slightly later period the capsule
commences to bulge out at one pole, and finally forms a projec-
tion which may be either pointed or blunt at the free extrem-
ity, and is nearly as wide as, and several times as long as the
body to which it is attached. It is apparently hollow, and a
slight fold or constriction in its wall can generally be detected
a short distance from the proximal end. The coloured contents of
the capsule are still confined within their original limits, and as yet
show no sign of subdivision. The main part of the capsule next
increases in size and its contents split up, apparently by fragmenta-
tion,into numerous smaller bodies resembling the spore from which
the whole structure originated but rather less minute, a colourless
residue remaining. Some of these smaller bodies make their way
into the hollow projection, and the main part of the capsule gradually
becomes less distinct from the projection, which increases in girth ;
so that the whole structure assumes a pear-shaped or subspherical
outline. During this process the products of division divide and
become smaller by subdivision. Finally the capsule ruptures and a
new generation of spores is set free.

It is obvious that much further study would be necessary before
it would be possible to give a name to these violet bodies, and such
study would have little bearing, so far as it is possible to see, on the
subject of this paper. All that can be said is, that they appear to
represent an asexual cycle in the life-history of some minute alga.
It is of interest to note that if they are not phases of the same or-
ganism as the zooxanthelle, two symbiotic, or at any rate inquiline,
organisms occur together in the inner tissues of the same Act-
inian.

The position of the violet bodies in these tissues is practically the
same as that of the zooxanthellz, except that the former are inter-
not intracellular. They are not, however, sufficiently numerous in
the column to give a visible colour effect, and even in the mesenteries ,
in which they are far more numerous, they only colour the thin mem-
branous part. Stoliczka believed that the deep purple, often seen in
the region of the gonads, was directly due to the sexual products. So
far from this being the case, I find that when the ovaries are ripe or
nearly so, they lose their colour almost completely. The loss of
colour, however, is due not to the entire disappearance of the violet
bodies, but to the fact they are more widely separated from one
another as the eggs increase in bulk and so stretch the endoderm in
which the bodies are scattered. It is possible, however, that the
growth of the eggs has some direct effect on these bodies, which are
so scarce in the spent ovaries that the mesenteries have little colour
in this region after the eggs are set free. I have not seen an im-
mature individual with purple ovaries, and the violet bodies are
always absent from the acontia.

From what has been said it is clear that neither form of Metr-
dium schillercanum owes its coloration to pigment produced by its
own metabolism. In both forms the colours are due to independent
or semi-independent organisms, and the difference of distribution

62 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. |,

of these organisms in the bodies of the Actinians is probably con-
nected with biological differences in the hosts.

BIOLOGY.

Relations to environment .—

Stoliczka found the original specimens of the species living
attached to logs of wood ; he therefore suggested that they should
be called Lignacalephe. I have recently found specimens of the
typical form ensconsed in the dead shells of barnacles fixed to
iron posts in the Matla estuary. Stoliczka noted that the species,
as he knew it, frequently inserted its basal disk into cavities in the
logs to which it attached ; both in the case of my specimens and
of his, the basal disk was extended somewhat beyond the periphery
of the column to cover the base of the cavity in which the animal
was stationed. In circumstances in which it is impossible for the
Actinian to protect itself by entering a cavity already formed, for
example when it is in a glass vessel, it constructs a protecting
sheath for itself out of such objects as filaments of the alge
which grow in its natural habitat. This habit has been exemplified
by individuals of both forms recently living in captivity in
Calcutta, especially by fully grown individuals of the typical form
and by young individuals of the new race. I was able, in the
case of one example of the latter, to observe the production of the
sheath. The animal had been removed from the aquarium and
placed in a watchglass full of water, and was being examined
under a fairly high power of the microscope. After a few minutes
of complete contraction its column grew slightly longer and at
the same time a large number of stinging-threads were emitted
from the upper part of this region of the body. ‘These were
of simple structure, devoid of barbs. They did not remain still
after being set free, but displayed a rapid corkscrew motion
closely resembling that of many spermatozoa and were thus carried
through the water for a short distance round the Actinian, from
which they did not recede. A quantity of mucus was also
secreted from the exterior of the column. The rapid movements of
the threads did not last for more than a few minutes, but, as they
ceased, the threads became matted together with the slime, which
retained any extraneous substances that chanced to come in contact
with it. Larger examples of the new race, examined as they
were taken, had particles of the mud from which they had been
removed adhering to them, probably for the same reason; but
in all cases the external coating thus formed was of an extremely
evanescent and flimsy nature.

As I have already pointed out, there are few solid bodies at pre-
sent to be found in the ponds at Port Canning I have searched
them in vain for specimens of the typical form of the species,
which was living in one of them thirty-nine years ago, when the
logs of wood were there. Representatives of the new race now
abound, however, in the ponds, with the exception of the two

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 63

ponds nearest the railway station, both of which are used by the
people of the settlement for such purposes as washing domestic
utensils and clothes. (There is at Port Canning one large pond
which is only separated from the brackish ones by a few hundred
yards and yet contains fresh water ; but as the fauna of this pond
is of normal character and does not include marine elements, I
have not referred to it hitherto and need not do so again.)

Although the typical and the new forms of M. schallerranum
are alike in producing a temporary sheath of matter secreted by
their own cells and mixed with extraneous substances, the new
form is not in the habit as a rule of attaching itself by its base to
the few inanimate solid bodies to be found in the ponds. Spongilla
cerebellata, however, often occurs in masses of considerable size in
the ponds, and in its canals I have found enormous numbers of
young individuals of the Actinian. In the majority of cases these
were situated in such a way that their long axes were parallel to
those of the canals, to the walls of which they adhered by means
of the external surface of their columns. In some cases, however,
their basal disks were attached to the shells of small Lamellibranchs
(Corbula spp.) which also frequent the canals of the Sponge. In
situations in which no Sponges were present, the young of the
Actinian were generally found attached to the filaments of alge
which formed more or less dense cloud-like masses, and many were
also found among the matted roots of grasses. None, however,
were found attached to the stems or branches of upright plants
such as Naias, and it was clear that among the alge and grass
roots a considerable amount of lateral support was given them.
When they were placed in a vessel of water without any such
artificial support, they proved able to adfix themselves to the
bottom by their bases and to stand upright with fully expanded
tentacles. In this position they closely resembled the young of the
common European Sagartia troglodytes and could only be distin-
guished from small examples of the typical M. schillerianum by
the greater elongation of their columns and by the thinness of the
walls of this region—a feature quite apparent owing to the trans-
parency of the tissues, which permitted the exact position of the
internal organs and the movements of the acontia to be observed
with ease. Individuals even in this stage, however, rarely lived for
long in an aquarium, and at once gathered round them filaments
of alge.

The full-grown individuals of this newrace were invariably found
buried in mud, in which they were sunk as far as the base of the
tentacles, and into which they retreated completely on being dis-
turbed. When removed from the mud their long, vermiform
columns were unable to support them in an upright position,
and they lay in a glass vessel with their main axes parallel to the
bottom, but with the extreme distal end of the column slightly
curved upwards. ‘heir attitude and appearance were in fact
closely similar to those of many species of Cervianthus in similar
circumstances. And yet every intermediate stage was to be found

64 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOu. 1,

between the typical Sagartia-like young and the Cerianthus-like
adult, while the internal anatomy, allowing for differences due to
maturity, was found to be identical in large and small individuals.
Moreover, although the basal disk had almost disappeared, it had
not altogether lost its function as an organ of adhesion, for many
large individuals dug from the mud were found on close examina-
tion to be adherent by their bases to shells and other small objects.
In preserved specimens it would often appear on superficial ex-
amination that the basal disk is in much the same condition
of atrophy as it is in dwardsia and other burrowing forms, but
in living examples it is always clear that this is not the case ;
in fact, a distinct disk is present (plate iii, fig. 3), but it is rela-
tively small and in other respects degenerate.

Stoliczka noted that the typical form of the species was able
to survive exposure to the sun out of water for some hours—a pheno-
menon which has been recorded in other Actinians—and I am able to
confirm his observation. When exposed at low tide the animals
remain with their tentacles extruded, and the whole organism has
a particularly flabby appearance. A close examination of living
specimens under these and other conditions, and a comparison
with dead and carefully preserved material, enables me to suggest a
reason for the powers of endurance possessed by the typical
M. schillerranum ; possibly this explanation will be found to
apply to other species also. I have already remarked on the com-
paratively thin walls of the column of the new race of M. schil-
lerranum as compared with those of the same part of the body in
the typical form of the species, and on the fact that it is possible to
gauge the thickness of the wall in small living specimens of the
former owing to its transparency. The wall of the column in the
typical form is usually less transparent than it is in the variety,
owing to the large number of zooxanthellae present in the endo-
derm ; but this very fact makes it possible to estimate the extent
to which the thickness of the wall is due to the layers other than
the endoderm. This can be done most easily by watching an
acontium which is being thrust out of one of the cinclides. It is
not difficult to see that the thin white thread has to traverse a con-
siderably greater extent of transparent tissue outside the coloured
endoderm than could be accounted for if the thickness of the ecto-
derm and mesoderm seen in a transverse section of a preserved
specimen were the same as the thickness of these same layers
during life. The shrinkage, which is inevitable in preserved speci-
mens, is very much more marked in the case of the typical form
than in that of the pond race ; it is less evident, in the case of the
former, if specimens are killed and preserved in weak formol than
if they are treated with reagents, such as corrosive sublimate and
alcohol, which give a more satisfactory result as regards cellular
histology. The reason for this apparently is that an aqueous solu-
tion of formol while causing intense muscular contraction during
life, does not dehydrate the tissues after death. If a specimen of
th» typical form which has been preserved in formol be cut in two

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 65

with a razor, so as to disturb the tissues as little as possible, it will
be found that the ectoderm is not closely folded as it is in a speci-
men preserved in spirit or even in one which has been killed in
formol and then dehydrated in alcohol and embedded in paraffin ;
but that there are large spaces between this layer and the meso-
derm, the two layers being only in contact at widely separated
points and there being a considerab'e amount of liquid enclosed
between them. ‘The same condition, but not nearly to the same
extent, will be found to exist in young individua!s of the new form,
while, except in the lower part of the column, it will not be de-
tected in full-grown examples of this form. In the neighbourhood
of the basal disk of these, however, it exists to a slight extent. In
specimens of the typical form which have been long in alcohol, as I
found in the types of the species, the ectoderm shrinks very greatly
(apparently more so than the mesoderm does) and therefore comes
to be nearly smooth again, lying parallel to the mesoderm. From
these considerations I conclude that there is naturally a layer of
water between the ectoderm and the mesoderm in the typical but
not in the new formof M. schillerianum—there are traces of it even in
the adult, and much more clearly in the young, of the latte:—and
further that the folds of the ectoderm which are so striking a feature
of this layer in sections of the typical form (plate iii, figs. 5, 6) of
the species, are artificial.

As to the function of this layer of water, which is confined to the
column : I would suggest that it is to enable the Actinian to endure
exposure to the sun out of water. ‘The form is one which haunts
tidal waters and, as Stoliczka noted, has a great tendency to main-
tain its position near the surface and to return to that position if re-
moved from it. In the small cavities in which it is frequently found
ensconced, a certain amount of water remains when the object in
which they occur is left dry as a whole by the retreating tide. If
the animal is able to make use of this water by drawing t into
its body, as it may do by means of the cinclides, the habit of
living in such cavities must benefit it in more ways than one. My
reason for saying that it is possible that other species make use of
subectodermal spaces in the same way as the typical form of M.
schillerianum is that I have observed in specimens both of this
form and of Sagartia troglodytes, Actinia mesembryanthemum and
other British species (especially when they are living under un-
natural conditions in foul water) that blister-like projections
appear on the column, most commonly towards its base, and that
in the case of the Indian form these projections, which remain in
specimens preserved in formol, are due to accumulations of liquid
below the ectoderm. It is difficult to make observations as regards
the exact relation of one layer of the body to another on living
materia!, for the whole organism is so highly contractile that such
relations are distorted immediately on the application of a sharp
instrument to the external surface ; but water certainly exudes in
considerable quantities from the wall of the column of a living
example of the typical M. schillerianum which is cut with a razor.

66 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. 1,

The pond race of the Actinian is not subject to the same
periodical exposure as the typical form of the species, for under
ordinary conditionsit lives beyond the reach of the tides. Itis, how-
ever, exposed to gradual changes inthe salinity of the water to which
it is restricted. To what extent it is able to survive such vicissi-
tudes is still uncertain! ; if Stoliczka is right as regards the chitinous
nature of the membrane which covers the egg of the typical form,
and if the egg of the pond race has a similar covering, the egg is
well fitted to withstand chemical changes in the environment, and
even desiccation. Adults of the pond race are able to live for
some hours lying on the ground exposed to the sun. Under such
conditions their behaviour is totally different from that of ex-
amples of the typical form. I have found individuals of moderate
size lying on the mud at the edge of a tank. Their tentacles were
completely retracted and the sphincter was tightly closed ; their
columns were, however, distended with water, which was contained
in the ccelenteron.

Under natural conditions both forms of the species are diurnal
in habit, the typical form remaining with its disk fully expanded
when exposed to the direct raysofthesun. The new race, however,
is usually found below or among floating algze according to its age,
and these provide considerable shade. Young and half-grown in-
dividuals in my aquarium became practically nocturnal after a few
days’ exposure to bright light in a glass vessel. At night and early
in the morning they expanded their tentacles, which were withdrawn
as soon as the day became warm (cf. Fleure and Walton (12),
p. 217). Individuals of the typical form living under identical con-
ditions exhibited a similar tendency, but to a less marked degree ;
full-grown examples of the race never lived for at most more than
three daysin these conditions. Young examples of this form showed
less power of resistance to the unnatural conditions of a small
aquarium than did adults of the typical form, the latter living
for over three months in water which was always kept of the same
salinity, while those from the pools, in the same vessel, as a rule died
in about a fortnight. The water in which they were, was taken
from one of the ponds at Port Canning and was brought to Calcutta
in a stoppered bottle.

M ovements.—

Notwithstanding what appears to be an avoidance of bright
light in the case of the variety, neither form of the species exhibits
any marked heliotropism, negative or positive, in its movements.
When individuals are placed in a glass vessel lighted from one side,
they remain, other conditions being suitable, where they are placed,
neither moving towards the light nor away from it. Stoliczka
noticed, however, that his specimens showed a tendency to move
upwards towards the surface of the water, and I find that mine prefer

1 Almost at the end of the hot weather, the Actinian is still abundant in the ponds.
May 27th, 1907.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 67

to become stationary on the sides rather than at the bottom of the
aquarium, unless they are given empty shells, in which they ensconce
themselves at the bottom.

Both forms possess considerable powers of progression, but they
do not habitually move in the same way. The only method I have
seen the typical form adopt is that observed by Stoliczka viz., by
crawling slowly on the basal disk along a vertical or horizontal sur-
face. This method of progression is effected partly by alternate
contractions and expansions of the disk, and partly by a copious
secretion of very tenacious mucus from the glandular cells which
abound on this disk and round the base of the column. It is a slow
and feeble one, as it generally is in Actinians ; Stoliczka records that
a specimen in his aquarium moved 7 inches in 24 hours, while one in
mine took three days and nights to move half the distance.

Possibly the young of the pond race may adopt the same
method of progression occasionally, but as a rule they drag them-
selves along by their tentacles—a much more rapid method. A ten-
tacle is stretched out to its greatest length, until it becomes fila-
mentous. Some part of its surface is then applied to a fixed object,
and a gland cell in the neighbourhood secretes a drop of mucous
secretion, which fixes the tentacle to the object. The tentacle thus
fixed contracts, dragging the whole animal forward as it does so ;
the strain on its surface being considerable, the cells in the neigh-
bourhood of the gland are drawn out into irregular projections at the
points at which they are held by the mucus. Lately I have ob-
served the same phenomenon in the tentacles of Hydra, and I have
little doubt that this is the true explanation of Zykoff’s statement
that the ectoderm cells of the tentacles of Hydra put out pseudopo-
dia which are used in progression (Biol. Centralblat., xviii, p. 272,
1898). When the tentacle is dragged away after a forward move-
ment of the organism, the false pseudopodia naturally appear in an
exaggerated form; they are not due directly to movements of the
protoplasm of the cells, but to a mechanical strain on the external
surface of these cells. I have been able to observe this method of
progression in the case of very young individuals of the Actinian
under a fairly high power of the microscope. Although the tentacles
play in it the most important part, the walls of the:column are also
adherent to the surface along which the animal is travelling, and if
it is moving vertically up the walls of an aquarium, as I have
occasionally observed it to do, the ‘“‘suckers’’ can be seen to be
applied to the glass very closely. They do not appear to be at all .
markedly concave on the surface, however, as would be the case if
they actually functioned as suckers.

In addition to this mode of progression with the aid of the
tentacles and the surface of the column, individuals of the variety
exhibit, at allages, strongly marked muscular movements of the col-
umn wall. It is evident that the separation of the circular muscle of
this region into separate circular strands is physiological as well as
anatomical, for it is possible for each strand tocontract independently
of the others, so that the column appears just as though an extremely

68 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOu. I,

fine thread were drawn tightly round it at one point (see plate iv,
figs. 3, 4). Although any one of the strands can contract in this way
without affecting the others, I have observed under the microscope
that they very frequentiy contract rhythmically and in regular suc-
cession from below upwards. What happens is this: The pore in
the centre of the basal disk is opened and water is drawn into the
lumen of the disk, which becomes bulbular, the circular muscle
strands at the base of the column being strongly contracted above it.
Then the pore is closed, the lowest muscle strand relaxes and the
second one above it contracts. Then the second strand relaxes and
the first contracts again, and, as the process is continued up the
column, the water is gradually driven up towards the mouth, just
as though it were being squeezed upwards in an indiarubber bag by
drawing tight and loosening in regular succession a series of elastic
tings. I have little doubt that it is by such means that the Actinian
is able to rise to the surface again after it has sunk into the mud ;
but I have oniy been able to observe such movements in the case
of young individuals which had not yet begun to burrow. In their
case the movements assisted them in making their way through a
tangled mass of alga filaments. The foot of adult individuals of
this variety is probably used for burrowing, aided by contractions
both of the circular and the retractor muscles ; but owing to the
difhiculty experienced in keeping such individuals in a healthy condi-
tion after they have been removed from their natural habitat, I
have no direct observations to offer on this point. When large in-
dividuals are removed from the mud, the contractions of the column
which take place are very marked, but entirely lack co-ordination.

Food.—

Judging from dissected specimens, the food of the pond race
consists very largely of minute univalve Molluscs, the shells of which
are ejected after the animal has been absorbed, and of small fish such
as Haplochilus melanostigma and Gobius alcockit. Stoliczka found
that the typical form eat Crustacea in captivity, but I have no
information as to its natural food.

RELATIONS OF THE VARIETY TO THE ‘I'YPICAL FORM.

In order to make this question clear it will be well to commence
its discussion by summarizing the resemblances and differences
between the two forms (a) as regards their physical structure, and
(D) as regards their habits.

Physical resemblances between the two forms.

1. The coloration is practically identical.

2. The arrangement of the tentacles and mesenteries is the
same.

The position of the circular and radial muscles is the same.

The structure and nature of the gonads are the same.

The retractor muscles are closely similar.

Cn + ve

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 69

6. The outline of the sphincter is almost the same.
7. The number and position of the mesenterial foramina are
the same.

Physical differences between the two forms.

1. The column is much longer in the variety than in the typical
form.

2. Its wall is thinner during life.

3 There is one cycle of tentacles and mesenteries less in the
variety than in the typical form.

4. A larger number of mesenteries are usually rudimentary in
the variety than in the typical form.

5. The mesoderm of the mesenteries is thinner in transverse
section in the variety than in the typical form and a
larger number of mesenteries are degenerate.

6. There is no basal sphincter in the variety.

In these lists only the resemblances and differences which
appear to be constant throughout life are noted. The following are
differences which are only apparent in full-grown individuals :—

1. There are no muscle spaces in the sphincter of the typical
form, while these spaces occur in small numbers in the
adult of the variety but are absent in its young.

2. The adult of the variety is unable to withdraw its tentacles
into its body, while the young of the same form and the
adult of the typical form can do so.

3. The adult of the variety is unable to stand upright on its
base, while the adult of the typical form and the young
of the variety can do so. .

4. The disk of the adult of the variety is broken up into
lobes ; but this is not the case in the young of the
same form or the adult of the typical one.

Biological differences between the two forms.

The habits of the two forms are totally unlike. The typical
form lives in tidal waters, attached to solid objects; but it was also
found formerly in an isolated pond. The variety is apparently con-
fined to isolated ponds, the water of which sometimes contains as
little as 0°22 % of soluble solids ; the young live among grass-roots
and filamentous alge, or in the canals of Sponges, the adults buried
in the mud. Individuals of the typical form can live in water
of the same salinity as that of the isolated ponds in which the
variety occurs but are not now found in these ponds, from which
the solid objects to which they were formerly attached have
disappeared. The movements of the variety are more active
than those of the typical form, in accordance with the different
mode of life adopted.

The most striking differences externally visible between the
two forms are the great relative length of the column and the

70 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [NOL. I,

degeneracy of the basal disk in the pond race. I do not know of
any other form of the genus in which these characters are so
strongly marked; but many instances among the Actiniaria could
be adduced in which there is a considerable tendency to variation
as regards them. Anyone who has observed living examples of
the common British Sagartia troglodytes from different parts of
the country, or even from different situations in the same loca-
lity, must have been struck by the differences they exhibit as
regards the form of the column and the relative proportions of
its base. ‘Those individuals which have been extracted from small
crevices in rocks have a long, thin column and a base with a
small transverse diameter, while those from pools with smooth
bottoms are short and squat. In Gosse’s History of the British
Sea-Anemones (1) figures are given of the species in the latter
condition. As regards outline at any rate, these figures are ac-
curate ; but they are as unlike as they could well be to some in-
dividuals I have seen. Moreover, I have noticed that in such cases
the column cannot adapt itself, except to a limited extent, to new
conditions, even although the individuals may be kept alive for
many years in captivity. Those individuals which have been
living in small round holes such as are a favourite station for the
species, cannot assume the depressed conical form that character-
izes those which have been fixed to a smooth surface; but
those which have been taken from the latter situation are able to
elongate their columns considerably and to draw in the project-
ing margin of their bases. In other British species differences,
which may be local, have been recorded, ¢.g., Dixon (5) states that
specimens of S. mivea from the east coast of Ireland are much
longer and more attenuated than those described from Torquay,
on the south coast of England, by Gosse. From Indian seas
Alcock (7) has described a variety of Sphenopus arenaceus in which
the base of the column is drawn out into a relatively long and
narrow peduncle.

In none of these cases has the basal disk become degenerate to
the same extent as it has done in the tank form of M. schillerianum,
for there is no basal disk in the genus Sphenopus ; but in other
respects the variation seems to be of a similar nature. It must
be remembered, moreover, that there is a great difference, in res-
pect to the condition of the base, between the young and the adult
of M. schillerranum var. exul, as well as in respect to the proportions
of the column. It must further be borne in mind that this Actinian
lives in a medium the chemical constitution of which is different
from that of the medium proper to its class, and there is very
good reason to believe that a chemical stimulus may be a powerful
one in matters of variation. The particular direction which evolu-
tion has taken in respect to this isolated race, moreover, is one
which has not been uncommon in the history of the sub-class to
which M. schillerianum belongs, for we get forms as distinct from
one another morphologically as Edwardsia, Cerianthus and Peachia
all adapted in a similar manner to become burrowing animals, and

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 71

all in consequence having a considerable external resemblance both
to one another and to the form under consideration.

The differences which the two forms of M. schilleritanum exhibit
as regards their muscles and mesenteries are perhaps of more
importance, from the point of view of the systematist, than the dif-
ferences in the general appearance and shape of the animals. The
muscular differences, however, all seem to be what may be called
rather dynamical than morphological. The position of the muscles
as regards the layers of the body is identical in the two forms,
but in var. exul they appear to have become strengthened in cer-
tain directions and weakened in others, in accordance with a com-
plete change in the mode of life. Although the mesoderm of the
mesenteries is much thinner in the new than in the typical race,
and the secondary mesenteries are in a much earlier stage of de-
velopment as regards their whole form and structure, I think that
a similar explanation is possible, for this change is, like that of the
muscles, one of development. ‘The mesenteries have not evolved
new characters in the isolated race but remain throughout life in
a condition through which they pass at an early age in the typical
form, and it is obviously a convenient condition as regards the
bionomics of the race. ‘This explanation does not quite apply to
the thinness of the mesoderm in mesenteries which are just as long
as they are in the typical form of the species ; but seeing that one
of the most striking biological modifications of the isolated race is
the use to which it puts the liquid contained in its ccelenteric
cavity, it is not difficult to see that the pressure of this liquid
must have, in the case of the individual, considerable influence on
the growth of the mesenteries.

It is noteworthy that those structures which have the same
function in the two forms have undergone very little change in
the isolated race. This is particularly true of the tentacles and
stomodeum. Indeed, the last-named structure offers so little of
interest in connection with the special line of study embodied
in this paper, that I have barely referred to it except in the brief
systematical description of the twoforms. I ought to say, however,
that while it is actually longer in the case of a full-grown example
of var. exul than it is in one of the typical form of the species,
the elongation is by no means proportionate to that of the columns
as a whole. The reduction in the number of tentacles and mesen-
teries exhibited by the isolated race, is clearly related to its narrow,
elongated form.

In dealing with the question of the modifications which the
Actinian of the Port Canning ponds has undergone, it is not by any
means easy to apportion the degrees in which these modifications
have affected (a) the individual and (0) the race. It is known
that individuals of the same family (e.g.,in Sagartia troglodytes)
have lived for over fifty years (see Ashworth and Annandale (9)),
but such instances, as Hickson (11) has recently pointed out,
are only known in the case of captive specimens, which have re-
ceived regular food and lived a sheltered life. Considering the

72 N. ANNANDALE: 7he Fauna of Brackish Ponds. (VOL. I,

vicissitudes to which they are exposed in the ponds at Port Canning,
it is very improbable that any of the individuals now living in
these ponds have survived for so long a period, while the presence
of numerous young in the ponds and of ripe gonads in the adults
proves that we are dealing with a race and not merely a collection
of infertile individuals. The modifications are undoubtedly less
marked in the young than they are in their parents, between which
and the typical form the young are intermediate. This is true as
regards biological as well as structural characters. The youngest
individuals of the typical form I have seen (measuring about 4 mm.
in height) have had a considerably shorter column than examples
of the isolated race with disks of a smaller diameter.

Variation has been little studied in the Actinians, which do
not make satisfactory specimens either for the museum or the
laboratory ; but the stony corals, in which the skeleton preserves
in many respects a complete diagram of the living tissues, prove
how variable certain genera and species of Zoantharia can be (for
example see Bernard on Porites in the Catalogue of the Madrepo-
yarian Corals in the British Museum, vol. v, 1905). I doubt whe-
ther Gosse was so far from the truth as later systematists believe
him to have been when he laid stress on the importance of the study
of the living organism in the case of the Actinians. It is worthy
of note that, at any rate as regards the Sagartiide, the descriptions
of genera have recently shown a tendency to become more rather
than less indefinite. Compare, for example, Hertwig’s (4) defi-
nition of Sagartia, published in 1882, with Haddon’s (8), published
in 1898, or with McMurrich’s (10), published in 1905, having regard
to the fact that these authors are in substantial agreement as to the
species which should be included in the genus. As the three diag-
noses are short, they may be quoted in full :—

“ Sagartiide with smooth walls and numerous powerful ten-
tacles arranged in several rows; with circular oral disk ;
without anatomically perceptible cinclides.” (Hertwig,

1882.)

“ Sagartiine with a smooth body-wall, or with small verruce
in the upper portion of the column ; moderately long ten-
tacles in several cycles around the margin of the oral
disk, which is not greatly expanded.” (Haddon, 1808.)

“ Sagartiine with the column smooth or provided with verrucee
in its upper portion ; cinclides more or less scattered ;
acrorhagi wanting ; margin not lobed.” (McMurrich, 1905.)

The diagnoses of the family and sub-family given by these
authors are still more diverse, but the point I wish to bring out
is the way in which various descriptions illustrate the necessity
felt by recent authorities for broadening the diagnoses of Actinian

genera.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. a8

Granted that Metridium schillerianum var. exul is an isolated
race of the species to which I have referred it, it still remains to be
discussed whether this race has become differentiated in the ponds
at Port Canning, and how long the process of its evolution has
taken to reach the present stage. The historical evidence on these
points, although it cannot be called absolutely conclusive, is
much stronger than such evidence usually is. Stoliczka’s account
of the typical form of the species was written in 1868 (at which
date the extent and number of the ponds were probably not the
same as they are today) and was more detailed than any dealing
with the Sagartiidee which had previously appeared, although it
contained a number of misconceptions rather than errors of obser-
vation. Its author was a trained and cautious observer and appa-
rently examined the ponds at more than one time of year. It is
improbable that he only did so on occasions when the water had
been rendered turbid by rain. Except under these conditions he
could not have failed to see the Actinians, had they occurred in
the ponds; nowadays they are the most characteristic feature of
the fauna to which they belong, and strike even a casual observer.
Native fishermen at Port Canning volunteered the information,
when I asked them about the fish in the ponds, that there was in
the mud “‘ an animal just like a flower.” It is unfortunate that we
do not know in which of the ponds Stoliczka found the Actinian, but
I suspect that it was the one nearest to the railway station. Its
usage for domestic purposes has now rendered the water of this
pond foul. Stoliczka said that the Actinian did not live in the
other ponds at Port Canning because they did not contain logs
of wood, and because their water was unsuitable. The last state-
ment is not explained. The logs of wood no longer exist, and their
place has not been taken by other solid substances to which the
animals might have attached themselves. It has been shown that
the race of the Actinian now found in the ponds does not attach
itself to fixed bodies, but has become adapted for a burrowing life.
So far as the neighbourhood of Port Canning is concerned, I feel
sure that this new race is only to be found in the ponds ; but our
ignorance of the Actiniarian fauna of the Indian seas makes it
impossible to deny that an identical form may occur elsewhere.
Even should this prove to be the case, however, it would not
necessarily be uncritical to argue that similar causes have produced
convergence among the offspring of different individuals.

However, it is perhaps better not to introduce questions of pos-
sibility ; my object in this paper has been to give an unbiassed
account of the differences and resemblances between two Actinians
which i take to be no more than races of a single species. One of
these races has been isolated in certain small ponds, in which it
appears to have responded to its environment to such an extent

as to have altered very considerably both its structure and its mode
of life.

IEICE.

are noted in this list.

N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL.1, 1907. ]

. Gosse, P. H.

. stoliczka, F.

. Hertwig,O. and R. ..
. Hertwig, R.

mDixen, G. Y.

Haddon, A.C:

. Alcock, A.

. Haddon ANC.

. Ashworth, J. H., and

Annandale, N.

Pp McMirrdch. ie:

Hicksoniys Ji:

Fleure, H. J., and
Walton, C.L.

LITERATURE:

**A History of the British Sea-Ane-
mones,” 1860.

“On the Anatomy of Sagartia schil-
leriana,’’ etc., Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, part 2, xxxviii, 1869.

“Die Actinien,”’ Jen. Zettschr. f. wiss.
ZOOL. XM pe 457), LO iOs

“ Actiniaria,” Zool. Rep. H.MS. “Chal-
lenger,” vol. vi, 1882.

“Remarks on Sagartia venusta and
Sagartia nivea,”’ Proc. Roy. Dublin
Soc., vi (N.S.), 1888.

“Two species of Actiniz from the
Mergui Archipelago,” Journ. Linn.
506s, X<Xd-) 1080:

** Some Actiniaria from Indian Seas,”
Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, part 2,
Ixii, 1893.

“ The Actiniaria of the Torres Straits,”
Sc. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2),
1898.

“Observations on some aged specimens
of Sagartia troglodytes,” etc., Proc.
Roy. Soc. Edin., xxv, 1904.

‘« The Actiniz of the Plate Collection,”
Zool. Jahrb., Suppl vi, 1905.

“ Coelenterata and Ctenophora,” Cam-
bridge Natural History, vol.i, 1906.

““Notes on the Habits of some Sea-
Anemones,” Zool. Anz., xxxi, 1907.

(Only those works which are directly referred to in the text

Full bibliographies on the group will be

found in papers Nos. 8 and 10, while several species are recorded
for the first time from Indian seas by Southwell in Herdman’s

‘¢ Raunistic Results

”

in Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries and Marine

Biology, part v, p. 441 (1906)).

eA Tele,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Figs. 1, 2.—Typical form of Metridium schillerianum, x1 (after
Stoliczka).

Fig. 3.—Pond race of Metridium schillerianum in a contracted con-
dition, x1 (ad nat.).

Fig. 4.—Transverse section of wall of column of M. schillertanum
var. exul in the region of stomodeum (magnified).

Fig. 5.—Transverse section of wall of column of the typical form of
M. schillerianum (at the same magnification as fig. 4).

Fig. 6.—Ditto (less highly magnified).

Figs. 7-12.—Stages in the development of the violet bodies of M.

schillerranum (enormously magnified). Figs. 7-11
are diagrammatic.

Ec.=ectoderm : en.=endoderm: m.—mesoderm. ‘The endo-
derm in the figures is apparently divided into two layers, but this

is due to the almost complete absence of zooxanthelle in the
basal part of the cells.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. |, 1907.

PLATE III.

[. SS

Pe eo

12.

PLATE IV.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. 1.

ING; Bp

YOUNG INDIVIDUALS OF Sagartia schilleriana var. exul IN DIFFERENT STAGES OF

CONTRACTION, all x 4.
Fig. 1 represents an individual which is rather

shorter than usual just beginning to expand its ten icles. One of the tentacles is
dividing longitudinally. Fig. 2 shows a slightly older individual in which the tentacles are more nearly but not quite fully expanded.

Note the open mouth from which the inner tentacles have just been withdrawn. Figs. 3 and 4 represent the same individual in a contracted

condition, fig. 3 having been drawn about five minutes later +ian fig. 4. Fig. 5 shows a group of still younger individuals, all having pressed
themselves against the side of an aquarium. All the specimens figured were standing upright.

i Se

Ap eel eal wy bes icy yard

y
va mnie 20
Ty a oe

u
1 ey
’
i
i
‘
t
|
ers
is
wr _
q
f ,
2
+i,
5
i
P

cee hos pale

spose ah A Fy

aps ae

pm *
Papo Rod

= ; =) ee Soni ee a
er necitat gril Gan, sh gine 32. CHAGVTEMIDY &

EM y rae

Cat

a°-

.
e

A SPOROZOON (SARCOCYSTIS, SP.) FROM
THE HEART OF A COW IN GALCUTTA

By G. C. CHATTERJEE, M.B., Assistant Professor of Pathology,
Calcutta Medical College.

In searching for Pirosoma in a blood-smear from the heart of a
cow killed in Calcutta, I lately found numerous sickle-shaped
bodies which were at first sight very puzzling. These bodies took
the Leishman stain, with which the smear was stained, very well.
One end, however, took no stain, this end being pointed. ‘The
other end was rounded and stained deeply, taking the blue stain.
In this end a not very definite nucleus could be made out, and a
number of red-stained chromatic dots. The middle of the body
stained red deeply. ‘The appearance of these bodies suggested that
they were spores of some Coccidium, and on referring to Minchin’s
(A) account of the Sporozoa in Lankester’s Treatise on Zoology,
the resemblance between them and the spores of Sarcocystis tenella
(op. cit., p. 305, fig. 122) was at once evident.

In part of the smear a considerable number of straight forms
were seen, and in addition to these, two varieties of spores could
be made out, being differentiated from one another by the arrange-
ment of the chromatic dots. In a few cases the capsule was found
to have burst and the contents were escaping.

On making a section of the heart muscle of the Same animal as
that from which the smear had been made, and on staining this
section with thionin and eosin, my supposition that the bodies
were spores of some Sporozoon was confirmed, for numerous cysts
were found occupying the substance of the muscle. These took
the blue stain, while the rest of the tissue took the eosin) On
examining the sections under a high power, I found that the cysts
occupied the substance of the muscle fibres, displacing the nucleus.
A distinct capsule was a noticeable feature of the cyst. No fine
radiation, however, such as is found round the capsule of Sarcocystis
tenella, could be detected. ‘The identity between the spores,
numbers of which occurred in each cyst, and those seen in the smear
was evident. ‘The spores were found grouped in loculi, but no
distinct alveolar partition could be made out. All the cysts were
in the same stage of development, and no intermediary stages were
found.

Representatives of the Sarcosporidia are not very uncommonly
found in the striated muscle-fibres of Mammals, especially in those
of the pig and the sheep. ‘That found in the sheep goes by the
name of Sarcocystis tenella. One has been found by Hessling in the
skeletal muscle of Bos taurus. Vuillemin (B) reports a case of

78 G.C.CHATTERJEE: A Sporozoon from the cow. [VOL.1, 1907.]

infection in the muscle of a man and is of the opinion that the parasite
was S. tenella. Von Linstow (C) has described a form (Balbiana
(Sarcocystis) stamensis) from the tongue of a buffalo in Lower Siam,
and Shipley (D) has figured this form. Shipley (E) has also des-
cribed another form from the muscle of a cow in Ceylon, regarding
it as identical with S. tenella. Willey, Chalmers and Phillip (F)
report frequently infection in the voluntary muscles of buffaloes
which are apparently healthy. They found the parasite in 5°8
per cent. of the individuals slaughtered in Colombo.

Regarding the classification and nomenclature of the Sarco-
sporidia found in different animals, there is a great deal of confusion,
as an illustration of which I cannot do better than quote Minchin’s
remarks (op. cit., p. 308) on the subject. ‘“‘ Sarcocystis, Ray Lan-
kester, 1882,” he says, “ represents the characters of the order.
A great number of forms have been seen in different animals, many
of which are probably distinct species, but only a few have received
specific designation : such are S. mieschertana (Kitthn) from the pig ;
S. tenella, Raillet, from the sheep; S. platydactyli, Bertram, from
the gecko; S. muris, Blanchard, from the mouse, etc.”

21st February, 1907.

LITERATURE.

Minchin on the Sporozoa in Lankester’s Tveatise on Zoology,
Part-1, fase. 11/1903.

Vuillemin, Compt. Rend. de l’Acad. des. Sci. Paris, cxxxiv,
No. 20, p. 1132, noted in Baumgarten’s Jahresbericht for
1905.

Von Linstow, “ Parasiten, meisten Helminthes, aus Siam,”
Archi. {2 Mivcr. Anat., Bely xxi, 1903:

Shipley, on the Ento-parasites collected by the Skeat Expe-
dition in the year 1899-1900, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1903 (2).

Idem, ‘‘Some Parasites from Ceylon,” Spolia Zeylanica, vol.
i, 1903.

Willey, Chalmers and Phillip, ““ Report on parasites in the
carcases of buffaloes at the Colombo Slaughter-house,”
Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ii, 1905.

ee Sess) ee.

Nr ee eS

MISCELLANEA.
MAMMALS.

THE APPENDICULAR SKELETON OF THE DUGONG (Halicore
dugong).—In a recent note on the Dugong of the Gulf of Manaar
(Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, 1905, p. 238) I expressed an intention
of dealing with certain anatomical points in a subsequent com-
munication. As, however, most of these points have since been
elucidated in a series of memoirs by Messrs. H. Dexler and L,.
Freund (see Wiegmann’s Archiv fur Naturgeschicte for 1906, vol. i,
p. 77, and the American Naturalist, vol. xi, pp. 49 and 567,
1906), further descriptions are unnecessary : these authors’ observa-
tions were made on Australian specimens, but I cannot detect any
constant difference between the races of Halicore found in Australian
and in Indian seas. There are two features in the skeleton, how-
ever, to which I would like to invite attention, namely (a) the
presence of three distinct bones in the pelvic girdle, and (0) the
variability of the manus.

(a) In recent accounts of the vestigial pelvic girdle of the species
two bones are said to be present (see Weber’s Die Saugetiere, p. 732,
fig. 526). Tha large Australian ¢ skeleton, however, and in an
individual of the same sex and approximately the same size
dissected by myself on the Madras coast, I find that there is a
third bone, which lies at the distal extremity of the lower of the two

Fic. 1, xt.

already recognized. It is compressed and nail-shaped, measuring
about 15 mm. in length and 6 mm. at the proximal end in breadth.
The relations of the three bones to one anotherare represented in the
accompanying diagram (fig. 1). There is probably a considerable
amount of variation as regards the form and size of the three bones,
but this is a question on which the material at my disposal affords
little information.

(6) I have examined the manus of the two specimens already
referred to, as well as that of several other individuals in which it is
imperfect, while Iam indebted to Sir William Turner and Prof. D. J.
Cunningham for photographs of a specimen in the Anatomical Mus-
eum of the University of Edinburgh and to Dr. A. Willey for a sketch
(fig. 4) of the hand of an adult female in the Colombo Museum. An
examination of this material proves, as is well shown in figs. 2, 3
and 4, that the bones vary in number and relative development

80 Miscellanea. [Vols

Although all the specimens I have seen, or regarding which I have
received detailed information, have been fully adult, probably mea-
suring between nine and ten feet in length in the flesh, the degree to
which ossification has progressed is very variable and the hand seems
to be smaller in some individuals than in others of the same size.
The first digit is always less well-developed than the others. In some
individuals it consists of a short oblongor triangular bone, often more
or less irregular in outline ; in others in which it is represented by

1
Fic. 4, x}.

a single bone, this bone is long and styliform ; while in others again
there are two bones, the distal one being short and nail-shaped. The
other digits show similar variations but not to the same extent. The
bones of the carpus vary chiefly as regards anchylosis. Those in the
distal row are used together, probably in all cases; but in the proximal
row there may be either two or three bones present. Inthe latter case
it is the scaphoid which is distinct from the lunate bone. ‘The figures,
which are outlines of actual specimens reduced to one-sixth the
natural size, illustrate these variations very clearly, fig. 3 showing,
further, the actual relations between the fourth and fifth digits—a
feature which is not always correctly represented.

N. ANNANDALE.
BIRDS.

EGG LAID BY A CAPTIVE GOSHAWK (Astur palumbarius).—
Lieutenant-Colonel Phillott has recently sent to the Museum the
egg described in the following note. It measures 50 mm. in length
and 40 mm. in greatest transverse diameter ; the colour is a clear,
pale green, the outline regular.

‘“ My friend Miyan Mahmud Sahib-zada of Taunsa, Dera Ghazi
Khan, has sent me a Goshawk’s egg laid by a trained bird which
had been in confinement for sixteen years and was, when caught, a
“hagard’ or mature bird. This is the first egg she has laid in
captivity. It is very like a heron’s egg and has a coarse shell,
being without markings.

DiC, PerELore?”’

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum, 81

FISH.

MELANIC SPECIMENS OF THE Puta (Barbus ticto).—The Putia is
a small Cyprinine fish very common in ponds throughout India.
The normal coloration is given by Day (Faun. Ind., Fishes, i, p.
325) as “* silvery, sometimes stained with red, a black spot on the
side of the tail before the base of the caudal fin and immediately
behind the anal ; a smaller one (frequently absent) at the commenice-
ment of the lateral line. Fins often black, sometimes orange.’’ A
number of specimens recently obtained from a tank at Rampur
Bhoolia in the Rajshahi district of Eastern Bengal, show a varying
tendency towards melanism. In some individuals this is barely
perceptible, but in some the edges of the lateral and the whole of the
ventral scales, the dorsal surface of the head and the fins (especially
the pelvic, anal and dorsal) are more or less densely suffused with
black. This is less noticeable in the region between the anal fin
and the caudal spot, which is faintly ringed both in these and in
normal specimens with cream-colour. The region below the caudal
spot can be seen to be slightly paler than the rest of the body even
in normal individuals, if they are examined alive; but its paleness
is more striking in melanic examples. In none of those from Raj-
shahi can the anterior spot be distinguished ; the fins of the paler
individuals are almost colourless.

Day gives the number of horny rays in the dorsal fin as 8 ; it
is just as frequently 7.

N. ANNANDALE.
CRUSTACEA.

Two BARNACLES NEW TO INDIAN SEAS.—The following Cirri-
pedes do not appear to have been recorded hitherto from the seas
of India :—

Pectlasma gracile, Hoek.

Several specimens from the spines of an Irregular Echinoid
dredged by the Indian Marine Survey off the extreme south of India
(Lat. 8° 37’ N., Long. 75° 37’ 30” E.) from a depth of between 224
and 283 fathoms. The species was originally obtained by the
‘ Challenger’ off Australia from a depth of 410 fathoms.

Pecilasma eburneum, Hinds

Several specimens from the spines of an Echinoid of the family
Cidaride, dredged by the Indian Marine Survey in the Pers’an Gulf
from a depth of between 48 and 49 fathoms. The species was
described from New Guinea. The specimens here recorded, as well
as those of P. gracile, were attached to the spines surrounding the
mouth of the Echinoid on which they occurred.

N. ANNANDALE.
INSECTS.

MOSQUITOES OF THE GENUS ANOPHELES FROM PORT CANNING,
LowER BENGAL.—At Port Canning, on account of the presence of

it IE

82 Miscellanea. [VoL a,

many small accumulations of water in pools and ditches, the houses
are infested with Anopheles: so much so that in December last I
collected no less than 250 specimens within three hours in the
rest-house alone. These specimens belonged to the following
species :—

A. nigerrimus (the most abundant), A. barbivostris, A. rossi,
A. jamest, and a species which is probably new. The last may be
described as follows :—

A small mosquito about the size of A. jamest. Palfi with five
neatly equal white bands ; the terminal band white, all distinct.
Proboscis whitish, with a dark band near the middle. Legs—The
femora and tibiz of all the legs striped alternately with white and dark
bands ; all the joints capped with white; the remaining part of
the legs, including the tarsi, dark. Wzngs—The costal vein with
three large, dark bands and four small ones; the first longitudinal
vein with three large bands and two small ones; the second with
one band on the main trunk and two on the branches; the third
with three bands ; the fourth with four bands on the main trunk,
three on the anterior and two on the posterior branch ; the sixth
with three bands.

This species does not agree with any of the fifteen described in
James and Liston’s Monograph of the Anopheles Mosquitoes of Indva,
being distinguished by the peculiar markings on the palpi, wings
and legs. From the descriptions and figures in Theobald’s Mono-
graph of the Culicide of the Word, so far as I can make them out,
it seems very much like A. functulatus, Donitz, from the Malay
Peninsula, but I cannot be sure of the identity.

G. C. CHATTERJEE.

ANOPHELES LARVA IN BRACKISH WATER.—James and Liston do
not mention the occurrence of Anopheles larve in salt water in
India, and recently several observers have suggested as a means
of destruction of these ‘arve that sea water might be admitted
into pools containing them. But Mosquito larve have been found,
though rarely, inhabiting salt water; for example, Theobald
{Mon. Cu!., i, p. 36) mentions that Dr. Bancroft found larvee of
Culex marinus in salt-water marshes in Australia. The brackish
tanks at Port Canning, which also contain marine animals such as
Medusze and sea anemones, are full of Anopheles larvee, which are
found amongst filamentous alge. On examination specimens
proved, wthout exception, to be larvee of Anophel’s rosst. They
were very abundant at the beginning of December, the water then
containing 0°22 per cent. of soluble matter, but were much less so at
the end of the same month. I noticed that when these larvee were
transferred to fresh water, they at once sank and crawled about the
bottom of the vessel for some time. Then, by a series of muscular
movements, they came to the surface. There was always a ten-
dency for them to sink again; whereas individuals from fresh
water rise to the surface by their own buoyancy, not by muscular
action, and do not remain at the bottom long if they sink. I

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 83

ob-ained some larve from fresh water and placed them in water
from the Port Canning pools: they died within a few hours.

G. C. CHATTERJEE.

MOSQUITOES FROM KUMAON.—Mosquitoes are very abundant in
the lower parts of Kumaon at the end of September; during a
visit to Bhim Tal (4,500 ft.) at that time of year the following
species were collected: Anopheles lindesayi (Giles), Toxorhynchites
immisericors (Walker), and Stegomyia scutellaris (Walker). (The
last = Culex albopictus, Skuse.) All these were abundant, especially
the first and the last. The Anopheles and the Stegomyia were
breeding in water-butts by the side of European houses, and the
latter also in cavities in jungle trees which had become full of
rain-water.

N. ANNANDALE.

OLIGOCHATE WORMS.

PECULIAR HABIT OF AN EKARTHWORM.—In the jungle at Bhim
‘Tal I was surprised to find that hollows in trees which had become
filled with dead leaves and rain-water, contained enormous numbers
of small earthworms, all belonging to the same species. Dr. W.
Micheelsen, of Hamburg, has kindly examined specimens and says
that they belong to the genus Perionyx and probably to the widely
distributed species P. excavatus. All the specimens sent him proved
to be immature, and although I made a careful search for indivi-
duals with the clitellum developed, I could not find any. The
specific identification, therefore, is a little uncertain. The worms
lay at the edge of the cavities, with the posterior half of the body
sunk in the water and the anterior half closely applied to the wood ;
when touched they retreated among the dead leaves below the water.
They occurred in large masses, which, owing to their bright coral-
red colour and apparently filamentous structure, I mistook at first
sight for fungi. I noticed that on a wet day the worms left
the cavities and crawled about on the tree-trunks. Apparently
they did so also at night, for I found many of them on the trunks
eatly in the morning, while others were observed at this time of
day crawling across paths and even roads. Those which were
caught by the sun in such positions were killed, and almost every
morning dead individuals, which apparently had perished because
they had not reached a damp situation early enough, could be
found on the exposed road surrounding the lake. I have noticed
in the Malay Peninsula that certain species of Scorpion are subject
to the same danger.

Together with the worm, I took in the tree-hollows numerous
larvee of the Mosquito Stegomyia scutellaris and of a beetle (probably
an Elaterid), while I observed a handsome Tipulid, which Mr.
E. Brunetti has identified as Pselliophora chrysophila (Walker),
laying its eggs on the wood at the edge.

N. ANNANDALE.

VL_REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL STRA-
TIOMYIDE, WITH XYLOMYIA AND
| Seabee pa Bh bad)

TRI SE TEN te Se

ERRATUM.

Page 148, line 21. For ‘‘indica” read ‘* himalayanus.”

genera of the Notacantha, and he objected (to use his own words)
to “the juxtaposition of Subula and Xylophagus in the same ulti-
mate subdivision.”

By structural characters, and by their metamorphoses, Xy/-
omyta (Subula is preoccupied by Schummell in Mollusca, 1817) is
much more related to the Stratiomyide than to Xylophagus, which
latter genus is distinctly related to the Leptide and, in a less degree,
to the Tabanide also.

In Aldrich’s recent Catalogue of North American Diptera
Xylophagide, as a family, is sunk bodily in Leptid@, and Cenomyia
with its allies added also. My own hesitation has been partly due
to the costal vein in these genera being continued all round the edge
of the wing, as in most other Brachycera, instead of terminating
suddenly at the tip of the wing or just beyond it, which latter
characteristic is peculiar to the Stvatiomyide: also partly, to the
variation from the typical venation, a character in which the
Stratiomyide are strikingly consistent. Without expressing any
definite opinion, having only casually studied the question of

i ehy eats ng a ae
ue ic ‘EG wes Posy Meee

ies ‘ |
Pe a ia pike ae fa ve ah , ee y nou a he
3 iy i iy:

He A ee ates eb Le “the i a eae

M ‘ a or

ati cin ae aL

. Marge big ore ee ae
f : ] rr ua) ava,
= a a oer sg fe!
Print) FAT I : P Var” tars es Wh &ieiil LeRoi ad MAP (ree a }
; . aot Hae
Sues D lho fa ties ee Oe Rae AO, ot ee bets ; Del boom ae ite Tadd Es ie,
: at tre ty Se 1p Sale oC } } Te Bari. 2 Mas 2 3@ M
t em Osa ey a i) Soo
' ' ik * RE Ao
Ee es, CNG TR aa Map ao
" at f wit oye
ie ; M4
. rived ae oo oe a's ys E ,
et ibane Aib ay SS ey spi :
al or | 4 E ; aoe Poe OLED OREO ae oe Lei at ; ee a i
w¢ + ; , ee |. he ; rin i
Miseinasrta rit) VME ag pe Eg iol ve See
« 4 ' ,
7 ie ‘ ; \ aD 2 . j erie ae ee oF eat)
, uw)
3 f ,
his + u he i
7 7 iM) &
: if ey Maret aia Teese Wee ihe eae tPA
] , y se
7 ; pales yan ya gs ‘en bag vi ith
; xy gaceeshy it De : * er 7
> ane ae t
Ya et) pe one
oy "4 j oie 7 F Mh ‘od Fe
a ‘ it ie iinivehy ist A
oh ay ceva Saeed whee aa
>t tena} *
Pet)’
ity.
; :
a a
i

VL_ REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL STRA-
TIOMYID#, WITH XYLOMYIA AND
irs ArT eo

By E. BRUNETTI.

CORRIGENDUM.
Change
Acanthina argentea mihi (preoccupied)
to

Acanthina argentihirta mihi.

genera of the Notacantha, and he objected (to use his own words)
to “the juxtaposition of Subula and Xylophagus in the same ulti-
mate subdivision.”

By structural characters, and by their metamorphoses, X yi-
omyia (Subula is preoccupied by Schummell in Mollusca, 1817) is
much more related to the Stratiomyide than to Xylophagus, which
latter genus is distinctly related to the Leptide and, in a less degree,
to the Tabanide also.

In Aldrich’s recent Catalogue of North American Diptera
Xylophagide, as a family, is sunk bodily in Leptide, and Cenomyia
with its allies added also. My own hesitation has been partly due
to the costal vein in these genera being continued all round the edge
of the wing, as in most other Brachycera, instead of terminating
suddenly at the tip of the wing or just beyond it, which latter
characteristic is peculiar to the Stratiomyide: also partly, to the
variation from the typical venation, a character in which the
Stratiomyide are strikingly consistent. Without expressing any
definite opinion, having only casually studied the question of

ni geek aan elite 7) ae
wae ge JR aa pein that
ore) aay hi Fee dhs Ke ERG anes th
ie ee Aa fge

2 idee ere Ae i
nt Site HY Me lveal eas i

pes Men Be aie aaa er er i ith

Sa MOD dpe Parte | ANS ESS aA hia

ae
ATE Od
é + oh ie » - es abe AT ee Pri ait; Recht? site A) geht

see A EYL PS eat ie ed

ti ES eb Dees ae a ye Ast 4 :
age Nagase? Bio We ue Picks bat ure We a bf a NY
ist S ste fy Viet MAN Si "4 FeSry UL HRI i LP OT
eee apis Syeitl De RAR GR OG Ci Ta SEER EH MERE Ge Oe

Sey ihe iris dyes ig), Pht es aT ENS Ges NY acl ra) SPs PP aie

z elite JERE aR aaah Mae rnin Git", 2h)

rc ie cat LP ai tek ee RAI dreNAIa as ens) OO) EE
é She a ster oiLAY Ae Lhe Te or

Bie | é Mes tire Le dca fi adage Pits |

i % ? Le Hours be eenelt a4 See Gay

f Sd SS Wi By Ee > ; ; lar pina
ey Mee Oey en a na, Nar hunt ny: if * } ’ iN y Ae at,
: l i f Bes rh ONG

a r
ponte

uy =,

VL REVISION OF THE ORIENTAL STRA-
TIOMYIDH, WITH XYLOMYIA AND
its ALLIES

By E. BRUNETTI.

For some time I have been studying the Stratiomyide of the
Oriental Region and the neighbouring parts of the Australian,
partly for the purpose of revising the Indian Museum Collection in
this group, and partly to enable me to identify my own captures
during the last two years in India and other parts of the East, and
the notes accumulated seem to be worth recording.

I intended including as Stvatiomyide those genera which,
under the older system of classification, would be placed in Xy/o-
phagide ; but this would differ from the latest authorities, as in
the elaborate new Catalogue of Palearctic Diptera by Kertesz,
Becker, Bezzi and Stein this latter group is still retained as a
separate family.. Some authors have disbanded it, relegating species
of the Xylomyia (Subula) group to the Stratiomyide, and the re-
mainder (Xylophagus group) to the Leptide, with which they un-
doubtedly have strong affinities. Xylomyia approximates to Beris
in many respects. Baron Osten Sacken noted this in 1882 in his
critical remarks on Dr. Brauer’s paper on the characteristics of the
genera of the Notacantha, and he objected (to use his own words)
to “the juxtaposition of Subula and Xylophagus in the same ulti-
mate subdivision.”

By structural characters, and by their metamorphoses, Xy/-
omyta (Subula is preoccupied by Schummell in Mollusca, 1817) is
much more related to the Stvatiomyide than to Xylophagus, which
latter genus is distinctly related to the Leptid@ and, in a less degree,
to the Tabanide also.

86 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. Vous:

affinities, it seems to me that Xylomyza and its allies would be best
placed with Cenomyide, the family name of the latter retained,
and the group placed next to the Stratiomyide, followed by the
Acanthomeride as a family, followed again by the Tabanide and
Leptide (including Xylophagus and its allies).

However, so far as this paper is concerned, I retain Xylomyia
and the allied genera as a separate group.

The material in the Indian Museum in this family is not abun-
dant in either species or specimens, and my own labours have
only resulted in a limited number of both. For this reason it is to
be regretted the more that a personal reference to Walker’s types
in the British Museum has been impossible, since about half the
species in the family are his. Baron Osten Sacken’s view to the
effect that writings on the fauna of a region imperfectly known
should be considered as preparatory and not final results seems
correct, and his opinion that a writer is not “ called upon to des-
cribe as new every specimen that he cannot identify ”’ is echoed by
my own, ‘Therefore I am not sure whether analytical tables of
genera and species should have been presented, for owing to my
inability to obtain specimens of the majority of the species, the
tables have had to be drawn up mainly from descriptions, and will
be open to improvement on a better personal acquaintance with
a larger proportion of the species.

GROUP XYLOMYINA.
Table of genera.

3rd and 4th externo-medial veins not united Xvlomyia Rond.
3rd and 4th externo-medial veins united
just before the border of the wing.
Thorax elongo-quadrate, discal cell 3
times as long as broad .. Rhachicerus Wik.
Thorax much longer than broad,
discal cell 4 times as long as
broad ys Be. .. Rhyphomorpha Wik.

Xylomyia Rond,, 1861,

Subula Mg., 1820; Sys. Besch., ii, 15.
(Preoccupied by Schummell in Mollusca, 1817.)
Solva Wlk., 1860, Proc. Linn. So., Lond., iv, 98.

Osten Sacken, in 1880, in his ‘“‘ Enumeration of the Diptera of
the Malay Archipelago,’ says, “ There is no necessity for a new
genus Solva Wlk.; it is simply a Subula closely resembling in
structure and colouring the European and North American species’’;
and as he has examined Walker’s type in the British Museum,

the identity may be held proved.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 87

Table of spectes.

Posterior femora normal, not thickened.
Legs without black markings.
Abdomen luteous, with dorsal
darker spots .. Long. 4 mm.! flavipes Dol.
Abdomen cinereous __ black,
testaceous at sides and on
posterior borders each seg-
ment .. Long. 54 —6 mm. znamena Wik.
Legs with black markings.
Abdomen untformly blackish-

brown .. Long. 33 mm. vittata Dol.
Abdomen black with yellow

testaceous marks.. Long. 10 mm. calopodata Big.
Posterior femora incrassated Long. 6—8 mm. hybototdes Wlk.
X. flavipes Dol., 1858.
(Subula) Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 85.

Amboina. Closely allied to imamena Wlk., for which Osten
Sacken would have taken it, except for the brown antenne of the
latter. Having seen neither species, it appears to me that the
difference in size and abdominal markings (though these latter are

not so real as would appear on a first reading) would be a better
means of separation.

Van der Wulp reports % 2 2 from New Guinea.

X. inamena Wik., 1860.
(Solva) Pr. Linn. So., iv, 98.
Q Java, Celebes. Osten Sacken records two @? 2 from
Kandari (Celebes), taken in April 1874.
X. vittata Dol., 1858.
Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 86.
® Amboina: 1 6%. April.

X. calopodata Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 195.
? Ternate. Type in the Bigot Collection—now in the posses-
sion of Mr. Verrall, the English dipterologist.
X. hybototdes Wik., 1862.
(Solva) Pr. Linn. So., vi, 5.

» @ Gilolo. The type of this species is said to be in the
British Museum, but Osten Sacken did not find it there.

| All lengths given in this paper are in millimetres.

88 E. BRUNETTE: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. (MOLT.

Rhachicerus Hal, in WIk., 1848,

List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1, 124 (nomen nudum) and v, 103
(1854) description.

No description is given in the first reference, but a ‘ull des-
cription of thes only is given in the second. I think, therefore,
the date of the genus ought to be altered to 1854, but I have followed
precedent in keeping it 1848. Only three oriental species are
known ; all closely allied.

Larger sp. Thorax and abdomen more
reddish—wings more brownish, and

cloud in wings much larger .. fulvctornis Sn. v. Voll.
Long. 12°13 mm. ‘Thorax brownish yellow
—wings with less brown .. ... zonatus O.S.

R. fulvicornts Sn. v. Voll., 1863.

(Antidoxton Versl. en Meded. Kon. Acad. v. Weten xv, I,
figs. I—3. 2 Java. Type in Leyden Museum.

Antidoxion of Voll. (1863) was recognised by Gerstaecke’ in the
same vear (Entom. Bericht, 1863, p. 410) as a synonym of Rhachi-
cerus and Osten Sacken sees no, justification in their separation.
I have not seen a description of this species.

R. zonatus O. S., 1880.

Ann. Mus. Gen., xvi, 408.

? Mt. Singalang (Sumatra), July 1878. Long. (without ovi-
positor) 12°13 mm.
R. mgrinus Wandolleck, 1897.
Ent.:-Nach.; xxtii, 290.
This species is described from Sumatra.

Rhyphomorpha, WIk., 1861.

Pr. Linn, So), v;-275-
R. bilinea Wik., 1861.
Pr. Linn. So., v, 275.
? Batjan. Long. 6 mm. The type should be in the British
Museum, but Osten Sacken has not found it there.

FAMILY STRATIOMYIDA:.
Table of sub-familtes.

A Abdomen of 7 segments nee Derine.
AA Abdomen of 5 or 6 segments.
B Discal cell, or this and the anterior basal
cell together, emitting 3 veins. Abdo-
men short, often shorter than thorax
and nearly always much wider .. Pachygasinne.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 89

BB Discal cell, or this and the anterior basal
cell together, emitting 4 veins. Abdo-
men nearly always much longer than
thorax and generally only slightly
wider. When much broader, abdo-
men quadrate (Stvatiomyine only).

C Abdomen linear, oval or elliptical, not
quadrate, antennze of various forms.

D Antenne always setiform, scutellum
unspined, species nearly always of
bright metallic colour... .. Sarging.

DD Antenne mostly stylate rarely setiform
(2.g., im O*ycera, ete.) Scutellum
spined or not. Species rarely metallic.

E Abdomen oval, sometimes very short,

often broader than thorax .. Chitellanine.
EE Abdomen elongate and always longer
than thorax—barely wider .. Hermetilne.

CC Abdomen always approximately or
neatly quadrate. Antenne of three
distinct joints, cylindrical .. Stratiomyine.

SUB-FAMILY I.—BERINA.

There is only one oriental species of this sub-family, namely
Beris javana, V. d. Wulp, 1892, Dipt. Mid. Sumatra, 13. The
author mentioned a 2 as that of the Bevis gavana described by Mac-
quart in Dipt. Exot., 1, pt. 2, 188 ; but Osten Sacken having seen the
type in the Paris Museum wrote to Van der Wulp, saying that the
species was “ either an Evaza or a Tinda, at any vate not a Berts ;
Beris javana V. d. Wulp must be a different species.’ The name
therefore stands good for Van der Wulp’s 2 from Sumatra (taken at
Rawas), it being impossible for the latter entomologist to mistake
a Beris for a species of any other sub-family.

SuB-FAMILY. II.—PACHYGASTRINZ}.

Table of genera.

A Antenne sprayed .. Ptilocera Wied.
AA Antenne of various forms: but. not
sprayed.
B_ Body elongate, nearly linear ; abdomen
not much broader than thorax.
~C Scutellum 4-spined.
D Antennal style narrow, not distinctly

plumose. Scutellar spines small, of

equal length. Small transverse vein

absent = Tinda Wik.
DD Antennal style long, feathered, dis-

tinctly pluntose on both sides. Tnner

E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide@. (Vor

pair of scutellar spines much longer
than outer. Small transverse vein
present 2 .. Rosapha Wik.

CC Scutellum unspined.
E Posterior femora elongated, thickened,
with spines below at tip .. Enoplomyia Big.
EE Posterior femora not thickened, nor
elongated.
F Antenne long and linear, thin.
G Abdomen distinctly longer than
thorax ae oe .. Salduba Wik.
GG Abdomen short and round .. Acvaspidea Brauer.
FF Antenne very short, 3rd joint round .. Advaga Wlk.
BB Body short, transverse. Abdomen
generally much broader than thorax.
H Scutellum 4-spined. .
I Abdomen only slightly longer or slightly
shorter than thorax; scutellum
normal.
J Last antennal joint leaf-shaped .. Phyllophora Mcq.
JJ Last antennal joint not leaf-shaped.
K Abdomen rather flat, elliptical, nearly
bare, little longer but hardly broader
than thorax Jes .. Evaza Wik.
KK Abdomen thick, nearly round.
L, 3rd antennal joint round .. Culcua Wik.
LL 3rd antennal joint cylindrical .. Acanthina Wied.

II Abdomen only about half the length of

thorax. Scutellum large, with margi-

nal suture +e .. Obrapa Wik.
HH Scutellum with 2 short spines .. Wallacea Dol.
HHH Scutellum unspined a .. Pachygaster Meig.

Ptilocera Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zwiefl., ii, 58.
Table of species.

Thorax with well-defined bright green stripes.
4 stripes ; wings brownish with abbre-
viated testaceous fascia .. Long. 7 mm. fastuosa Gerst.
2 stripes ; wings nearly clear. Long. 10mm. smaragdifera W1k.
Thorax without well-defined _ stripes.
Thorax with gold pubescence in front
and at sides .. Long. 8 mm. guadnidentata F.
Thorax without such gold pubescence
Antenne (presumably) all black
Long. 8 mm. smaragdina Wlk.
Antennz with the tip white ..Long. 7 mm. continua Wlk.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. gi

N.B.—From the description of amethystina Sn. v. Voll. I can
find no characters to separate it from fastuosa Gerst., so cannot
include it in above table.

Pt. quadridentata Fab., 1805.
Sys. Antl., 86.

Fabricius describes the 2 only.

In his Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 59, Wiedemann gives a better and
longer description of both sexes. This species is generally dis-
tributed in the East: Malacca, Singapore, Amboina, Sumatra,
Philippine and Aru Islands, Djokjokarta (Java), Makessar (Celebes),
Papua.

Pt. fastuosa Gerst., 1857.
Winns atoms xi4n3 3a
(smaragdina Sn. v. Voll.)

Gerstaecker described it from a 2 from Ceylon. Schiner tre-
cords 3 % % from Tellschong (Nicobar Islands) which agree well
with the species, and Meijere received 2 2 ? from Mafiokwari
(Papua) taken at the end of May.

Pt. smaragdifera Wlk., 1859.
Proline oon iy) O04
Makessar (Celebes), Philippine Islands.

Pt. continua Wik., 1851.
Ins. Saunds. Dipt., II, 84, pl. iii, 2.

? Java. Two ° ? named by Bigot, from the Andaman Islands
are included in the Indian Museum Collection.

Pt. smaragdina Wik., 1849.
List Dip. Br. Mus., iii, 525.

Ceylon, Celebes, Philippine Islands. Osten Sacken examined a
series of 30 from Celebes, 3 from Ternate, 3 from Papua and 1 from
Amboina, thinking Pt. amethystina Sn. v. Voll. the same species ;
he added, “In 2? ? from Amboina and Papua, the greater part of
the anal cell, and a portion of the 4th posterior are almost hyaline,
while the interval between the anal cell and the costal margin is
much darker brown than the distal half of the wing.”

Pt. amethystina Sn. v. Voll., 1858.
indie. Ents, 1,02:

Java, Celebes, Philippine Islands. Three of each sex from
the Philippine Islands are referred by Osten Sacken to this species ;
which he thought hardly to be separated from smaragdina Sn. v.

92 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Vora

Voll. This latter species is considered a synonym of fastuosa Gerst.
by Van der Wulp in his recent Cat. Dip. S. Asia, and as he prob-
ably had material on which to form a definite opinion, I follow
him both in the synonymy and also in admitting amethystina
Sn. v. Voll. as a distinct species, but with an impression that the
latter form is but fastuosa Gerst.

Tinda WI1k., 1860.
Pr. Linn. Se., iv, Tor.
Table of species.

Antennal style 3 times as long as rest of

3rd joint ue ie .. Long. 6mm. indica Wik.
Antennal style twice as long as rest of 3rd
joint.

Scutellum with yellow posterior border Long. 6 mm. acanth-
notdes Jaen.

Scutellum black, legs reddish, posterior
femora black marked .. Long. 6 mm. recedens Wk.

T. indica W1k., 1851.

(Brastes indicus Saunds. Dip., II, 81, pl. ii, r and 1a.)
(¢ Tinda modtfera, Wik., Pr. Linn So., iv, Ior.)
(Phyllophora bispinosa, Thoms., Eugen Reise, 454.)

%. Locality not given by Walker. Celebes, Manila. This,
the first species described of those now included in Tinda, was des-
cribed under Biastes, created by Walker for it, but Brastes being
preoccupied in Hymenoptera, 7inda must stand. Osten Sacken in
his ‘‘ Enumeration, etc.” speaks of 4 % % from Kandari (Celebes)
taken in April 1874 and remarks that the scutellum (‘‘ even in the
type specimen’’) has 4 and not 6 spines as Walker says; but
Walker queried his assertion as to the number of spines in his
genus Tinda. Regarding Bzastes Walker plainly says, ‘‘ armed with
4 short tawny teeth,” and his excellent figure shews but 4. Osten
Sacken, whilst not sinking the genus Phyllophora Mcq., suspects
that Walker’s P. angusta from Singapore may be a Tinda. I find
2 > % in the Indian Museum Collection from Calcutta and Marghe-
rita (Assam).

T. acanthinordes Jaen., 1868.

(Elasma) Neue Exot. Dipt., 15, pl. i, 3.

@ Java. ‘The author placed this genus (E/asma) between
Acanthina and Phyllophora. Type inthe Heyden Collection which,
I believe, is now in the Frankfort Museum.

T. recedens Wik., 1861.

Pr. Linn On vi -233:
®» Dorey (Papua).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 93
Rosapha WIk., 1860.

Pr. Linn. So., iv, 100.

Osten Sacken corrects the author’s error in saying 2 instead of
4 spines to the scutellum, and Meijere’s splendid coloured plate
of bimaculata shews 4, the inner pair much the longer.

R. habilis W1k., 1860.
Previnn:'So., tv, 100.

> @ Long. 7 mm., Makessar (Celebes). Osten Sacken reports
a @ from Kandari (Celebes) dated April 1874, and observes that
the extent of black in the abdomen varies, and that the black mark
on the thorax is sometimes wanting.

R. bicolor Big., 1879.
(Calochetis) Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 189.

(Calochetis, misprinted Calcochetis) Big., Bull. So. Ent. Fr.
(1879), p. lxxiv.
? Manila. Type in Bigot’s Collection.

R. bimaculata Meij., 1904.
Bijd Dierk: -xvitio0) ~ pla vill, 13. ata

> Java. Long.6mm. Gunong Tji Salimar. W. Preanger
(Java).

I should not be surprised to find that the three just mentioned
represent but a single species. Walker describes both sexes, men-
tioning that the abdomen is clear tawny in the % and with the
centre blackish in?. Bigot says ‘‘ centre of abdomen blackish ”’
(a 2? ) and Meijere differentiates his species from Bigot’s by the clear,
reddish yellow abdomen. His type is a % and perhaps he had not
seen Walker’s description of sexual differences.

The three descriptions read surprisingly alike, and the only
character I can find that may separate the species is that bicolor
and bimaculata have the brownish cloud towards the tip of wings
separated by a clear hyaline space from the dark stigma, which
clear space is not mentioned in Walker’s species.

Osten Sacken has specimens from the Philippines shewing the
hyaline space referred to by Bigot. Walker speaks of an elongated
black spot on the front of the thorax in habilis, which seems only
another way of describing Bigot’s species bicolor—‘‘ longitudinal
band from anterior to middle of disc’ ; this black mark, Osten
Sacken announces to be variable.

Should my surmise be correct, the wing marks would be the
best means of separating the species, as follows :—

Wings with darker cloud around stigma
extending towards tip. Stigma fer-
ruginous brown. % Abdomen uni-
colorous tawny : in? centre of abdo-
men blackish ne .. habilis Wik.

2
ra,

O4 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Vent

Wings with subapical brown cloud
separated from the blackish stigma
by aclear hyaline space. % abdomen
clear reddish yellow. ? dark in centre
(Calochetis) .. bicolor Big.
(Syn. Rosapha bimaculata Meij. »% .)

Osten Sacken (in his ‘‘ Enumeration ’’) regards bicolor Big. as a
doubtful synonym of habilis, and Meijere notices the resemblance
of his species to Bigot’s. I fear Meijere’s distinctions of colour in
the proboscis and the halteres is insufficient to build a species on in
a variable group. This being so, it is a question of the two species
above being distinct, unless all are the same species, in which case
habilis stands.

Enoplomyia Big., 1878.
Anite Ent 50: shiy((5) Val Balls pstscxate
E.. cothurnaia Big., 1878.
Bull. Ent. So. Fr. (1878), p. 44.
? Batjan. Long. 10 mm. Bigot Collection.

Adraga Wik., 1859.
Pe Winn. So iito2.
A. univitta WIk., 1859 ; /.c., 82.
% Mysol, Aru. Islands. Long. 6 mm.

Salduba WIk., 1859.
Pree sane SOs), 115170)
Table of spectes.

A Moderate sized species, 6 to 11 mm. long.

B Scutellum unarmed, antenne not placed on a protuberance.
Thorax striped, abdomen linear.

C Abdomen nearly twice as long as thorax. Femora red, posterior
femora incrassated .. Long. 6—9 mm. singularis Wlk.

CC Abdomen a little longer than thorax. Femora yellow, black
or brown (reddish in gvadiens only). Femora not incrassated.

1 Legs red or yellowish.

Abdomen normal, length of body 6—9g mm.
Thorax with 2 indistinct cinereous stripes. Legs

mainly reddish .. Long. 6—8 mm. gradiens Wlik.
Thorax with 4 gilded tomentum stripes. Legs mainly
luteous .. Long. 6—g mm. /ularis WIk.

Abdomen clavate. Length of body 11 mm. Thorax with
4 cinereous stripes, centre pair joined on scutellum.
Legs mainly yellow .. Long. 11 mm. aveolaris Wik.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 95

2. Legs mainly whitish. Thorax with 4 gilded tomentum

stripes Long. 9 mm. diphysoides Wlk.
3. Legs all black, “except white base of tarsi. Thorax with a
cinereous stripe each side Long. 7 mm. dugubris Wik.

BB Scutellum with 4 minute teeth. “Antenne placed on a protu-
berance. Thorax (presumably) all black. Abdomen fusi-
form ; .. Long. 6 mm. scapularis Wlk.

AA Small species 3 to a mm.
3rd antennal joint elliptical, anterior femora with black traces.
Long. 3? mm. signatipennis V. Wulp.
3rd antennal Jone round, legs all pale yellow.
Long. 3 mm. exigua V. Wulp.

This genus was placed by Walker in the subfamily Sargine
and puzzled me for a long time, the nearly uniform black colour
of all the species being such a contrast to the usual brilliant metallic
colours in this group. Not being able to obtain a specimen, I
was about to leave it where it was, when I obtained Van der
Wulp’s paper on New Guinea Diptera, in which he not only des-
cribes two new species (which may both be removed later owing
to formation of the antenne) but gives a diagram of the wing of
Salduba shewing only three veins issuing trom the discal and
basal cells combined, thus placing it at once in the Pachygastrine:!
Walker made no mention of this venation, nor had I any informa-
tion on the point. The species S. melanaria Wl|k., formed by Van
der Wulp into a new genus Cenocephalus, has 4 veins instead of 3
and therefore cannot be placed in Pachygastrine. ‘This new genus
seems by its linear abdomen and form of antenne to approach
nearest to the Hermetiine, where I bring it for the present.

Three other species of the restricted Salduba shew aberrant
forms of abdomen—scapularis with fusiform abdomen and 4 minute
teeth on the scutellum ; while singularis with incrassated posterior
femora minutely spined below, and the abdomen double the usual
length may easily form the type of a new genus. S. areolaris, with
its clavate abdomen, may also be regarded later as generically
distinct.

S. singularis Wik., 1861.
Pr Winn. S05,.V. 272:

> > Batjan. A % is recorded from Ramoi (Papua). Osten
Sacken thinks it differs from gvadiens Wlk. only by less white at the
base of the posterior tarsi and much more distinct spines on the
hind femora. The incrassated posterior femora and abdomen of
nearly double the usual length might entitle this species to generic
separation.

| Van der Wulp also expressed his opinion of its affinity with Zinda.

96 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. (VoL. I,

S. gradiens Wlk., 1864.
Pr Wind.) SOs viie Zoe
2 Mysol. ‘Type in British Museum Collection. Osten Sacken
doubtfully refers to this species a single % from Ramoi (Papua)
taken February, 1875.
S. ilaris Wik., 1861.
Pr. inne soniye 7i

» 9 Batjan. Has been queried as a var. of diphysoides.

S. areolaris Wik., 1864.
Pr. Winn. S0., vils 204.
» Mysol. Allied to Milaris and diphysoides.

S. diphysoides Wik., 1859.
Pr. Linn. So., iii, 79.
» Aru Islands.
S. lugubris Wik., 1861.

Pro Linn. So, v, 271.
Batjan.

S. scapularis Wik., 1861 ; l.c., 271.

» Batjan. It has been suggested that this may belong to
Van der Wulp’s new genus Cenocephalus, but this depends on its
venation. Its fusiform abdomen and minutely spined scutellum
might, however, entitle it to generic or subgeneric rank.

S. signatipennis V. d. Wulp, 1808.

Termés. Fuzet., xxi, 412, pl. xx, fig. 2 (head), fig. 2a (wing).

® @ Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua).

S. exigua V.d. Wulp, 1808.
Moc. ictie. Axe, pla xo, dis. 3) (head):

% One from Erima, Astrolabe Bay (Papua). The author
rather doubts its right to a place in this genus, owing to the round-
ness of the 3rd antennal joint. This joint in s¢gnattpenms being
elliptical instead of cylindrical forms a link between exigua and
the other species and perhaps justifies them both remaining.

Acraspidea Brauer, 1882.
Denk. Kais. Acad. Wissens. Wien, xliv, 75.
A. feldert Brauer, 1882, l.c., 75.

» Rambodde (Ceylon). Long. 5—6 mm.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. Q7

Phyllophora Mcq., 1838.
Dipeelyxe Peas 175.

This generic name pre-occupied by Thunberg in Orthoptera.

P. angusta Wik., 1857.
Pie ii SOs in 7

% Singapore. Long. 5mm. ‘This may be a 77nda, according
to Osten Sacken.

Evaza WIk., 1857.

Pry bitin) S02, ci), L0G:
(Nerua—sometimes misprinted Nerna—WIlk., 1858.)

Bin Winn So. 1 Oe

Most authors have been spelling this genus Evasa, but Kertesz
in his recent monograph of the genus in Ann. Mus. Hong., vol.
iv, 276, reverts to the original form. He alludes also to a closely
allied genus of Walker’s, Avtemita, from S. America, differentiated
from Evaza by having pubescent eyes.

Table of species.

Legs principally blackish brown (anterior femora blackish brown,
with more or less pale tips).
Scutellum with yellowish border Long. 8—8} mm. argyroceps
Big.
Scutellum all black, spines only
yellowish .. Long. 54—7 mm. impendens Wk.
Legs principally yellow (anterior femora
yellow or yellowish brown).
Legs all yellow.
Scutellum black, with yellow spines,
dorsum of thorax and scutel-
lum distinctly arched, with
yellow hair... .. Long. 7 mm. flavipes Big.
Scutellum with posterior border
partly black, dorsum of tho-
rax and scutellum flat, with
yellowish white hair .. Long. 7 mm. bipars WIk.
Legs not all yellow.
Wing tips clear, all tibie all black
or blackish brown .. Long. 9 mm. ébialis Wk.
Wing tips not clear, tibie not
throughout unicolorous.
Abdomen reddish brown,
partly blackish brown.
Wings hyaline, fore-
border brown from

98 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyvide. [Vou. I,

subcostal cell => ito

apex .. Long. 5—6 mm. mollis O. Sack.
Wings very pale brown ;
only subcostal cell

brown .. Long. 54—74 mm. fulviventiris Big.
Abdomen principally black

or blackish brown.

Tibiee of middle and pos-
terior legs brown or
blackish brown at apt-

cal half .. Long. 9 mm. fortis Wlk.
Tibi of middle and pos-
terior legs all yellow ..
Anterior radial cell

clear .. Long. 64 mm. indica Kert.
Anterior radial cell

brownish Long. 6 mm. scenopinordes
Wik.
E. argyroceps Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 219.

@ Moluceas. Bigot Collection. The author describes the %
only, but Kertesz’s description applies to both sexes, from 3 % %
and a @ in the Bigot Collection.

E. impendens Wlk., 1860.
Pry Lins 50.5 Wwe 107:

% @ Makessar (Celebes), Aru Islands. Osten Sacken mentions

9 >» I ¢ from Kandari (Celebes), April, 1874.
E. flavipes Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 219.

9 India. Bigot Collection (badly preserved). Van der Wulp

gives a > from Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua).
E. bipars Wik., 1857.
Pr Wittne So. 1, IO; opis, 2.

‘E, flavipes V. d. Wulp, Térmes. Fuzet., xxi, 416, nec flavipes
Big. (Ann.), 1879.)

%, Sarawak (Borneo) ; Papua. Kertesz also records it and des-
cribes the @ from a New South Wales (badly preserved ) specimen
in the Hermann Collection.

E. tubtalis Wik., 1861.
(Clitellaria) Pr. Linn. So., i, 57.

% Manado (Celebes). In his Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, Van der Wulp
mentioned that, having 4 spines to the scutellum, this species

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 99

’

‘‘ might require a generic separation,’ and Kertesz refers it now
to Evaza with the support of Mr. E. E. Austen of the British
Museum, who has examined the type.

FE, mollis Os. Sacken, 1880.
(Nerua) Ann. Mus. Gen., xiv, 415.
> ? Sumatra; Papua. The author differentiates his species
from fulviventris Big. and bipars W1k., to which it is allied.
FE. fulviventris Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 220.

> Moluccas. Bigot Collection. Kertesz describes both sexes,
recording it in the Hungarian National Museum from Papua, dated
14th July and 24th December.

E.. fortis Wlk., 1865.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., viii, 107.
E. piciipes Big., 1879, Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 221.

® Papua.

Kertesz, after Mr. EK. E. Austen’s corroboration from an exami-
nation of the type, places this species here, and sinks pictipes as a
synonym.

The Hungarian Museum possesses specimens from Papuan
localities (Bali, Mafor, Stephansort, Simbang, Erima, Sakelberg).
Van der Wulp also records a @ from Erima, Astrolabe Bay,
Papua, and Meijere mentions a % from ‘‘ Oberes Jamur Gebiet,”
dated August 6th.

FE’. indica Kert., 1906.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iv, 280.
> 2 Bombay, taken by Mr. Biro, 3rd July 1902.

FE. scenopinoides Wik., 1859.
(Nerua) Pr. Linn. So., iii, 81.
(E. pallipes Big., 1879 ; Annales, 220.)

? Aru Islands, N. Ceram, Waigion, Gilolo, Dorey, Batjan,
Papua.

The Hungarian Museum has it from Papua taken in April
and September. Van der Wulp gives a % from Friedrich Wilhelms-
hafen (Papua) and Osten Sacken mentions I % 2 2? 2? from Dorei
Hum (Papua), February 1875, also from Andai (Papua).

100 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [VoL. I

)

Culcua WIk., 1857.
Pr Jini, So: i 200:

C. simulans Wik., 1857 ; l.c., 109.
> Malacca, Sarawak.
A specimen in the Indian Museum Collection seems to form
an undescribed species of this genus from Tennasserim.
Acanthina Wied., 1830.*
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 50.

The two oriental species may be distinguished as follows :—
Thorax marked with a cross. Abdomen with a basal,

and 2 posterior silvery hair spots .. azurea Gerst.
Thorax unmarked, but with ere gold hair in front
Abdomen unmarked .. auricollis Big.

A. azurea Gerst., 1875.
Linn, Hntom:., xi, 335:
(Clitellaria obesa Wk.)

Long. 7 mm. % Ceylon, Ceram, Dorey (Papua), Batjan,
Philippine Islands, Ramai and Andai in Papua (4 % % taken
February 1875) also June and August 1872. Osten Sacken records
the species as C. obesa Wlk., adding “‘ very like azurea Gerst.,” but
mentions differences He again (Dipt. Phil. Is., 1882) expresses
doubt as to the identity of this species with 3 specimens ex-
amined by him from those Islands collected by Dr. Carl Semper.

A. auricollis Big.
% Kohima (Assam), Sadiya (Assam). Long. 8mm. Type in
Indian Museum.
I can find no reference to the description of this species,
which appears distinct from azurea Gerst.
Obrapa WIk., 1859.
Preis so, il 2:
Table of species.

Body black.
Shining black ; body of normal width ;
wings clear... . Long. 5 mm. Seiad WIk.
Dull black ; body narrower ; wings with
cloudy spot . Long. 44 mm. celyphoides Wik.

Body with shining silvery hair » ong. 33 mm. .. argentata V- Wulp.

* See ti of paper ton A. Prine sp. nov.

1907. |! Records of the Indian Museum. 101

O. perilampoides Wik., 1859 ; l.c , 82.
@ Aru Islands, Batjan, Kaisaa, Mysol, Dorei.

O. celyphoides Wik., 1859 ; L.c., 83.

@ Aru Islands, Batjan, Dorei. Walker adds further characters
in the same journal, vol. v, 273, and separates it from perilam-
potdes by the characters given above.

O. argentata V. d. Wulp, 1808.
Termes, Huzet.; Xxi,-417 > ply xx, 5.
I % from Tamara Berlinhafen (Papua).

Wallacea Dol., 1858.
Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 82.
W. argentea Dol., 1858 ; l.c., 82.
Gabasa argentea W1k., Pr. Linn. So., iii, 80.

Amboina, not rare in April.

In the Indian Museum are ¢? @ from Calcutta, taken 8.1.06
and 14.3.07—also a 2? from Mergui (Lower Burma). On 21.3.07 I
took in Calcutta what is no doubt the % of this species and
which I think has not previously been noted. It resembles the
@ in every way except that the tibiz are a little browner. The
eyes are sub-contiguous immediately above the antenne, diverging
thence upwards to the vertex, which is wholly occupied by the
ocelli. The antennal style instead of being thick is quite fila-
mentous.

Pachygaster Meig., 1803.
Illig. Mag., ii, 266.
Table of species.

Legs mostly black, tips of tibiae and the

tarsi pale is .. Long. 3 mm. rufitarsis Mcq.
Legs mostly yellowish or whitish.

1. Legs yellow, femora with apical 4
brown .. Long. 24 mm. limbipennis V. d. Wulp.

2. Legs brownish yellow. Femora and
anterior tibize blackish brown .. Long. 3 mm. /ativentris

V.d. Wulp.

3. Legs quite white, tarsi tips faintly

blackish .. Long. 2—24 mm. albipes mihi sp. nov.

P. rufitarsis Mcq., 1846.
Dips xyoupp: 1,57; pl. vi, 3:

% Pondicherry. Macquart Collection (now in the Paris
Museum).

102 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [VOL

P. limbipenmis V. d. Wulp, 1898.
Termés. Fuzet., xxi, 417.

2» % Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua).

P. lativentris V. d. Wulp, 1898 ; l.c., 416.
I 2 Seleo, Berlinhafen (Papua).

P. albtpes mihi sp. nov.

@ Calcutta. Head and front shining black, a brilliant white
streak each side of lower part of head. Antennze and proboscis
pale yellow. ‘Thorax and abdomen shining black with short, sparse,
silvery-grey hair, which is a little thicker and mixed with gold hairs
on dorsum of thorax. Belly uniformly black. Legs uniformly
dirty white, the tarsi tips faintly blackish. Wings quite clear,
veins on foreborder pale yellowish. Halteres white. Described from
4 ? @ in the Indian Museum taken in Calcutta. Long. 2—24 mm.

SuB-FAMILY III.—SARGINA.

Eyes in male not contiguous, approximate only, leaving a
very narrow frontal space from vertex to antenne.

Table of genera.

Antennal arista apical be .. Chrysochlora Vatr.
Antennal arista dofsal.
2nd antennal joint projecting over base

of 3rd on inner side. Species non-

metallic, generally more or less

yellowish .. se .. Ptecticus Loew.
2nd antennal joint not projecting over

3rd. Species nearly always bright

metallic blue or green... .. Sargus Fab.
Eyes in male absolutely contiguous.
Eyes pubescent in both sexes .. Chloromyia Dune.
Eyes quite or practically bare in both sexes.
3rd antennal joint 6-ringed .. Brachycara Thoms.
3rd antennal joint 4-ringed .. Microchrysa Toew.

Salduba, hitherto placed amongst the Sargine, I relegated
to the Pachygastrine immediately I saw a figure of the wings ;
supported by Van der Wulp’s authority for its affinity with Tinda.

-Microchrysa Loew, 1855.
Verh. Zool. Botan., v, 146.

Table of species.

Abdomen honey yellow.
Long. 5 mm. Post. fem. ringed flaviventris Wied.
» 3 > Post. fem. pale. brpars Wik.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 103

Abdomen metallic ; never yellow.
Abdomen unicolorous.
Middle femora and tibiz all pale
Abdomen bluish violet .. flaviventris Wied. 2
Abdomen blackish, with pur-
ple reflections .. Long. 4mm. affinis Wied.
Middle femora and tibiz indis-
tinctly brown-ringed .. Long. 3mm. gemma Big.
Abdomen violet ; edges distinctly pale
yellow .. Long. 2% mm. calopus Big.

M. flaviventris Wied.
(Sargus) Analec. Entom., 31, 2.
(annulipes Thoms., Eugenie Reise, 461.)

> East India. Type in Royal Museum, Copenhagen.

Osten Sacken records a % from Java, and I took one %
at Bareilly, 1st September 1905, and if I have determined the ?
rightly I have taken 3 specimens, respectively at Mussoorie, June
26; Meerut, July (13 to 19); and Lucknow, August 8 ; all during
1905. From Papua Van der Wulp records 2 % % I 2.

M. bipars Wik., 1861.
(Chrysomyia) Pr. Linn. So., v, 273.

» Batjan. Walker says allied to Sargus redhibens, but I
fail to see where.
M. affinis Weid.

(Sargus) Analec. Entom., 31.

2 East India. Types in Copenhagen Museum and Wiede-
mann’s Collection. Wiedemann (Auss. Zweif., 11, 41) suspects that
this is the 2 of flaviventris, and I am inclined to think so to.

M. gemma Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (4879), 235.

2 Ceylon. Bigot Collection. Bigot emphasizes the very broad
front in this species, and speaks of the middle femora and tibize
being indistinctly brown-ringed, yet I would not be surprised to
find-it only the ? of flaviventris Wied.

M. calopus Big.

I 9 Margherita (Assam). I cannot trace the reference. (Inci-
dentally I may add that Bigot described a Chrysonotus calopus
? in 1879 from Natal, but this is a different species.) Type in In-
dian Museum Collection. It is certainly a very distinct species.

In addition to the species mentioned I possess 3 specimens
taken by myself at Mussoorie from June 18 to 26, 1905, in which
the last antennal joint is entirely and quite black, the species other-

104 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [VoL.;];

wise agreeing with flaviventris. All the other species have entirely
yellow antenne, so I believe them to be new, but refrain from des-
cribing them as such until I obtain a more extended experience
of the Eastern species.

Brachycara Thoms., 1868.
Eugenie Freg. Reise, 460.
B. ventralis’ Thoms: 1808; J: 641, plea.

‘““Tsl. Rossi.” Van der Wulp infers he means an isle of this
name in the Andamans. Ross Island is the one on which Port
Blair, the seat of government in the islands, is situated. Both
sexes are recorded by Van der Wulp from Seleo, Berlinhafen
(Papua).

Chloromyia Dunc., 1837.
Mag. Zool. Bot.

The only two oriental species are easily separated.

Legs blue, with shining hoary hair Long. 8 mm. sapphirina Wik.

Legs pale yellow, apical half of anterior
legs blacko = a .. Long. 8mm. stigmatica V. d. Wulp.

C. stugmatica V. d. Wulp, 1898.
Termes. sHazets, xxi; 41k:
2 2 ? from Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua).

C. sapphirina W1k., 1849.
(Chrysomyia) List Dip. Brit. Museum, iii, 519.
? East Indies. British Museum Collection.

Sargus Fab., 1798.
Ent. Sys. Supp., 566.
Table of spectes.

A Large species 14 to 18 mm. long.
B Abdomen rusty red, with dorsal black-
ish stripe ; wings nearly clear .. Long. 14 mm. rufus Dol.
BB Abdomen metallic—no stripe, wings
rather deeply blackish
1. Front piceous, legs tawny, streaked with
pitch. Thorax blue-green, abdomen
brilliant violet oe .. Long. 18 mm. gemmuifer Wk.
2. Front chalybeate, supra-antennal tri-
angle pale green. Thorax blue-green,
abdomen metallic violet, stigma
testaceous ae .. Long. 15 mm. pubescens V.W.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 105

3. Front brilliant, metallic blue-green,
triangle yellow, stigma unicolorous,
thorax blue-green, abdomen copper,
violet reflections .. Long. 14mm. magnificus Big.
AA Moderate sized species 7 to IO mm.
(letus 12 mm.).
C Wings very long, each 14 mm. long
Long. 12 mm. longipennis Wied.
CC Wings normal.
D Abdomen metallic blue-green, or there-
abouts. Base not whitish; legs nor-
mally long.
E Legs all yellow (reddish yellow or yel-
lowish white), no black in them: at
most, tarsi tips darker or blackish.
F Stigma dark brown.
G Wing cinereous ; whitish species. Disc of
thorax and scutellum tip purple Long. 10 mm. znactus Wlk.
GG Wing clear, posterior half a little grey.
Thorax and scutellum brilliant gold-
green. Abdomen brilliant metallic

VAOLEt vai. . Long. 8mm. pallifes Big.
FF Stigma pale yellow % eyes contiguous.
H eyes contiguous .. Long. 8—10 mm. metallinus F.

HH eyes not contiguous .. Long. 7—9 mm. mandarinus Sch.
EE Legs with distinct black rings, streaks,
or more or less black.
I. Femora with black streak above, near
tip _ Long. 7—8 mm. rediibens Wk.
2 ASe OL posterior femora ‘black and
slender . Long. 12 mm. letus V. W.
3. Femora and tibiz partly piceous. . .. Long. 9g mm. concisus Wlk.
4. Posterior half of posterior femora black ..
Long. 9 mm. albopilosus Meij.
5. Anterior femora black at tip and posterior
tarsi at base. Posterior femora and
tibiz black .. .. Long. 7 mm. tbzalis Wlk.
6. Posterior tibiz with blackish basal half
Long. 9 mm. mactans Wk.
7. Legs mostly brown marked, not black ..
Long. (without head) 9 mm. papuanus Big.
DD Abdomen purple, white at base, legs 7

extra long ~~"). .. Long. 11 mm. longipes Wik.
AAA Small species.
Long. 5 mm. black shining .. Long. 5 mm. debilis Wik.

Long. 3 mm. pale tawny shining Long. 3 mm. inficitus Wlk.
S. rufus Dol., 1858.
Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 83.
Amboina. Rare, during dry season.

106 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Vor

S. gemmifer Wik., 1849.
List Dip. Brit. Mus., iii, 516.
Sylhet. Type in British Museum.

S. pubescens V. der Wulp, 1885.
Notes Leyden Mus., vii, 67.
2 Gorontolo.
S. magnificus Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 222.

Assam. Bigot Collection. Head and middle legs (except
femora) missing from the type when described. In spite of this,
I feel sure that 4 % % in the Indian Museum from Tenasserim
are of this species.

The three species above must be closely allied, but from the
descript:ons appear to be truly distinct.

S. longtpennis Wied., 1824.
Analec. Entom., 31.

% Java. Type in Westermann’s Collection. Also recorded
from Malacca ; and a % named thus by Bigot exists in the Indian
Museum, labelled Sadiya (Assam).

S. inactus Wlk., 1860.

Pr.- Linn. So., iv, 97.
9 Makessar (Celebes).

S. pallipes Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 222.
@ Ceylon. Type in Bigot’s Collection.

S. metallinus F., 1805.
Sys. Antl., 258.
(S. formiceformis Dol., Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xiv, 403; pl. iii, 5.)

The commonest of all Stvattomytde throughout the Orient and
a widely distributed species. Walker reports it from Borneo, India,
Java and the Aru Islands ; the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Katmandu (Nepal), Calcutta, Siliguri, Dehra Dun and Naini
Tal, the dates varying from June to August. It has, outside of
India, a much wider range of appearance, as it has fallen to my
net at Rangoon (January), Singapore (17th February 1906), Shan-
ghai and Calcutta (both in May), Mussoorie (June), Meerut (July),
and Lucknow (August and September).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 107

S. mandarinus Sch., 1868.
Reise der Novara, 62.

> One example. Hong Kong, allied to the European flavipes.
Schiner says the eyes quite touch, which may require it a generic
separation, as in Sargus the eyes are approximate, not contiguous.

S. redhibens Wik., 1860.
Pr, Winn, Sos iv, 97.

? Makessar (Celebes). He mentions a variety with green
thorax and purple vertex, and thinks it may be a local variety of
metallinus F., but as he mentions dark markings on its hind legs,
it could hardly be metallinus. I took one % at Rangoon between
23rd December 1904 and 3rd January 1905, alsoa ? at Singapore,

17th February 1906, both certainly this species ; but the posterior
tibize have a black streak at the base and not at the tip.

S. letus V. der Wulp, 1885.
Notes Leyden Mus., vii, 66.

> Sumatra. The author notes it near mactans Wlk., and
would have considered it the male of that species but for the
pattern and coloration of the abdomen.

S. concisus Wik., 1861.

Pie Winns S05 Vi. 273-
> Batjan, near redhibens WIk.

S. albopilosus Meij.

Nova Guinea Res. L’ Exp. Sci. Neerl. N. Guinea, Dipt., 73.
» Mafiokwari (Papua).

S. tibialis WIk., 1861.
Pr tin SOsvn 273:
> Batjan, Gilolo. Near redhibens Wik.

S. mactans Wlk., 1860.
Pr Winns S0.,. 1,07.

% Makessar (Celebes), Amboina, Borneo, Ceylon. Osten
Sacken saw three from Kandari (Celebes) taken April 1874, and
one from Ternate, and pertinently adds: ‘‘ There may be several
conflicting species here, or else they vary in the extent of black
on the legs, and in the colour of the stigma.”

I think it probable that several of the species in this group
may prove varieties, but described as most of them are, from single
specimens, and these types not being available for examination
in India, I cannot further our knowledge of the group.

108 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. (Voret

Three % % in the Indian Museum Collection from Nepal (4,500
feet) taken in October, agree pretty closely with Walker’s descrip-
tion, as does a % in the same collection captured by Dr. Annan-
dale at Bhim Tal, 19th to 22nd September 1906, also at an
altitude of 4,500 feet. From this height to the plains and so low
a latitude as Singapore and the East India Islands would be by
no means an excessive range for a Dipteron. |

Van der Wulp mentions 2 % % from Papua.

S. papuanus Big., 1879.
Ann. Soc Hunt. Fr(1876).)223:
? Bigot Collection.
S. longipes Wik., 1861.
Pr, Lim So. v, 232.

® Dorey (Papua). A male from Erima (Astrolabe Bay)
Papua, is recorded by Van der Wulp.

5. debits Wik. 1800 > Lie. v,.274.
> Batjan. Near redhibens Wk.
S. infrcitus Wik., 1861 ;. L.c., v, 274.

% Batjan.

Ptecticus Loew., 1855.
Verh. Zool. Bot., v, 142.
Table of spectes.

A Black species ; wings blackish (slightly
tawny in front in fenebrifer).

Long. 18 mm. ¥? .. vemeans W1k.
pele traci a .. llucens Sch.
10 to I2 mm. .. tenebrifer Wik.

bi)

AA Yellow species (sometimes much marked
with black).
B Wing with basal half yellow tawny, re-
mainder blackish or grey.
Posterior femora black .. Long. about 15-16 mm. rufes-
cens V. d. Wulp.
Posterior femora reddish yellow.

1. Disc of thorax ferruginous, 3 indistinct darker
lines. Abdomen with shining black dorsal
bands. Posterior tibie in % with brown

|) band) tase .. Long. 14-15 mm. aurifer Wik.

2. Male genitalia black. 4th abdominal segment
with a very large brown spot. 5th all black-
ish. Thorax all tawny, unmarked. long. 15 mm.

apicalis Lw.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 109

3. % genitalia black. 2nd to 6th abdominal seg-
ments, with broad black cross bands reaching
the side border. Posterior tibize blackish
brown .. .. Long. 16mm. cingulatus Lw.
4. % genitalia black ; disc of thorax ferruginous.
Body reddish yellow. Last abdominal seg-
ment black. Apical half of posterior tibize
brown .. Long. 12-14 mm. leoninus Rond.
5. » genitalia fulvous, very large and complex.
Long. 15-16 mm. Wulpii V.d. W. nom. nov.
BB Wings with distinct black or black-
ish parts :—not yellow.
Long. 18 mm.
Abdomen all testaceous .. 18 rvepensans Wk.
Abdominal last 2 segments black 18 tricolor Mei}.
Long. 8 to 12 mm.
All tibize and tarsi blackish, abdo-
men subclavate, lengthened .. 8 quadrifasciatus Wk.
Only posterior tibie black marked. Abdomen normal.
1. Posterior tibize and tarsi all black. Abdomen with
a brown spot on segments 2 to5.. I0 vogans Wlk.
2. Posterior tibise black, tawny marked apically.
Abdomen with 4 broad, abbreviated piceous
bands .. 12 complens W1k.
3. Posterior tibize black, posterior tarsi whitish.
Thorax indistinctly striped. Abdomen with
abbreviated dilated black band on _ each
segment Ae . 12 tarsaiis WIk.
BBB Wings nearly or quite clear, or pale
grey. (Anterior margin yellowish in ferru-
gineus Dol.) |
Anterior margin of wing yellow... Long. 10 mm. ferrugineus Dol.
Anterior margin of wing not yellow.
Thorax with 3 stripes, species partly
black 3 .. Long. 11-12 mm. brevipennis R.
Thorax unstriped, species mostly yellow.
Abdomen black above with
narrow lighter bands.. Long. 8 mm. australis Sch.
Abdomen tawny with broad
black bands.
Posterior femora striped
with black .. Long. 10 mm. latifascia W1k.
Posterior femora testa-
ceous tawny .. Long. 1o mm. doleschalli Big.

Pt. remeans Wlk., 1860.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., iv, 96.

2 Makessar (Celebes) 9 ‘‘ allied to S. tenebrifer’”’ Walker says.
Head wanting in the type. Osten Sacken notes 14 % % and I ? from

110 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [VoL. I,

Kandari (Celebes) taken April 1874, but is hardly positive as to
identity. Walker describes a perfect specimen of what he takes to
be the male, but selects the headless female as the type !

Pt. allucens Sch., 1868.
Reise Novara, 65.

One example ; sex ? Hong Kong. A large handsome species,
Itooka % 2 incop. and a separate 9 at Yokohama, 2Ist to 26th
May 1906, thus fixing the sexes and species. Schiner queried the
sex of his type specimen. I think it was a %, because he men-
tions ‘‘ front broad behind”’ and this is apparently the case (but
not really so, proportionately) in this sex, owing to the eyes almost
touching in front just above the frontal raised triangle. The
front in the @ is slightly but distinctly wider. In the ? taken in
cop., the white 2nd translucent abdominal segment is much ob-
scured. Van der Wulp mentions the occurrence of the species in
Japan, from which land it also figures in the recent Catalogue of
Palearctic Diptera.

Pt. tenebrifer Wik., 1849.
(Sargus) List Dip. Brit. Mus., ii1, 517.
9 China. Brit. Mus. Coll.

Pt. rufescens V. d. Wulp, 1868.
(Saveus) Vigd: Ent. xi, 104); split, 7 too.

By Van der Wulp’s remark referring to his apicalis ‘‘ close to
rufescens V.W.” I have presumed this species to be of the same size,
and therefore enter it in my table as 15 to 16 mm.

Pt. aurifer Wik., 1854.
(Sargus) List Dip. Brit. Mus., v, 96.

> @India. N. China. Walker compares it to S. cuprarius
L., differing from that species in venation.

Pt. apicalis Yw., 1855.
Verh. Zool. Bot., v, 142; pl. x, 3—4.
(Sargus luridus Wik. ; Pr. Linn. So., i, 8.)

% Pulo Penang. Type in Westermann’s Coll.

There are six more or less closely allied species in this group,
and I have had some difficulty in understanding them All seem
distinguished from all other species in the genus by the basal half
of the wing being brightly yellow, and the remaining half blackish—
commencing at or just beyond the discal cell to the tip of the wing.
Two species (aurifeyr Wlk., and leoninus R.) are said to have the disc
of the thorax ferruginous, that is, darker than the general reddish
yellow colour of the whole body—the former bearing, in addition,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. I1l

traces of three longitudinal lines. In apzcalis Lw., the spot on the
4th abdominal segment is large, distinct and separate from the all
black 5th segment. In a few specimens I captured in August 1895
at Mussoorie, which seem, almost undoubtedly, this species, I find
faint traces of a blackish dorsal band on the 2nd and 3rd segments,
and the posterior tibiae are black at the tip and not at the
base. A smaller specimen similarly marked, I refer to this species,
although it answers fairly to /eoninus Rond., except that the disc
of the thorax is not darker, nor are the tarsi tips blackish. How-
ever, in size (I2 mm.) and the apical black posterior tibie, it agrees
with leoninus better than with apicalis.

Apicalis V. der Wulp (for which, apicalis being preoccupied by
Loew, I take the liberty and pleasure in proposing the name of
its illustrious author Wulpiz) stands out from apicalis Lw., cingula-
tus Lw., and leoninus Rond., by its very prominent and compli-
cated fulvous genitals, which are black in the other three species. In
cingulatus the abdominal bands are broad, and transverse, extend-
ing to the border ; in aurifer the band is dorsal; in apicalis Lw.,
the 4th segment is occupied by a large, black, oval, distinct spot,
whilst in Jeoninus the whole last segment only of the abdomen is
black—wherein it differs from Wulpi1, which has the last two or
three segments purplish brown. ‘These various markings, if con-
sistent would sufficiently separate the species—and in the only two
species I recognise with certainty, from actual specimens, the con-
sistency seems sufficiently present. These are the 4 or 5 apzcalis
Lw. in my own collection and 5 or 6 damaged Wulpw (one specimen
named by Bigot) in the Indian Museum.

Pt. congulatus Lw., 1855.

Verh. Zool. Bot., v, 143.

> Penang. Westermann’s Coll.

Pt. leoninus Rond., 1875.
(Sargus) Ann. Mus. Gen., vii, 454.

» Locality not given.

Pt. wulpit nom. nov.
(Pt. apicalis V. d. Wulp nom bis lectum.)
Notes Leyden Mus., vii, 62, 1885.

> Sumatra, Borneo. Near J/eoninus Rond., but genitalia
fulvous, conspicuous and complex instead of black.

The Indian Museum specimens (vide note on Pt. apicalis Lw.)
are from Margherita (Upper Assam).

112 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Votrt

Pt. vepensans Wlk., 1860.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., iv, 96.

» Makessar (Celebes). Walker says, allied to S. aurifer Wlk..

Osten Sacken in reporting 9 % % and a 92 from Kandari
(Celebes), April 1874, adds, ‘‘ Walker should not have called the
wing cinereous — otherwise, the description is recognisable.”

Pt. tricolor Meij., 1904.
Bid? Dierks xvin eos) ole vill
I % Sukabumi (Java). The author adds “V. der Wulp

descr.”’ The coloured illustrations in this paper by Metjere are
most excellent.

Pt. quadrifasciatus Wik., 1861.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., v, 146.

® Amboina, Batjan. The author adds further characters
and a description of the 2 in his article on Batjan Diptera. Osten
Sacken records 1 % from Dorei Hum (Papua), February 1875,
and, suspecting variability in the black on the abdomen, places
here also a @ from Ternate.

Pt. rogans Wik., 1859.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., iii, 81.

Q Arulsles. Type in British Museum much damaged. Osten
Sacken saw a % from Dorei Hum (Papua) marked February 1875
and adds that ferrugineus Dol. is near it, but has no brown spots
on the abdomen, nor brown cloud at wing tip. Pt. doleschallr
Big. from Mysol is probably this species. Osten Sacken has seen
a specimen from the Philippines named by Walker as this species,
I took a few ? @ at Lucknow, 7th September 1905, which agree,
except that the posterior tarsi are yellow, not black, but in one
% they are blackish at the base,

Pt. complens Wik., 1859.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., iti, 81.
9 Aru Isles.
Pt. tarsalis W\k., 1861.
(Sargus) Pr. Linn. So., v, 274.
2? Batjan, Gilolo.

Pt. ferrugineus Dol., 1858.
(Sargus) Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 83.

Amboina. Rare during dry season. Van der Wulp records 5
? 2 from Papua allied to rvogans Wlk., ru/us Dol., and latifascia W1k.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 113

Pt. brevipenms Rond, 1875.
(Sargus) Ann. Mus. Gen., vii, 454.

Pt. australis Sch., 1868.
Reise Novara, 65.

One 2 Fani Is. (Nicobars). In the Indian Museum 2% % and
2 2 2? from Assam (Sadiya and Margherita) and also from Dehra
Dun, the species determined by Bigot.

Pt. latifascia Wik., 1857.
(Sarvgus) Pr. Linn. So., i, 110.

> Java, Sumatra.

Pt. doleschalli Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 231.

> Mysol. Bigot Coll. May be the same species as rogans
Wlk., according to Osten Sacken in Ann. Mus. Genova, xvi, 416.
Van der Wulp mentions 4 % % from Tamara and Berlinhafen
(Papua).

Chrysochlora Latr., 1825.
Fam. Nat. du regne anim., 494.

The two species recorded from the East vary enormously in
size, that of Doleschall being only 3 mm. in length, whilst C. bac-
cotdes is 17.

Ch. vitripennis Dol., 1856.
Naty Dijds Neds did. x) 408: pl. xilr2:
Djokjokarta (Java).
Ch. baccoides Rond., 1875.

Ann. Mus. Gen., vil, 454.
? Borneo.

SUB-FAMILY IV.—CLITELLARINA.
Table of genera.

A Thorax with a strong side spine.
Antennal style thickly pilose .. Negritomyia Bg.
Antennal style bare be .. Ephippiomyia Latr.
AA Thorax with no side spine.
Scutellum very gibbous, abdomen
always shorter than thorax.
Scutellum unspined.
Abdomen little broader than
long, much shorter than

E. BRUNETTI: The Ortental Stratiomyide. [VorEsH,

114
thorax; antennz very
short ay .. Saruga Wik.

Abdomen much broader but not
longer than thorax; an-
tenne nearly as long as
thorax : .. Aulana Wik.
Scutellum 2-spined .. Musama Wik.
Scutellum normal, abdomen shorter or
longer than thorax.

I. Scutellum bare.
Face produced into asnout .. Nemotelus Geoff.

Face not so produced.

Abdomen elliptical, elon-
gated alittle .. Lasiopa Brullé.

Abdomen globose, very
much broader, and a
little longer than thorax Ruba Wik.

2. Scutellum with 2 spines.
Spines very distinct, abdomen
short, round, very arched .. Oxycera Meig.

Spines often small or indistinct,

abdomen elongated, less
arched : .. Clitellaria Meig.

3. Scutellum 4-spined .. .. Tvichocheta Big.

Negritomyia Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), Igo.
The species are closely allied in markings, coloration and size ;
and a rough table for their identification is all that can be drawn
up in the absence of specimens of any of the species.

1. Femora black, base pale : large brown
spot above discal cell. Long. 10 mm. maculipennis Macq.

2. Legs luteous ; wings cinereous—costa
luteous .. Long. 12 mm. festinans WIk.

3. Legs pale tawny testaceous; wing

brownish, baseclearer .. Long. 11 mm. albitarsis Big.
4. Legs brown, base of femora pale,

wing nearly clear, brown stigma,

diffused band near tip, reddish
spot on lower edge of wing Long. 9 mm. consobrina Big.

N. maculipenmis Macq., 1851.

Dipt. Exot. Supp. 4, 54.
» @ Manila, Ternate, Papua, near Clitellaria heminopla Wied.

Type in Paris Museum. In his ‘“‘ Enumeration’’ Osten Sacken re-
cords r > and 4 2 ?from Ramoi and Dorei Hum (Papua) taken

February 1875, and from Ternate; also1z > % 2 @ from Manila,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 115

the abdomen in these latter being more bluish than in the East
Indian Islands specimens. Meijere announces a 9 from Mafiokwari
(Papua), taken May 2nd. In 1880 Osten Sacken queried ‘“‘ Odon-
tomyta cinerea” Dol. (—Ephippiomyia id) from Amboina as a
synonym of this species, but Van der Wulp keeps them generically
divided in his Catalogue.

N. festinans Wlk., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So., iv, 95.
(Engonia aurata Sch.)

» Makessar, Amboina. The author also adds what he con-
siders the @. Osten Sacken records 3 6 & I @ from Kandari,
April 1874.

N. albitarsis Big., 1879.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1879), 207.
@ Papua. Bigot Coll. Also known from Australia.

N. consobrina Big., 1879 ; l.c., 208.
% Papua. Bigot Coll.

Ephippiomyia Latr., 1809.
Gen. Crust. Ins.; iv, 276.

Emended from Ephippium Latr. by Bezzi, 1902, Zeits. Hym.
Dipl sii Tow

Ephippium being preoccupied by Bolten in Mollusca 1798, the
change of name is merely an emendation. I believe no change of
generic characters attaches to Ephippiomyia, but I have not seen
the work. I mention this because the new Palearctic Catalogue
attributes the genus to Bezzi, as though newly created.

Table of spectes.
Rather large sized species 10 to 14 mm.
Femora black a .. Long. 12-14 mm. bilineatum F.

Femora livid, except towards tips Long.10 mm. responsale Wik.

Moderate sized species, 7 mm. fe
Thorax with two stripes of gilded tomen-

jbbes! | a Me .. Long. 7 mm. gavasum Wk.
Thorax with two indistinct whitish
stripes ap .. Long. 7 mm. cinereum Dol.
Quite small species ihe .. Long. 4 mm. nigerrimum Dol.

E. bilineatum F., 1805.
(Stvatiomys) Sys. Antl., 79.

Chitellaria bivittata Wied., Auss., ii, 46.
Ephippium augustum Macq., Dipt., i, 252.

116 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Von

Raphiocera spinithorax Macq., Dip. Ex. Sup., 3,
i7; pl. 1,7.

Clitellaria tenebrica Wk. ; List. Dip. Brit. Mus..,
Vil, 522.

Ephippium spinigerum Dol., Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind.,
AO.

Negritomyia bilineata V. d. Wulp, Notes Leyd.
Mus., vii, 59.

Reperted to be common in Java and to occur in Amboina.
I did not come across it although collecting in Java in five locali-
ties. Also occurs in Japan.

Two specimens from Tenasserim are in the Indian Museum, of
which one, with contiguous eyes, is certainly a ». The other has
the eyes very slightly but distinctly apart. It is nota @ , because
in this genus the eyes in the ? should be widely apart, yet the
specimen is undoubtedly of the same species as the first one.

Another specimen also from Tenasserim in the Indian Museum
Collection varies in nothing but size, and is a fine Ephippiomyia
with absolutely contiguous eyes, whilst an interesting fourth speci-
men (unfortunately minus its antennze), likewise from Tenasserim,
appears to belong to the same genus, but has no side spines. The
abdomen is much wider than the thorax as in the typical European
species thoracica Latr., whereas in bilineata it is ovately elongated,
and this latter species does not strike one at first as an Lphip-
piomyia at all. Without thoracic spines (of which there is no
trace whatever) the Tenasserim specimen becomes an Oxycera,
but its size (7 mm.), general facies, and black colour approximates
it more to the present genus. Regarding the species with linear ab-
domens not wider than the thorax, I think a separate genus should
be established for them. This would include bilineata F., and
Ephippiomyia would be reserved for species in which the abdo-
men is much broader than the thorax, also comparatively much
shorter, thicker and more convex.

E. responsale Wik., 1865.
(Clitellaria) Pr. Linn. So., viii, 106.

% Papua. Allied to brvittata, but with broader antenne.

E. gavasum Wlk., 1860.
(Clitellaria) Pr. Tinn. So. iv., 95.

3s Makessar (Celebes). The author also describes what he
thinks is the ?.

E. cinereum Dol., 1857.
(Clitellaria) Nat. Tijd. Ned., xiv, 403.

Amboina. In Van der Wulp’s Catalogue, he doubts if an
Ephtppromyia, and questions the form of its antenne.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. E17

E. nigerrimum Dol., 1858.
Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 81.

Amboina. A mountain species taken in April, no sex men-
tioned.

Saruga WIk., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So., iv, Ior.
S. conifera Wlk., 1860 ; /.c., 103.
% Makessar (Celebes).

Aulana WIk., 1864.
Pr. Linn. So. vil; 204:

A. confirmaia Wk. ; l.c., 204.
? Mysol.

Musama WIk., 1864.
Pr. Linn. So., vii, 205.
M. paupera Wik., 1864; l.c., 205.

2 Mysol. In Carl Semper’s collection of Diptera from the
Philippines, reported on by Osten Sacken in 1882, was a specimen
identified as paupera by Walker himself, but Osten Sacken finds it
disagrees with the description in several points.

Nemotelus Geoff., 1764.
Fist. da Insects vi, 542-
N. albiventris Thoms., 1868.

® Manila.
Lasiopa Brulle’, 1832.
Exped. a Morée, ili, 307.
Table of species.
Moderate sized species ae .. Long. 10 mm. villosa F.,

var. nov. /umalayensis mihi.
Small species 4 to 6 mm.
Antenne tawny.

Long. 6mm. .. “Mh .. radians Wik.
OS ee pinhcally a: .. detracta Wik.
Antenne black ak .. Long. 4 mm. infera W1k.

L. villosa F., var. nov. himalayensts mihi.

At Mussoorie in May 1905 (12th and 31st) I took 3 2? ? which
hardly differ from the typical form of this European species. The

118 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [ Versi;

abdominal spots are slightly narrower and not quite curved up-
wards so much at the inner ends.

L. radians Wik., 1857.
(Cyclogaster) Pr. Linn. So., i, 7.
? Singapore.
L. detracta Wik., 1857.
(Cyclogaster id) l.c., 108.
Q Sarawak.
LL. tnjera Wik, 1857 < .c. 107:
2 Sarawak.
Ruba WIk,, 1860,
Pr Winns So. iV, £00;

Walker gives his description of the @ , but the only species
mentioned is a %!

Body wholly testaceous... Long. 8 mm. inflata Wik.
Abdomen black, with whitish pubes-
cence 2 .. Long. 6 mm. opponens Wik.

R. inflata W1k., 1860.
Pr Linn! So: iv, 101.

Dr. Brauer in Denks. Kais. Ac. Wiss. Wien., xliv, 77, thinks
that Schiner’s Thylacosoma amboinense from that island may be
a synonym.

A specimen in the Indian Museum Collection from Kohima
(Assam) agrees rather well with this species, but is rather larger
(10 mm.) and shews abnormal expanse of wing (12 mm. from
centre of thorax to tip of wing—the other wing is missing, also
the antenne). In other respects there are differences ; it may be
a new species.

R. opponens W1k., 1865.
‘ Pr. Linn. So., viii, 107.

» Papua. Van der Wulp also records it from Friedrich Wil-
helmshafen in Papua.

Oxycera Meig,, 1803.
Illig. Mag., ii, 265.
O. manens Wik., 1860.

Peel tities 50%, 1'V;,.00)
% 2 Makessar (Celebes).

1907. | Records of the [Indian Museum. 119

Oxycera indica mihi, sp. nov.

@ N.W. India. Long. 44 mm. Head entirely lemon yellow,
except a rather wide black band on the vertex reaching from eye to
eye. Four small black spots arranged in the form of a square, all
placed at an equal distance from the base of the antenne, which
latter are tawny brown, darker at the tip. Lower part of head
yellow behind, a moderately wide yellow band encircling the head
—passing behind the vertex. The whole head, including the
eyes, sparsely pubescent with short pale yellow hairs. Proboscis
prominent, black. ‘Thorax aénus black above, with short, rather
close yellowish white hair ; underside black. Sides lemon yellow
from anterior corners of dorsum to beyond root of wings.
Scutellum lemon yellow, base narrowly black; two very small
spines. Abdomen pale yellow, with very short yellowish white
hairs and black marked as follows: a large diamond-shaped spot
spread over the centre of the Ist and 2nd segments, a minute
spot on each side of the base of the 2nd segment ; rather more
than the basal half of 3rd, 4th and 5th segments black,—these
bands being joined to one another in their centres and the upper
one to the large diamond spot on 2nd segment. Belly yellow.
Legs lemon yellow, pubescence yellow, minute; a black ring
on all the femora and the posterior tibiz. Wings colour-
less, veins pale yellow on anterior portion. Halteres pale yellow.

Described from 2 @ @ in perfect condition in the Indian
Museum Collection. Type from Bareilly, United Provinces (15th
to 22nd March 1907); the second specimen from Rampur Chaka
(23rd to 31st January 1907). In the type the upper pair of spots
on the front are larger than the lower ones ; in the other example,
all four are of uniform size. A larger specimen taken at Calcutta
(June 22nd) has four complete black abdominal bands, the first
being basal.

This species differs from O. manens Wlk. by the latter having
the abdomen entirely black.

Clitellaria Meig., 1803.
Illig. Mag., 11, 265.

Table of spectes.

Antenne black.
Thorax with three green stripes .. Long. 5—7 mm. flav-
ceps Wk.
Thorax “‘ with a band and stripe of
grey tomentum ”’ .. Long. ro mm. notabilis WIk.
Antenne tawny red.
Thorax with yellowish hairs on
dorsum .. Long. 7 mm. heminopla Wied.
Thorax with 3 interrupted downy
bands .. Long. 8mm. varia Wik,

120 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [ VOEsay

C. flaviceps Wik., 1857.
Pro Linnysoss ieee

° Singapore, Sarawak.

C. notabilis Wik., 1857.
Pr. Linn: So), 1, 108.

2 Borneo.

C. heminopla Wied.
Zool. Mag., iii, 30.

3 @ Tranquebar.

Not uncommon in India. I took several of each sex at Meerut,
25th April 1905; and odd specimens at Calcutta, 18th to 24th
November 1905; Jhansi, 31st March 1905; Jullundur, 5th May
1905; and Lucknow, 7th September 1905. ‘The Indian Museum
possesses it from Karachi and Calcutta.

Two 3 I took at Meerut, 13th to 19th July 1905, have the
femora pale at the base.

C. varia W1k., 1854.
Bist Dipt- Br: Mus:, v/63.

3 Java, Sarawak, Malacca.

Trichocheta Big., 1879.

Bull. So: Ent. Fr., 26; Annales (1879), pixgo
(published first in pt. 3, p. 6, 1878).

I. nemoteloides Big., 1879 ; l.c., IQI.
@ Ternate. Bigot Coll.

SUB-FAMILY V.—HERMETIINA.

Table of genera.

Scutellum unspined.
Abdomen elongated, not linear.
Head produced horizontally, anten-
ne long, almost filiform, horizon-
talc: S .. Cenocephalus V. d. Wulp.
Head normally vertical.
Antenne apparently of 3 dis-
tinct joints, not of uniform
width ; last joint of 8 dvi-
si ns 2 .. Hermetia Latr.
An enne appaently filiform,
not o uniform wdih; last
jointo most6div ions. Eudmeta W ed.
Abdomen linear, cont ac ed at base .. Massicyta Wlk.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 121

Scutellum 2-spined, antennee filiform.
Discal cell elongated, and attenuated
posteriorly .. i .. Ampsalis Wik.
Discal cell (presumably) normal.
Abdomen elongated, as wide as
thorax ae .. Campeprosopa Macq.
Abdomen elongate-elliptical ; at-
tenuated at base, a little broad-
er and longer than thorax .. Lrvacana Wik.

Cenocephalus V, der Wulp, 1898,
Termés. Fuzet., xxi, 413.

Van der Wulp in separating Salduba melanaria Wik., from the
rest of the genus and creating the above genus for it, recognised
at once that the venation placed this species in a different sub-
family supplemented by a most unusual form of head. Moreover,
he recognised Salduba’s true position (Pachygastriné sub-family)
by his remarks as to its affinities with Tinda.

C. melanarius Wlk., 1861.
(Salduba) Pr. Linn. So., v, 271.
® Batjan.
Hermetia Latr,, 1805,
Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins:, xiv,’ 238.
Table of species.

Scutellum unspined.
Legs all or mainly black or blackish brown.
Wings clear, tip a little darker, .
stigma black brown .. Long. 14 mm. fenestrata Meij.
Wings blackish.
Long. 10 stor 12, min:
Posterior borders of
abdominal segment
bright yellow. Long. 10-12 mm. cerio1des WIk.
Posterior borders of
abdominal segments
whitish. Long. 103 mm. albitarsis V.d. Wulp.
Long. 14 to 16 mm.
Thorax with 3. in-

distinct cinereous

stripes Long. 14-16 mm. vemittens Wik.
Thorax with pale yel-

low marks .. Long. 14 mm. laglaizer Big.

Legs yellow or reddish
Wings biackish. Thorax with 3
indistinct gold stripes.. Long. 12 mm. rufiventris Wlk.

122 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [VoL. I,

Wings clear. Thorax with 1 in-
distinct white line .. Long. 13 mm. leta Mejj.
Scutellum 2-spined .. Long. 17-19 mm. arvmata V.d. Wulp.
H. fenestrata, Meij., 1904.
Bid. Dierk., svail, 2) a ple. vail no:
I % Palembang.
H. cerioides Wik., 1859.
(Massicyta) Pr. Linn. So., iti, 78.
H. batjanensis V. d. Wulp, 1885 ; Notes Leyd. Mus., vil, 67.

2 Moluccas, Aru Isles, Gilolo, Batjan, South Halmaheira.

Walker described this under his genus Massicyta, distinguished
from Hermetia by a subpetiolate abdomen and more elongated and
linear body, but I agree with Van der Wulp in keeping it in Hermetia,
a genus in which all degrees of slight contractions of the first abdo-
minal segments occur. Massicyta must be reserved for distinctly
subpetiolated species such as bicolor W1k.

A series of 2 @ exists in the Indian Museum Collection, but
they bear no data. Van der Wulp had 2 2 2 from Seles, Astro-
labe Bay (Papua).

AH. albitarsis V. der Wulp, 1808.
Termés. Fuzet., xxi, 419.

9 Friedrich Wilheimshafen (Papua).

H. remittens W\k., 1860.
Pry Win S0.5,1V4 942
@ Makessar (Celebes).

H. laglaizer Big., 1887.
Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1887), 21.
? Amberbek (Papua). Type much damaged.

H. rufiventris Wik., 1861.
Pr. Linn.:.So., Vv, 145.
@ Amboina.
H. lata Meij., 1904.
Bide Dierk:, xvii, 93 > pl. sviiis 8:
2 Bengal, near certoides. ‘This is true, for, from the excellent

plate I immediately recognised one ? which I had eliminated from
the series of @ cerio1des in the Indian Museum as distinct.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 123

H. armata V. d. Wulp, 1885.
Notes Leyd. Mus., vii, 68.

2 Morotai. In possessing two spines on the scutellum this
species differs from all others in the genus, and, I think, entitles it
to generic rank.

Massicyta WIk., 1857.
Bry Lanni So. to:
There are only two oriental species, the former I2—14 mm.
in length, the latter 22.
M. bicolor Wik., 1857.
Era inmost) 6.2 plsiel

? Singapore. The plate given is excellent.

M. inflata Wik., 1859.
Pr kant. So. ait, 7S:
@ Aru Isles.

Eudmeta Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 43.
Table of species.

Large species hie .. Long. 14 mm. brunnea Meij.
Smaller species.
Black species with green markings. Long.g mm. marginata F.
Ferruginous luteous species .. Long. 7mm. flavida Big.

E. brunnea Meij., 1904.
Bids Dietk. xviil,-94; pliiviiily 10:
> 2 Darjeeling. One 9? from Kohima, Assam, answers well to
Meijere’s description.

E. marginata F., 1805.
Sys. Antl., 63. (Hermetia.)
(Hermetia cingulata) Guer. Voy. Coquille.

(Toxocera limbiventris) Macq. Dip. Ex. Supp. 4, 45; pl. v, 3.
» India, Singapore, Sumatra, Java, Amboina. Macquart in
Dipt. Exot. Supp. iii, 176, describes the ? , pl. i, 9 (figures of head
and wing).
In the Indian Museum a ? example, without data, is probably
this species.

124 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [VOrut,

Campeprosopa Macq., 1851.
Dipt. Exot. Supp. 4, 46.

Of the two oriental species, flavipes has a black thorax, with
lighter coloured pile, whilst munda possesses a metallic blue-green
thorax.

C. flavipes Macq., 1851.
Dipt. Exot. Supp. 4,46 ; pl. v, 4.
@ Java. Long.12 mm. Bigot Coll.

C. munda Os. Sack., 1880.
Ann. Mus. Gen., xvi, 409.

% Sumatra. Long. 8—9 mm.

Ampsalis WIk., 1860.

Pre Linn: \So;, ‘iv, 98:
A. gemiata Wlk., 1860 ; l.c., 99.
? Makessar (Celebes).

Tracana WIk., 1860,
Pr. inn: So.,, 1v.,90:
T. werabihs Wik., 1860 ; I.c., 99.

» 9 Makessar.

The descriptions of Campeprosopa, Ampsalis and Tvacana
all read so much alike to me that, I believe, they represent but a
single genus. Walker calls the discal cell in Ampsalis “ elongated
and attenuated exteriorly,’ which is not mentioned in the other
genera ; and he differs his Tvacana from Ampsalis by the abdomen
being “‘ elongate, elliptical, attenuated at base, a little broader
and longer than thorax’”’ compared with “‘ abdomen elliptical, a
little broader but not longer than thorax.”

Following Van der Wulp I have retained the genera separately,
and hope that a visit to England a little later on will enable me to
settle the question by an examination of all three types.

SUB-FAMILY VI.—STRATIOMYIINAS.
Table of genera.

First antennal joint 3 to 4 times as long as

2004 te. ie we .. Stratiomyia Geoff.
First antennal joint at most twice as long
as 2nd... .. Odontomyia Meig.

First antennal joint shorter than 2nd .. Euceromyia Big.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. i25

Stratiomyia Geoff., 1764.
(Stratiomys) Hist. d. Ins., ii, 475.
Table of species,

Antenne unusually long—rst joint six times
length of 2nd .. Long. 10-14 mm. apicalis Wk.
Antenne of moderate length.
Legs principally black.
Abdomen tawny, with broad black
dilated dorsal band. Ist two
antennal joints red .. Long. 12 mm. parallela Wlk.
Abdomen black—no dorsal band ;
pale marks on posterior borders of
segments—near sides. Antennze
black xe .. Long. 10-12 mm. barca Wlk.
Legs principally yellow.
Abdomen tawny. Thorax 2-striped,
antenne pale .. Long. 8 mm. inanimis WIk.
Abdomen black.
Thorax 4 gold striped, base of
antenne pale .. Long. 8 mm. confertissima Wk.
Thorax unstriped, densely pu-
bescent. Antenne
black. _ Long. 15 mm. flavoscutellata V. d. Wulp.

S. apicalis Wik., 1854.
List. Dip. Brit. Mus., v, 53.
? Shanghai.
S. parallela Wik., 1865.
Pr. Linn So: , viii; 107.
% Papua.
S. barca Wlk., 1849.
Tist, Dip. Brit. Mus., iii, 530.
® China. I took a % each at Hankow, 22nd April 1906, and
Shanghai, 9th May 1906.
S. inammis Wik., 1856.
Tr. Entom. So. (new ser.), iv, 121.
China.
S. confertissima Wlk., 1859.
Pr. Linn. So., iii, 79.

? Aru Isles,
6

126 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Venrel;

S. flavoscutellata V. d. Wulp, 1885.

Notes Leyd. Mus., vii, 60.

> Java.

The genus is poorly represented in the East apparently. ‘Three
out of the six known species come fiom semi-Paleearctic regions.
I have never taken a specimen myself in the East proper, nor is
there one in the Indian Museum, nor do other authors mention
any species except the three original descriptions mentioned here.
I mention this because Odontomyia, the kindred genus, is far from
uncommon.

Odontomyia Meig., 1804.
Klass. i., 128.
Table of species.

A Scutellum spined (generic character).
B Abdomen black, with lighter dorsal
bands, or edges of abdominal disc pale.
C Legs mostly black.
Abdomen, with pale dorsal band. Long. 5 mm. minuta Fab.
Abdomen, with only the edges
pale ie .. Long. 8 mm. atraria Wik.
CC Legs mostly yellow, with or without
darker bands. Abdomen black with
pale edges.
Legs all yellow; smaller species. Long.6 mm. bifascia Wk.
Legs with or without black bands,
little larger species.
Femora and tibie with black
bands... .. Long. 8 mm. @qualis Wik.
Femora and tibiz all yellow.

Antenne all reddish yellow. Thorax gold
striped ; abdomen with greenish yellow
side spots .. Long. 8 mm. viridana Wied.

Antenne with base only yellow. Thorax
with gold pubescence ; abdomen with nar-
row pale border. Long. 8 mm. cinctilinea W1k.

BB Abdomen pale ; yellow, green, or tawny,
with or without black dorsal stripe
or bands.
D Legs mostly black.
Thorax unstriped ae .. Long. 5 mm. pusilla Fab.
Thorax with 2 silvery stripes. Long. 9 mm. siderogaster Wied.
DD Legs mostly pale, or slightly marked
with black.
E Abdomen uniformly pale, without dor-
sal or transverse black bands.
1. Thorax black with light hair ;
3 black stripes -.. .. Long. 8mm. finalis Wik.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 127

2. Thorax black with bright red

brassy pile .. Long. 5 mm. rubrithorvax Macq.
3. Thorax black with light hair,
unstriped.
Legs entirely yellow .. Long. 8 mm. diffusa Wk.

Legs not entirely yellow.
Posterior femora and tips
of tibize brown .. Long. 7 mm. claripennis
Thoms.!
Femora and tibie tawny,
Coxe more Tors yiless
black .. Long. 10 mm. lutatius Wlk.
EE Abdomen pale, with black dorsal stripe
or transverse bands.
KR Legs partly black, or with distinct black rings.
1. “‘ Posterior legs black, testaceous
at base” .. Long. 9 mm. consobrina Macq.
2. Legs pale. 4 posterior femora
and tibie with broad _ black
rings .. Long. 5 mm. ochracea Bru. sp. nov.
FF Legs all pale (femora narrowly ringed in tmmaculata).
1. Thorax brassy .. Long.6 mm. solennis Wik.
2. Thorax pale green with yellow
hair, legs reddish. .. Long. 12 mm. ochropa Thom.
3. Thorax black, with lighter hair.
(a) Small species, indistinct brown
bands on femora .. Long. 5 mm. zmmaculata
Bru. sp. nov.
(aa) Larger species—
1. Thorax with bright
tawny hair. Long. 9-I1I mm. gavatas Wk.
2. Thorax with whit-
ishdown. Long. 12 mm. zmmiscens Wlk.
3. Thorax with short,
golden yellow hair. Long.8 mm. restricta Wlk.
4. Thorax with silver
tomentum. Long. 10mm. staurophora Sch.
AA Scutellum with two exceedingly minute
spines) =: .. Long. 5 mm. submutica Bru. sp. nov.
AAA Scutellum unspined .. Long. 11 mm. mufica V.d. Wulp.

O. minuta Fab., 1792.
(Stratiomys) Ent. Sys., iv, 268.

? Tranquebar, East India. Type in Fab. Coll.
In the Indian Museum Collection I find 1 @ taken at the end
of June, and havetaken 2 @ 2 myself in Calcutta.

1 I am not quite sure that this species belongs to my sub-division E—the author’s
description reading ‘‘abdomen pallide flavum, limbo prasino,” yet this hardly reads
like a distinct dorsal stripe, or wide transverse bands.

128 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [VoL i

O. atranria Wik., 1865.
Pr. Linn. So., viti, 106.
> 2 Papua.
O. bifascia Wik., 1861.
Peay mann 2o2.
> Dorey (Papua).
O. aqualis Wik., 1861.

Pi inne SOn. We 27 E

9 Batjan.
O. viridana Wied., 1824.
Analec. Entom., 29.
Bengal, Ternate, Tibet.
O. cinctiiinea Wlk., 1862.
Pilg ite SOn eles
@ Gilolo.

O. pusilla Fab., 1792.
(Nemotelus) Ent. Sys., iv, 268.
Tranquebar. Allied to minuta F. and to my new species
submutica and incompleta.,
O. siderogastey Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 65.

Q Java. Type in Westermann’s Coll. Also in Leyden Museum,

O. finalis Wik., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So., iv, 94.

@ Makessar and Manado (both Celebes). I took one ¢ at Ran-
goon, 18th August 1906. The abdomen (if the species is cor-
rectly identified) is ‘‘dirty tawny black’ io use a Walkerian expres-
sion, and the specimen is only 7 mm. long.

O. rubr. thorax Macq., 1838.

Dip. Exot., vol. i, 185.

% Bengal. Macquart says it resembles Stvatiomyia cuprina
Wied, from Brazil, but that species is much larger.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 129

O. diffusa Wik., 1854.
List. Dip. Brit. Mus., v, 53.

Q Java, Sumatra. I am in much doubt as to the limits of this
species.

O. claripennis Thoms., 1868.
Eugenie Reise, 456.

» Manila. Said to be near Macquart’s albipennis.

O. lutatius Wik., 1849.
List. Dip. Brit. Mus., ili, 532.
? Malacca.

A @ from Siliguri, N. Bengal, in the Indian Museum dated
30th June 1906 is undoubtedly this species. The legs are all
yellow, whereas Walker says “ hips ”’ black.

O. consobrina Macq., 1847.
Dip. Exot. Supp. 3, 16; pl. i, 8.

% Java, Sumatra. Macquart’s diagram of the antenna shews
it rather thicker than is usual in this genus.

O. ochracea mihi, sp. nov.

> Calcutta. Vertex and front, shining black; lower part
of head, yellowish white; mouth black; eyes practically, but
not absolutely contiguous just above frontal triangle, diverging
thence to vertex. Antenne brown, 3rd joint black, the Ist joint
a little longer than the 2nd. Thorax shining, dark aénus black,
with sparse very short gold hair. Scutellum pale, base black,
spines small, pale yellow. Abdomen in life—peach colour, after
death—pale ochreous tawny, with a dorsal row of 4 black spots,
of which the basal one is largest and triangular, the 2nd very
small and round, the 3rd large and transversely oral, the 4th
much smaller and of the same shape. Belly unicolorous, the last
two dorsal spots being visible from below. Legs pale yellow tawny,
all the femora with a broad brown ring in the middle ; posterior
tibize and upper side of posterior tarsi dark brown. Wings quite
limpid, veins invisible, except along the fore border. Long. 4 mm.

Described from 2 % % in the Indian Museum Collection (in-
cluding the type specimen) and 2 % % in my own Collection—all
taken in Calcutta.

O. solennis Wik., 1851.
> East India. Ins. Saunds. Dip., 709.

130 E. BRUNETTI: Zhe Oriental Stratiomyide. [Vora

O. ochropa Thoms., 1868.
Eugenie Reise, 456.

Manila. Very near O. viridana Wied. There are several spe-
cimens (% % 2 ¢) of a species near this one in the Indian Museum
Collection, from Bangalore and Calcutta.

O. tmmaculata mihi, sp. nov.

> N. India. Long. 5 mm., length of wing 5mm. Type in
Indian Museum Collection. Head black, with very short pale hair
below, a shining black tubercle immediately below antenne, which
are black, Ist and 2nd joints tawny. Eyes contiguous for a short dis-
tance thus forming a small triangle above antennez, and another on
the black vertex. Eyes large, upper facets much larger. ‘Thorax
dull black with short, meagre goldish pubescence, black below with a
little short white hair at the sides. Scutellum all black, spines very
short. Abdomen pale greenish or tawny, with more or less distinct
traces of a pale brownish coloration on apical half; this spot may not
be a natural coloration, but due to the contents of the body. Wings
quite clear, veins invisible except those on foreborder, which are
tawny. Discal cell so minute as to be almost invisible: alule bright
yellow. Legs tawny yellow, anterior femora with a narrow, brown
ring in middle; intermediate femora with a brown ring near tip.
Tarsi tips slightly darker. One % from Bhim Tal,’ 4,500 feet,
captured by Dr. Annandale, 22nd to 27th September 1906.
What I believe to be the 2 of this species, is represented in the
Indian Museum Collection by a single specimen taken in Calcutta,
5th April 1907.

O. gavatus Wlk., 1849.
List Dip. Brit. Mus., iii, 532.
@ China.
O. immiscens Wlk., 1860.

Pr. Linn. So., iv, 94.
> Makessar. Osten Sacken describes a @ from Kandari
(Celebes) taken April 1874, adding that he has seen Walker’s type
in the British Museum and believes it to be the same species,
although not agreeing entirely with the description.
O. restricta Wlk., 1864.
Pr. Linn. So., vii, 203.
% Mysol.
O. staurophora Sch., 1868.

Novara Reise, 59.
2 2? ? Hong Kong.
O. submutica mihi, sp. nov.
2 Bengal. In minuta F. group, Head above, below, front, and

| Also in Indian Museum collection from Bareilly and from Calcutta (June 6th). I
took one & at Calcutta (31st March 1907).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 13m

a wide band behind eyes, bright yellow. Eyes rather small, black
facets of uniform size. A blackish brown band stretches across
the vertex from eye to eye, with a central larger spot. Two large
round spots on front, below vertex, two much smaller ones just
below antennz, a small spot immediately below base of antennz,
and the proboscis, black. Thorax black, with very short silvery
cinereous pubescence, sides black, pleuree pale yellow. Scutellum
yellow, base black, bearing two almost microscopic spines. Abdo-
men pale yellow, tinged with grey, Ist segment yellow, posterior
border black in centre; 2nd, yellow, occupied by a black band
not reaching the sides, placed along the foreborder, and extended
posteriorly in the centre, and at the sides; 3rd, 4th and 5th with
black bands from anterior border, nearly to posterior border,
and not reaching sides of segments ; last segment very small, all
yellow. Wings quite clear, veins, costal cell and stigma pale yel-
low. Legs yellow, femora with broad brown band about the
middle, tips of posterior tibie, and tips of tarsi, blackish. Hal-
teres pale green. Of the three specimens ( ? ) I have seen, one is
in the Indian Museum, from Siliguri, and the other two I took
myself in Calcutta, 5th March 1905, and Ist February 1907, in
grass near ponds at Tollygunge.

O. mutica V. der Wulp, 1885.
Notes Leyd. Mus., vii, 62.

® Ternate. The author compares this to the North American
species nigivostris Lw., a species which, in general facies, seems to
have some resemblance to a Lasiopa.

This species having an unspined scutellum may perhaps be
placed in a new genus, in which my submutica might also enter.

Euceromyia Big,, 1877.
Bull. So. Ent. Fr. (1877), p. lxxiv.
E. nexura Wik., 1859. (Stvatiomys) Pr. Linn. So., iii, 80.

» 2 Aru Isles ; also from Mysol. Long. 7 mm.

In concluding these notes I wish to thank Dr. Annandale, Offi-
ciating Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, for his
kindness in affording me access to the Museum Collection and
library. They were originally intended only asa revised list of
Oriental species of Stratiomyide for my own use, but gradually
extended to their present form, and I must again attribute to the
paucity of material at my command any errors or deficiencies that
may be found.

I hope to visit England shortly, and shall then be able to
correct any errors, at least as far as Walker’s species are con-
cerned, by an examination of his types at the British Museum.
Such corrections will be incorporated in a supplementary paper
and published in this journal.

132 E. BRUNETTI: The Oriental Stratiomyide. [|VOL. I, 1907-]

ADDENDUM.

Acanthina argentea, mihi, sp. nov.

3 Calcutta. Long. 3mm. Eyes extending the whole height
of the head shortly but not thickly pubescent, subcontiguous
at nearest point of approach as the frons at this point is receding
but attains the surface of the eyes towards the vertex, which is
considerably raised and occupied by the ocelli; facets rather
large, of uniform size. Frons, both above and below the nearest
approach of the eyes, shining white. Back of head and under-
side of head black, inner orbit of eyes below antennz white.
Antenne, structurally, exactly as in Wiedemann’s generic des-
cription, with first two joints black, third reddish-brown with
blackish marks: style thick. Proboscis short, yellowish, with
a few hairs. Thorax, dorsum and sides, and scutellum black,
both uniformly covered with short silvery-grey pubescence.
Scutellum with four rather large whitish spines. Abdomen black,
covered like the thorax with short silvery-grey pubescence. No
signs of any marks or pattern on either thorax or abdomen.
Belly black, with short grey hairs. Legs yellowish-white ; femora
black, extreme base and tips pale; tibize with a broad black band,
leaving only the basal fourth and the tip pale. Wings and stigma
absolutely colourless, but veins distinct, though pale: alule very
small, brownish-white ; halteres brownish-yellow, knob white.

Described from a perfect # in the Indian Museum Collection,
taken at Calcutta on 22nd May, 1907. The small size of this
species will easily distinguish it from the other two species men-
tioned.

Vie —DESCR Leroy OR rAN OLYG OCH 4.1
WO RM, Adj ere OC AT OG AS T ER.

By J. StepHenson, Major, I.M.S., Professor of Biology,
Government College, Lahore.

The worm described below was found in water taken from a
tank in the pleasure-gardens at Shalimar, near Lahore, in the
early part of February, 1907. It lives well in water kept in small
vessels with a little green alga in the laboratory, and appears to
propagate itself asexually with freedom. Specimens have been
under observation at various times during the last month.

External characters—In length the animal measures from
1 to 2 mm. ; the variations are considerable, and depend principally
on the stage which the asexual reproductive process has reached
(v. inf.). There is a short blunt prostomium, followed by a region
slightly swollen in an ovoid manner and corresponding to the
pharynx ; the rest of the body is of uniform diameter, showing a
wrinkling corresponding to the degree of contraction of the animal,
but no regular annulation. The anterior end of the body is studded
with a few fine hairs; and similar hairs also occur posteriorly in
the neighbourhood of the anus. “The whole animal is very trans-
parent.

Segmentation.—As just said, there is no external annulation ;
the segmentation is, however, indicated externally to some extent
by the bundles of sete. ‘The first setee are placed ventro-laterally
on the slightly swollen anterior region, and may be taken to belong
to the second body-segment ; the next bundles are placed some
distance further back, this achzetous interval being in length equal
to about three of the immediately following segments. The bundles
then succeed each other regularly, being placed, however, closer to-
gether at the posterior end of the animal.

Internally the segmentation is defined by the septa, of which
the first occurs at the posterior end of the pharynx, behind the level
of the first bundle of setae, and may be taken to be the posterior limit
of the second segment : the next septum occurs at the posterior end
of the cesophagus, similarly delimiting the third segment ; in the
region of the crop there are three septa, the first of these about the
junction of the anterior and middle, the second about the junction of
the middle and posterior thirds, and the last near the hinder end of
the crop. The second bundle of setze occurs at the level of the
posterior part of the crop, in the sixth body-segment according to
the limits established by the septa. Segmentation is also evident
internally in connection with the ganglia of the ventral nerve-cord
and with the nephridia (v. inf.).

134 J. STEPHENSON: Description of an Oligochete Worm. [VOL. I,

Set@.—There are two bundles of sete in each segment in which
they occur, and there are about six sete in each bundle; five and
seven are also met with. They are ventro-lateral in position ; the
portion which projects externally is approximately equal in length
to the portion within the body ; and the whole length of a seta
is equal to about two-thirds the diameter of the body when the latter
is in the condition of moderate extension. Each seta has the form

of an elongated i the end is unequally forked, and there is a

small nodulus (v. plate v, fig. 2).

When the animal is at rest, most of the setze project at about
a right angle ; those of the most anterior bundles, however, lie flat
against the surface of the body, their free ends forwards. The
somewhat hooked free ends of the setee may point either forwards
or backwards (I do not refer to the direction of the seta as a
whole); in the sete of a single bundle, the hooks of some may
point forwards, of others backwards; and a bundle of sete, the
hooks of which are pointing forwards, may be seen shortly after-
ward with hooks pointing backwards ; some of the muscular fibres
attached to the sete have, therefore, the power of rotating the sete
about their longitudinal axes. A common arrangement is for the
hooks to point backwards in the anterior, forwards in the posterior
segments. Backward-pointing hooks are presumably of use in for-
ward progression, forward-pointing hooks in backward progression.
The first bundles, however, appear always to have their hooks
pointing backwards. '

The distribution of setal bundles in the anterior part of the
body is apparently subject to slight variation ; on one occasion a
few small sete were noted in the third body-segment ; in another
case those of the sixth segment were fewer and smaller than normal.

Asexual repyoduction.—The smallest number of segments ob-
served was eight (v. plate v, fig. 3 a) ; the body, that is, came to an
end at the end of what I have called the “ stomach,” and comprised
only four pairs of setal bundles ; there was, in addition a commenc-
ing constriction visible, which if completed would separate off the
posterior two segments. This specimen may have been pathologi-
cal; the body-cavity contained numerous clear, oval or irregular
corpuscles, apparently non-nucleated, which were seen in no other
specimens ; it was in this animal also that the sete of the sixth
segment were fewer and smaller than usual.

All the other animals examined were divided by a well-marked
constriction into two parts, an anterior, of at least eight body-seg-
ments, and a posterior, of varying length; these two principal
divisions of the worm were usually again divided by slighter con-
strictions. Thus the anterior portion might consist of eight body-
segments, the posterior of four setigerous segments (plate v, fig.
36); or the anterior of eight body-segments, the posterior of six
setigerous segments (c); or the anterior of eleven body-segments,
the posterior of seven setigerous (d) ; or the posterior portion might
comprise eight setigerous segments, and be again divided into two

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 135

parts each bearing four pairs of bundles, the four posterior segments
of the anterior part of the body being also separated by a distinct
constriction from those in front (e) ; finally, in a specimen where a
deep constriction divided off an anterior portion of eleven body-
segments from a posterior of eight chetigerous segments, the new
prostomium, mouth, buccal cavity and cerebral ganglion of the
posterior half could be distinctly seen (v. plate v, fig. 4). The
regions of the alimentary canal which I have called “‘ crop,” and
‘“ stomach ”’ are, however, differentiated in the posterior half of the
dividing worm at an earlier stage than this. It may be noted here
that the seat of the constrictions, secondary as well as primary, is
always marked in addition by a conspicuous extension laterally of
the nervous matter of the ventral chain ; these lateral extensions
spread so far as almost to meet dorsally, and this takes place on the
anterior as well as on the posterior side of the actual site of con-
striction (v. plate v, fig. 5).

Figure 6 represents the site of constriction in one of the speci-
mens examined. ‘The anterior setal bundles of the posterior worm
are seen to be developing ; they thus arise as new formations, and
from the first point forwards, not perpendicularly outwards. If the
groups of sete already existing posterior to these (originally the first
pair behind the constriction) persist as the setze of the sixth segment
of the second worm, then each act of fission involves the intercalation
of five newly formed body-segments behind the site of constriction.
The same figure shows also a group of developing sete immediately
in front of the constriction ; new segments are therefore formed on
both sides of the site of constriction.

Alimentary system.—The mouth is ventral, and leads into a
buccal cavity of small extent. This is succeeded by the pharynx,
a thick-walled tube, which extends backwards as far as the septum
between the second and third segments, and is attached to the
body-wall by numerous fine, short, sometimes Y-shaped muscular
fibres. ‘The cesophagus occupies the third segment, it is narrower
behind than in front, and is usually short, about half as long as the
pharynx ; in the specimen mentioned previously as being perhaps
pathological, it was of a length about equal to that of the pharynx.
The crop, which follows, is a dilated portion of the canal, occupying
a little more than three segments, the fourth, fifth and sixth, its
posterior end being in the seventh segment ; its walls are clear, and
one cell in thickness ; the degree of its distension varies; it may
be ballooned so as to occupy the whole of the body-cavity in its
own segments.

A well-marked and constant constriction separates the crop
from a second dilated region of the alimentary tract, which is dis-
tinguished by being slightly pigmented, of a light yellowish-brown
colour, and by containing a large number of refractile globules like
minute drops of oil in its walls. It is situated in the seventh and
eighth segments. ‘The intestine occupies the remainder of the body ;
its diameter is less than that of the stomach but varies somewhat ;
the anus is terminal.

136 J. STEPHENSON: Description of an Oligochete Worm. [VOL. |,

The body-cavity is extensive, and (with the exception already
noted) was not seen to contain corpuscles. The septa are delicate
partitions showing swellings indicative of nuclei (v. fig. 7).

Circulatory system (fig. 8)—The dorsal vessel extends from
the hinder end of the body to the prostomium, and is pulsatile
along its whole length except for a very short distance in front,
anterior, that is, to the level of the refractile particle of the cerebral
ganglion (v. inf.) close to which it runs; the contractions proceed
from behind forwards. ‘There are two lateral vessels, of calibre
approximately equal to that of the dorsal vessel, which encircle the
cesophagus, uniting ventrally with the ventral vessel ; they are also
contractile, the contractions progressing from above downwards.
The ventral vessel cannot be traced quite as far forward as the
dorsal; it is of about the same calibre, and is nowhere pulsatile.
There appears to be a fine plexus of capillaries on the external
surface of the crop and stomach (v. fig. 9). The blood is colour-
less and contains no corpuscles.

The Nephridia are much-coiled fine tubes, which, however, be-
come thicker, with more granular walls, near their external opening ;
this is situated a short distance in front of the bundle of sete of the
same segment. The canal is somewhat dilated just before it opens
to the exterior. I could not distinguish the beginning of the tube ;
no ciliary action was visible in any part of it; nor did the nephridia
appear to be connected with the septum in front of them. Nephridia
are constantly found in the seventh and eighth segments at the
sides of the stomach ; for the rest, their distribution varies (v. fig.
10a and 0b), ‘They are not found in any of the segments that have
recently formed.

Nervous system.—The cerebral ganglion is situated far for-
wards, just behind the prostomium, occupying a space correspond-
ing to the buccal cavity and anterior part of the pharynx. It its
not distinctly bifid, but rather irregularly lobulated in shape (v. fig.
7). One particular portion, spherical in shape, slightly more re-
fractile than the rest, and situated at the level of the junction of
buccal cavity and pharynx, stands out in all specimens ; posteriorly
there is closely opposed to it a bright, somewhat granular mass,
semilunar in shape as seen sideways (v fig. 7). I am unacquainted
with a similar structure in other forms, and have no suggestions to
make as to its function, unless it be a degenerate otocyst.

The circumbuccal commissures are situated at the level where
the buccal cavity passes into the pharynx. The subpharyngeal
ganglionic mass is irregularly lobulated, broad from side to side,
narrowing posteriorly to become the ventral nerve-cord. Some
small lobes frequently appear entirely detached from the main
nerve-mass. ‘The ganglia of the ventral cord are placed at the level
of the setee in each segment : in the achetous interval (3-5 segm.)
there are irregular swellings on the cord, which do not appear to have ©
the definiteness of the ganglia in the following segments. The ventral
cord is of considerable thickness and is always very easily seen ; it is
uot united with the epidermis. Its double origin is perhaps indicated

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 137

by its bifid anterior end and the median row of buttonhole-like per-
forations in its anterior portion which are shown in fig. r1.

The upward growths of nervous matter within the body-wall
at the site of the constrictions have already been mentioned. ‘The
cerebral ganglion can be distinguished in the posterior portion some
time before this is ready to separate.

Under an oil-immersion lens the nodulations on the ventral cord,
which aggregated together form the ganglia, are seen to consist of
spherical hyaline cells with nuclei, placed mostly in the dorsal sides
of the cord.

Sense organs are represented by the tactile hairs, and possibly
by the refractile particle in the cerebral ganglion.

No sexual organs have so far been observed.

The mode of examination adopted throughout has been the ob-
servation of the living animal under the microscope ; its transpar-
ency renders this easy. A stained specimen revealed comparatively
little of the structure of the animal.

The predominance of asexual reproduction, together with the
presence of a nervous system unconnected with the epidermis,
places this form at once among the Naidide. ‘The total absence of
hair-setze, of dorsal setae altogether, and of ventral setze also in the
third, fourth and fifth segments, would seem further to assign it to
the genus Chetogaster. The definition of this genus, however,
includes a reference to the third segment, which is much elongated in
all forms hitherto recognised as belonging to the genus; while
in the form now described the third segment is commensurate with
the cesophagus, and of no greater length than the two succeeding
segments. In Chetogaster, also, the longitudinal commissures of
the ventral cord are separate from each other in the anterior part
of the body ; this can hardly be said of the form now described
(v. fig. 11). The definitions of genera include no reference to the
alimentary canal, and I cannot say whether or not the’ differentia-
tion of the parts of the tract which I have called ‘“‘crop”’ and
““ stomach ”’ occurs in the various species of Chetogaster.

If, in consideration of the similarity in other respects of this
form to the species of Chetogaster, it should be thought advisable
to widen the definition of the genus so as to include it, I would
suggest punjabensis as a suitable specific name; since, besides the
characters mentioned above, it differs in its length, or transparency
or extent of the cesophagus, or the characters of the circum-cesopha-
geal vascular ring, or the number of sete in each bundle, or in more
than one of these points, from the several species described by
Michaelsen (Oligocheta, 1900) as belonging to the genus.

——— eee eee

Ere;

FIc.
ley
jainey

Bie:

iearee

Fic.

FIc.
Eire

Fic

FIG

138

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

I.—General view of the animal from ventral surface.
an. Anus. an.h. Anal hairs. c. Constriction. cr. Crop.
2. Intestine. m. Mouth. @. Gfsophagus. ph. Pharynx.
pr. Prostomium, s!, s*, s*. First, second and third
bundles of sete. sg*-’. Third to seventh body-seg-
ments. s./, Sensory hairs on anterior part of body.
sp'>, Septa in the anterior part of body. st. Stomach.

2.—A seta.

3.—a-e. Diagrams illustrating asexual reproduction.

4.—Site of division.
b.c. Buccal cavity. c.g. Cerebral ganglion. «int. Intes-
tine of anterior animal. sph. g. Subpharyngeal ganglion.
Other letters as before ; all except zt. have reference to
the posterior animal.

5.—Lateral view of the site of constriction, showing lateral
extension of nerve-cord in this situation.
int. Intestine. Jl.e. Lateral extension of nerve-cord.
v.n.c. Ventral nerve-cord.

6.—Growth of seta bundles near the site of a constriction.

7,—l,ateral view of anterior part of body.
b. cav. Buccal cavity. 6. comm. Buccal commissure.
/. Fibres attaching pharynx to body-wall. x. First

“nephridium. 7. p. Refractile particle in the cerebral
~ ganglion. s. m. Setal muscle fibres. sp. Septum, show-

ing a projection due to a nucleus in its substance.
Other letters as before.

8.—Diagram illustrating chief blood-vessels. The arrows
show the direction of the contractions.

g.—Part of wall of crop, showing capillary blood-spaces
outside the crop epithelium.
c. Capillary blood-space. mn. Nucleus. ep. Epithelium
of crop.

. 10.—Diagram illustrating distribution of nephridia: parts of

the alimentary canal are outlined.

n'-7, The nephridia. sé¢!. Stomach of anterior animal.
ph*, @*, cr’, st®. Pharynx, cesophagus, crop, and sto-
mach of posterior animal.

. 11.—Anterior part of nerve-cord, seen from the ventral surface.

is. Islands of nerve-tissue isolated from the rest. f.
Perforations along the median line of the subpharyngeal
ganglion. Other letters as before.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. I, 1907. PLATE

Fig. 10, ee
ne tnt ste
/
| Fig.9
\y ‘1 “0.
| 2
&
eo
: ms Fig.2
34 ie
ape os TP p is
ax \ /

1
t
,
‘
!
i
i
1
t
?

t i i et st
Kl 3 a Once oc 1 ua
S sph g ( :

RionSe

of
J. Stephenson del.

CHASTOGASTER (?) PUNJABENSIS, sp. nov.

Vilt-THE FAUNA OF BRACKISH PONDS
Lt POor Tt CANNING bhOWER, BENGAL.

PART IV.—HyYDROZOA.

By N, ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent, Indian
Museum.

Only one species of Hydrozoon, Ivene ceylonensis, occurs at
present in the ponds themselves, but two others have been found
in one of the small pits close to the embankment of the river,
and might easily be carried into the ponds by a flood. As the
smaller pits dry up completely before the end of winter, the pres-
ence in them of these hydroids is probably accidental, coming
about only when the embankment is broken and water enters from
the estuary, bringing with it eggs, larve or meduse. Considering
the three species found in brackish water at Port Canning together,
Irene ceylonensis is the only representative of the Calyptoblastea,
the two from the pit being both Gymnoblastic ; of these latter, one
is an undescribed species of Syncoryne or possibly of a new genus,
while the other must be regarded at present as identical with the
European Limeria vestita, from which, however, further research
may ultimately prove it specifically distinct.

Syncoryne filamentata, sp. nov.

Fic. 1.—Trophosome of S. filamentata, x 21. Hydranth and free filament (the
latter in optical section). n=nematocyst: g=gonosome: h=hydrorhiza,
Trophosome—

Colony glistening white in colour. Hydrorhiza branches spar-
ingly, does not anastomose, gives rise at intervals to single upright
polyps, and is produced at the extremities of the ultimate branches
into long, free filaments, the distal ends of which are often slightly

140 N. ANNANDALE: Zhe Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOu. I,

clubbed. The stem of the hydranths is obscurely annulated, their
bases are surrounded by loose sheaths of the perisarc. ‘The distal
extremity of the filaments is free from the perisarc and contains
nematocysts in the ectoderm. The hydranths are spindle-shaped
and bear ten to fourteen capitate tentacles, which are arranged in
two distinct whorls.

Gonosome—

The medusze are borne only at the base of the inferior whorl
of tentacles on the hydranths; they are minute, subquadrate in
transverse section, somewhat elongate, regularly and profusely
tuberculate externally, colourless. The manubrium js conical,
short, incapable of being extended as far as the opening of the
bell; the velum extensive; the four tentacles short and stout,
capitate, without swellings except at the extremities. (This des-
cription refers only to the young medusz before the appearance of
the gonads for the later stages have not been observed.)

Fic. 2.—Young free gonosome of S. filamentata, highly magnified.

I found only one example of this species ; it surrounded a grass-
stem at the edge of the pit in which the next form was also taken.
The spaces left vacant between the branches were filled by large
numbers of a gregarious Vorticellid Protozoon, the bases of the
individuals of which were inserted in a common covering of mucus
and sand grains. Numerous meduse were set free in a glass of
water in December and were kept under observation for two days,
at the end of which they died. Their manubria appeared to be
imperforate and their tentacles remained short and stout. They
moved through the water both vertically and horizontally by regular
pulsations of the bell. Some specimens were killed and preserved
in two per cent. formol ; they became longer in proportion to their

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 141

girth than was the case with living individuals in a position of rest,
owing to the fact that they died with the velum in a state of con-
traction. The figure (fig. 2) was drawn from a living specimen ; it
represents the tubercles on the external surface as rather larger and
more conspicuous than they really are, and only shows one of the
four radial canals.

The free filaments of the trophosome are flaccid and incapable
of independent movement.

Bimeria vestita, Wright.

From bricks in the river at Port Canning and from a pit of
brackish water at the same place ; previously recorded from northern
Europe and South America.

My specimens differ in?one important character from those des-
cribed from Europe, namely in
the extent and nature of the
chitinous investment of the peri-
sarc. Allman (Mon. Gymn.
Hydr., p. 298) describes “ the
chitinous sheaths which invest
the bases of the tentacles’ as
“ suggesting the idea of a half-
gloved hand” and being of a
brown colour. ‘This is not the
casein the specimens from Port
Canning, in which the perisarc is
of a pale horn-colour and the
chitin disappears at the base of
the tentacles so gradually that
it is impossible to say exactly
at what point it ceases. In
specimens from the Matla, how-
ever, it is darker and extends
further upwards than in the one
from the pit. Torrey (Pub.
Univ. California, Zool., i, p. 27)
has pointed out that the extent
and thickness of the chitinous
perisarc, which was formerly re-
garded as a generic character se-
parating Bimeria from Garveia,
is liable to considerable varia-
tion in North American species,
of which several have been
described. Another but less
noteworthy point in which my
specimens differ from the typical
form, is the irregular and often
indistinct annulation of the

Fic. 3:—8. vestita; part of a colony from
pit of brackish water, Ganges delta, x 16. stalks of the gonosomes ; ik

142 N. ANNANDALE: Zhe Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. I,

this cannot be regarded as a constant character. Judging from
Hartlaub’s figure (Zool. Jahrb., 1905, suppl. vi, p. 534), his South
American specimens represented a depauperated form. The Port
Canning colonies, however, are vigorous, the upright stems branch-
ing freely and attaining a height of about 15 mm. All the gono-
somes (in December) were female, each bearing a single egg, round
which the spadix, which was simple, had coiled itself.

Ivene ceylonensis, Browne.

From one of the brackish ponds at Port Canning ; the medusa
originally described from off the coast of Ceylon.

Tro phosome—

Colony minute, barely visible to the naked eye, colourless; peri-
sare extremely delicate. Hydrorhiza strongly adherent, branches
sparingly, does not anastomose, gives rise at intervals to single
upright polyps. Hydrotheca nearly cylindrical, with a short pedi-
cel, which is about one-seventh as long as the cup and bears more or
less distinct annulations; an operculum present, consisting of a
number of triangular flaps which close together above the contracted
hydranth. Hydranths highly contractile, with about fourteen ten-
tacles, which are capable of great elongation ; the disk shallow ; the
hypostome inconspicuous.

Gonosome—

Gonosome borne on a long, more or less distinctly annulated
stalk, which as a rule carries a single medusa. Two or more younger
medusze are, however, occasionally produced at the base of and at
right angles to the first, the main axis of which is
that of the pedicel. Each medusa is contained
in a separate gonotheca, which is ovoid
variable in size, always larger than the hydro-
theca, and has a single aperture produced by the
rupture of the membrane above ; the gonophore
is a simple cylindrical body. Medusa at first
almost hydra-like in appearance, with the umbrella
feebly developed and with four stout, tapering
tentacles, by means of which progression is
effected. Adult medusa measuring 20—25 mm.
in diameter, the depth of the bell being less than
the breadth. No cirri; tentacles about 100, some
of them often represented by small tubercles ;
otoliths from one to four in each sense-organ,

Fig. 4.—Gonotheca a sense-organ occurring between each pair of
of J. ceylonensis, x 140. tentacles ; four radial canals ; manubrium stout,
conical, colourless ; stomach small; mouth surrounded by four
fringed lobes ; gonads colourless, consisting of linear bands and
extending when mature from the base of the manubrium to the peri-
phery of the bell,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 143

The whole perisarc of the hydroid of this species is so delicate
that the thece can only be seen with difficulty even in the living
colony ; in preserved specimens their outlines are always distorted.
The constant presence among them, in the pond, of the very much
stouter and less transparent thecz of the Protozoon Jfolliculina
ampulla was at first a source of confusion to me, until I saw both
organisms expanded.

The gonosomes are produced in November, December and Janu-
ary. At the beginning of December (1906) the meduse in the pond
were still immature, although many of them had almost attained
their full size; towards the end of the same month their gonads
were ripe, while at the beginning of the next month only dead or
dying medusze could be found. By March 17th another brood had
reached maturity, having probably been produced by the young
gonophores observed on the colonies in January. In March, how-
ever, no hydroids were found ; probably they had been killed by the
increased temperature of the water, which was perceptibly warm
to the hand in the middle of the day. In my aquarium they soon
perished unless the glass was shaded from the direct rays of the
sun. Neither meduse nor hydroids could be found in the pond at
the end of May.

A peculiarity, which may have been due to the rise in tempera-
ture, was noted in the March brood of medusee. Those which reached
maturity in December agreed with the original specimens from
Ceylon in not having more than two otoliths in each sense-organ,
but those taken in March had either three, four, six or eight. When
three or four were present, they were arranged in a single series
approximately at right angles to the periphery of the bell; but
when the number was six or eight, they formed two parallel series
oriented in the same manner. In some instances it was possible to
see that the otoliths of smaller series were actually dividing to pro-
duce larger ones, the direction of division being always the main
axis of the series. ‘The size of the cyst was always larger when
six or eight otoliths were present, and in several cases a partition
had been formed between the two parallel series, dividing the cyst
into two compartments. It was clear, therefore, that the cysts were
multiplying by fission. Numerous new tentacles were also being
produced, every stage occurring between small rounded swellings of
the periphery and fully elongated tentacles. Browne (in Herdman’s
Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries and Marine Biology, part iv, p. 140)
remarked on these swellings and suggested that they were young
tentacles, as has proved to be the case. He also observed that
while the normal number of otoliths in a cyst was one, two were
sometimes present. He thought it probable that this was a case of
twinning, but in the light of the observations just recorded it seems
more probable that it was one of division.

I have commented in the preliminary paper of this series on the
survival of both hydroid and medusa in small masses of water from
which a fresh supply of air was practically excluded. This was as
noticeable in the March brood of medusze as in the December one.

144 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. I, 1907. |

I did not find, however, that individuals of either brood lived for
more than a few days in my aquarium, although they fed readily.
Judging from the succession of broods in the pond, the life of the
medusa, as might be expected, is short ; while the hydroid probably
does not survive for more than one cold season.

The meduse are sluggish in their movements. As a rule they
do not swim at the surface but rise up to it occasionally by a rapid
succession of pulsations, and then sink again with the dorsal surface
of the umbrella downwards. On reaching the bottom they gene-
rally lie still for a few minutes and then rise obliquely sufficiently
high to right themselves. When this has been effected, they often
make another ascent to the surface, and the manceuvre may be
carried out several times in succession. While they are sinking, the
velum remains expanded and the tentacles maintain their position
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the bell, except when they be-
come entangled together. The manubrium is, however, in almost
constant motion, twisting in all directions and apparently removy-
ing microscopic particles from the tentacles and the ventral surface
of the velum. Occasionally the meduse move through the water
obliquely for a short distance by a regular series of slow pulsa-
tions, and more frequently they float along just above the bottom,
on which the tentacles and manubrium trail, in an upright position.

Although the tentacles may be used in retaining microscopic
organisms, which the manubrium removes from them, larger prey
is captured directly by the mouth, which picks it up from the bottom.
I have on several occasions observed young examples of the small
univalve mollusc Szthinella caningensis, Preston, which is enor-
mously abundant in the ponds, being seized in this way. A long
struggle always ensued before the medusa was able to detach and
lift the prey, which, however, was finally taken into the stomach,
distending it greatly. The empty shell was ejected after a few
hours. Another method of feeding was also observed, in this case
on a filamentous alga. The medusa attached itself by its mouth
to a filament of the alga and sucked out the contents, its stomach
becoming perceptibly green in the process, which lasted for some
hours.

These observations were of course made on captive specimens,
but there is no reason to think that the actions recorded were in any
way abnormal; so little is known about the movements and feed-
ing of medusze that any notes of the kind have considerable interest.
I could not detect evidence of either negative or positive heliotrop-
ism in the medusz, but their powers of progression are so feeble
that perhaps this was hardly to be expected. Their position in the
pond appeared to be due entirely to the direction of the wind; if
there was no wind, they remained close to the plants of Nazis on
which the hydroid was growing, and on which Bithinella was very
abundant.

PX) U Ree RR INO ASE ON WAY POLY:ZOON
ERO ee EM ACT, AVA Se.

By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent,
Indian Museum.

In a recent note on the Indian freshwater Polyzoa (Journ.
Astat. Soc. Bengal, 1907, p. 92) I referred specimens from
Kumaon to Ridley’s Lophopus ledenfeldi, basing my diagnosis
chiefly on the form of the statoblast. Having recently had
occasion to re-examine a collection of débris from the surface
of the lake (Bhim Tal) in which the specimens were taken, I have
found several statoblasts which evidently belong to the same
species but differ in a remarkable manner from those already
described, showing close affinities to Hyatt’s Pectinatella carter.
As intermediate forms occur I see no reason to change my
opinion as regards the specific or generic identity of the Hima-
layan species, but it will be as well to give a more detailed des-
cription in order to avoid possible confusion in the future.

The Polyzoon occurred in small, transparent patches on the
leaves and stems of water-plants, the colonies being easily detached
from their support and probably having the power of chang-
ing their position. The ectocyst had all the characters of that of
Lophopus, being swollen and hyaline, filling up the spaces be-
tween the cavities in which the polypides are placed, and com-
pletely investing the whole colony. Its external layer consisted of
“star-shaped ” and circular cells closely resembling those figured
by Ridley (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xx, pl. 2). Similar cells occur
in L. crystallinus, the smaller kind being in both species rather
sub-rectangular than “‘ star-shaped,” but having the corners more
or less definitely produced and the shorter extremities irregularly
sinuate. The polypides were arranged on one or both sides of a
single longitudinal axis, the colony being as a rule much longer
than broad; but probably the regularity of this arrangement
disappears in older colonies. When the polypides were retracted
the external surface of the colony was smooth but slightly
lobate. The tentacles were relatively very long; in a specimen
preserved in formol the longest measured 1°3 mm. by 0°03 mm. ;
they generally numbered about thirty but were sometimes fewer.
The stomach was of a bright yellow colour and was rounded at
its inferior extremity. The polypides were small, as also were the
colonies ; the latter measured about 3—5 mm. in length, 2—3 mm.

146 N. ANNANDALE: A Polyzoon from the Himalayas. [VOL. I,

in breadth, and the same in vertical length. ‘The cavities in
which the polypides were contained terminated bluntly below.
All the statoblasts found in situ were rounded or truncate at the
extremities, one end being often blunter than the other. As a
tule they bore no processes or projections of any sort, but the
whole structure was slightly curved, so that the one face was
convex, the other concave ; the sides were not folded in towards
either face ; the annulus projected very little from the surface,
and the whole structure was very thin.

In a few of the statoblasts still in position in the colonies a

FIG. 3. Fig. 2.

Fics. lt and 2=statoblasts of L. ledenfeldi var. himalayanus, x 42. Fic. 3=stato-
blast of P. punctata from Calcutta (June), x 84.

very careful examination has revealed a few short, truncate pro-
cesses of the membrane joining together the valves at the extremi-
ties ; but these processes are minute and have not a very definite
form. ‘The fact that their distal extremities are distinctly ex-
panded proves that they have not been broken. ‘The majority
of the statoblasts taken on the surface of the lake were broken
round the edges and especially at the ends; but a few were
intact. Of these the majority were in the same condition as
those still contained in the syncecium ; but in a few cases _pro-
cesses similar to those already mentioned were found, while in
one or two examples the processes were larger and better devel-
oped, although they always varied in size and number. The
smallest were simply truncate and slightly expanded, but the
larger ones bore at their free end a circle of minute, curved, blunt,
relatively rather stout filaments, while the largest processes also
bore one or two similar filaments arranged irregularly nearer the
statoblasts. ‘The processes were all flattened in the same plane as
the statoblasts, and bent inwardly towards its concave face. The
number of processes at the two ends of the statoblast was gener-
ally different ; but in every case in which they were well developed
they were arranged at either end in a graduated series, the
largest in the middle and the smaller processes at either side, the
largest occupying the extremity of the major axis of the valve.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 147

As a rule the processes at one end were larger than those at the
other. I have not seen more than nine or less than three pro-
cesses together. Each series was enveloped in a delicate mem-
brane. ‘The central capsule of the statoblast was almost circular
and occupied a considerable area as compared with the air-cells,
being relatively larger, so far as can be judged from Carter’s figure
(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), iii, p. 341, pl. 8, 1859), than that of
Hyatt’s Indian species. The colour of the capsule was dark
brown, the air-cells being yellowish. Rousselet (Journ. Quekett
Microsc. Club, 1904, p. 49) has lately placed Pectinatella cartert,
which was found by Carter in Bombay, in a new genus (Lopho-
podella) created for an East African species, L. thomasz ; Carter
having originally assigned the former to the genus Lophopus. One
of the most important characters of Rousselet’s new genus, and
indeed the only one on which he had to rely as regards the Indian
species, was the nature of the processes at the extremities of the
statoblast ; but the absence of these processes from some stato-
blasts of the Himalayan species and their presence on others, forms
a good ground for keeping both this species and the Bombay one
in the genus to which Carter assigned the latter.

The Himalayan form agrees in every other respect with defi-
nitions of Lophopus ; but Carter states that the specimens he
found in Bombay did not have, as far as he could see, the synce-
cium extending to the base of the colony. Unless or until fresh
specimens are found which prove divergent from the genus in
other respects, I would therefore call the species Lophopus carteri
(Hyatt). Statoblasts agreeing with Carter’s description have
been found in East Africa and it may therefore be expected that
the species, having a wide range, will be rediscovered before
very long. The Himalayan statoblasts differ from those from
Bombay in the irregularity or absence of the terminal processes
and the relatively greater size of the central capsule, while the
syneecium of the colony appears to be more highly developed. I
think it will be well to name the Kumaon form Lophopus ledenfeldi
var. himalayanus, as it differs from the typical Australian variety
in the following points: (a) the tentacles are not so numerous ; (0)
the statoblast is more irregular in outline ; (c) the central capsule
is almost circular instead of being rather elongate ; and (d) term-
inal processes bearing curled, blunt hooks sometimes occur on the
statoblasts. Another seemingly important difference, namely, the
relatively poor development of the ectocyst in the type speci-
men, may very well be artificial, for structures of the kind, how-
ever carefully they may be preserved, invariably shrink in spirit.
The fact that the colony described from Australia was more com-
plex and larger than those I found in Bhim Tal, may be simply a
question of age or nutrition.

Rousselet (of. cit.) has proposed to put L. ledenfeldi in Ju-
lien’s genus Hyalinella, the status of which is very doubtful, my
own opinion being that it is unnecessary to separate this genus
from Plumatella. If Kraepelin (Deutschen Siisswasser-Bryozoen,

148 N. ANNANDALE: A Polyzoon from the Himalayas. [VOL.1, 1907.

1887) is right, as I believe him to be, in regarding the forms consti-
tuting Hyalinella as synonyms of Plumatella punctata, Hancock,
Rousselet’s proposal is open to very grave objections. One of the
most characteristic differences between Lophopus and Plumatella
is the comparatively large size of the statoblasts of the former.
This is well illustrated by the following table :-—

FREE STATOBLASTS.

Length. Breadth.
1. Plumatella pyrinceps, Krae-
pelin = same author’s+036—0°37 mm. 0'2—0°3 mm.
““emarginata, Reihe” .
2. Plumatella polymorpha, Krae-)"
Ses pelin = same author’s $0'214—0'53 _,, 0°'2—0°413
“vepens, Reihe ”’

: tell
3. Plumatella philippinensis, ? Lo4—o'471 , 0'2—0'4T3

Kraepelin 5
4. Plumatella javanica, Krae-

pelin t 0°347—0'420 ,, 0°2—0'260 ,,
5. Plumatella punctata, Hancock 0°4—0°54 02704
6. Lophopus crystallinus (Pallas) 1—1°3 3 0°6-—=0:7 8s
7. Lophopus ledenfeldi, Ridley... o0°85—0'95 ,, 07 a
8. Lophopus ledenfeldi var. indi-) .. é ; .

ca, var. nov. tenn 52) HOt Rae
On IG ophopus cartert (Hyatt) .. (approx.) 0'8 ,,(approx.) 0°63 ,,
10. Lophopus jheringt, Meissner I a Ore .

For the figures as regards species I, 2, 3, 5 and 6 I am in-
debted to Kraepelin’s Deutschen Siisswasser-Bryozoen, and as te-
gards 4 to the same author’s account of a new species in Mutt.
Naturh. Museum Hamburg, xxiii, p. 146; the measurements of the
statoblast of the typical L. ledenfeldi are taken from Ridley’s
original description, those of that of L. carteri deduced from
Carter’s figure, and those of L. jheringi derived from Meissner’s
description in the Sztzb. Nat. Freund. Berlin, 1892, p. 260.
P. punctata is not uncommon in Calcutta and its statoblasts here
are generally smaller than those from Europe, although their
form and proportions agree well with Kraepelin’s figures. I have
been unable to detect in the ectocyst of this species any trace of
the cells characteristic of that of Lophopus.

I take the opportunity to note a description of a new Asiatic
freshwater Polyzoon, viz., Pectinatella davenportt, Oka, described
from Japan in the Zoologische Anzeiger, vol. xxxi, No. 23,
May, 1907. It is noteworthy that in the genus Pectinatella one
species (P. magnifica, Leidy, from America and Europe) has
hooked processes on the statoblast ; one (P. davenporti, Oka, from
Japan) has simple processes, while the third (P. gelatinosa, Oka,
also from Japan) lacks processes altogether.

MRL 2 O RIS ONwe ee CO CTLON OF
Bea TT RVAC Ce ASy Rese ere ino AND- FISH
eR Ol. tNekereael AON: Die Leta. i, ST ER N
ET Me AC FAR ASS:

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.; N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc.; F. Watt,
Major, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S. ; and C. TaTE REGAN, B.A.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

The specimens from Nepal recorded in these Reports were
collected by Mr. R. Hodgart on behalf of the Indian Museum, which
is much indebted to Major J. Manners-Smith, V.C., C.I.E., Resident
in Nepal, for the assistance given. The specimens from Kumaon
were collected at the same season as those from Nepal (in
September and October, 1906) by myself, while those from the
Simla district were obtained by a native collector and myself in
Apriland May, 1907. The Nepalese localities mentioned are, for the
most part, not to be found on any map. ‘They are situated either
in the neighbourhood of Katmandu, the capital of the state; in
the Little Nepal Valley, which lies between that in which the
capital is situated and the outermost range of hills; or in the
Terai or sub-Himalayan plain. Only one or two specimens come
from the last district, the majority being from the first. The
specimens from Kumaon represent only two localities, Bhim Tal
and Naini Tal, situated respectively at 4,500 and 6,400 feet ; while
the Reptiles and Batrachia from the Simla district were caught,
within fifty miles of the town, between 5,000 and 9,000 feet,
mostly at 5,000 and at 8,000 feet.—N. ANNANDALE.

BATRACHIA.
By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.
1. Leptobrachium monticola, Gthr.

Locality—Soondrijal, Nepal.

2. Bufo melanostictus, Schn.

Locahties—Chitlong and Soondrijal, Nepal; Bhim Tal and
Naini Tal, Kumaon ; Kathgodam, foot of the Kumaon hills.

[This is the common Toad in the Nepal Valley, from which
there are other specimens in the Museum, and in Kumaon up

150 G. A. BOULENGER: Himalayan Batrachia. — [VOL. I,

to 7,000 feet. I took a solitary tadpole of unusual size in a small
pool above Naini Tal in October. As regards shape and dental
formula it agreed closely with Flower’s figure of a Malayan specimen
(Proc. Zool. Soc., 1896, p. 911, pl. xliv, fig. 3). Although this
species has been recorded from 10,000 feet in Sikhim, the closely
allied B. himalayanus is much more abundant in the Darjiling dis-
trict between 5,000 and 7,000 feet.—N. A.]

3. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schn.

Localitves—Soondrijal and Pharping, Nepal ; Bhim Tal and the
valley of the Balaya, Kumaon.

[This species is very abundant at the edge of the Bhim Tal (tal=
lake) and in ditches by the roadside in the lower Balaya valley. In
the Naini Tal its place appears to be taken by R. vicina. R.
cyanophlyctts was seen in large numbers at Dharampur (altitude
circa 5,000 feet) in the Simla hills at the beginning of May and
several specimens were captured by my native collector. It has
the habit of skipping over the surface of the water when alarmed
(cf. Boulenger, Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept., p. 450), and although it is
usually stated to be an aquatic species, it is only so by daylight ; at
night it makes considerable journeys by land. When excavations
are made during building operations in Calcutta and are filled by
rain water, this frog makes its appearance in them almost at once,
even when they are at a considerable distance from any permanent
pool.—N. A.]

4. Rana vicina, Stol.

Localities—Naini Tal and the upper valley of the Balaya.

The series of specimens collected by Dr. Annandale removes
all my doubts as to the identity of R. blanfordi, Blgr., and this species
(cf. Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xvi, p. 640, 1905). The
web between the toes may extend, as a fringe, to the disc of the
fourth toe; the tympanum may be more or less distinct; the
tongue is but feebly notched behind, as noticed by Stoliczka ;
internal vocal sacks are present in the male.

[Common at the edge of the Naini Tal and in pools by the
roadside in the Balaya Valley above 5,000 feet. It is largely
aquatic in its habits, at any rate during the daytime. Specimens
taken at the beginning of October appeared to be breeding ; the
females contained large ova, while the throats and thighs of the
males were suffused with a bright claret-colour, which soon
disappeared in spirit. In no example seen were nuptial excres-
cences developed. Specimens were also taken at the end of April
in a small pool of a stream, the greater part of which had dried
up, at Matiana (altitude 8,000 feet) in the Simla district. With
them were tadpoles, probably of the same species. The tadpoles
had large suctorial lips similar to those of the tadpole of R. liebigit,
from which, however, they differed in dental formula.—N. A.]

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 151

5. Rana tigrina, Daud.

Localities—Soondrijal and Katmandu, Nepal (4,000 to 5,000
feet).

-6. Rana limnocharis, Boie.

Localities—Soondrijal, Nepal ; Bhim Tal, Kumaon.
[A specimen was also taken at Dharampur in the Simla hills
in May.—N. A.]
7. Rana formosa, Gthr.

Locality—Soondrijal, Nepal.

LACERTILIA.
By N. Annandale, D.Sc.

The collection includes examples of nine species of this group,
of which species two are new. ‘The others are common Himalayan
forms, the distribution of which is rendered considerably clearer by
these specimens. The occurrence of the two allied skinks Lygosoma
himalayanum and L. sikkimense in the same locality is of interest ;
while the eastern limits of the range of Agama tuberculata can now
be fixed with tolerable certainty.

1. Henuidactylus nepalensis, sp. nov.

One male specimen from Katmandu, Nepal: altitude 4,500
feet. Reg. No. Ind. Mus. Reptiles, 15779.

Diagnosis—

Allied to Hemidactylus platyurus (Schneid.) and to some extent
intermediate between this species and H. garnoti, D. and B.

Head and body depressed ; tail slender, flat, tapering, denti-
culated at the edges. A distinct fold of skin along the sides, mea-
suring about 1 mm. in breadth, and another along the hind limbs
posteriorly. Head long, slender, the length of the snout slightly
exceeding the distance between the eye and the external ear; the
extremity of the snout rounded. ‘Toes webbed at the base ; all the
digits well developed. Dorsal surface of head and body covered
with minute rounded tubercles which are almost homogeneous, but
are smaller on the snout than elsewhere; dorsal surface of tail
covered with minute imbricating scales ; subcaudals large ; ventral
surface of belly covered with small imbricating leaf-shaped scales
(about thirty in a transverse line across the middle of the body)
changing gradually into minute tubercles on the throat. Nostril
between the rostral and three small scales ; eight upper and eight
lower labials ; one pair of chin shields meeting behind the mental
and followed by several small scales on either side. An almost
straight series of thirty femoral and preeanal pores interrupted in the
middle line. ‘Three lamelle under the inner, and seven under the
middle posterior digit; four under the inner, and six under the

152 N. ANNANDALE: Himalayan Lizards. [Vota

middle anterior digit. The dorsal surface pale grey, marbled with
a darker shade ; the ventral surface immaculate white.

Length of head .. ss ee ey 282), icabaae
Breadth of head .. x As te ae
Length of body .. i aes Paso 2
Length of tail i: ys bi emery ince.
Breadth of tail at base kf ae PS ee
Length of anterior limb ae #e ‘Cen 2 aes
Length of posterior limb... at Jn. 408

I take this opportunity to figure another Himalayan Gecko
(Gymnodactylus himalayicus) recently described by me (Journ. Asiat.
Soc. Bengal, 1906, p. 287).

2. Acanthosaura major (Jerd.).

1 took a fine male of this rare species just outside the town of
Simla at an altitude of about 8,000 feet. The coloration was very
bright but otherwise agreed with the published descriptions ; there
was a patch of pale lilac scales under the throat. ‘The lizard was
sunning itself on a bare bank by the roadside and appeared to be
very sluggish.

| 3. Acanthosaura kumaonensis, sp. nov.

Several specimens of both sexes from Naini al and Mussoorie.
Type Reg. No. Ind. Mus. Reptiles, 15755.

Diagnosis—

Small, slight; the body feebly compressed ;_ the tail more
than twice as long as the head and body, hardly compressed ; the
adpressed hind limb reaching the tympanum. Snout slightly
longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis and super-
ciliary ridges angular; forehead sloping, slightly concave. Dorsal
and medial crests continuous, reduced in both sexes to a single row
of strongly keeled scales ; no parallel rows of keeled scales on the
back or sides. Scales on dorsal surface of head of different sizes,
strongly keeled, not enlarged on the superciliary regions ; six or
seven upper and six lower labials ; dorsal and lateral scales of two
kinds, viz., large, lozenge-shaped, strongly keeled tubercles and
smaller imbricating scales with much feebler keels, the two being
mingled irregularly ; ventrals leaf-shaped, imbricate, strongly keeled,
larger than throat scales; caudals strongly keeled, imbricate, of
different sizes above, slightly enlarged below. Dorsal surface and
sides marbled and blotched with various shades of grey and brown,
with a series of large, dark angular marks on the mid-dorsal line ;
a broad, dark triangular band extending from the eye to the ear,
its apex directed towards the eye; upper and lower lips vermi-
culated with black, belly white, sometimes sprinkled with minute

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 153

black dots; a small triangular patch of bright blue on the throat
of the male (in October).

Q 3
Length of head ay Sop Loe tam, ; 15); mm.
Breadth of head ae SE TAP KO) 3
Length of body oP Pe AA i 37r, =,
Length of tail 5 Pe EZO mene NTO...
Length of hind limb Dh AOL eb 35
Length of fore limb.. Srl SOA erate 22 1.55

Remarks—

I have known this lizard, which appears to be not uncommon in
the neighbourhood of Naini Tal and Mussoorie, for some time but
have hitherto regarded it as the young of A. major, from which it
is really quite distinct. It is allied to A. dymondi, Boulenger,
from which it is readily distinguished by the absence of parallel
‘rows of keeled scales on the back. ‘There are female specimens
in the Museum, taken at Mussoorie in September or October,
containing eggs. The only individual I have seen in life was a
male; it was caught climbing a tree in a garden in the town
of Naini Tal. Another male was taken by Mr. L. L. Fermor
at an altitude of about 6,000 feet in the same district. The
species has evidently a restricted range, which probably does not
extend beyond those parts of Kumaon and the Mussoorie district
situated at moderate elevations.

4. Acanthosaura tricarinata (Blyth).

A single specimen from Chandragiri, Nepal : altitude 8,000 feet.

The dorsal surface of fresh specimens of this lizard has a livid
green colour, which generally fades in spirit to greyish blue. The
species is not uncommon at an altitude of 5,000 to 6,000 feet in
British Sikhim.

5. Calotes versicolor (Daud.).

Several specimens from Katmandu.

This common species has a somewhat extensive range in the
Himalayas. In British Sikhim it occurs at least as high as 7,000
feet, and I have seen it at about the same altitude in Kumaon. It is
common at 5,000 feet in the Darjiling district and in the neigh-
bourhood of Bhim Tal at a slightly lower altitude. Specimens from
the Himalayas are generally small and have a somewhat depaupera-
ted appearance, the sexual characters being rather feebly developed;
but it is not always possible to distinguish between such specimens
and examples from Lower Bengal. A female was found in May at
Kurseong (5,000 feet) whose oviduct contained large eggs still devoid
ofashell. In Calcutta the young are hatched at the beginning of the
tains and apparently take at least two years to reach sexual ma-
turity. The breeding season is in progress as early as April.

154 N. ANNANDALE: A/imalayan Lizards. [Viorel

6. Agama tuberculata, Gray.

Several specimens from Chitlong, Little Nepal Valley, and two
from near Simla (8,000 feet).

In Kumaon this species is common as iow as 4,000 feet, and I
have seen it even lower. It has been taken, however, in the western
Himalayas as high as 12,000 feet. It would appear to range con-
siderably further east in the Himalayas than any other species of the
genus ; but Agama himalayana, which was originally described from
Ladak, is found, north of the hills, in the Lhasa district. Despite
the fact that it must be able to endure a very low temperature when
hibernating during winter, A. tuberculata is sensitive to cold while
active. It is found as a rule on bare rocks, and even on the walls of
houses, on which the sun is shining. Even a passing cloud causes
it to retire immediately. The posterior surface of the thighs and
the throat were suffused with sky-blue in male specimens taken
(both in Nepal and in Kumaon) in September and October. The
young are apparently hatched at that time of year in Nepal.

We have long had in the Museum specimens of the species from
Kashmir and from Quetta. The species is abundant in the Simla
hills, but specimens from this district differ in colour from those
taken in Kumaon and Nepal. In the eastern race the dorsal surface
is of a very dark slate-colour, with numerous spots and blotches of
yellow ; while in the Simla form the back is of a rather pale
brownish-grey with fewer and less conspicuous spots. The Simla
form is more wary and agile than the eastern one.

7. Mabura macularia (Blyth).

A single specimen from the Terai (sub-Himalayan plain) near
Raxaul.

8. Lygosoma stkkimense, Blyth.

Numerous specimens from Chitlong, Little Nepal Valley, and
one from Katmandu.

This species appears to be as common in the Little Nepal Valley
as itisin British Sikhim. There is no evidence that it ranges further
west than Nepal and it is certainly replaced in Kumaon by Lygosoma
himalayanum. I recently recorded a specimen from Simla (Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1905, pp. 146, 149), but a re-examination of this
specimen which is in a bad state of preservation, convinces me that
I was wrong in my identification. L. sikkimense is fond of sunning
itself on stones and dry paths.

g. Lygosoma himalayanum (Ginth.).

A single specimen from Chitlong.

This specimen (plate vi, fig. 3) is not quite typical. Its total
length is 168 mm., of which the tail accounts for 108 mm. ; the
colours are brighter than usual and the longitudinal streaks more
conspicuous, but it is difficult to find any very definite difference

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 155

in this respect. There are no projecting lobules or granules at the
edge of the ear opening. On the whole, I cannot say that there is
any distinction between this specimen and others from further west
which would justify its being regarded as representing even a local
race; but it is certainly larger and brighter than the majority of speci-
mens I have examined. It has thirty scales round the middle of
the body. The “ obscure dark edging”’ of the ventral scales of
this species to which I have referred in the paper cited above, ap-
pears to be entirely due to bad preservation of the specimens ex-
amined. L.himalayanum is by far the commonest skink in Kumaon
between 4,000 and 7,000 feet. There are specimens in the Indian
Museum said to come from the plains, but their history is one
which has proved untrustworthy in other instances and I think that
the locality attributed to them is incorrect. The habits of L. hima-
layanum differ somewhat from those of L. sikkimense, as the former
appears to avoid the sun and is often found in rather damp situations.
It is very abundant on the banks of the lake at Naini Tal (6,400
feet) and in gardens in the town of Simla, in the neighbourhood of
which it is common at least as high as 9,000 feet. Males taken in
this district in April and May had a lateral stripe of orange or bright
reddish-brown running along the body below the dark lateral band.
This conspicuous stripe was absent from females taken at the same
season and from specimens of both sexes examined in Kumaon in
autumn. The oviducts of the females contained eggs in May but
not in September.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fic. 1.—Gymnodactylus himalayicus, Annandale.

Fic. 2.—Hemudactylus nepalensis, sp. nov.

Fic. 3.—Lygosoma himalayanum (Gunther), from the Little Nepal
Valley.

Fic. 4.—Lygosoma stkkimense, Blyth, from the same locality.

OPHIDIA.
By F. Wall, Major, I.M.S., C.M.Z.S.

I am indebted to Dr. N. Annandale for giving me an opportunity
of examining a small collection of snakes from Nepal, and _ per-
mitting me to make the following remarks upon them.

Among the twenty specimens, eleven species are represented,
most of which are common.

The names used are those applied by Boulenger in his Catalogue
of Snakes in the British Museum, 1893-96.

The specimens are as follows :—

1. Python molurus.

The head and part of the body are preserved of a small ex-
ample from Bichiakoh, Nepal Terai.

150 F. WALL: Himalayan Snakes. PVOLpel;

[Occurs at least as high as 5,000 feet in Kumaon, and is said to
be found occasionally at Darjiling (6,000 feet)!.—N. A.]

2. Tropidonotus piscator.

There are two examples from Pharping (5,000 feet). These are
greenish olive, and somewhat indistinctly chequered, the darkish
spots being ill defined and smaller than the interspaces.

[Common in the Bhim Tal.—N. A.]

3. Tropidonotus platyceps.

An example from Pharping (5,000 feet). Quite typical.

4. Trvopidonotus stolatus.

Four examples from Gowchar and Pharping (5,000 feet).
Quite typical.
[Common at Bhim Tal.—N. A.]

5. Tvopidonotus chrysargus.

Two small specimens from Chitlong, Little Nepal Valley, I have
little hesitation in referring to this species. They are nearly uniform
olive-green in colour, with two white dots on the head, one on each
parietal shield. The upper lip is white, abruptly defined above.
The labial sutures are not pigmented. In A specimen the chin
shields are finely specked with grey ; in B purely white. There are
some shield differences between the two specimens which, however,
I do not consider sufficient to separate them, as they agree in other
respects.

A specimen.—Ventrals 173. Subcaudals 80. Nasal shields
touch the first supralabial only. Temporals 2+ 2.

B spectmen.—Ventrals 184? Subcaudals 88. Nasal shields
touch the first and second supralabials Temporals 1+ 1.

The scales in both are 1g in anterior and midbody, 17 at a point
two headslengths before the vent. The labials are 8, with the
third, fourth and fifth touching the eye in both specimens.

6. Trachischium tenurceps. F

Two quite typical specimens are from Chandragiri (8,000 feet).

7. Lycodon aulicus.

One example of Boulenger’s Variety D (Catalogue, vol. i
p- 353) from Katmandu, Nepal Valley (4,500 feet).

1 Rai Bahadur R. B. Sanyal tells me that he has seen a specimen killed near
the town of Darjiling.—N. A.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 157

8. Zamenis mucosus.

There are two specimens, one from Gowchar, the other from
Kakani, Nepal.

9g. Dipsadomorphus multifasciatus.

With little hesitation I refer two specimens obtained from
Chitlong to this species.

Both agree in the following ways : The scales are 21 in anterior
and midbody, 15 at a point two headslengths before the vent. The
vertebral row at midbody is but moderately enlarged. ‘The pre-
ocular is well separated from the frontal. The supralabials eight,
with the third, fourth, and fifth touching the eye. Temporals two
anterior. Posterior sublinguals quite separated by two small pairs
of scales. The horizontal diameter of the eye equals its distance
from the anterior edge of the nostril. They are both marked with
oblique, equidistant, costal dark lines.

A specimen is pinkish-brown, almost dove coloured. The
ventrals are 233 and the subcaudals 106?

B specimen is pink. The ventrals are 232 and subcaudals 102.

to. Lachesis monticola.

Two good examples are from Kakani and Chitlong, and quite
typical. In A specimen the scales are 23 in the anterior and mid-
body, 21 at a point two headslengths before the vent. The ventrals
are 153, subcaudals more than 40 (tail imperfect).

B specimen has the scales 23 in the anterior and middle parts
of the body, 19 at a point two headslengths before the vent. The
ventrals are 148 and subcaudals 48.

11. Lachesis gramineus.

One example from Katmandu (4,500 feet). It is uniform green
dorsally, with a white flank line continued well on to the tail. The
belly is greenish posteriorly, white anteriorly. The ventrals are
170, and subcaudals 57. Scales 21 in midbody.

[Major Manners-Smith tells me that it is a common belief in
Nepal that there are no poisonous snakes in that country. In Sikhim
and Kumaon, however, the cobra, the hamadryad, and Russell’s
viper are known to range to a considerable altitude. The only
snake which I saw in the Simla district was Ancistrodon hima-
layanum, a specimen of which was killed by my companion Mr.
I. H. Burkill at an altitude of about 9,000 feet near Matiana.—
IN. Ae]

FISHES.
By C. Tate Regan, B.A.

The fishes sent by Dr. N. Annandale have been referred to
seven species, one of which is new to science.

158 C. TATE REGAN: Himalayan Fishes. [VOL. I, 1907.]

CYPRINID#.

1. Barbus ticto, Ham. Buch., Bhim Tal (lake), Kumaon, 4,500
reer

2. Oreinus richardson, Gray and Hardw., Soondrijal, Nepal.

3. Diptychus annandaler, sp. n.

Depth of body 3% to 4 in the length ; length of head 3% to 4.
Snout as long as or shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3
(young) to 3% in the length of head, and nearly equal to the inter-
orbital width. Two barbels on each side, the anterior much shorter
than the posterior, which is not, or scarcely longer, than half the dia-
meter of eye. Body nearly entirely naked. Dorsal II 8; origin
equidistant from snout (young) or middle of eye and base of caudal,
longest ray about 2 the length of head ; free edge of the fin straight.
Anal II 6, when laid back not reaching the caudal ; free edge slightly
convex. Pectoral 2 the length of head, not reaching the ventrals,
which are inserted below the origin of the dorsal. Caudal forked.
Caudal peduncle 14 to 14 as long as deep. Greyish; a few dark
spots on the sides ; a dark lateral stripe ; dorsal and caudal dusky,
lower fins pale.

Total length, 70 mm.

Pharping, Nepal.

The description is based on three specimens ; the species differs
from others of the genus in having two pairs of barbels.

4. Basilius bendelisis, Ham. Buch., Bhim Tal (lake).

SILURIDA.

5. Saccobranchus fossilis, Bl., Katmandu.

6. Euchiloglams blythi, Day, Pharping.

In a recent paper (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xv, 1905, pp. 182-185)
I have* shown that the fishes which have been usually placed
in the genus Exostoma, Blyth, fall into three very distinct groups
which should be regarded as genera. For one of these I revived
the name Chimarrhichthys, Sauv., 1874, but as was pointed out by
O’Shaughnessy (Zool. Record, 1874) this is preoccupied, and I
therefore propose to substitute for it the new generic name
Euchiloglams.

OPHIOCEPHALIDAs.

7. Ophiocephalus punctatus, B1., Bhim Tal (lake), Pharping and
Katmandu.

NN NR nN
~ fecords of the Indian Museum Vol.I, Plate VI, 1907

chen 4
Waspapdeent
saeeis Z
ae

7
bs

LUT
(rt

SIA er

mC:Ch owdhary, del &Lith.

; Cie stan

' cli) x,

MT hl way NA OF “BRACKISH PoNDS
NT PORE CANNING. LOWER! BENG AT.

Part V.—DEFINITION OF A NEW GENUS OF AMPHIPODA, AND
DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPICAL SPECIES.

By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. StesBinc, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., FZS.

AMPHIPODA GAMMARIDEA.
Family Gammaride.

1906. Gammaride@, Stebbing, in Das Tierreich, Lieferung 21,
PP- 364, 729.
Quadrivisio, n. g.

Eyes four, separate, well developed. First antenne the shorter,
with elongate accessory flagellum. Upper lip with rounded distal
border. Mandibles with slender palp, the second joint longer than
the first, but not longer than the third. First maxille having ‘he
inner plate fringed with numerous sete, the second joint of the palp
large. ‘The second maxille fringed along the inner margin of the
inner plate. Gnathopods subchelate, first pair small, second very
large in the male, small and differently constructed in the female.
Third uropods much produced, the rami subequal, foliaceous. Tel-
son small, cleft to the base.

By the character, though not by the number, of its eyes, the
species for which this genus is instituted, appears at present to be
unique. In the Ampeliscide four eyes are common, but they are
externally simple. In the Synopiide and Tironide there are spe-
cies with four eyes, but in both cases the lateral pair are minute,
and in Synopia the dorsal pair coalesce at the top of the head. In
Hirondellea trioculata, Chevreux, the number is definitely only
three, the dorsal breadth of the head being occupied by one large
oval eye, not as in the present instance, finding room for two well
separated organs of vision to supplement the fully developed lateral
pair.

In other respects the genus has characters already known in
the family Gammaride, though not in precisely the same combina-
tion. ‘The third uropods resemble those in M egaluropus, Norman,
a genus in several other features very distinct from the present.
Sexual difference is here marked by the smaller size of the female
and characters affecting the antennz as well as the gnathopods.

160 T. R. R. STEBBING: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. (VOL. I,

Quadrivisio bengalensis, n.sp.
(Plate VII.)

Head much longer than first segment of pereeon, rostral projec-
tion minute, ocular lobes rounded. Second and third side-plates
rather deeper than first and fourth, the fourth excavate behind for
the anterior margin of the bi-lobed fifth. Postero-lateral angles in
the large pleon segments I—3 produced into a very minute tooth.
The fourth and one or two other of the pleon segments carry on the
hind margin a widely spaced pair of denticles, very small and difficult
to observe. The telson is small, not so long as broad, divided to the
base, each lobe having several little spines down the inner margin,
and some of those round the apex close-set.

Eyes dark, placed near the margin of the head, all with numerous
lenses, the lateral pair rounded, the dorsal pair crescent-shaped, with
the concavity in front.

First antenne.—Firtst joint rather stout and long, second much
thinner, in male longer than the first, in female subequal to it ;
third joint small, flagellum nearly as long as peduncle, having in
the male more than twenty joints, the long and slender accessory
flagellum ten-jointed.

Second antenne.—Peduncle very elongate, especially in the
male, gland-cone prominent, fifth joint in male considerably longer
than the long fourth joint, both slightly curved; in the female
the fifth joint straight, not longer than the fourth, the flagellum
shorter than the peduncle, attaining the number of 17 joints, which
is slightly exceeded in the other sex.

Mandtbles.—Cutting edge six-dentate, accessory plate stronger
on the left than on the right mandible, spines of spine row numerous,
molar strong, palp slight as in Melita obtusata (Montagu) and, among
the Atylide, in Nototropis swammerdamet (Milne-Edwards) ; the
third joint slightly longer than the second, tipped with two long sete.

First and second maxille.—These show a remarkable resem-
blance to those of Ceradocus rubromaculatus (Stimpson), and present
the same difficulty in counting the spines on the outer plate of the
first pair, which are not fewer than nine, but may be eleven.

Maxillipeds.—Outer plate not reaching end of palp’s long second
joint. The third joint of the palp appears to be less elongate in
the female than it is in the male.

First gnathopods.—The fifth joint is considerably larger than
the sixth, strongly fringed on and near the hind margin with groups
of spines planted on the inner surface ; the sixth joint oblong oval,
with scale-like spinules along the hind margin, and seven rows of
spines on the inner surface adjacent to the front margin, the palm
very short transversely rounded, not overlapped by the small finger.

Second gnathopods.—In the male the fourth joint has the
hind margin produced to a sharp apex, the fifth joint distally
cup-like, not longer than broad, the sixth longer and much broader
than the second, with smooth nearly straight front margin, the hind
margin slightly setose and denticulate till it meets the very oblique

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 161

palm, over which the powerful finger closes, leaving two gaps, a
small one near the hinge, a long one near the hind margin, with a
squared denticulate process between them. In the female the fifth
joint is not cup-like, longer than broad, densely fringed on the hind
margin ; the sixth joint is not longer than the second, the hind mar-
gin and most of the front carrying numerous spines, the palm
spinulose, oblique, leaving no gaps between it and the closed finger.

Pereopods.—The first and second pairs are slender, the fourth
joint longer than the fifth or sixth. The third pair is shorter than
the fourth or fifth ; in each the second joint is expanded, but more
so in the upper part of the last pair, this joint also having its sinuous
hind margin rather more strongly serrate than is the case in the third
and fourth pereeopods. The fingers are not very large, each with a
distinct unguis. The branchial vesicles are simple, large in the
second gnathopods and first and second pereeopods, diminishing
successively in the next two pairs. The marsupial plates are narrow.

Pleopods —These are narrow, with elongate rami, the inner rami
of each pair closely contiguous.

Uropods.—The first pair have the peduncles slightly longer than
the equal rami, with a strong spine near the base of the outer margin,
and two longitudinal rows of spines ; the shorter second uropods
have the peduncles about as long as the subequal rami; the third
pair extend back much beyond the second, the elongate oval rami
being only a little unequal and fringed with numerous little spines
and setules ; this pair is very easily detachable. Length of male,
if straightened out, about 12 mm., female considerably smaller.

Locality.—Port Canning, Lower Bengal, brackish pools. The
generic name refers to the fourfold organs of vision, the specific
name to the province in which Dr. Annandale discovered this
notable species. .

A ee SE eS SS

162

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Quadrivisio bengalensis.

n.s. Line indicating natural size of specimen figured in lateral

view.

ai.; adi.@. First and second antenne of male ; second

antenna of female.

oc. Front of head flattened to show the four eyes.

Ls.; m.2., 14.9; Mx. 1, Mx. 2; mxp. Upper lip; mandi-
bles and lower lip of female; first and second maxille,
and maxillipeds.

on. I, gn. 2; gm. 2 2 5 prp. 2, 3, 4; 5- First and second
gnathopods of male ; second gnathopod of female ; pereo-
pods, second to fifth, second and fifth incomplete.

T. urp. 3. Telson and third uropod.

The mouth-organs, with part of gn. 2 and the telson, are
magnified on a higher scale than the other details, and parts of
the mandibles more highly still.

a.S.

Reewnd. Mus. Vol. 1.

Plate VII

Del. T.R.R. Stebbing. J.T Rennie Reid, Lith Edin™

| QUADRIVISIO BENGALENSIS, n.§. et. n.sp.

XN Ovi Esa Om O RoE NCAT, (DEPT E R.Ay

I.—NOTE ON SPHYRACEPHALA HEARSEYANA _ WEST-
WOOD, WITH A LIST OF THE ORIENTAL
SPECIES OF DIOPSINA.

By EF. BRUNETTI.

The capture by Dr. Annandale at Lucknow on April 26th this
year of Sphyracephala hearseyana in great abundance on the roof
of a dry drain, brings it to my memory that on December 4th, 1904,
I found the same species in the utmost profusion at the old Residency
at that city, where the specimens were clustered very thickly toge-
ther on the inside walls of the ground floor of that deserted building.
On being disturbed, they hovered for a moment or two, and
then settled again. The same species was found by me at Cawn-
pore a few days earlier, there too in extreme profusion, on the
shady side of, and beneath, a low arch spanning a nearly dry ditch
by the main road. I thought the blackness on the wall was only
dirt, until my native servant called my attention to the insects, of
which I took a large supply,—this species being the only one I
have myself taken in the East.

The short thick eye-stalks easily separate this species (and
genus) from all other Oriental Diopsids, except the congeneric
cothurnata Big., which is separated from it by its wings being
marked instead of quite clear as in hearseyana.

It would appear that the species of this family are addicted to
collecting in swarms on occasion, as Doleschall, writing in 1856,
mentions Diopsis dalmanni Wied. (attenuata Dol.) as swarming
over stagnant water at Djokjokarta, Java; while Westwood,
still earlier (1837), speaks of Teleopsis sykesti Gray (Diopsis td. of
Westwood) as swarming at Hurreechunderghur, in the Western
Ghauts of the Deccan (altitude 3,900 feet); its habitat being
woody spots in ravines or woody hillsides, where the flies were to
be found clustering together on the rocks illumined by the sun
or hovering in such sun rays as pierced the foliage.

Twenty-three species appear to be Oriental, distributed amongst
Diopsis, Teleopsis and Sphyracephala, all of which are legitimate
genera ; but it appears to me impossible, or at any rate inadvisable,
to subdivide Diopsis or Teleopsis, especially on such variable and
difficult characters to estimate with certainty as the length of the
eye-stalks, thoracic and scutellar spines, etc., as has been done by
Rondani in establishing Diasemopsis and Hexechopsis.

164 E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Diptera. [VOI

One of the above-mentioned twenty-three species is Diasem-
opsis rufithorax Big., represented by a single example in the Indian
Museum Collection; its name appears to be merely a “ nomen
nudum,” as I can find no description of it anywhere.

A second species by the same author, the description of which
is also untraceable, is Diasemopsis fenestratus, likewise in the Indian
Museum Collection, but this latter species is certainly only Diopsis
quadriguttata Wik.

Besides the truly Oriental species, Dzopsts arabica, from
Arabia, is described by Westwood.

To those who desire to study this very interesting group may be
recommended Westwood’s monograph of the species known up to
1837 (including Achias, a genus now removed from this sub-family
to the Ortaline), published in the Trans. Linnean Soc., Lond., vol.
Xvii, which volume also contains a short supplement by the same
author, giving a few additional species.

In the “‘ Annales”’ of the French Entomological Society, vol.
iv (series 5), Bigot gives a list of the known species up to 1874.

Van der Wulp describes the Javan species in Tijd. voor Ent.,
vol. xl, 181, witha plate. A revision of the synonymy shows some
alterations from this author’s South Asian Catalogue, and the
following list of species incorporates, I think, the latest results :—

Diopsis L., 1775, Diss. Upsal.

1. dalmannt Wied., 1830. Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 560; pl. x-a, 4.
Also figured by Westwood, Tr. Linn. So., xvii, 309; pl.
ix, 17. vad plscxvaiiie O:
(attenuata Dol.) 1856, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., x, 413 ; pl. viii, 2.
(latimana R.) 1875, Ann. Mus. Gen., vii, 445.
(lativola R.) 1875, Ann. Mus. Gen., vii, 446.
Java, Sumatra Borneo.
2. confusa Wied., 1830. Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 563.
(tchneumonea F.) 1805, Antl., 201.
nec D, tchneumonea I,., which is an African species.
Sumatra. Also occurs on the Congo and in Angola.
3. circularis Macq., 1835. Hist. Dipt., ii, 486.
Figured by same author in his Dip. Ex., ii, 3, 239; pl.
D-@.. 0 (ag be
Java.
4. subjasciata Macq., 1843: . Dip. x., 11,.3, 2385 spl: xxaaihee:
Java.
5. subnotata Westw., 1848. Cab. Or. Ent., 37; pl. xviii, 2.
(argentifera Big.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), iv, 112.
Celebes, Philippines.

Four specimens of this species are in the Indian Museum Col-
lection (one being named by Bigot as his argentifera) from Tenas-
serim, Margherita and Sadiya.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 165

6. indica Westw., 1837. Tr. Linn. Soc., xvii, 299 ; pl. ix, 6.
(westwood: De Hann in Westw.) Cab. Or. Ent., 37 ; pl. xvii, 1.
(apicalis Dol.) Nat. Tijd. Ned Ind., x, 413; pl. ix, 3.
(graminicola Dol.) loc. cit., xiv, 417.

Java.

7. quinqueguitata Wik., 1857. Proc. Linn. Soc., i, 36; pl. ii, 7.
Mount Ophir ; Borneo.

8. quadriguttata Wlk., 1857. Proc. Linn. Soc., i, 37; pl. ii, 6.

Specimens of this species are in the Indian Museum Collection
from Tenasserim, Margherita, Kurseong and Bhim Tal (4,500 feet),
the two specimens from the last locality having been captured by
Dr. Annandale between September rIgth and 22nd, 1906. Dr.
Annandale tells me that the individuals of this and probably other
species hover over broad-leaved plants in shady places in the jungle
and often alight singly or in pairs on the leaves, on which they
run about very much like ants.

Diasemopsis fenestrata Big., the type of which is in the Indian
Museum Collection, from Margherita, appears to be a “‘ nomen
nudum” and in any case it is a synonym of guadriguttata W1k.

g. discrepans Wlik., 1857. Proc. Linn. Soc., i, 134.
Borneo.

10. detrahens Wlk., 1860. Proc. Linn. Soc., iv, 16T.
Macassar (Celebes).

11. villosa Big., 1874. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), iv, 114.
Borneo.

12. ferruginea Roder., 1893. Ent. Nach., xix, 235.
Ceylon.

TELEOPSIS Rond., 1875. Ann. Mus. Gen., vii, 443.
I. sykesit Westw., 1837. Tr. Linn. Soc., xvii, 310; pl. ix, 18, 19.

(Diopsis id. % 2 .)
2. fallax Big., 1874. Amn. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), iv, 111. (Dzopszis.)

Borneo.

3. belzebuth Big., 1874. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), iv, 113. (Duopszs.)
Borneo.

4. breviscopium Rond., 1875. Ann. Mus. Gen., vil, 443.
Borneo.

5. longiscopium Rond., 1875. Ann. Mus. Gen., vil, 444.

Borneo. <A specimen in the Indian Museum Collection from
Tenasserim is probably this species.

6. fulviventris Big., 1880. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), x, 94.
India. Type in the Bigot Collection.
7. motatrix Ost. Sack., 1882. Berl. Ent. Teit., xxvi, 236, fig. 13
(wing).
Philippines. s

166 E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Diptera. [VoL. I,

8. selecta Ost. Sack., 1882. Berl. Ent. Teit., xxvi, 236, fig. 13
(wing).
Philippines.
9. rubicunda V. der Wulp, 1897. Tijd. v. Ent., xl, 196; pl. viii, 6.
Nias (Java).

In the Indian Museum Collection is a specimen of Teleopsis
from Tenasserim which does not appear to be any of the described
species.

SPHYRACEPHALA Say., 1828. Amer. Entom., iii, pl. 52.

1. hearseyana Westw., 1884. ‘Tr. Entom. Soc. Figured by him
in.Cab. Or. Ent,, pl. xviii, 4.

Bengal ; Lucknow ; Cawnpore. A single specimen from Bhim
Tal, taken by Dr. Annandale between September 22nd and
27th, 1906, is in the Indian Museum Collection.

2. cothurnata Big., 1874. (5) iv, 115. (Diopsis.)
Celebes ; Philippines.

Diopsis trentepohlir Westw. in Trans. Linn. Soc., xvii, 546:
pl. xxviii, 6, introduced into Van der Wulp’s Catalogue as from
Kast India, is an African species (Guinea), as noted in the
author's corrections to his Catalogue in Tijd. v. Ent., xlii.

I —PREEIMINARY, REPORT ON A> COLPECITON
FROM SIMLA

made in April and May 1907.
By E. BRUNETTI.

The specimens dealt with in this report are from places of
various altitude in the vicinity of Simla, and were captured by
Dr. Annandale and his native assistant this year between April 24th
and May 8th. In all, there are about 130 species, and, considering
the late season, snow still persisting in sheltered spots, this seems
a very satisfactory result for a fortnight’s work.

The more I see of the Himalayan Diptera, the more I am
inclined to consider that it belongs faunistically to the Palzearctic
Region, and not to the Oriental, except as regards the lesser heights
on the southern side.

I collected a fair amount of material in 1905 and 1906 during
two visits to Mussoorie and one to Darjiling, and the Simla material
now under examination strikingly resembles my Diptera from
the other two localities, all the collections containing a considerable
proportion of European species, these latter, moreover, retaining
in most cases their typical form. This is conspicuously the case
in the present instance as regards the family Syrphide, of which,
out of twenty-five species captured, I have identified positively
ten as commonly distributed European species, showing no varia-

1907. | Records of the [Indian Museum. 107

tion whatever, whilst among the unnamed remainder some will in
all probability prove to be European also. Scatophaga stercoraria
L., the very common dung fly of Europe and North America, is not
recorded from the East proper, yet it is as common at Mussoorie,
Darjiling and Simla as in accepted Palearctic localities like Hong-
kong, Shanghai, Hankow and Japan, in all of which places I found
it as abundant as in Europe.

I am hoping to make more extensive studies on the Diptero-
logical hill fauna of India at no distant date, but at present it seems
to me that at an altitude of 5,000 or 6,000 feet (almost certainly
at 7,000) the Dipterous fauna at least, is much more Palearctic
than Oriental.

The exact localities with altitudes and dates referred to in this
report are given first, to avoid repetition after the various species
mentioned.

Simla, 7,000 feet, April 24th to 26th and May 4th to 8th.
Theog, 8,000 feet, April 27th and May Ist to 3rd.
Matiana, 8,000 feet, April 28th to 30th.

Phagu, 8,700 feet, May 3rd to 4th.

Dharampur,!' 5,000 feet, May 6th to 8th.

Of Mycetophilide about a dozen specimens, representing nearly
this number of species.

Bibio obscuripennis Meij. Matiana. In large numbers, first
appearing on April 30th near flowering crab-apple trees, on which,
however, they did not settle. I found the same species abundant at
Darjiling one day in October, 1906, and there is a series from Nepal,
also taken in October, in the Indian Museum. ‘This raises the
question of the species being possibly two-brooded.

Bibio sp. ‘Three males of a second smaller species, black with
reddish legs, black body and clear wings with black stigma.

Plecia melanaspis Wied. One specimen from Theog.

Plecia fulvicolis ¥. Theog, Phagu. Two females are apparently
this species, but the short vein running from the third longitudi-
nal vein to the costa is not so upright as usual, but intermediate
between being nearly upright and parallel with the third longitudi-
nal vein. This makes me doubt the identity of these specimens
with this species, which is essentially a tropical one, though I have
taken it as far north as Meerut. Moreover, the original description
says “ale obscure mgre,’ but Wiedemann in redescribing the
species says “ wings blackish-brown.”’ ‘The wings of all the speci-
mens I have seen alive or soon after death were obscurely black :
perhaps the brown colour is due to age. The old specimens of
both this and the previous species in the Indian Museum Collection,
have brown wings.

Dilophus, sp. (two specimens). Theog, Phagu. Barely the size
of febrilis, reddish-brown, with a thin dorsal thoracic stripe and

| The specimens from Dharampur were collected by my insect-setter.—N. A.

168 E. BRUNETTI: (Votes on Oriental Diptera. [Vota ,

blackish abdomen above; black legs with coxe and basal half of
femora (anterior pair, wholly) red.

Simulium indicum Becher. One specimen from Simla is this
species, whilst a second, from Phagu, appears to be an undescribed
species.

Anopheles sp. (one specimen).

Culex mimeticus Noé. One example, determined by Dr.
Annandale. Theog, 2nd May.

Of Chironomide, which were rather common around water
tanks, at least ten species are present, amongst the males; these
being distributed over twenty specimens of both sexes.

The 7Tipulide are represented by ten specimens of a prettily
wing-marked Tvichocera and three or four other Limnobiune, in fair
condition. Also by Pselliophora, sp. (two specimens), Dharampur ;
a large handsome species which is already in the Indian Museum
Collection from Nepal, Bhim Tal and Shillong. Though it is so
conspicuous a species, I have been unable to identify it with any
of the published descriptions.

Rhyphus fenestralis Scop. 433 4 ¢ 2 ; one from Matiana
the rest from Simla. Agreeing with the European form of this
common species, which occurs generally on windows ; the specimens
are slightly larger than usual.

Bombylius major h. 3 2° 23; Matiana and Kodiali (8,400 feet).
Two of the specimens (the abdomen of the third is denuded of hair)
show a very faint pale dorsal line from the tip of the abdomen nearly
to the base. Otherwise they agree exactly with Palearctic specimens.

Bombylius sp. Dharampur. 1 o with clear wings. The ab-
domen is denuded, which precludes the possibility of naming the
species.

Thereva sp. Theog. I @ near the European annulata but
differing sufficiently to make it specifically distinct.

Asilus (sensu latu)3 77,2 2 9; Theog and Simla. A moder-
ate-sized grey species which might belong to any one of the con-
siderable number of European and Oriental genera described under
this genus in its widest sense. Dr. Annandale also took a 9 of
the same species at Lucknow, 21st April, 1907.

In Empid@a, three specimens appear to represent Pachymeria,
Hilava and Tachydromia respectively.

Dolichopus, sp. 2 2 23; Matiana.

Pipizella; a o and @ from Matiana probably of the same
species.

Chrysogaster sp. 2 o& @ ; Matiana.

Melanostoma mellinum .2 070; Theog and Simla.

M. scalave F. 1 o@ : Matiana. A series of thirteen femites
from Simla, Theog and Matiana al o appear to be the true scalure.

M. ambiguum Flu. 1 @ ; Mat.ana.

M dubium Lett. 1 9 Matiana. I named this species from
‘‘ Verral.’s British Flies,’ having no European species at hand
to compare it with, buc it is noticeable that Verrali records it
from an a-titude of 3,000 feet in Scotland.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 169

Platychirus albimanus F. 4 2 @ ; Theog and Matiana. ‘he
anterior legs are in most cases a little darker than in normal
European forms, but one specimen has them almost entirely
pale.

Syrphus pyrasinn L. 3 7 @ 1 2 ; Simla and Theog.

S. balteatus De Geer 10 e& & 3 8 2; Simla, Matiana, Theog.

S. torvus Ost. Sack. 2 7 @ 2 2 9 ; Matiana.

S. lumger Mg. 17 ; Theog.

S. umbellatarum F. 17 ; Matiana.

The specimens of the above five species are absolutely identical with
European ones. Besides these, there are three ~ o of a species near
albostriatus Flu., but certainly not that species—two of them are
from Matiana, the other from Simla. Again, there are g other
specimens of Syrphus representing 6 or 7 species, which I have not
yet identified.

Chilosia sp. I & ; Matiana.

Spherophoria sp.6 77 4 2g.

Enistalis tenax l,. 1 7 2 2 9; Matiana and Theog. Common
everywhere, these specimens are of normal type.

Eristalis soitus Wilk. 2 70% 3 @ 2 3; Matiana and Theog.
Whether I have correctly identified the species or not I am not
sure, but I have taken it commonly at Mussoorie, Darjiling, in
China and Japan, while the Indian Museum Collection contains a
good series from various localities in the East (Sikkim, Shillong and
Mussoorie).

Rhingia sp. nov. One of each sex of a new species of this
genus which I am describing in a subsequent paper on this group.
A ¢ of this species exists in the Indian Museum Collection from
Darjiling (7,000—12,000 feet).

In addition to the above species there is a single 7 from Kodiali
(8,400 feet) which I am unable to place generically. It is nearest
to Brachypalpus, but lacks the enlarged posterior femora with
spines beneath.

In Tachinideé 13 examples represent II species, amongst which
one is apparently a Gonza.

Sarcophaga is represented by 2 specimens.
iy In Muscine vere, there are Calliphora vomitoria . (I 7 4 2 )
from Matiana and Simla ; C. erythrocephala Mg. (4 specimens) from
Simla and Theog; Musca domestica ., 7 2 from Matiana and
Phagu respectively.

Anthomyide.—\ find Homalomyia canalicularis . (5 oo;
Matiana and Theog) ; an Avicia (2 2 2; Theog) with all black legs,
and a dozen other species amongst the remaining 44 specimens,
mostly small Chortoplile.

In Aca ypierata I recognise the handsome Dryomyza maculi-
pennis Macq. (allied to the D. jormosa of Japan); one specimen
having been taken at Simla. I took several of this species near a
water tank on the jungly hillside at Mu:soorie.

Sepedon plumbelius Wied. \Dharampur).

S. crishna Wik. Matiana; a male (28th to 30th April, 1907).

170 E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Diptera. | VOL. I, 1907.]

Of Sepsis three species are present, a larger one with quite
clear wings (3 examples from Phagu), a smaller species with red
legs, unfortunately headless (I example from Matiana), and a
third (small) species (10 examples from Matiana, Theog, Dharam-
pur) which Dr. Annandale says is quite common in the district.

Scatophaga stercoraria l,, 8 ¢ # and numerous ¢ ?, all from
Simla. These show no variation from European specimens.

Amongst the remaining Acalypterata there are Chloropine,
4 spp.; Borborine, 3 or 4 spp., Geomyzine (2? Geomyza, 3 examples
of a species with 3 small spots on the wing); whilst fifty other
specimens represent probably quite half that number of species.

Phoride.—z2 specimens (I species) of Phora.

— SE OTTerrlw—' re ew ee

MISCELLANEA.

REPTILES.

THE OCCURRENCE OF THE TAUKTE’ LiIzArD (Gecko verticillatus)
IN CaLcurra.—In Boulenger’s volume on the Reptiles and Batra-
chians in the Fauna of British India the distribution of Gecko
verticillatus is given as “ Eastern Bengal to Southern China and the
Malay Archipelago,” while Anderson, in his account of the Reptiles
of Upper Burma and Yunnan, says that it is found in the neigh-
bourhood of Calcutta. It has taken me two years to obtain de-
finite confirmation of the latter record by obtaining a specimen,
although Rai Bahadur R. B. Sanyal, the Superintendent of the
Calcutta Zoological Gardens, tells me that it is not uncommon in
certain large and shady trees in these gardens, in which several
specimens have recently been captured for exhibition to the public.
My own specimen was taken by my assistant, Mr. C. Vaillant, in
another part of the suburbs. The species differs very greatly in
its habits in different localities ; for while in Bangkok and in some
parts of Burma it is common inside even brick dwelling-houses, in
the northern part of the Malay Peninsula it is practically confined
to the trunks of palm trees in the village groves, and in Calcutta
it is extremely shy and wary, hiding itself in the densest foliage.
In Singapore, from which several specimens are recorded, the
species appears to have been introduced accidentally, probably on
ships, as it does not occur in the southern part of the Malay
Peninsula, and it is very possible that its occurrence in Calcutta is
equally fortuitous.

N. ANNANDALE.

THE DISTRIBUTION OF Kachuga sylhetensis.—This tortoise
appears to have been recorded hitherto only from Assam, but a
specimen was brought me last winter at Rajshahi, a place situated
in the new province of Eastern Bengal and Assam but lying almost
due north of Calcutta. This extends the known range of K. syl-
hetensts considerably further to the west.

N. ANNANDALE.

BATRACHIA.

THE DISTRIBUTION OF Bufo andersont.—This toad appears to
occur over the whole of northern peninsular India as well as in
Arabia, although the localities given by Boulenger, wz., Agra,
Rajputana and Sind, are all towards the north-west, in which
it is most abundant. I recently took a specimen at Rajshahi in
Eastern Bengal and there is another in the Indian Museum (quite’

172 Miscellanea. (Vor.

charactetistic) from Purneah. The species is very common at
Lucknow, where I found numerous adults and young, many of
the latter still with remnants of a tail, towards the end of April.
B. andersont is the only toad which I have seen from the Simla
hills, in which, above 7,000 feet, the only common Batrachian
appears to be Rana wicina; R. breviceps, R. cyanophlyctis and R.
limnocharis, occurring at lower altitudes. I have no informa-
tion how high the present species ranges, but there is a specimen
labelled Simla (the town, 7,000 feet 2?) in the Museum. I did not
see it myself in the district, and natives of Theog (8,000 feet) told
me that the only frog (or toad) they knew lived in the water.

N. ANNANDALE.
ENSE CES;

Note ON Rutilia nitens, MAcQ.—Seven specimens of this bril-
liant Dexiid (including only one ¢) in excellent condition were
captured by the Museum Collector at Phularia, Nepal Terai, on
May 5th, 6th and 7th, this year. The genus is the handsomest of
all the Muscidz and contains some of the largest species, eighteen
of which are recorded from the Orient, but only the present one
from India. It was not known hitherto from what part of India
R.mnitens came. The specimens agree almost exactly with Macquart’s
description. Rutilia is mainly an Australasian genus, but extends
to some of the East Indian islands. From Victoria and Queensland
I possess several splendid species of very large size, but at present
I have not attempted to identify them.

E. BRUNETTI.

RECORDS OF SOME INDIAN CERAMBYCIDA}.—The recent pub-
lication of Mr. C. J. Gahan’s volume on the Cerambycide in the
Fauna of British India has made it possible to identify some of the
more conspicuous specimens of that family lately acquired by the
Indian Museum.

The large Acanthophorus serraticornis, Oliv., is recorded by
Mr. Gahan only from Southern India. It is, however, far more
widely distributed. In the Indian Museum Collection there are
specimens from Sikkim; Nowgong; Ramanad (South India) ;
Singhbhoom Forest, Chota Nagpur, where it has been reported to
be destructive to Sal (Shorea robusta) ; and also from the Andamans.
It is quite possible that this beetle may be found in any part of
India and also in Burma, although there are yet no records of it
from the latter country.

Neocerambyx paris, Wied., another comparatively large beetle
of the same family, is by the same authority recorded from Mysore,
Bangalore, Burma, Siam and Singapore. In November 1906 a
characteristic specimen was obtained in Calcutta by the Museum
Collector. The Indian Museum now possesses specimens from Cal-
cutta, Maldah and Bangalore.

Lophosternus indicus, Hope, was obtained by me in May 1906
in the Purneah District. ‘This is the only specimen yet recorded

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 173

from the plains. Those recorded by Mr. Gahan are from Nepal,
Bhutan and Sikkim. Similarly Lophosternus falco, Thoms., which
I obtained in the Purneah District in May 1906, has been recorded
only from Darjiling.

A single specimen of Prionus elliotti, Gahan, was obtained by
Mr. E. Vredenburg of the Geological Survey of India in the Nushki
District, Baluchistan, in May. The specimen recorded by Mr.
Gahan is from Baluchistan, near Quetta (C. Elliott).

Three specimens of olesthes holosericea, Fabr., were obtained
by the Museum Collector in Calcutta in January 1907. Mr. Gahan
records the species from North-West India, Bombay, the Nilgiris,
Ceylon, Assam, Tenasserim, the Andaman and Nicobar Islands,
Siam, and the Malay Peninsula. It apparently is a very widely
distributed species.

Atolesthes sarta, Solsky, has hitherto been recorded from
Quetta (F£. P. Stebbing), Turkestan and Western Tibet. The Indian
Museum possesses one specimen collected by Mr. E. Vredenburg
in the Nushki District, Baluchistan. In the Annual Report of the
Board of Scientific Advice for India for the year 1905-06, p. 108,
there is a short account, by Mr. E. P. Stebbing, of the damage
done by the larve of this beetle to the trees forming the avenues in
Quetta, where it is doubtless exceedingly common. Mr. Stebbing
gives an interesting life-history of this beetle in his pamphlet en-
titled the ‘‘ Quetta Borer.’”’ He also records it from Chagai, Chaman
and Seistan.

One specimen of Rosalia lateritia, Hope, was presented to the
Indian Museum by Mr. lL. L. Fermor of the Geological Survey, who
obtained it in Kumaon in October, 1906. ‘There was only one
other specimen in the Museum Collection, from Kulu. Mr. Gahan
records it from the Himalayas, Travancore, Burma, Indo-China.

Another Cerambycid Beetle, Nothopeus hemiptera, Oliv., is
worthy of note, not only on account of its distribution, but also on

Nothopeus hemiptera and Salius madraspatanus.

account of its close resemblance to certain other insects. It
resembles the common Pompilid Hymenopteron Salius madras-

174 Miscellanea. [ Vor;

patanus, Smith, in a very striking manner, especially when its
wings are spread out. It also resembles the boring bee Xylocopa
fenestrata Fabr., not in form and size but in colour. Mr. Gahan
records it from North India, Burma, Java. The specimen in
the Indian Museum Collection was obtained in Calcutta in 1905.

C. “AS PAIVA.

NOTES ON SOME INDIAN HEMIPTERA.—Dr. N. Annandale, dur-
ing a recent visit to Simla, obtained one specimen of Bagrada picta,
Fabr., at Theog, 8,000 feet, Simla hills, on the 2nd May 1907.
He states that it is rather scarce in the Simla district. A few
specimens were found by the collector who accompanied him, at
Dharampur (5,000 feet) in the same district and month. Mr.
Hodgart obtained one specimen at Nagla in the Naini Tal district
in March 1907. It appears to be found all over India.

On April 28th a specimen of Palomena reuteri, Dist., was found
by Dr. N. Annandale feeding on a Poplar tree at Matiana, 8,000
feet, Simla hills.

The only specimen now in the Indian Museum Collection of
Lelia octopunctata, Dall., was obtained by Dr. N. Annandale at
Matiana, 8,000 feet, Simla hills, on the 30th April 1907. It has
been hitherto recorded from Bhutan (British Museum) and the
Khasi Hills (Chennell).

One specimen of Mictis macra, Stal., which has hitherto been
represented in the Indian Museum Collection by five specimens from
Mergui, was obtained by Mr. R Hodgart at Phularia, Nepal Terai,
in May 1907. Mr. Distant, in his volume on the Rhynchota in the
Fauna of British India, records it from Sylhet (Stockholm Museum)
and mentions that it is also found in the Malay Peninsula. It ap-
pears to be rather rare in India.

In March 1907 quite a number of specimens of Clavigralla
gibbosa, Spin., were brought to the Museum by the Museum Collector.
This species seems to abound on a plant which Mr. I. H. Burkill
has identified as the composite herb Blumea wightiana, DC. Cla-
vigralla gibbosa is recorded by Mr. Distant from Bombay (Distant
Collection) ; Bangalore (Cameron) ; Tenasserim, Myitta (Doherty).
Mr. R. Hodgart collected a specimen at Bijaura, Nepal Terai, in
May 1907. It is apparently widely distributed.

Several specimens of Lygeus equestris, Linn., from Murree,
Punjab, are in the Museum Collection. Dr. N. Annandale found
it very common on bare and grassy hillsides in the Simla district,
above 7,000 feet. It is very active on the wing. The specimens
obtained by Dr. Annandale are from Theog, 8,000 feet (27th April
1907), and Matiana, 8,000 feet (28th April 1907).

Macropes dilutus, Dist., was hitherto unrepresented in the
Indian Museum Collection, but in January 1907 Mr. R. Hodgart
obtained three specimens at Bijnor, United Provinces. This
appears to be the only definite locality in India proper from which
the species has yet been recorded. Mr. Distant records it from
‘North India’ (Distant Collection); Burma: Bhamo (fea).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 175

In February 1907 the Museum Collector obtained a young
specimen of the Giant Cotton Bug, Lolita grandis, Gray, with a
seed-like object, about the size of an ordinary pea, attached to its
rostrum ; and although the insect received a good deal of handling,
the object remained suspended to the rostrum. Mr. I. H. Burkill,

Young Lohita grandis sucking seed of [pomea.

of the Industrial Section of the Indian Museum, identified the
seed as that of a species of Ipomcea. Its shell is very hard ; no
impression can be made on it with an ordinary knife, and it appears
wonderful how such a small insect could have thrust its proboscis
into the seed. On careful examination of several seeds of the same
kind, I found, on one side of the seed, a very small raised spot, with
a slight depression in the centre. This is the only penetrable part
in the seed and is doubtless the part the bug chooses for the inser-
tion of its proboscis.

A few specimens of Dermatinus lugubris, Dist., were collected
by Mr. R. Hodgart at Bareilly, United Provinces, and at Songara,
Gonda district, in March 1907. Hitherto there was only one
specimen of this species in the Museum Collection, from Chatrapur,
Ganjam district. Madras and Pondicherry are the only localities
recorded by Mr. Distant. f

One specimen of Gerbilius ornatus, Dist., was obtained by Mr.
R. Hodgart at Nagla, Naini Tal district, in March 1907. _ This
is the only specimen now in the Museum Collection. Mr. Distant
records it from Bor Ghat (Dixon) and Ceylon (Green). _

Vesbius purpureus, Thunb., is recorded by Mr. Distant trom
Assam, Khasi Hills (Distant Collection) ; Ceylon (Green); Burma:
Bhamo (Fea); Java; Philippines. On the 3rd March 1907 the
Museum Collector obtained one specimen in Calcutta. There are
two others in the Museum Collection, one from Calcutta and the
other from Margherita, Upper Assam.

Specimens of Salda dixoni, Dist., were found to be very common
at Theog, 8,000 feet, Simla hills, at the beginning of May 1907,
by Dr. N. Annandale, who states that they are abundant there at
the edge of a pond, and are very active, jumping about and taking
to the wing readily, but never flying far. They are able to run
and leap on the surface of the water. Mr. Distant considered
this species rare, as he says in his volume on the Rhynchota in

176 Miscellanea. [VoL. I,

the Fauna of British India, that he had seen but two specimens,
one sent him by Mr. R. M. Dixon from Bor Ghat, Bombay, and
another collected by Signor Fea at Rangoon.

C..A; PAIvas

CRUSTACEA.

A PREOCCUPIED SPECIFIC NAME IN Macrothrix.—In reference
to a species described in his recent paper (Rec. Ind. Mus., 1, p. 25,
June, 1907) on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca, Mr. R. Gurney
writes under date June 7th, 1907, as follows: ‘“‘ I find that I have
used in my last paper a name already used, viz. Macrothrix tenm-
cornis. Kurz used it many years ago for M. rosea. If possible,
will you change the name of my species to Macrothrix odiosa.”’
Unfortunately the letter arrived after the paper had been issued,
but Macrothrix odiosa should stand as a correction.

MOLLUSCA.

AN ENEMY OF CERTAIN PEARL OYSTERS IN THE PERSIAN
Gu.LFr.—A number of specimens of Pearl Oysters from the Persian
Gulf have recently been sent to the Indian Museum for identifica-
tion ; they belong to the three species mentioned by Evans in the
Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh for 1892, namely, Avicula macroptera
(local name zannt), Meleagrina vulgaris (local name muhar), and
M. margaritifera (local name sadift), the last representing Jamie-
son’s var. persica. Nearly all the shells of A. macroptera and a few
of those of M. margaritifera had been injured by the burrows of a
mussel, which Mr. H. B. Preston has identified as Lithodomus
malaccanus, Reeve. The burrows in the shells were not vertical,
but nearly horizontal ; they were cylindrical, rounded at the end
and not much longer than the mussel. Their diameter was, how-
ever, sufficiently great to have injured the inner layers of the pearl
shell in many instances and to have caused the deposit of irregular
masses of dark nacre on the internal surface. The outer layer
was generally more or less broken above the burrows and in such
places had almost invariably been attacked by the boring sponge
Clione. The mussel itself had in some cases been attacked by
another borer, which had made comparatively large circular holes
in one of its valves. Lithodomus malaccanus is not mentioned by
Herdman among the enemies of the Ceylon Pearl Oyster, although
it is known to occur in the Gulf of Manaar; it is recorded doubt-
fully by Melvill in his list of the shells of the Persian Gulf.

N. ANNANDALE.

THE DISTRIBUTION IN INDIA OF THE AFRICAN SNAIL Achatina
fulica, FER.—It is well known that this gigantic snail, introduced
from Mauritius, is common in the gardens of Calcutta and the neigh-
bourhood. As it is said to be spreading to other parts of India, I
should be very glad of specimens from any part of the country not
in the immediate neighbourhood of Calcutta. The species is easily

1907. |: Records of the [ndian Museum. ey 07}

recognized by its large conical shell, which measures about 44
inches in length and is marked with more or less confused longitu-
dinal chocolate stripes.

N. ANNANDALE.

POLYZOA.

STATOBLASTS FROM THE SURFACE OF A HIMALAYAN POND.—
During a recent visit (in April and May) to the Simla district in the
Western Himalayas I made a careful examination of the surface of
all ponds, wells.and streams I came across, in the hope of finding
floating sponge gemmules or polyzoon statoblasts. So much dust
is blown up from the plains of the Punjab into the hills that I rather
expected to find these bodies on the water, even if the organisms
which produce them did not occur. In almost every case but one,
however, my search was fruitless, although at first sight I took for
gemmules certain bodies which were probably the egg-shells of the
Phyllopod Crustacean Branchinecta orientalis, Sars. On the horse-
pond at Theog, a village situated at an altitude of 8,000 feet about
seventeen miles beyond the town of Simla, I found in a scum of
animal and vegetable débris numerous statoblasts agreeing in every
respect with those of the typical Plumatella emarginata, and although
I was unable to find living colonies of this animal, it is possible that
they existed on certain stones near the centre of the pond that I
was unable to reach. ‘Together with the statoblasts were certain
other bodies which may be those of some unknown species. Each
contained two brownish capsules, which were approximately circular
in outline and were enclosed in a mass of air-cells. One edge of the
whole structure was straight while the other was curved. I know
of no species to which they can belong. Similar bodies were also
found on the surface of a small pond above the village of Phagu,
at a point about five hundred feet higher than Theog and five miles
nearer Simla.

N. ANNANDALE.

Notes on Hislopia lacustris, CARTER.—Through the kindness
of Dr. N. Annandale, I have recently had the opportunity of
comparing a specimen of Hislopia lacustris from Calcutta with the
same species as it occurs in the United Provinces at Bulandshahr.
Dr. Annandale has so fully described this Polyzoon as met with
in Calcutta (Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal, vol. ii, No. 3, March 1906,
and zd., vol. ili, No. 2, February 1907), that I shall content myself
with pointing out in what respects specimens from the United Prov-
inces of India differ from those found, some 700 miles further east,
at Calcutta.

Dr. Annandale’s observations were made in January and Febru-
ary (t.¢., in the ‘‘ cold weather ’’) at Calcutta, and mine were made
in April and May (?.e., at the beginning of the “ hot weather ’’) at
Bulandshahr ; but Dr. Annandale tells me that he has recently ex-
- amined specimens taken in Calcutta in June and that they do not
differ from those taken in February in the same tank.

178 Miscellanea. [VOL. I, 1907. |

In Calcutta the species has only been found on the leaves of
Valisnenia spiralis.

In describing the form of the colonies, Dr. Annandale says
that, in Calcutta ‘‘ the linear arrangement is far commoner than any
other, but occasionally several zocecia are adjacent to one another
in a transverse series’”’ A somewhat similar arrangement to this
‘linear’? one also occurs at Bulandshahr, though it is much rarer
than that next to be described. I have found a few small colonies,
of perhaps twenty to thirty zocecia growing in this way on slender
submerged leaves and twigs, where the colony has not room to
extend much laterally. But in this part of India (the United
Provinces) Hislopia is far more frequently found in the form of a
flattened encrusting sheath on the outer surface of the shells of
Paludina and at least one other freshwater Gastropod. ‘This was
the condition described originally by Carter (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(3), 1, page 169).

The colony consists of a single layer of zocecia, and completely
covers the whole surface of the shell with the exception of the narrow
surface which lies in contact with the upper part of the protruded
“foot ’’ of the Mollusc. Almost every Paludina that I have ex-
amined carries Hislopia about with it, and as Paludina occurs very
abundantly, Hislopia is by far the commonest of the Polyzoa met
with in this part of India.

The zocecium of the encrusting form is of a darker brown
colour than the other ; in both varieties the colour is most marked
at the margin of the orifice.

Carter describes the shape of the zocecium as “ irregularly
ovate.” This oval shape is decidedly more marked in the encrusting
than in the linear form. The orifice always occurs nearer the broad
than the narrow end of the oval, and projects further above the
surface of the zocecium in the encrusting form. Very few of my
specimens show spines at the orifice, and those that do bear spines
have them in a more or less rudimentary condition. As this occurs
in large zocecia, which contain eggs, I cannot think that the absence
of spinesiis a sign of immaturity.

U fully agree with Dr. Annandale’s remarks about the nature of
the “‘ valves’ and my observations do not confirm the statement
made by Carter (quoted by Annandale, Joc. cit.) that the posterior
‘““valve’’ is larger than the others.

As noticed by Carter and Dr. Annandale, the ‘‘ collar’ is a
very conspicuous part of the polypide.

Although when reduced to writing, the differences between the
two forms of Hislopia do not appear to be very great, I think that if
only the dried colonies were available for examination, there would
be a strong tendency to regard them as distinct species at least.
But the living polypides appear to be identical in form, and
there is little doubt that the two quite distinct phases in which
Hislopia occurs are merely another example of that variability
which is well known to occur in other Polyzoa, such as Plumatella.

H. J. Warton, Capi., 1.M.S.

ii PORT ON THE MARINE YP.OL VY ZOA
PNG Bes Ce OL Lk CAL © NO ob rok
INDIAN MUSEUM.

By YAURA R. THORNELY.

INTRODUCTION.

The Polyzoa here described are derived from various sources,
chiefly from the collections made by the Indian Marine Survey
(R.I.M.S. “‘ Investigator ’’), the late Mr. J. Wood-Mason, the late
Dr. J. Anderson, and a few private donors. With the exception of
a small number of specimens from Gaspar Straits and the Straits
of Malacca, the whole of the material is from Indian seas.

The following is a list of the ‘‘ Investigator ’’ stations from
which specimens are recorded :—

Lat. N. Long. E.

Station NO. (58... ©5630! nee 15 fathoms.
ew ete? DOnt ad FO 6 OO" Sl 234 32 a
Ten KOR es Taras gOr hinds. Se 41 r»
55 we 77 Oth Ganjam Coast'13 miles

E.S.E. Barwa LE Oe is
Be >. 79.» Off Ganjam- Coast: ro miles

E.S.E. Kawita 33 A
a On) ae Of Ganjam! (Coasts miles

E.S.E. Kalingapatam 28-30 _,,
=F seat Ou ih a3 wind Sepa 15-30 ,,
a a 197 ee ow 26’ 30" 75° 36’ 200 406 xi
a Meee Do ban Oe 20) 200. QI, 150.30 + 86@-013':,,
Meese 7 Me 7) Ze 30, a (OF. 151530, «7 ALO %»
9 eo tee ae el AOL 30". O38. 10! 569 *
ss Ponte Ss) cme eee 72380 AS Ak 1:
Pe SAON eer 3490s 534-330. | | 47 r»

There are 81 species represented, four of which (a S crupocellaria,
a Canda, and two species of Mucronella) I consider new to science,
while the following twenty-four are new to Indian waters : Etea
recta, Caberea lata, Bugula ditrupe, Synnotum aviculare, Flustra

180 LAuRA R. THORNELY: Feport on Marine Polyzoa. {Vot.. I,

dentigera, F. rhizophora, F. pisciformis, Carbasea cribriformis, Cel-
larva tenuirostris, Membranipora tenuirostris, M. tuberculata, M.
vadicifera, Thalamoporella smuttii, Microporella malusii, Lagenipora
soctalts, Schizoporella tenuis, Smittia marmorea, Mucronella canali-
fera, Retepora producta, R. montlifera, Adeonella platalea, A. dis-
toma, Cellepora cylindrifornus, Bowerbankia caudata. Many of
these species have been found in Australian waters.

Two species (Bifaxaria ? and Reteporella? ) are doubtful ;
while twenty-one have been already found in Indian seas. Of the
latter, four were included in a list of fourteen species collected by
Mr. Thurston in the Gulf of Manaar and described (Madras Gov.
Mus. Bull , No. 3, 1905) by Mr. Kirkpatrick ; six were in the late
Dr. J. Anderson’s Mergui collection, named by Hincks in 1887
(Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool,, vol. xxi) ; six were identified by Hincks
in a list of various collections from India, Singapore and Ceylon,
recorded by him in his ‘‘ Contribution towards a General History
of the Marine Polyzoa’’ in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol.
vi, and subsequent volumes ; while one, Membranipora bengalensis,
was described by the late Dr. F. Stoliczka in the Journ. Aszat. Soc.
Bengal, part 2, vol. xxxviii, p. 55, 1869. All these species, with
the exception of the last and of Thalamoporella smittit, were re-
corded by me, with thirty-eight others, in my report on the Polyzoa
collected by Professor Herdman off the coast of Ceylon in 1902
(Suppl. Report XXVI to Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries,
Ptyiv).

Order ECTOPROCTA.
Sub-order CHEILOSTOMATA.

Family A{TEIDA.
1. Attea recta, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 3, vol. ix, p. 25, 1862.
Locality.—Andamans, growing on Tubucellaria cereoides.

Family CATENARIADA:.
2. Catenaria lafontiu, Aud.

Localities —VYe, Burma ; Marshall Channel, Andamans ; Stations 59
and 77, Indian Marine Survey.

Family CELLULARIADAS.
3. Scrupocellaria scrupea, Busk.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 2, vol. vii, p. 83, 1851. r
Locality.—Off Mangalore, 26-31 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 18I

4. Scrupocellaria cervicornis, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. i, page 24.
Locality.—Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms (Wood-Mason).

There is very little of this lovely species, but the glassy texture,
the antler-like spines and the tracery on the fornix, also the per-
forated ocecia, are all beautifully represented.

5. Scrupocellaria diadema, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt.i, p. 24.
Localities —Off Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong); Station
go, Indian Marine Survey.

6. Scrupocellaria gaspari, sp. nov.

Fic. 1.—Scrupocellaria gaspari, sp. nov.

Zocecium with oral aperture occupying two-thirds of its front
wall, having a thick, smooth margin and four spines above. The
open space below the aperture is narrowed downwards, supporting
on one side a small, raised avicularium pointing outwards. ‘This
avicularium is replaced by a very large one on each of those zocecia
situated next below the fork of a branch. Lateral avicularia, small
vibracule, no fornix. Ocecia perforated. Radical tubes serrated.

The present species resembles S. feyox, Busk (Brit. Mus. Cat.
Mar. Pol., pt. i) in the small lateral avicularia and the serrated
radical tubes, but in S. feyox each zocecium has a large avicularium
below the aperture, while here they are small except on the zocecia
situated below the fork of a branch. Also,'the zocecia are armed,
while those of S. feyox are unarmed.

182 LAURA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. l,

Localities.—Gaspar Straits, Malay Archipelago; Andamans ; Sta-
tions 59, 77, 90, Indian Marine Survey.

7. Canda retiformis, Pourtalés.

(Caberia retiformis) Smitt, ‘‘ Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. i, p. 16, in
Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. xi, 1872.

Localities.—Off Ceylon Coast, 32-34 fathoms; Andamans, 20-30
fathoms (Indian Marine Survey); Ye, Burma; Stations 59,
77, 148, Indian Marine Survey.

8. Canda pecten, sp. nov.

Fic. 2.—Canda pecten, sp. nov.

Zocecia oval, elongated, with thin, raised margin and a spine,
rarely two, on either side above. Membranous area reaching half
way down the front wall, a thin, calcareous, diagonal sheet covering
the rest, no fornix or medium avicularium, except an enormous avi-
cularium at the base of each fork of a branch which is raised on a
large prominence, having frilled edges, and is long, narrow and
pointed, directed downwards and inwards. Grooves of the vibra-
cular reach beyond the edge of the zocecia, behind. The junction
of the connecting fibres is seen below these, and there are serrated
rootlets near the bases of the colonies as in Scrupocellaria ferox and
S. macandrei. Odvecia lie back on the median line of the stem, one
above the other, alternately, from their positions rather to one side

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 183

of the top of the zocecia to whichthey belong. They have a rounded,

membranous portion in front and a sort of umbo, sometimes, above.

Localities.—Coast of Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong); Sta-
tion 61, Indian Marine Survey.

g. Caberea lata, Busk.

Bra. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pot., pt.i, p. 30.
Locality.—Gaspar Straits (J. S. Gardner)

Family BICELLARIIDA.
10. Diplecium simplex, Kirkpatrick.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 6, vol.i, p. 73, 1888.
Locality —Off Passage Island, Andamans, 17 fathoms.

11. Bugula ditrupe, Busk.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sct., old series, vol. vi, p. 261, 1858.
Locahty.—Andamans, 35 fathoms.

12. Bugula nentina, Linn.

These specimens have avicularia as in those mentioned in
my report on the Polyzoa from Ceylon (Suppl. Report XXVI
to Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, pt. iv).
Locahity.—Ye, Burma (Indian Marine Survey).

13. Bugula sinuosa, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. ‘* Challenger,” pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 39
Localities—EHight miles $.E. of Cinque Island, 500 fathoms ; Anda-
mans, 780 fathoms.

Family NoTamIipa.

14. Synnotum aviculare, Pieper.

Hincks, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. xvii, p. 257, 1886.
Localittes.—Marshall Channel, Andamans ; Stations 59, 77, Indian
Marine Survey.

Family FLUSTRIDA}.
15. Flustra dentigera, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. ix, p. 116, 1882.

A beautiful fan-shaped colony half an inch high by one and a
quarter inches wide. Unfortunately no ocecia are present.
Locality —Andamans (Wood-Mason).

184 LAURA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. 1,

16. Flustra rhizophora, Ortman.

Die Japanische Bryozoen Fauna.

As in Ortman’s description, there are no internal or lateral
denticles. There are two, rarely four, spines above. Avicularia
have the long, pointed mandibles which lie along one side of the
zocecia, beneath which is the area they originate from. Ocecia with
the usual calcareous bar across the front are present. There are
only a few fragmentary tips of branches of this species ; they re-
semble the palmate form of F. foliacea, measuring three-fourths of
an inch across.

Locality.—Off Mangalore, 26-31 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey).

17. Flustra pisciformis, Busk.

(Carbasea pisciformis) brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. i, p. 50.

This small colony agrees with Busk’s description of the zocecia
and ocecia but has an occasional avicularium which has the same
form as that of F. securifrons ; the zocecia are larger, however, than
those of the British F. securifrons, and the species is altogether more
like the description of F’. pisctformis.

18. Diachoris intermedia, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. viii, p. 133, 1881.
Localities.—Stations 59, 77, Indian Marine Survey.

19. Carbasea cribriformis, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. “‘ Challenger,’ pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 58.

There are only a few fragments of this species in the collection,
so that the spiral growth at the bases of fenestra cannot be seen ;
otherwise the characters agree with Busk’s description.
Localitues.—Stations 59, 61, 77, (72, 15, 34 fathoms,) Indian Marine

Survey.

Family CELLARUDA.
20. Cellaria tenmyrostris, Busk.

(Salicornaria tenuirostris) Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt.1, p. 17.

There is only one specimen of this form, measuring about one
inch in height and being well branched. Avicularia have shorter
mandibles mentioned by Busk (Voy. H.M.S. ‘‘ Challenger,”
pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 92). The internodes are swollen with the
number of ocecia present, and the opening to these, above the ori-
fice is oval with aspade-shaped operculum. ‘The knots of radical
tubes, alluded to by Smitt (‘‘ Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. ii, p. 4, in
Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. xi, 1872), are to be seen where each
branch is given off.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. uy 185

21. Nellia oculata, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. POU peat he 1S.
Localities —Gaspar Straits; Stations 59, 77, 90, Indian Marine
Survey - Andamans (Wood-Mason).

Family TuBuceLLaRnDa,
22. Tubucellaria cereovdes, Ellis and Sol.

MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. XXd oh 107, 1884.

Localities.—Off Table Island, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey) ;
Andamans, 130-250 fathoms ; west coast Andamans (Wood-
Mason).

Family MEMBRANIPORID& °'
23. Membranipora tenuirostris, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series D3 VOls Vin 1p: 70, 1880.
Locality.—Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey) ; Andamans (Wood-Mason)

24. Membranipora tuberculata, Busk.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., old series, vol. vi, p. 126, 1858.

There is a point that makes me hesi-
tate in considering this species to be
M. tuberculata. "The blunt tubercles
are hollowed in a cave-like manner on
the side nearest the basis of the zoce-
cla, and the membrane of the front
wall of the zocecium can be sometimes
seen extending below the aperture ,
over the margin, which has become
widened and attached to the tubercles
above the hollowed portions. These
tubercles with age become united to
form a transversely elongated tubercle,
as described by Busk for M. tubercu-
lata. This species should probably be
called Amphiblestrum instead of M em-
brantpora.

Locality.—Station 327,. Indian Marine

lire: 3-—Membranipora tubercu- :
lata, Busk Survey :

186 LAURA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. |,

25. Membranipora bengalensis, Stoliczka.
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxvili, pt. 2, p. 55, 1869.

The spines described by Stoliczka as pro-
ceeding downwards from the lower lip are
in these specimens situated on the opercu-
lum; they appear as if proceeding from
the lower lip when the operculum is open,
but stand upright when it is closed. ‘There
are'no lateral spines present on these spe-
cimens, but on either side of the usual
basal spine there is one not mentioned in
the original description.

Locality.—Snod Island.

26. Membranipora radicifera var.
intermedia, Kirkpatrick.
Proc. Roy. Dub. Soc., vol. vi, new series,
p. 615, 1890.
Locality. —Cheduba, 6 fathoms.

27. Membranipora coronata, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. vii, p.
147, 1881.

Localities.—Lat. 6° 1 N., Long. 81° 16’ E.,
34 fathoms ; off Port Blair, 100 fathoms
(Indian Marine Survey); Marshall
Channel, Andamans (Indian Marine
Survey).

Fic. 4.—Membranipora
bengalensis, Stol.

28. Membranipora delicatula, Busk.

Hincks, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. vi, p. 86, 1880.
A small colony closely adhering to a stick.
Locality —Off Mangalore, 26-31 fathoms.

Family M1IcROPORID/.
29. Steganoporella simplex, Harmer.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sct., vol. xliii, p. 253, 1900.
Locality.—Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).

30. Steganoporella sulcata, Harmer.

Quart. Journ. Micro. Sct., vol. xliii, p. 246, goo.
Locality. —Off Table Island, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 187

31. Thalamopo-ella smittii, Hincks.

Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. xxi p. 123, 1889.
Locality —Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms.

32. Bifaxaria? sp.

a
©

Fic. 5.—Rifaxaria? sp.

A fragment, measuring half an inch in height, probably belong-
ing to this genus, has a continuous, branched, calcareous zoarium,
composed of zocecia united back to back, divisions between them
very indistinctly seen. Orifice rounded with a loop-shaped sinus
deeply sunk, but its primary form continuous up to the surface of
the zoarium. A few, scattered, rounded avicularia round the mar-
gins of the zocecia.

Locality —Lat. 5° 56’ N., Long. 91° 05’ E., 1,590 fathoms (Wood-

Mason).

33. Cribrilina radiata, Moll.

Localities.—Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms ; coast of
Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong) ; Cheduba, 6 fathoms ;
Station go, Indian Marine Survey.

Family MICROPORELLIDA.
34. Microporella ciliata, Pallas.

‘These specimens have the wing-like modification of the avicu-
laria mentioned by Hincks (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 24,
1882) as having been found by Captain Cawne Warren on the
coast of Ceylon.

Localities—Stations 59 and 77, Indian Marine Survey.

188 LauRA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. (VOL. |,

35. Microporella violacea form p!agtopora, John.

Hincks, Brit. Marine Pol., vol. i, p. 216.
Locality.—Cheduba, 6 fathoms.

36. Microporella malusi, Aud.

Locality—lLat. 6° 1 N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).

37. Chorizopora brongmarti, Aud.

Localities—lLat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms ; Cheduba,
6 fathoms.
Family PORINIDA‘.

38. Lagentpora spinulosa, Hincks.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. xiii, pp. 57 and 210, 1884.
Locality —Andamans (Wood-Mason).

39. Lagentpora socialis, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 4, vol. xx, p. 215, 1877.

The colonies of this species are in the form of little caps which
appear to have encrusted some round body and from which they are
broken off. ‘The zocecia radiate from a hole in the centre which is
occupied in some cases by the stem of a branching red coral. The
tubular orifice of the zocecium has often spinous processes behind.
The specimens differ from Hinck’s description in having a roughened
instead of a smooth wall to the ocecia, and in having perforations
scattered over the whole front wall of the zocecium.

Locality.— Andamans.

40. Lagenipora tuberculata, MacGil.

McCoy, Prodromus Zool. Vict., decade xvi, vol. ii, p. 209.
Locality.—Lat. 6° 1 N., Long. 81° 16’ E. (Indian Marine Survey).

Family MONOPORELLID As.
41. Monoporella albicans, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. ix, p. 123, 1882.

There is a purplish tinge to these colonies, caused by the dark
colour of the opercul as in Cellepora albirostris (Smitt “ Floridan
Bryozoa,” pt. ii, p. 70, in Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. xi, 1872).
Locality.—Marshall Channel, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).

42. Monoporella lepida, Hincks.

(Haploporella lepida) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. viii, p. 11,
1881.

Locality.—Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E.., 34 fathoms (Indian Marine
Survey).

1907. | Records of the Indian ALuseum. 189

Family MvyRIozoID/é.
43. Schizoporella tenuis, Busk.

Voy. H.M:S. “ Challenger,’ pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 165.

The present specimens must be much finer colonies than those
described by Busk. ‘The zoarium is free, forming hollow tubular
branches which expand into funnel-shaped ends whose sides some-
times fall in, forming various convolutions, and as growth proceeds
the branches meet and unite so as to make a confused, interlaced col-
ony. ‘These colonies are of very delicate texture and pearly white in
early stages of growth, becoming more substantial and of a shiny,
pinkish colour with age. Odcecia are present very large, each nearly
covering the zocecium above the one to which it belongs. The
orifices of fertile zocecia are about twice as large as those of ordinary
zocecia.

Localities. —Off Passage Island, Andamans, 17 fathoms; Marshall

Strait, Table Island.

44. Schizoporella mivea, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. “ Challenger,” pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 163.
Locality.—Andamans (Wood-Mason).

45. Sciizoporella aperta, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. ix, p. 126, 1882.

These specimens correspond with those brought by Professor
Herdman from Ceylon and recorded by me (in Suppl. Report
XXVI to Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, pt. iv). They
have two spines on the upper margin of the orifice not mentioned
by Busk. Ocecia are present here, not in the Ceylon collection.
The beaks of the large avicularia are not serrated as described by
Hincks (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. 1x).

Localities.—Coast of Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong) ; 8 miles

E.S.E. Kalingapatam, 28-30 fathoms.

46. Schizoporella spongitis, Pallas.
Locality.—Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms.

47. Schizoporella incrassata, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. ix, p. 124, 1882.

The frontal, large avicularia have on this specimen forked
mandibles instead of pointed. Other characters correspond with
Hincks’ description, but there are no ocecia to help in the identifica-
tion of the species.

Locality.—Off Ceylon coast , 32-34 fathoms (Indian Nearine Survey).

48. Schizoporella cecilit, Aud.

Hincks, Brit. Marine Pol., vol. i, p. 269.
Locality —Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms.

190 LAuRA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. (VOL. I,

49. Rhyncozoon incisor, Thornely.

Suppl. Report XXVI to Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries,
pt. iv.
Locality.—lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian Marine
Survey).
50. Gemellipora glabra form striatula, Smitt.

‘“ Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. ii, p. 37, in Vetensk. Akad. Handi., vol.
M1 1072.
Locality.—Cheduba, 6 fathoms.
Family EscHARIDA.
51. Lepralia cucullata, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. ii, p. 81.
Localities.—Galle (Dr. J. Anderson) ; Cheduba, 6 fathoms.

52. Lepralia fuegensis, Busk.

(Eschara fuegensis) Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. ii, p. 90.
Locality.—Marshall Channel, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).
53. Lepralia adpressa, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. ii, p. 82.
Locahty.—Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).
54. Lepralia multidentata, Thornely.

Suppl. Report XXVI to Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries,
pt. iv, p. 120.

Locality. —Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).

55. Lepralia turnita, Smitt.

‘“* Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. ii, p. 65, in Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol.
xt, 1672
Locahty.—Station 58, Indian Marine Survey
56. Lepralia potssonti, Aud.

Hincks, Aux. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. viii, p. 122, 1881.
Locality.— Andamans, 120 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey).

57. Porella malleolus, Hinck~.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5 vol. xiii, p. 361, 1884.
Locality.—Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms.

58. Smuittia marmorea, Hincks.

Bnit. Marine Pol., vol. i, p. 350.
Locality. —Coast of Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 191

59. Smittia rostriformis, Kirkpatrick.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 6, vol. i, p. 80, 1888.
Locality.—Station 90, Indian Marine Survey.

60. Smittia trispinosa, Johnston.

Several varieties of this species.
Localities.—Kilakarai, Gulf of Manaar (Annandale); Station go,
Indian Marine Survey.

61. Mucronella canalifera, Busk.

Waters, Voy. H.M.S. ‘‘ Challenger,”’ pt. lxxix (vol. xxx1), p. 24.
I have some hesitation in considering the present specimen to
be M. canalifera. It has the characteristic features of upright zoce-
cia, with finely punctured surface, semiorbicular orifice, without a
tooth, spines above and at the sides of the orifice, and a spout-like
lower lip. This last is, however, not so prominent as in Busk’s
figure, the spines usually number four, sometimes five, but not six,
and are jointed at their bases ; also there are, here and there, large
pointed avicularia not described by Busk. No ocecia are present.
Locality.—Marshall Channel, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).

62. Mucronella tubulosa, Hincks.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 5, vol. vi, p. 383, 1880.
Locality —Marshall Channel, Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).

63. Mucronella formidabilts, sp. nov.

Fic. 6.—Mucronella formidabilis, sp. nov.

Zoarium incrusting, of a light brown colour. Zocecia large,
deeply divided, rising from the base to the orifice, coarsely and

192 LAURA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. |,

regularly punctured. Orifice large, arched above, contracted near
the base, with a point there on either side below the hinge of the
operculum. Six to eight large, jointed spines above, six of which
show in front of the ocecitum when present. Peristome rising
below the orifice into a swollen hollow process with an avicularium
on its inner aspect lying horizontally and having a tongue-shaped
mandible. Numerous protuberances bearing small, rounded avicu-
laria scattered over the front wall of the zocecium and round the
margin of the orifice, sometimes reduced to two or three only.
Ocecia finely punctured, their sides prolonged downwards, leaving
a square opening.
Locality.—N. Sentinel bearing N. 15 miles, W. 18 miles, 250 fath-

oms ; growing on the cast spine of a sea-urchin.

There are resemblances between this species and Mucronella
vultuy and M. aviculifera, but there is the great distinction here of
no interni denticle to the orifice.

64. Mucronella maculata, sp. nov. ;

Fic. 7.—Mucronella maculata, sp. nov.

Zoarium incrusting, loosely attached to sea weed. Zocecia
large, distinct, deeply divided. Surface finely granulated. Ori-
fice rounded above, narrowing gradually to a point below, usually
two spines above, a large mucro below, either in the centre or to one
side according to the form of a prominence bearing an avicularium
which is usually large and rounded, with a horizontally placed
avicularium and occupying a large space rather to one side of the
centre of the orifice pushing the mucro to one side ; it is sometimes,
however, produced into a narrow, curved process which stands
straight up on one side of the orifice, the avicularium long and point-
ing upwards. ‘There is sometimes a second similar avicularium
on the other side of the orifice. When this form of avicularium
is present the mucro holds its central position. A third form of

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 193

avicularium is borne on a spout-like protuberance of the front
wall of the zocecium, and is an addition, not a substitute for
the others. Ocecia are large and rounded and granulated, like the
walls of the zocecia.

Locality.—Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms

65. Retepora tubulata, Busk.

Voy. H.M S. “‘ Challenger,” pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 121.

In the ‘“‘ Challenger ”’ report, one distinction given between this
species and R. philippinensis is that the celluliferous surface of the
zoarium is in the latter outside, instead of inside the tubular alveolee.
In the present specimen the first wide, vase-shaped fold of the zoa-
rium has the celluliferous surface on its inside aspect, but the tubu-
lar branches, rising from this, have the celluliferous surface on their
outside surface. Ocecia are plentiful and the forked avicularia is
present at the bases of many of the fenestree.

Localities. —Gaspar Straits (J. S. Gardner) ; Stations 59, 77, Indian

Marine Survey; southern portion of Malacca Straits (S.S.

‘“ Sherard Osborne’).

66. Retepora producta, Busk.

Voy, HoMS:<° Challenger, pt. xxx (vol. x); p! 108.
Locality.—Pedro Shoal, 25 fathoms.

67. Retepora monilifera, MacGil.

Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. xx, p. 105, 1883.

A fragment, which corresponds generally with MacGillivray’s
species, as described in McCoy’s Prod. Zool. Vict., vol. 1, decade x,
p. 19, has three very marked features. 1. The enormous avicu-
laria, ending in sharp points, which are placed in front and at the
bases of most fenestre of the zoarium. ‘They pass right through
the opening, and the rostrum has a tooth on either side of where
the point of the mandible rests. 2. The very prominent ocecia
which stand up almost at right angles to the orifice of the zocecia
and end in a point, formed by the tip of the vertical portion of the
beaded band on the front wall of the ocecium. 3. The large, raised
avicularia with short, curved mandibles present on the front wall of
some zocecia. Of these features the long pointed avicularia agree
with MacGillivray’s form Mumnita, except that they are situated
at the bases of, not above, fenestrae. In the forward bend of the
vertical beaded line on the ocecia, there is a resemblance to form
Sinuata. ‘There appears to be no absolute agreement with any one
form mentioned.

Locality.—Station 148, Indian Marine Survey.

68. Retepora pocillum, Thornely.

Suppl. Report XXVI to Herdman’s Ceylon Pear! Oyster Fisherves,
Pieive ps 125.

194 LAURA R. THORNELY: Report on Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. 1,

Localities. —Off the coast of Ceylon, 32-34 fathoms (Indian Marine
Survey) ; Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).

69. Reteporella ? sp.

: :
Cae!
Fic, 8.—Reteporella® sp.

Zoarium branched, surface glistening, zocecia smooth, with large
pores here and there round the margin. The front wall rising from
the base upwards to rather prominent shoulder-like projections on
either side of the orifice. Primary orifice with two teeth near the
base, sometimes meeting and leaving a pore below them. Secondary
orifice with a much raised peristome, cleft in front. A large avi-
cularium ending in two points, raised on an eminence and lying
across the front of some zocecia.

Locality.—Off west coast, Andamans, 290-238 fathoms (Carpenter).

There is a general resemblance between this species and Smitt’s
(‘‘ Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. li, p. 67) Retepora marsupiata, but the
fragment in the present collection indicates a branched, possibly a
reticulate zoarium but not fenestrated, and the characters of the
primary orifice and of the avicularia do not agree with those of that
species.

Family ADEONIDA.

70. Adconella subsulcata, Smitt.

(Porina subsulcata) ‘‘ Floridan Bryozoa,” pt. ii, p. 28, in Vetensk.
Akad. Handl., vol. xi, 1872.

Locahities.—Off Sentinel Island (?}, 13 fathoms ; Marshall Channel,
Andamans (Indian Marine Survey).

71. Adeonella platalea, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. “ Challenger,” pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 184. |
Localities —Ye, Burma coast; Gregory Island (Indian Marine
Survey).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 195

72. Adconella distoma, Busk.

(Lepralia distoma) Quart. Journ. Micro. Sct., old series, vol. vi,

p. 127, 1858.

The present specimens are old, with thick calcareous walls the
perforated area much sunk. There are more pores in some zocecia
than are described by Busk, and here and th2re on a separate area
below the zocecia there is a small avicularium, pointing downwards.
Locality.—Station 61, Indian Marine Surve

Family CELLEPORIDA.
73. Cellepora cylindriformis, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. “ Challenger,” pt. xxx (vol. x), p. 201.

The base of this specimen has evidently incrusted some cylindri-
cal object. It has all the characters described by Busk, but is a
much larger colony, rising free and branched to the height of half
an inch.
Locahty.—Andamans, 130-25 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey).

74. Cellepora megasoma, MacGil

(Lepralia megasoma) McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., decade iv, vol. i,
P- 33-

Locahties.—Stations 59, 79, 90, Indian Marine Survey; Pedro
Shoal, 25 fathoms.

75. Cellepora cidaris, MacGil

McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict., decade xvii, vol. ii, p. 245.

There are large colonies of what I believe to be this form,
although they have solid instead of hollow columnar processes as
described by MacGillivray
Localities —Off Ceylon coast, 32-34 fathoms (Indian Marine Sur-

vey); off Port Blair, 100 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey) ;

Lat. 6° 1’ N., Long. 81° 16’ FE. (Indian Marine Survey); Sta-

tions 59, 77, Indian Marine Survey.

]

Sub-Order CYCLOSTOMATA.
Family CRISIIDA.
76. Crista holdsworthit, Busk.

Brit. Mus. Cat. Mar. Pol., pt. iti, p. 7.

Localities—O# Ceylon coast, 32-34 fathoms (Indian Marine Sur-
vey); Lat. 6° 1 N., Long. 81° 16’ E., 34 fathoms (Indian
Marine Survey).

190 LAURA R. THORNELY: Marine Polyzoa. [VOL. I, 1907.]

77. Idmonea milneana, d’Orb.

Locality.—Station 148, Indian Marine Survey.

Sub-Order CTENOSTOMATA.
Family VESICULARIIDA.
78. Amathia distans, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. °° Challenger,” Pt. L, (vol. xvii), p. 33.
Localities.—Coast of Cheduba, 28-30 fathoms (Armstrong) ; Anda-
mans (Wood-Mason).

79. Bowerbankia caudata, Hincks.

(Valkeria caudata) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., series 4, vol. xx, p. 215,
1O7 7:

Loca‘ity.—Port Canning, Ganges Delta, incrusting bricks in brackish
pool (Annandale).

80. Farrella atlantica, Busk.

Voy. H.M.S. “‘ Challenger,’ Pt. L, (vol. xvii), p. 37.
Locality.— Ye, Burma (Indian Marine Survey).

Family CyLINDRa@CcIIDzA
81. Cylindrecium dilatatum, Hincks.

Brit. Marine Pol., vol. i, p. 536.

These specimens have large, spinous dilatations at their bases,
as described by Hincks for some of his specimens.
Locality —Mangalore, 26-31 fathoms (Indian Marine Survey).

xy THE Rate OF BRACKESH PONDS
ACT 2 OR dl CyAGN INVMON Gi WW OW IR OB EONLG. AL,

ParRT VI.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE POLYZOA, WITH FURTHER
NOTES ON THE PONDS.

By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent,
Indian Museum.

Thanks to the kindness of Mr. D. Hooper, I am now able to
give figures representing approximately the maximum and minimum
salinity of the water of one of the ponds during the present year.
A sample taken on May 25th (about three weeks before the be-
ginning of the rainy season) from the pond in which the hydroid of
Ivene ceylonensis was found, contained 22°88 per thousand of
saline residue, while one taken from the neighbourhood of the same
pond on July 9th contained only 9°82 per thousand. At the latter
date the whole area containing the ponds was flooded and the
river embankment had broken down in their vicinity. It will be
remembered that the water of the same pond contained 12°13 per
thousand of saline constituents in December, and 20°22 per thousand
in March. By an unfortunate mistake the former figure is mis-
quoted as 0°22 per cent. on pp. 69 and 82 of pt. i of these
“ Records.”

A factor in the distribution of the pond fauna to which at-
tention was not paid in my preliminary account (pp. 35—43) is the
bore on the Matla river. Mr. Hodgart, Zoological Collector in the
Museum, tells me that at this time of year it is often so strong that
people in the neighbourhood of breaks in the embankment are
obliged to take refuge on its approach in the upper storey of the
nearest brick house. The bore of course only affects the ponds
when the embankment is broken and they are therefore put in
communication with the river, but on such occasions it must bring
into them many organisms from the neighbourhood of the open
sea. Collections made in the ponds during the present month
(July, 1907) include specimens of several forms not hitherto taken
in the tanks, notably one of a species of the Sipunculid genus
Physcosoma, which was found in the mud. They also include
most of the forms already taken, notably Metridium schillerranum
var. exul in great abundance and the Polyzoa Vuctorella pavida
and Bowerbankia caudata, both in interesting stages; Ivene cey-
lonensis was not seen.

198 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VoL. l,

POLYZOA.

Numerous statoblasts of Plumatella were found floating on
the surface of the ponds in July, together with gemmules of Spon-
gilla alba ; but as a very careful search failed to reveal living colonies
of Phylactolematous Polyzoa at any season in the ponds, it is
probable that the statoblasts had been brought from freshwater
tanks in the vicinity by wind or by flood. The only Polyzoa taken
recently in the ponds in an active condition are Ctenostomes, v?z.,
Victorella pavida and Bowerbankia caudata ; but the type specimens
of Membrantpora bengalensis, which are still in the Indian Museum,
were collected from brackish ponds in the neighbourhood by the
late Dr. Stoliczka thirty-nine years ago. Miss L. Thornely (Rec.
Ind. Mus., i, p. 186) has recently examined specimens from Mer-
gui, and I have nothing to add to her report, which is published
in this number of the Records of the Indian Museum, except to say
that I have been unable to identify in Stoliczka’s types the “ sta-
toblasts ’’ to which he refers (Journ. Aszat. Soc. Bengal (2), 1869,
p. 58). It seems probable from his figures and description that
what he saw were polypides in different stages of development
from brown bodies, together with unripe gonads. In some species
the gonads are well developed, after the formation of a brown body,
while the new polypide is still in a very rudimentary condition.

Family PALUDICELLIDA.

Ctenostomes that die down in unfavourable conditions after the
production of resting buds, which differ in form from the zocecia
and are enclosed in an impermeable substance resembling
chitin. Zocecia tubular, arising either directly from another
zocecia, or from tubular outgrowths from the sides of other
zocecia, or from a false stolon. The false stolon consists of
tubular prolongations of the base of each zocecium, neither
the false stolon nor the tubular outgrowths being always pres-
ent. Funiculus well developed ; gizzard feebly muscular.

I follow Jullien (Bull. Zool. Soc. France, x, p. 174, 1885) in
regarding Paludicella Gervais as the type of a family, to which,
in my opinion, Victorella and, if it be generically distinct, Pot-
stella also belong. I have, however, given a new definition of this
family, in order to lay stress on the feature that seems to me most
important, viz., the production of the so-called hibernacula in
unfavourable conditions. The term hibernacula is, however, mis-
leading, for the structures it is intended to describe are formed
in India in summer and spring. They do not appear to have
been hitherto described in the case of Victorella, as the “‘ winter
buds” that several authors have noted in this genus are buds
very much like the ordinary zocecia. As regards the position of
Paludicella and its allies, if they are to be regarded as a distinct
family, they are intermediate between the Stolonifera and the
astoloniferous families of the Ctenostomes. As I have already

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 199
indicated, their “‘ stolon”’ is not a true stolon in the sense that the
“rhizome ”’ of a form such as Bowerbankia is one. It is not al-
ways distinguishable, and when it is definitely present is not sepa-

EitGaie ry De, A:

Fics. 1 AND 2.—Zoeecia of Victorella pavida from Port Canning at the end of
winter, x 70. (From preserved specimens )

b=young resting bud; f funiculus; o= ovary ; p=plate separating the zoccia;
t=testes; v=vorticellids growing on the zoccia.

rated off from the cavities in which the polypides rest, but consists
of prolongations of the base of the zocecia, the separating plate
occurring in the false stolon.at some little distance from the base of
the polypide (fig. 2). This is really what is meant by the statement
of several authors that in Victorella the zocecia arise from swellings
in a creeping stolon; it would be more accurate to say that the
creeping stolon consisted of the base of the zocecia produced in
two or four directions. A rudiment of just such a false stolon is
sometimes found in Hislopia (the type of another family of fresh-
water Ctenostomes) and apparently occurs in a fully developed con-
dition in the Arachnidiide. The family most closely allied to the
Paludicellide is probably the Cylindrceciide, to which Pennington
(in Bousfield, op. post. cit., p. 406) thought that Victorella belonged.

200 N. ANNANDALE: Zhe Fauna of Brackish Ponds. {VOL. I,

The Paludicellide occur all over the world, but only in fresh
and brackish water, in which they are exposed to the dangers of
desiccation and violent changes of temperature. It is noteworthy,
however, that the only other genus of Ctenostomes that occurs
in fresh water in the Oriental Region, namely Hislopia, appears
not to form resting buds and is capable of sexual reproduction at
all times of year. This genus constitutes, according to Jullien,
the type of a second family and appears to be sufficiently different
from all other forms to merit this distinction. The family Hislo-
piidee may be defined as follows :—

Perennial freshwater Ctenostomes in which the zocecia are flat
and recumbent and arise directly from other zocecia in linear
or ramifying series. The front of the zocecium membranous,
the sides and the rim of the aperture (which is more or less
raised and tubular) thickened. Funiculus practically absent ;
gizzard furnished with thickened ridges internally.

The examination of numerous specimens of Hislopia lacustris
trom Calcutta, the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh,! and the
Malay Peninsula convinces me that Jullien’s Novodonia sinensis
and N. cambodgiensis are merely phases or varieties of this species,
which must therefore be widely distributed in the East. The form
of the zocecia and the method of budding would suggest a relation-
ship with the Arachnidiide. Although Hislopia is not found in
brackish water, the foregoing description and notes may be of use
in distinguishing it from the Paludicellide.

Victorella pavida, Kent.

(V. pavida), Kent, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sct., x, p. 34, 1870 ;
Hincks, Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 559, pl. 79; Bousfield, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (5), xvi, p. 401, 1885 ; Kraepelin, Deutsch. Siissw. Bryo-
soen (part i), p. 95, 1887.

It is unnecessary to give a formal description of this species, the
anatomy of which has been described by Bousfield (of. czt.). Indian
specimens agree fairly well with the descriptions of English ones,
being readily distinguished from those of any other Ctenostome
by their mode of budding. Possibly there are slight differences
between the Bengal and the British races, but it is difficult to be
sure that such differences are constant without examining a large
number of examples from different localities, and this I have had no
opportunity of doing. Bousfield refers to specimens he found in
England in spring as having zocecia that were “ solitary, and semi-
reptant, colourless, and in shape much like a violin with a straight
elongated neck’’ ; but he describes specimens he took in the same
locality in the month of September in the following terms: ‘‘ The
polypidom consists of slender yellow or brownish tubes, on which
at intervals are situated swellings . . . . in each of which

| See also Walton in Rec. Ind. Mus., i, p. 177, 1907.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 201

a zooid is developed . . . . From each swelling arise two
branches at right angles, and by the growth of these branches
and the development of zocecia, from which again other branches
arise, the growth of the colony continues, always branching in a
rectangular direction, so that a matted mass results.”’

Fic. 3. Fic. 4.

Fic. 3.—-Distal extremity of zocecium of V. pavida from Port Canning, with bud,
x70. (From preserved specimens.)

Fic 4—Resting buds (bd) of V. pavida, with remains of zocecium, x 70; Port
Canning, July, 1907. (From preserved specimens.)

In the neighbourhood of Calcutta I have found specimens
corresponding with both of the phases thus described. Specimens
(fig. 1) obtained in winter from the ponds at Port Canning, repre-
sented a phase similar to that found in September in England,
except that the whole of the zoarium was practically colourless.
Many of the zocecia bore lateral buds, which were situated in most
cases near the distal extremity. From these buds (fig. 3) originated
tubular outgrowths, which, in a few cases, gave rise to other zocecia.
I did not find, however, examples that could be compared in com-
plexity with that figured by Kraepelin on plate iii, fig. 75, of the
work referred to under his name. The buds in my specimens were,
moreover, less distinctly cylindrical than those he describes, being
- shorter and more gradually rounded at the base. They were only
- produced on a relatively small number of zocecia.

Other specimens, taken earlier in the season in a canal, the
water of which was only slightly brackish, at Dhappa near Calcutta,
had the zocecia partially recumbent and of the same form as those
of the specimens taken by Bousfield in England in spring. The

202. N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. I,

zocecia were, however, closely packed together (the false stolon
between them being very short) and in a few cases bore buds near
the distal extremity. In these specimens, although the aperture
was in most cases distinctly rectangular, it was occasionally almost
circular. Kraepelin (op. cit., p. 158, footnote) has described under
the name Paludicella miillert, a somewhat similar form, which he
regards as intermediate between Paludicella and Victorella; but
this form is stated never to produce buds on the distal part of the
zocecia, always to have this region circular in cross-section, and to
possess a circular musculature.

Both the specimens from Dhappa and those from Port Canning
that were taken in winter, bore ripe gonads, the testes and ovaries
reaching maturity simultaneously in the same zocecia. The ovary
(fig. I) consisted of a single mass, elongated in a vertical direction
and situated on the inner wall of the zocecium some little distance
below the aperture. The testes, on the other hand, occurred asa
number of small rounded bodies scattered over the greater part of
the zocecium, but particularly numerous near its distal extremity.

At the base of the zocecia (fig. 1) of several colonies obtained
from Dhappa and Port Canning during winter, small, mound-
shaped masses of densely granular cells of a brownish colour
were observed occasionally, taking the place of basal buds in the
zoarium. Ina few cases, in specimens taken both in November
and January, these masses appeared to have secreted a thin
chitinous investment, which was not, however, very distinct at the
edges. In specimens taken in the ponds at Port Canning in July,
shortly after the beginning of the rainy season, “ resting buds ”’ (fig.
4) were observed in the same position, and there could be no doubt
that they represented a more perfect stage in the development of
the same structures. The resting buds (fig. 4) were flattened, more
or less oblong bodies of very variable size and outline, the upper
surface being slightly arched and bearing a number of longitudinal
ridges, which occasionally ramified ; the sides were produced into
several tubular projections, on which the chitinous coat was com-
paratively thin. The colour of the whole structure was dark brown.
As a rule two resting buds were present at the base of each zocecium
that produced them, but sometimes there was only one and occasion-
ally there were three ; only a comparatively small number of zocecia
had produced them. Such zocecia, and the majority of the others,
contained at this season no polypides, but were either empty or
contained brown bodies. Frequently even empty zocecia retained
their external form, except that the aperture was tightly closed and
the adjacent region circular in cross-section, and in many cases the
collar persisted as a wrinkled and pleated funnel-shaped membrane
extended from the distal extremity of the zocecium. A few poly-
pides were active, some of them being long, thin and very trans-
parent, while others were short and relatively stout; the latter
occurring chiefly towards the periphery of the zoarium and being
semi-recumbent. In a few cases it appeared that the long thin
polypides had recently developed from resting buds at the base of

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 203

dead zocecia, but none were found actually in the course of develop-
ment. No sexually mature zocecia were observed.

The form of the resting buds of Victorella pavida is not without
a certain systematic interest, for not only do they appear to exhibit
very distinct differences from those of Paludicella and Potsiella,
but their shape is not altogether dissimilar to that of the zocecia of
Hislopia. It is possible, judging from the analogy of other or-
ganisms found in stagnant water in Lower Bengal, that they are
produced both at the end of autumn and the beginning of spring,
both these seasons being critical periods in the life cycles of many
of the lower invertebrates of the Calcutta tanks. If this is so, it
is probable that they do not undergo further development in the
one case until the cold weather is well established, and in the other
until the rains have lowered the temperature very considerably.
The dangers to be guarded against at the two periods are different.
In spring the approach of the hot weather not only raises the tem-
perature of the water but also, perhaps consequently, induces an
enormous multiplication of aquatic bacteria. Whether these bacteria
have any specific action on other organisms is not known, but their
rapid increase is accompanied by a simultaneous disappearance or
depauperation of many of the common aquatic invertebrates, while
the scum they produce on the surface certainly prevents aération of
the water. In autumn, on the other hand, the risk of actual desic-
cation is great, for although evaporation is naturally more pro-
nounced in summer, it is, at this season, to some extent counter-
balanced by the heavy thundershowers that frequently fall ;
whereas in winter, during which there is usually very little rain,
the temperature is quite high enough to evaporate the water of
many of the smaller pools.

Family VESICULARIIDZ.

The characters of this family have been discussed by all those
who have dealt from a systematic point of view with the Ctenostomes
as a whole, but the tropical species are still far from being well
known. So far as they have been studied, they appear to be closely
related to, or in many cases identical with European forms. In the
East, as in Europe, members of certain genera are not averse to
‘brackish water. It is worthy of note that Victorella pavida was
originally found in England in the same locality as Bowerbankia
imbricata, a species allied to the one found with it in Lower Bengal.

Bowerbankia caudata, Hincks.

(B. caudata) Hincks, Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 521, pl. 75.

I am indebted in the first instance for the identification of this
species to Miss L. Thornely. Mr. R. Kirkpatrick has also been
kind enough to examine specimens and is of the opinion that they
are identical with Hincks’s species. A renewed search in the ponds
has proved it to be at least as abundant as Victorella pavida, the

204 N. ANNANDALE: The Fauna of Brackish Ponds. [VOL. |,

two species frequently occurring together on the same stem or
root and their zoaria being very closely interlocked. B. caudata is,
however, generally more restricted as to the area it covers than
V. pavida, which as a rule surrounds it when the two are found in
close contact. In such circumstances it is by no means easy,
distinct as the species really are, to distinguish one from the other.
The bases of the zoaria are almost invariably concealed by a dense
growth of minute alge and other organisms, and, except when
buds are being produced on the zocecia by Victorella, the distal
ends of the zocecia are extraordinarily alike. The basal portion of
these structures, when it is visible or if it can be freed from ex-
ternal matter, affords the best means of diagnosis. The nature of
this part of the organism has already been fully dealt with in the
case of one species ; in the other, B. caudata, the zocecia adhere to
the sides of the stolon and end in each case in a free conical “‘ tail,”
which as a rule hangs down beneath the level of the stolon. This
character is often to some extent obscured in old individuals,
although very clear in some zocecia of every zoarium.

If the polypides are alive and can be induced to expand their
lophophores while under observation, the readiest way to distin-
guish Victorella from Bowerbankia is to note that whereas the gizzard
is highly muscular in the latter, its walls are thin in the former.
In living examples of the two forms this character is conspicuous
when the tentacles are extruded, and can be detected with a little
care even when they are retracted ; but in preserved material it is
often difficult to be sure as regards the nature of the gizzard, which
is clearly present (as Bousfield noticed) even in Victorella.

My specimens of B. caudata agree fairly well with Hincks’s
figures, but the “ tail’ of the zocecia is sometimes longer and occa-
sionally forks at its free extremity, the alternate arrangement of the
zocecia is not quite constant, and the stolon is divided by partitions
placed at irregular intervals. When the zoarium becomes much
matted together, the “tails” appear to grow longer than is the case
when the colony has plenty of room for expansion, and sometimes
secondary adhesions are formed both between the “ tail”’ and
another loop of the stolon and between different parts of the
stolon. When the tails adhere to the stolon in this way they do so
either by their sides or by their tips.

The tentacles, which always number eight, bear at their base.a
long sensory bristle (which slopes backwards and downwards when
the lophophore is expanded) and a series of three or four approxim-
ately horizontal, finer hairs on their external surface, as well as a
bunch of still finer hairs at their tip.

Specimens taken during winter were sexually mature, the gonads
closely resembling those of Victorella. In most cases, however, the
testes became mature before the ovaries. Colonies kept through
the hot weather in an aquarium in which the salinity of the water
was maintained at an even level, continued to produce spermatozoa
until the end of June and did not form brown bodies. I failed
to observe the formation of ovaries in these circumstances. It is

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 205

evident, however, that in the ponds the polypides cease to be active
and produce brown bodies during the hot weather. In colonies
taken from their natural habitat in July, during the floods referred
to at the beginning of this paper, only a few zocecia were active, and
these few appeared from their transparency to have recently been
rejuvenated. In the majority of the zocecia new polypides were in
the course of development from brown bodies, the tentacles in most
cases being already visible as short digitate processes. On the walls
of zocecia containing tentacles in this stage of rejuvenescence the
gonads were already almost mature, both ovaries and testes being
already far advanced and occurring together.

An interesting observation, possibly connecting the formation
of brown bodies with that of the resting buds of the Paludicellide,
was made as regards some of these zocecia, namely that their walls
were greatly thickened and had a brownish or greenish colour not
due to the presence of minute organisms. Other zocecia, however,
in which the polypides were in exactly the same condition, resembled
the empty zocecia of Victorella at the same time of the year, having
thin walls and the collar protruding from their distal extremity.

f ea Hee th

anid ' }
’

yt ' wh
fe ak \ ri } : f ae} ;
. OC 10 fed teyE
: ‘ “i t ‘ rr. ‘ ]
a my Ph) ee | Pra rE ¢) nyee
) ‘. i 1s Y
WH WL aT WE ast
Z a rs f
oe pet i r ¢ iy 7 7
7 ’ ad : 7 ( ‘ @
on i, ' tia! 4 ' 7 1 aL ee !

’ ' ‘ a Sr hast

, 4
‘ yi ee eg 65 7
‘Pk
'
. is
%4
fy)
'
.
ya 5
¥
barra
A
:
ry
s
{
*

Pek (oh ReD ee Orke ON ACR WIGS (DE R
ME AGE TE herds) aN eal re ET ND 1 AONE MU SE UM.
Welt Eee as SDE SCRIP MCT O ON. “Os, A
NEW. -S' Poi Crh Esk,

BYIMALCOIM BURR WD AUwE (ZS. of. GS) PL Sur. BS.

Genus DiPLaATtys, Serville.

I. sa Burr. Bhim Tal, Kumaon, 4,500 feet, 19th to 22nd
September 1906, “feeding on flowers of stinging nettles.”
Three larve, which I refer with some doubt to this species.
Noss. ozs and 42° (N. Annandale).

2. gladiator Burr. Calcutta, ‘22nd November 1906, ? , No. 1245
(J. Caunter).

Genus ForcrPuLa, Bolivar.

1. tyispinosa Dohrn. Nepal; Chitlong, Nos. **' and 4%? o o ;

Sisk
l

iss and => 92 GR. Hodgart):;) Pharping. No. 2

>
>)

9; 28 ao S o (R. Hodgart). Calcutta, “at light,’’ No. 50a
ao, and **§, 9 (C.A. Paiva). Also the following larve and

immature specimens are probably to be referred to this
species: Bhim Tal, Kumaon, 4,500 feet, rt9th to 22nd
September 1906, No. “*4 (N. Annandale). Nepal; Pharping,
Nos: 124° ‘and +244 (R. “Hodgart). Nepal ; Soondrijal, Octo-
ber 1906, Nos. 1270 1am aa a aie eS. 1280 1281

Se eS 1st ee)

9 9; 122 to 122°. very ‘small. ‘and ‘ill-developed id Pioles

Rites 1

Loge 1258 and 1297 , larvee (Re Hodgart).

2: decolyi Peering Nepal ; Soondrijal, Nos. +32 and #224, oo (R.
Hodgart).

Genus LABIDURA, Leach.

1. bengalensis Dohrn. Siliguri, N. Bengal, No. *22, 9 Chand-

pur, District of Tipperah, No. **’, roth September 1906,
Q (I. H. Burkill).
2. riparia Pall. Kathgodam, U.P., 3rd October 1906, No. 224°

i=5, 3

one larva (N. Annandale). Comilla, Bengal, two larve
(Lefroy). Pusa (Iyefroy*?). Var. inermis, Pusa, oa o@
(Lefroy).

1 The two previous papers on the galiecion | were published in the oo n. Asiatic
Soc. Bengal, 1905, p. 27; and 1906, p. 387.

2 This and other specimens recorded as collected by Lefroy belong to the collection
of the Imperial Entomologist, Pusa,x—Ep.

208 MALCOLM BurRR: /ndian Earwigs. (V OLeals

3. nepalensis sp. n.

Parva, gracilis; pronotum angustum, longius quam latus,
postice rotundatum; elytra granulosa, carina exteriori distincta,
acuta ; ale longe ; pedes testacei, fusco-annulati ; abdomen cylin-
dricum, leve; segmentum ultimum o~ rectangulare; pygidium
@ @haud perspicuum ; forcipis bracchia @ basi triquetra, margine
interno per tertiam partem longitudinis fortiter laminato-dilatato,
hac parte dente terminata ; dehinc valde attenuata, gracilia, iner-
mia, incurva.

od 23
Long. corporis .. 7°5—9°'75 mm. 8°5—II mm.
forcipis 3 1°75—2

STATURE small and slender.

CoLour dull black ; last dorsal segment and forceps reddish
black ; antennee greyish ; feet testaceous, femora and tibie banded
with blackish.

ANTENN& typical of genus ; 21 segments.

HEAD smooth and convex ; sutures obsolete.

PRonotuM somewhat longer than broad, anterior border
straight, posterior border rounded; prozona somewhat tumid ;
metazona flattened.

ELytRA long, truncate, granulated, carina sharp and well
defined ; dull black.

WINGS long, same texture as elytra.

FEET slender, typical.

STERNUM brown, typical.

ABDOMEN dull chocolate black, with a pale sparse pubescence,
which is denser and longer in the 2 ; apparently smooth, exceedingly
finely punctulated ; no lateral tubercles.

VENTER dark brown, smooth, with fine yellowish pubescence.

PENULTIMATE VENTRAL SEGMENT o& obtusangular, truncate
apically ; ? rounded.

LAST VENTRAL SEGMENT almost hidden in both sexes, only
the exterior angles visible.

Last DorsAL SEGMENT: @ rectangular, reddish black, with a
longitudinal median sulcus, and a blunt tubercle on each side at
posterior border; ¢ , attenuate, with median depression.

PYGIDIUM o& ? not apparent.

Forceps with the branches of the ~ triquetre and stout at
the base; inner margin depressed into a sharp flattened plate
along one-third of its length; this part terminated with a small
sharp tooth; the edges contiguous; then strongly attenuate,
unarmed, gently incurved ; on the underside each branch is deeply
furrowed. In the 9, simple, straight, conical.

Hazs.—Nepal; Soondrijal, ‘22588239899 3 @ 7,6 2 9;
Pharping, +**°, ~ (Indian Museum, R. Hodgart).

Falls into the group of L. lividipes and L. tenuicornis, charac
terised by small size and slender build; this is a species at once
distinguished by the dilated forceps, recalling typical Forficula.

1907. |

Records of the Indian Museum.
4. lividipes Dut.

15) ae

209
Chakradharpur, Chote Nagpur, No.
3rd to 6th March 1906 (N. Annandale).
Bengal, No. &°%°

9520
d

Tes

Siliguri, North
Calcutta, No: 222 (C. A. Paiva).
Genus ANISOLABIS, Fieber.
1. annulipes Luc. Calcutta, 24th August 1906, No.
(C. A. Paiva). Pusa (Lefroy).
2. annandalet.

2S) 3 og
854 and 355

Comilla, E. Bengal, Nos. *°* and
E. Bengal, Nos.

306

Ta WAccay.
BE)

These specimens are much redder than the type,

probably bleached ; the head and feet are uniform deep red.

which is
Eeesp:(?):

Genus Lasia, Leach.

This is probably a new species ; there is a single female from
Bhim Tal, Kumaon, at 4,500 feet, 19th to 22nd September
1906 (N. Annandale).

Genus CHELISOCHES, Scudder.
melanocephalus Dohrn. Pusa (Lefroy) ~ ; Barisal, E. Bengal,
? (Lefroy) ; Munshiganj, Bengal (Lefrov).
. simulans Stal. Pusa (Lefroy), 2, Calcutta; “at light,” rath
November 1906 (N. Annandale).
Genus ANECHURA, Scudder.
. fee Borm.

Nepal ; Chitlong, Nos. 48* to #8, 7
(R. Hodgart).

1906, No. 602 ao: 604

2. metallica Dohrn.

Ge Oks SINS
Naini Tal, Kumaon, 6,400 feet, Ist October
aa ee ON atandale):
Bhim Tal, 4,500 feet, Kumaon, 19th to 22nd
September 1906, “‘ feeding on flowers of stinging nettles,’’
Nos. 4; and °3°, 2 9 (N. Annandale). Nepal; Soondrijal
IGS, =, Gr 3 Gill SE (Soyer, INGE, Lee
9 (R. Hodgart) ; Nagorkoti, No. *%°5

oOo: 1301
5 2 J Lehs 3)
@ (R. Hodgart).
Genus ALLODAHLIA, Verhceff.
I. coriacea Borm. Bhim Tal, 4,500 feet, Kumaon, “ feeding on
flowers of stinging nettles,’ rgth to 22nd September 1906,
INO Se yea) SUG eho Or On- Giks) 615 | ele Saito) en 629 “aso
: ey) 15 9 al ty 2) d isi) iby 3) 15 3) 15 9 15 3 15 93 15 9
oo and? 9(N. Annandale).
2. ancylura Dohrn. Bhim Tal, 4,500 feet, Kumaon, “ feeding on
flowers of stinging nettles,”
No. &?, » (N. Annandale).

19th to 22nd September 1906,

Genus APTERYGIDA, Westwood.

bipartita Kirb. var. macrolabia.
(Lefroy).

avachides Yers

Mussoorie, United Provinces,
Bombay (Lefroy).

210 MALCOLM BurR: /ndian Earwigs. [VOL. 1, 1907.]

Genus ForFicuLa, Linn.

1. planicollis Kirb. Sandakphu, Darjeeling—Nepal border, 11,900
feet, October 1906, “‘ amongst firewood,” Nos. *8* and 23°,
@7, 2 (I. H. Burkill). Bhim Tal, Kumaon, 4,500 feet,
19th to 22nd September 1906, “ feeding on flowers of
stinging nettles,” No. *2°, 9 (N. Annandale).

2. acey Burr. Mussoorie, United Provinces, ~ (Lefroy).

3. beelzebub Burr. var. Katmandu, Nepal, Nos. **2* and +22" o o@

(R. Hodgart). Nepal; Chitlong, No. 42°, 9 (R. Hodgart).
These specimens agree with the type in structure, except that
they represent the cyclolabia form, and the colour is different ; in-
stead of being of a uniform dull black, the elytra are clear brick red,
the head is claret-coloured, and the abdomen is deep reddish black ;
I cannot find a true specific distinction, and therefore, for the present

at least, range them as a cyclolabious colour-variety of F’. beelzebub.
Ale Spa?) se sosaiipme OSs san). paso gie

15 9

These are a distinct species, but I refrain from describing
and naming them until the male is forthcoming.'—Apmil r4th,

1907.

1 Since this paper was sent to the press Mr. Burr has published a revision of the
Forficulide (sensu stricto) and the Chelisochide (Trans Ent Soc., 1907 (1), p. g!1).
This revision may necessitate considerable alteration in the generic names of the
species recorded above.—ED., 13-viii-07.

LO SDE INI OA EY

xXVI_NOLES ON, ORTON DAL -DBEPTER A.

HI—REVIEW OF THE ORIENTAL SPECIES OF
SEPEDON LATR:., WITH DESCRIPTIONS: OF
TWO NEW SPECIES.

By EK. BRUNETTI.

Seven species of this genus were included in Van der Wulp’s
Catalogue (1896) of the Diptera of South Asia. Of these I believe
I can identify four with specimens either in the Indian Museum
collection or my own, and add two new ones taken by myself last
year in Java. They all appear to be valid species and of four of
them, p/umbellus, aénescens, ferruginosus and a new species sangut-
nipes, I have examined a series of about a score of each. Two
species I know from single specimens only (crishna Wlk. and
fuscinervis mihi) and the remaining three I have not seen; these
being javanensts Rob. Des. (figured in Macquart’s ‘‘ Diptéres Exo-
tiques’”’), costalis (1) Wlk., and costalis (2 ) WIk., which latter, the
name being preoccupied by the author himself in the same genus, I
have renamed batjanensis.

Table of Oriental species of Sepedon.

A Front coxe grey or blackish,
with or without silvery
white shimmer ; never yel-
low.

B Abdomen plumbeous.

Long. 44-6} mm.

C Apical half (or third) of wing
distinctly darker; anten-
ne nearly or quite black
(except the reddish yellow
Ist joint); posterior
femora generally — with
the apical half reddish

Long. 5-64 mm. plumbellus Wied.
CC Wings uniformly light grey-
ish brown—rarely darken-
ed towards tip (if so only
very slightly); antennz

iS)
-_
iS)

E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Diptera. [VOL. I

brown, (sometimes darker
at tip); posterior femora
always uniformly tawny
Long. 44-6 mm. aénescens Wied.
BB Abdomen tawny or ferrugin-
ous Long. 6-10 mm.
D Cinereous species ; abdomen
tawny; thorax with
four indistinct lines
Long.g9 mm. costalis Wk.
DD Ferruginous species; abdo-
men ferruginous ; thorax
with two indistinct lines
Long. 10 mm. batjanensis, nom. nov. for
costalis Wlk. (2) preocce.
AA Front coxe (generally all the
coxe) bright yellow or
tawny (with little or no
shimmer).
FE Thorax black or blackish.
F Wings uniformly brownish ;
four anterior tarsi in o&
enlarged Long. 7mm. javanensis R. Des.
FF Wings not uniformly colour-
ed; either apical part dis-
tinctly darker, or a suffu-
sion along the veins ; only
the fore tarsi enlarged.
G Apical part of wing distinctly

darker Long. 7-8 mm. sanguinipes Bru., sp. nov.
GG Wing suffused along the
veins Long. 6 mm. fuscinervis Bru., sp. nov.

EE Thorax ferruginous
H Abdomen ferruginous
Long. 5-7 mm. ferruginosus Wied.
HH Abdomen plumbeous
Long. 7 mm, crishna Wk.

S. plumbellus Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 577.

This species is fairly common in grass and weeds near water
in and around Calcutta, probably occurring throughout Bengal.
From Calcutta the Indian Museum possesses it showing dates
from the end of January vp to July. Dr. Annandale’ collector
took one ¢ early in May this year at Dharampur (5,000 feet) in
the Simla hills. It differs from its close ally aénescens Wied. in
several minor but generally consistent characters. Firstly, the
wing is nearly always distinctly darker towards the tip, the basal

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 213

half often being quite clear, whereas in aénescens it is uniformly
pale brown and never clear at the base. The second distinguish-
ing character is the antennz, which are (exclusive of the reddish
Ist joint) always black, or very nearly so, in this species, but
much lighter, and brown, in aénescens. In plumbellus the posterior
femora are often reddish on the apical half (in which case the base
is generally paler yellow than the other legs), whereas in aénescens
they are always uniformly brownish yellow, and the tips never black,
as is often the case in this species.

S. aénescens Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 579.

Although the author says wing with a brownish tip, enclos-
ing the cross vein, I feel sure that I have correctly identified this
species, and think Wiedemann’s specimen must have been an
abnormal one. In one or two specimens out of the series of sixteen
in the Indian Museum collection, there is a slight darkening towards
the tip, which is absent in most specimens. His description of
the shining lead front, and the femora being distinctly mentioned
as not red, and the extreme tip of the posterior femora not being
black, lead me to suppose the Museum specimens are this species.
Wiedemann’s line as to the posterior femora being more or less
brown towards the tip, applies to an occasional specimen, but
the specific character is unifo-mly brownish yellow femora, quite
different from the distinct reddish tinge on the apical half of many
specimens of plumbellus. The Indian Museum series is from Ban-
galore, but I have two examples taken by myself at Shanghai on
April 16th and May 6th, 1906. Wiedemann originally described
both plumbellus and aénescens from China ; probably both species,
with ferruginosus Wied. and my new species sanguinipes are all
distributed throughout the East generally.

S. costalis Wlk., 1859.

Proc; Linn..Soc. Lord, ii, 110.

Walker has described two species separately under this name,
but neither has been seen by me. The author described the
present species (oc) from the Aru Islands. I have had to place
it and the next species in my analytical table according to the
somewhat short descriptions supplied. Thus I have assumed by
‘‘ abdomen and legs tawny ’”’ that the coxe are tawny also. That
they are good species I have no doubt, from the four spots on the
face and frons. Both species seem to possess this number, whereas
in ferruginosus Wied. and crishna Wlk., the only others bearing
spots on the face, there are only two, and in crishna the mark is
a small streak, not a “dot”? as Walker terms it. In size, too, both
‘this and the following species exceed their allies by two to three
millimetres.

214 EK. BRUNETTL: .Votes on Oriental Diptera. [Vora

S. batjanensis, nom. nov.
Nom. nov. for S. costalis Wik. (1861) preoccupied
Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond:, v, 201.

Walker’s second species under the name of costalis was des-
cribed from Batjan, and appears quite distinct. The author calls
it “ferruginous”’ as differing from “ cinereous’’ under which
term he described his Aru Islands species. The type isao. I
fail to understand Walker’s remark “allied to S. duplicans,” not
being able to trace any such species. Immediately following his
description of S. costalis (1) is a new species of his, Lauxania dup-
licans, which he could hardly confuse, or compare with a Sepedon.
I presume his “hind femora denticulated”’ (in his Aru Islands
species) refers to the row of spines present in all the species.

S. javanensis R. Des., 1830.
Essai sur les Myodaires, 677.
Figured in Macquart’s Dipt. Exot., 11, pt. 3, pl. xxiv, 2, 2a, 20.
(Syms) S.gavana,,Macg. loc cit. Al, pt. sanz.

This species must be allied to my sanguimipes. From Mac-
quart’s plate, the wings appear to be uniformly coloured, whereas
in my new species sanguinipes, they are quite distinctly darker to-
wards the tip, and yellowish towards the costa.

Moreover Macquart mentions that the four anterior tarsi
are enlarged in the ~, whereas in all the examples of sanguinipes
that I have examined, this enlargement is confined to the fore pair
only. The longish hair below the four anterior tarsi, which Mac-
quart mentions and figures as an additional or overlooked character
of the species, is replaced in sanguinipes by the ordinary short
pubescence common to all the species. As regards the dilatation
of the fore tarsi, I find this is also the case in ferruginosus Wied. o ;
in both sexes in sanguinipes ; and likewise in the single example
of crishna Wik. that I have seen, which isa @ ; so that the character
appears to be common to several species in the genus, and not
confined to the @ sex. In fact Macquart in his supp. iii, pt. 3,
p. 219, to his previously mentioned work mentions a 2 javanensis
R. Des. with enlarged anterior tarsi. Again, Macquart’s figure
shows the posterior femora of uniform colour, whereas in my
species the contrast is strikingly distinct between the bright yellow
and brilliant red, with the extreme tip distinctly black; none of
which characters appear in Macquart’s figure. Moreover mine is a
larger species, and lastly, Macquart shows the thorax rather lighter
than the abdomen, with two very distinct black stripes, whereas
in sanguinipes, the thorax is unicolorous blackish with the ab-
domen, and (when present) the two dorsal darker stripes are very
indistinct.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 215

S. sanguintpes mihi, sp. nov.
x” 2, Scerabaya, Java, long. 7-8 mm.

Frons depressed, yellow, becoming brownish above, and nearly
black on vertex, with a silvery leaden reflection seen from behind.
Face below antenne bright yellow, unmarked, cheeks a little
darker ; antennz, Ist joint reddish yellow, bare; 2nd joint black,
with short stiff hairs ; 3rd black, slightly pale at base on upper
side, with dorsal white arista. Proboscis yellowish brown with
a few hairs. Thorax dull black, dorsum smooth and bare ; lower
part of sides with silvery leaden reflections seen from behind.
Abdomen blackish leaden, sometimes with brownish reflections ;
bare, a few short hairs at tip. Legs, fore coxe yellow, four pos-
terior coxee yellowish brown, all the coxe in certain lights showing
silvery white reflections : fore femora red, with black tips ; middle
femora generally all reddish, but sometimes yellowish for a greater
or less part from the base, tips black; posterior femora, basal
two-fifths bright yellow, the rest brilliant red, tip black ; fore tibize
dark brown or black ; four posterior tibize variable, brown, reddish
brown or blackish ; tarsi dark brown or black; the fore pair dis-
tinctly wider than the middle and posterior pairs in both sexes.
Wings grey, blackish towards tip, and slightly yellowish on anterior
margin; halteres yellowish white. Described from .about 30
specimens in the Indian Museum collection (where the type ~ and
2? are deposited) and my own.

With the exception of one @ taken near Calcutta, May 27th,
1907, in the Indian Museum, all the examples referred to were
collected by me in the East and they record the following data :
Scerabaya, Java, 16th to 25th July, 1906 (in woods) ; Rangoon
(about) February 9th, 1906; Hong-Kong, 5th March, 1906; and
Calcutta, 22nd January, 1907 (in grass near ponds).

S. fuscinervis mihi, sp. nov.

9? , Serabaya, Java, long-6 mm. The single example of this
species was taken by me in company with the preceding, July 25th,
1906.

It varies by the wings being pale grey ; without any yellowish
colour on the anterior part; with the three longitudinal veins
widely suffused from the discal vein to the wing border. Although
I have only seen this one specimen, the wing suffusions appear to
make it quite a distinct species. In all other respects it agrees
with sanguinipes. In my collection.

S. ferruginosus Wied., 1830.
Ausser. Zweifl., ii, 577.

_ 4 common species in Calcutta and Rangoon, probably extend-
ing over a considerable area in this region. Its uniformly light

216 E. BRUNETTI: Votes on Oriental Diptera. [VOL. I, 1907.|

ferruginous colour will distinguish it from all other species except
crishna Wlk., which latter is easily separated by its leaden black
abdomen. ‘The coloration of the posterior femora is variable, the
difference between the pale yellow basal half and bright tawny
red apical half being sometimes very striking, whilst in some speci-
mens the colour is almost uniformly tawny. In its yellow face
it is allied to Walker’s first species named costalis (from the Aru
Islands), but costalis has four black spots on its face and four
black lines on its thorax, whereas ferruginosus has only two black
spots (which are on the frons) and only two narrow black thoracic
lines, close together, which sometimes form one broad band by the
intervening space being darkened.

S. crishna Wk., 1861.
Proc, Lintooc.slonds, va. )20r

The only specimen that I have seen (a @ in the Indian Museum
collection), and that I can identify with this species was captured by
Dr. Annandale’s collector at Matiana (8,000 feet), Simla hills, on
28th to 30th April, 1907. It agrees in every particular with
Walker’s description, except that he says the dorsum of the thorax
is black, whereas in the present specimen it is uniformly light
ferruginous with the rest of the body. I think Walker’s specimen
may have been discoloured, and that my identification is correct.

* * * * * *

Two other species were described by Wiedemann, senex and
imbutus ; they are from unknown localities, and are in the Vienna
Museum. I mention them because the author’s other three species
all occur in the East.

S. senex Wied. is grey haired, with blackish brown antenne,
the 3rd joint being whitish at the base; the face is yellow, frons
reddish yellow with two brown streaks, thorax with two blackish
lines on dorsum, and a white shimmer on the sides and front ;
abdomen brown, or in certain lights, blue; wings deep yellow
with brown tips ; legs reddish yellow, posterior pair rather reddish
with pale base ; the fore pair and the tibiz black. o long. 54 mm.

The deep yellow coloured wings mentioned by the author
readily distinguish this species. Locality ?

S. wmbutus Wied. is dull leaden, differing from senex in the
reddish yellow base of the 3rd antennal joint; frons and face
pearl bluish ; wings very lightly yellow, tips distinctly brownish,
the darker colour extending to and enclosing the middle cross
vein. Minor differences as regards the colour of the legs are men-
tioned. o long. 5 mm. Locality ?

Either of these species may be found in the Oriental Region.

XVIL—DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SNAKE
ERO MONE PrA le.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Oligodon erythrogaster, sp. nov.

Nasal undivided ; portion of rostral seen from above nearly
as long as its distance from the frontal ; suture between the in-
ternasals shorter than that between the preefrontals ; frontal much
longer than its distance from the end of the snout, a little shorter
than the parietals ; no loreal, prefrontal in contact with the second
upper labial; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 2+ 2; six
upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye ; four lower labials
in contact with the anterior chin shields; posterior chin shields
two-thirds the length of the anterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals
186; anal divided; subcaudals 45 (end of tail injured). Back
pale brown, sides grey ; two dark brown streaks, enclosing a yel-
lowish vertebral streak, meeting on the tail, the prolongation extend-
ing to between the eyes; a dark streak and three narrow black
lines on each side ; a A-shaped dark brown band across the snout,
passing through the eye ; a broad dark brown oblique band on each
side of the head, from the supraocular to the throat; belly ver-
milion red in the middle, white on the sides, with two regular series
of semicircular black spots, confluent into two stripes posteriorly.

A single specimen from Nagarkote, Nepal, altitude 6,000 feet,
presented to the Indian Museum by Major J. Manners Smith,
V.C., C.LE., No. 15850, Reptiles, Indian Museum Register.

A very distinct species, allied to O. venustus, Jerd., but well
distinguished by its undivided nasal, its longer tail, and |. re
markable coloration.

Ath Me ps aie die Rie. \

Vii VOTE s ON A COLLECTION. OF
NAC RUKSR PE AG bleak Or IS Le VBR One TA KY A B,
WEISER AT oe ke PhO Nm Or 2A. Nie W

Sei CLG Olle EA CA Ie Se

By R. FE. Lroyp, M.B., B.Sc., Captain, I.M.S., Surgeon
Naturalist, Mar.ne Survey of India.

In February this year Mr. I. H. Burkill, Reporter on Economic
Products to the Government of India, sent an agent to Akyab,
on the Arakan Coast of Burma, to make a col ection of the fish
exposed for sale in the market. This collection, which includes
no less than 69 different species, was handed over to the Indian
Museum for investigation. Dr. Annandale, who looked through
the specimens and identified some o° the species, has invited me
to complete the identifications and to publish the results.

The collection includes fish from both fresh and salt water,
but even taking this fact into consideration, it is surprising to
find so many different species of edible fish on sa‘e in the market
at one season. Their variety illustrates the great wealth of fish
life in Indian waters.

Most of the species have been identified from Francis Day’s
admirable monograph on the fishes of India, and also by refer-
ence to his original collection, wh‘ch is available for comparison in
the Indian Museum. Several of the species show sl ght variations
from Day’s descriptions, and in one case it has been found necessary
to describe a new species (Lactarius burmanicus).

The agent who collected the fish also gathered together infor-
mation of various kinds about them, such as their Arakanese names,
the season of the year at which they are common, the character of
the water in which they are found, and their market value. Some
of his statements are at variance with those of Day ; but it must be
remembered how difficult it is to obtain accurate information on
such subjects. In the following list the statements in inverted
commas are extracts from the notes of Babu Rajoni Kanta Das,
who made the collection. All undefined references are to Day’s
Fishes of India. The class'fication adopted is that of Boulenger.
The term “ river fish’? may here be taken to include all fish from
water on the landward side of Akyab bar.

220 R. E. Ltovp: Marketable Fish from Akyab. [VOL. I,

ELASMOBRANCHIA (SELACHII).
CARCHARIIDA.

1. Carcharias gangeticus.
2h laticaudatus.

”)

“Name Nga man ; common; the fins are purchased by China-
men for export ; white fins fetch as much as one rupee per fb.”

ELASMOBRANCHIA (BATOIDEA).
PRISTIDA.
3. Pristis cuspidatus.

“Name Nga man sway they. Common from September to
March ; fins exported.”

TRYGONID.
4. Trygon uarnak.

“Name Lezk chout ; common in the sea.”

5. Trygon walga.

“Name Phat shay; common in the sea; a favourite food
fish.”’

6. Pteroplatea mucrura.

“Name Htamanee ; common in the sea from October to March ;
highly esteemed as a food fish by the Arakanese.”’

MYLIOBATIDZ.
7. Aétobatis narinar.

“Name Swan shay ; common in the sea from October to Feb-
ruary ; esteemed as food by the Arakanese.”

It is interesting to notice that three of these rays are said to
be common only during the winter months. It is well known that
many of the tropical sharks and rays are viviparous and are fre-
quently caught pregnant during winter and spring (Alcock, Journ.
Asta!. Soc. Bengal (2) 1890, and other papers). Their frequent ap-
pearance in the market at that season is most probably due to the
fact that they then come close to shore to produce their young,
winter being the season of calms in the Bay of Bengal. This view
accords with the well-established facts that the young of most
shore fishes are to be found close to the shore, and that they migrate
out to deeper waters as they grow larger (McIntosh, “ Scientific
Work on Sea Fisheries,’ Lecture 1, The Zoologist, 1907).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 221

TELEOSTII (MALACOPTERYGI]I).
CLUPEIDA.
8. Clupea variegata.

There are 14 ventral spines in front of the pelvic fins and 12
behind. C. variegata is defined as having Io in front and Io behind,
while C. chapta, a closely allied form, has 19 before and 9 behind.

“Name Taym, or Nga tha tout too; common during winter
months in the river.”

g. Clupea ilisha.
(‘‘ Hilsa.’’)

“Name Nga thalout; common in the river from January to
March, rare in other months ; much esteemed as food; salted for
export.”

10. Clupea lle.

“Name Sha shari wat toung ; common in the river during the
: ”)
rains.

11. Engraulis taty.

“Name Nga pasha; common throughout the year both in
river and sea.”

12. Engraulis breviceps.

This specimen closely resembles EF. taty, but the proportion ot
the head to the body is as 1: 7, and the anal fin arises in advance
of the dorsal. The Arakanese seem to recognize the difference.

“Name Nga ba; generally taken from the sea; grows to 14
inches.”

13. Engraulis sp.

A small damaged specimen resembling EF. indicus in many
ways; but the eye is much too large.

14. Pellona wndica.

“Name Myat san gyai; common throughout the year in sea and
tiver ; its flesh is reputed a cure for fever, among the Arakanese.””’

15. Cotla ramcaratt.

Typical except that the anal fin is somewhat short, containing
only about 85 rays.

“Name Nea lawa ; common throughout the year in both river
and sea.”

16. Megalops cyprinotdes.
“Name Cha bouk han; only occurs in tanks.”

Day also states that this fish, which is a true herring, occurs
commonly in tanks, rarely in rivers.

222 R. E. Ltoyp: dfarketable Fish from Akyab. [VOv. I,

CIIROCENTRIDAR.
17. Chirocentrus dovab.

This is an interesting specimen as it differs from the description
somewhat in its proportions : head to body, 1 : 6; height to length,
1:6. Day gives these proport ons as: head to body, 1: 63—7};
height to length, 1: 64—9. B!eeker divides the species into two,
C. dorab and C. hypsclosoma. ‘The present specimen agrees with
his C. hypselosoma.

“Name Nga darhay ; common in the sea throughout the year.”

NOTOPTERIDA.
18. Notopterus kapirat.

This specimen resembles the type in having large scales on
the cheeks, in having 105 rays in its anal fin, and in its proportions
generally. It differs from the type in that the angle of the mouth
is behind the centre of the eye, the dorsal profile is more convex
than the ventral, and there is a slight concavity in the profile of
the head. In these three points it approaches the type of N. chitala.
It a’so has a wide scaleless flap of sk’n attached to the margin of
the operce. Such a flap is not mentioned by Day in the descrip-
tion of either species ; but it is figured in the case of N. chitala
alone. . .

“Name Nga phay ; common in rivers from February to March.”

OSTERIOPHYSI.
SILURIDA.
19. Saccobranchus fossilis.

“Name Nga cray ; common in rivers and tanks.”

20. Plotosius canttts.

Both dorsal and pectoral spines are quite smooth on the ex-
posed edge though serrated on the other ; otherwise the specimen
is typical.

“Name Pin / khoo ; i :

ame £271 fay nga khoo ; common in the sea, sometimes enters
the river.”

21. Pangasius buchanant.
ca? ° ° ° .
Name Nga tan; common in the river during the rains ;
grows two fect in length.”
22. Clarias magur.

“Name Nea khoo ; a common tank fish.’”’

1907. | Records of tne [ndian Museum 223

23. Arius celaus.

Typical, except that the ventral fins are somewhat large,
reaching nearly to the anal.
“Name Nga soo; common in the river and sea during the

winter montlis.”’
24. Ar.us gagora.

I have included two specimens in this species, one of them being
referred to in the Babu’s notes as Nga moot, the other as Nga sook.
They do not entirely resemble one another in their proportions, nor
is either quite typical of A. gagora They both have a patch of
globular palatine teeth on cither side, so far back that they lie
under the eye. The “‘ Nga sook”’ is 10 inches long, the length
of its eye is contained 7 times in the length of the head, 23 times in
the snout, and 34 times in the interocular distance.

The “ Nga moot’. is 18 inches long, the eye diameter is con-
tained 8 times in the head, 3 times in the snout, 4 times in the
interocular distance. The head is somewhat flatter than that of
the other specimen.

In both specimens the maxillary barbel is a little shorter than
the head. They are both reported to be common in river and sea.

APODES.
ANGUILLID.®.

25. Murenesox talabonoides.

“Name Thin bawhto; found only in the river, not common ;
attains four feet in length.”

260. Ophicthys boro.

“ Name Nga hout pru ; common in the r.ver during the rains.”

MURAINIDS.
27. Murena macrura.

“Name Nea shing era ; river and sea, not common.”’
5 5 ’ 5)

HAPLOMI.
SCOPELIDA.
28. Harpodon nchereus.
(‘f Bombay Duck.’’)

“Name Baraiga ; common, taken from the river chiefly.”’

224 R. E. Ltoyp: Marketable Fish from Akyab. [VOL. I,

PERSOCES.
SCOMBRESOCID&.
29. Belone cancila.

*“ Name Nea toung nhin: plentiful during the rains. in the river ”’
te) fo) ) )

POLYNEMID.
30. Polynemus tetradactylus.

‘Name Nga taya; uncommon, taken usually from the sea ;
attains 3 feet in length.”

31. Polynemus indicus.
(““ Topsee Fish.’’)

‘““Name Luckwa; common in the sea during the winter
months ; attains 40 inches.”

32. Polynemus paradiseus.

“ Name Musi rhay ; common, usually taken at sea.”’

MUGILIDA:.
33. Mugil sp.
34-5, ‘SP.

These two species of mullet closely resemble one another, but
I have not been able to identify either of them with any of Day’s
species of the genus, most of which are separated by small distinc-
tions. The two specimens resemble one another in the following
features :—

The greatest depth of the body is more than the iength of the
head, which is | of the total length; the dorsal fin commences
half way between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal ;
the snout is equal to the diameter of the eye, which is half the
interocular distance; the mandibles meet at an obtuse angle;
both anterior and posterior eyelids are present.

They differ from one another in the following points :—

One specimen, which is called “Nga man,” is 8 inches long
and is said not to exceed this length and to be common in river and
sea. Its anal fin commences well in front of the second dorsal ;
the pectoral is as long as the head; the head is convex from side
to side, and the specimen has a yellowish tint in spirit.

The other species, which is called ‘‘ Nga cangying,’ is said to
be uncommon and never to be found in the sea; it is a!so said to
attain a length of 14 inches. ‘The second dorsal and the anal com-
mence at the same level; the pectoral is not so long as the head,
which is nearly flat.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 225

These two forms seem to be different species. The smaller
one is very like M. dussumieri, while the “‘ Nga cangying”’ comes
nearest to M. planiceps; but neither is quite typical of either
species.

SPHYRANIDA.

35. Sphyrena jello.

‘““Name Nga kyauk tying ; common in winter months in sea
and river.”
STROMATEIDAi

36. Stromateus sinensis.
(‘‘ Pomfret.’’)

“Name Ruza na panat ; common in the sea; much esteemed.”

37. Stromateus cinereus.

“ Name Ruzana ; common in the sea during the winter months ;
much esteemed as food; dried and exported.”

OPHIOCEPHALID&.
38. Ophtocephalus striatus.

“Name Nga rin ; a common river fish.”

ACANTHOPTERYGII.
SERRANID AS.
39. Lates calcarifer.
C Bekti,”)

“Name Nga tha dil; common throughout the year in river
and sea: attaining 3 feet in length ; a favourite food fish.”

40. Serranus sp.

An immature fish 4 inches long. Owing to the absence of
colour in spirit certain identification is impossible.

“Name Nea tout too; sea and river; not common; grows
to over 4 feet inlength. The Chinese export the skin of this fish.”

It is well known that the species of Sevranus attain a very
large size, and it is interesting to see that our Indian informant
knows that this small fish grows to over 4 feet in length. It speaks
well for his knowledge of fish. Apart from the mere difference in
size, there is a considerable difference in general appearance bet-
ween the young fish 4 inches long and a giant sea perch over 4 feet
in length, for a Sevvanus of this size becomes very bulky and attains
a great weight. There is a specimen of this genus in the Indian
Museum that was over 7 feet in length and weighed 460 Ib.

220 R. E. Luoyp: Jlarketable fish from Akyab. [VOL. 1,

41. Lutianus johnit.

“Name Nga wat pani ; found in the sea only, not common.’

42. Therapon jarbua.

“Name Sa ba sa; river fish, common during the rains.”

43. Ambassis urotenia,

“Name Nga san zat; river fish, common in the rains.”

SCIANIDAR.
44. Sciena bleckert.

“Name Nga pa thon ; sca and river fish, common in the winter
months.”’
45. Sci@na aneus.

“Name Ba sha; common in river and sea throughout the
year.”
46. Sciena miles.

‘““ Name Nea baragar ; common in the sea throughout the year.”

47. Otolithus maculatus.

‘““Name Taw ba la; sea fish, not common ; reaches 2 feet in
length.”
48. Scienoides pama.

“Name Wa marhi; sea fish, common; said to attain a
length of 12 inches only.”

49. Scienoides microdon.
“Name Ro riz ; common in the river ; attains 4 feet in length.’

These two forms, Wa marhi and Ro rhi, each represented by a
single specimen, resemble one another very closely, but differ in the
following points :—

The “Wa marli”’ has ten spines in the first dorsal fin, and
eight pyloric cca; its preopercular edge has blunt, obscure
crenulations, and the posterior angle of the maxilla falls behind the
eye. This form agrees very closely with S. pama.

The “Ro rit,’ on the other hand, has eight spines, four
pyloric czeca, a finely serrated preeopercular edge, and the posterior
angle of the maxilla falling be ow the centre of the eye. This form
agrees fairly well with S. microdon, which is defined, however, as
having six pyloric czeca.

Our Indian informant says that the ‘‘ Wa marhi”’ (S. pama)
does not grow longer than 12 inches, while the ‘‘ Ro rh” attains a
length of 4 feet. S. fama, however, according to Day, grows at

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 227

least 5 feet long, while S. microdon is a small species. There is
evidently a mistake somewhere, but it is noteworthy that local
observation has established the fact that one species outgrows the
other, especially as it requires careful examination, aided by dis-
section, to distinguish between the two, at any rate when they are
presented in the form of museum specimens.

Both specimens show the lateral line continued along the middle
of the tail to its very tip. This feature, which is very conspicuous,
is neither remarked in the text nor illustrated in the figures of
Day’s monograph, in which (pl. xlv, fig. 2) the lateral line is
clearly shown as ending before reaching the tail in the case of
S. microdon.

CHATODONTIDA.
50. Scatophagus argus.

“Name Bishat tara ; common in the river and sea throughout
the year ; esteemed as food” (in spite of its reputed habits).

DREPANID.
51. Drepane punctata.

“Name Swin ma rwat ; common in the sea during winter.”

SCORPIDIDA}.
52. Psettus argenteus.

“Name Nga than zay; common in the sea in the winter
months.” .
LOBOTIDA.
53. Datnioides polota.

“Name Nea pan lun gaing; taken usually from the river
throughout the year, but not common.”

54. Lobotes surinamensis.

“Name Kyauk nag pree ; river fish, very uncommon.”

LACTARIID/.
55. Lactarius burmamcus, sp. nov.

The single specimen differs so widely from L. delicatulus, the
only other known species of the genus, that it has been necessary
to describe it as a new species. ‘The diagnosis is printed at the end
of this paper.

“Name Ah phying zar; common throughout the year in river
and sea.”’

228 R. E. Ltoyp: Marketable Fish from Akyab. (VOL. 1,

SILAGINIDA.
56. Sillago domina.
ce . .
Name Nea rvwan nat: not common, taken occasionally in
. . S . y ” 2
the river in the winter months.
PRISTOPOMATID A,
57. Diagramma crassispinum.

“Name Kyauk nga wat ; taken occasional'y in the river during
the winter months.”

SPARIDA.
58. Chrysophrys datnia.

“Name Nga wat ; common in the river during the winter.”

GERRID.
59. Equula edentula.

‘““ Name Nea wagy : common in river in winter months.”’
5)

ACANTHOPTERYGII (SCOMBRIFORMES).
CARANGIDA.
60. Caranx gallus.

“Name Nea bya byay ; common in the river in the winter.”

61. Caranx sansun.

‘““Name Nga ohn, common in the sea in the winter months.”

62. Chorinemus lysan.

“Name Nga khin ba ; common in the sea throughout the year.”

TRICHIURIDA}.
63. Tvichiurus haumela.

“Name Nga tha rway mingya ; common in the winter months
in the sea; its flesh is a reputed cure for fever; attains 3 feet in
length.”

64. Trichiurus muticus.

“Name Nea tharway ; common throughout the year in river
and sea; a reputed fever cure.”

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 229

ZEORHOMBI.

PLEURONECTID&.
65. Cynoglossus lingua.
“Name Khwa sha; common throughout the year in river and
sea: esteemed by Europeans.”
GOBITFORMES.
GoBuD&.
66. Gob us viridipunctatus.

“Name Un doat ma tha ; river fish, common in the rains.”

67. Gobioides rubicundus.

“Name Nga yit ni ; common river fish.”

68. Boleophthalmus dentatus.

“Name Doung brout ; common river fish.”

SCLEROPAREI.
PLATYCEPHALIDA.
69. Platycephalus insidiator.

“Name Nea prunkhat ; tiver fish, not common.”

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS
LACTARIUS.

Lactarius burmanicus, sp. nov.
B 7—D 7 1-22—P 16—A 3.28.
II

le 85a. LEV: = at widest point. P.C. 6.
20

The description has been drawn up after comparing the spe-
cimen with four examples of L. delicatulus (the only other known
species of the genus) from Malabar. These examples agree with
Day’s figure and description of the species and with the earlier
description of Cuvier and Vallance.

The new species differs from L. delicatulus in the following
points :—

1. The diameter of the eye is } of the total head length (4 in

L. delicatulus), and the snout is longer than the eye.

2. The first dorsal fin is separated from the second by an in-

terval at least as wide as the base of the first dorsal

230 R. E. Ltoyp: Marketable Fish from Akyab. ([VOL.1,

measured between the first and last spines (in L. delica-
‘ulus it is considerably less).

3. The ends of the ventral fin just touch the first anal spine.

4. The pectoral fin is as long as the head.

5. Perhaps the most marked difference is in the teeth of the
upper jaw. In examples of L. delicatulus I find that in
addition to two well-marked canines, the upper jaw has
a single series of small pointed teeth on the biting edge
of the premaxilla in its front half. Posteriorly these pass
into a wide band of minute viliform teeth, at least ten
deep transversely, si uated on the inner side of the pre-
maxillain its posterior half. Day only mentions the front
or single series. In L. burmanicus, except for well-
marked canines, the anterior half of the premaxilla is
toothless, but on the inner side of this bone in its
posterior half there is a wide band of very minute teeth.
There are one or two minute teeth on the vomer, and a
small band of teeth on either palatine. In the lower jaw
there are 30 small teeth on either side and 3 canines c!ose
to the symphysis.

In all other points this species resembles L. delicatu’us.

The type of L. burmanicus is 14 inches long, while Day says
that L. delicatulus attains a length of Io inches and Cuvier and
Vallance one of 9 inches. The former species is said to be common
in the river and sea at Akyab throughout the year, and to grow to
16 inches long.

231

Records of the Indian Museum.

1907. ]

a
z

‘

‘aou ‘ds ‘sngiuvumang sniavign-
t q Sti Z

if ¥:

Sect =

Perey Reva ee eid

pe te a

a
see elo

3 Meters paket ment Ae nso:

7 . ey 2

i r ea

7 ’ ‘ a ; 5 f =

= = i a. ze. : ’ : ; 7
t4 @ 1 -

ay. 7. ae

ras ° me ; 4 ap a

. Pot ke rot ta

3 tee | a

xXIX.—DESCRIPEIONS On ke WO) PRES H-
WATER OLFGOCH AT EF WORMS FROM
EEE oP Uy Ne yA

By J. STEPHENSON, Major, I.M.S., Professor of Biology, Govern-
ment College, Lahore.

(1) AJOLOSOMA, sp.

The worm of which the following is a description is very com-
mon in and near Lahore; it inhabits standing water, and may
often be found in large numbers in the foul-smelling sediment at
the bottom, and also in and amongst alge of various kinds. It
lives well in small vessels in the laboratory ; specimens were exam-
ined at various times during April. 1907.

Examined with a lens when moving freely at the bottom of
the vessel, they appear to glide smoothly forward in an extended
condition, without the numerous twists, expansions, and con-
tractions of parts of the body that are seen in the case of other
small Oligocheta. On a slide and under a cover-glass they are
seen to be extremely contractile, rapidly altering their shape,
now short and contracted, now long and extended. They remind
the observer somewhat of small Turbellarians.

The individuals vary very greatly in length, according to the
degree of extension of the body, and also according to the parti-
cular phase of asexual reproduction in which they happen to be.
A single individual showing no sign of approaching division may
measure about 3 mm.; usually, however, specimens are longer,
show one, two or more constrictions, and may reach 8mm. There
is a well-marked prostomium, followed by a narrower pharyngeal
and cesophageal region ; the region of the stomach is thicker again,
and behind this the body is uniformly cylindrical to the posterior
end. The whole body shows a large number of spherical, ovoid,
or irregularly shaped green bodies scattered in the surface epithe-
lium; their colour varies slightly; they may be a pure bright
green, or green with a shade of brown, or a light yellowish-green ;
the latter shades were noticed more frequently, and the pure green
less frequently, after the animals had lived for some time in the
laboratory. I do not think that these bodies had themselves
ever any tinge of blue; there appeared to be at times a bluish
tinge in the other parts of the skin, due to smaller, less defined,
somewhat refractile particles of a.very faint blue colour, so faint
as to be almost colourless.

234 J. STEPHENSON: Zwo Oligochete Worms. [VoL. I,

Segmentation—The prostomium is large, broad and some-
what shield-shaped (v. pl. viii, fig. I). It is broader than the
following segments, and is ciliated at its rim and on its ventral
surface. No ciliated pits were seen, but ciliary action appeared
sometimes to be especially well marked in two grooves leading
to the angles of the mouth; possibly the grooves were not per-
manent. ‘The smallest number of serial setal bundles met with
in a complete animal was ten; and animals showing a larger num-
ber than this showed also, both by the arrangement of the bundles
and by commencing constrictions, that they were preparing to
divide (v. diagrams in text-fig. 1). The normal number of seg-
ments for a single individual is thus probably about eleven.

Fic. 1.—Diagrams illustrating various phases of asexual reproduction in 4o/osoma sp.

Asexual multiplication—Diagrams illustrating various phases
are shown in text-fig. 1. It will be seen that the anterior, or origi-
nal, animal of the chain bears eight, nine, ten or eleven serial
setal bundles ; but of these the last, or the last two or three, are
evidently (as is indicated in the diagrams) of new formation. The
zone of budding, therefore, seems to arise after the seventh or
perhaps sometimes the eighth setal bundle, 7.e., after the eighth
or ninth segment ; and the intercalation of two or of three seg-
ments in this place and subsequent fission would give us the
“normal’”’ individual of eleven segments referred to above. In
the hinder part of the chain the division into individuals seems
to be much more irregular ; thus in text-fig. 1 / we appear to have
had the establishment of three zones of budding behind each of
three originally successive segments.

Set@.—Both dorsal and ventral sete are of the same type ,—
long, smooth, straight, hair-like ; in both dorsal and ventral bun-
dles, however, shorter setee may be present, sometimes alternating
with the longer ones in their position in the bundle; but though

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 235

varying in length all are of the same type. The ventral bundles
contain usually from four to six sete; the dorsal bundles contain
from two to six and are, on the average, somewhat longer than
the ventral. The general length of the sete may be said to be
about equal to the diameter of the animal. Both groups of sete
begin in the second segment.

Body-cavity.—There are no lymph-corpuscles in the body-
cavity. There is one very definite septum, at the sides of the
pharynx, representing the division between first and second seg-
ments. Besides this there are a large number of connecting strands
between the alimentary tract and the body-wall: they are fine
and thin in the region of the pharynx, thicker posteriorly between
the intestine and body-wall, where they have a granular proto-
plasmic appearance. At the site of a future division they are
thicker and more numerous, the condition almost amounting to
a fusion between intestine and body-wall. Numerous strands are
inserted into the dorsal blood-vessel.

Alimentary tract—The mouth is bordered ventrally by a
prominent lip, mobile and ciliated. There is no buccal cavity
separate from the pharynx; the cesophagus occupies the second
and third segments and is of approximately uniform diameter
throughout ; bunches of oval or spherical granular cells may be
seen attached to it in a grape-like fashion, especially posteriorly
(v. pl. vili, fig. 3). The stomach occupies segments 4-7; it is not
very sharply delimited from the intestine; it may contain in its
wall a number of spherical colourless globules, or perhaps vacuoles,
about the same size as the green bodies in the skin. The intestine,
which follows, may also contain a number of particles in its walls ;
but these are more refractile, less regular in shape, somewhat
smaller, of a faint bluish tinge, and are apparently of the same
nature as the similar bodies described in the skin; they also occur
in the wall of the dorsal blood-vessel. Antiperistalsis is frequently
observed throughout the length of the alimentary canal as far for-
wards as, and sometimes including, the stomach; and a reversed
ciliary action (postero-anterior) is constantly going on in the intes-
tine. Diatoms and mineral particles are found in the stomach
and intestine.

Vascular system.—The blood is colourless and contains no
corpuscles. The dorsal vessel is contractile; it bifurcates in
the prostomium in front of the mouth, and the branches unite to
form the ventral vessel beneath the pharynx. There are no trans-
verse commissures.

Nephridia.—The nephridia are coiled tubes, with small ciliated
funnels lying unattached in the body-cavity. The first occurs be-
hind the first setal bundle; seven may sometimes be distinctly
counted, while at other times there are apparently only six. None
appeared to be modified in any way.

Nervous system.—The cerebral ganglion appears under two
shapes ; sometimes as a simple, transversely placed oval mass,
sometimes having in addition two lateral, posteriorly directed,

236 J. STEPHENSON: Two Oligochete Worms. [Vou

rounded cornua. It is much easier to see in some cases than in
others, but is never very prominent. While the two forms shown
in fig. 4 may certainly both be recognised in different animals, the
difference may possibly be explicable, partly at any rate, by a
difference in the degree of protrusion or retraction of the pro-
stomium ; the effect of protrusion might be to double back the
ends of a normally oval-shaped, transversely-placed ganglion. I
have, however, no observations to show whether this is so, as it is
impossible to follow the shape of the ganglion during any move-
ment of the animal. There are no pharyngeal commissures and
no ventral cord. Fine hairs, perhaps sensory, are distributed
over the whole body. On the under surface of the prostomium
are certain cells which stain a deep blue on the addition of a little
methylene blue to the water in which the animal is being examined ;
these may perhaps be special sense-cells.

No genital organs or clitellum were seen.

The above described species of Atolosoma appears to have
most affinity with 4. headleyi1, Beddard, of which I transcribe the
specific characters as given in Michaelsen’s Oligocheta. ‘‘ Kopf-
lappen breiter als die folgenden Segm. Oeldriisen leuchtend griin,
manchmal ins Blduliche sprelend. Borsten sdémtlich lang, haar-
formig, S-formig geschweift. Gehirn hinten grade abgestutzt (?). 8-9
Nephridien-paare, erstes hinter dem 1 Borstenbiindelpaar. Méassig
gross (L. ca. 2°5 mm. ?).”

The question of colour and of the site of the element of blue
in the species here described has been entered into above, and
also the question of the shape of the cerebral ganglion, about
which in 4. headleyi there would appear, from Michaelsen’s note
of interrogation, to be some doubt ; I do not, however, think that
in any case its shape could, in the species now described, be said
to be “cut off straight behind.’”’ A greater number of nephridia
is given for 4. headleyi than those I have been able to count. The
length is perhaps not a very important point.

There remains only the question of the sete. I cannot find
that in this species there is any S-shaped curve; they may, of
course, be temporarily curved through the resistance of the water
or pressure of the cover-glass; but examined at rest, without a
cover-slip, such a curve, if present at all, is of the very slightest,
and is not S-shaped.

The general resemblance, however, of this form to 4. headleyi
would appear to be considerable, and it may be possible to unite
the two under that name.

The above species will doubtless receive formal description
and a specific name from Dr. Michaelsen in his Monograph on the
Indian Oligochzta, soon to appear; as, however, it is difficult to ~
be certain of details of internal anatomy in preserved specimens,
it seemed worth while to give a description based on examination of
the living animal; so that, although appearing before Dr. Michael-
sen’s work, the above notes are really supplementary and logically
posterior to it.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 237

(2) CHATOGASTER PELLUCIDUS, n. sp.

The following interesting form was obtained in the tank in the
pleasure-gardens at Shalimar, and was also found in fair numbers in
the duck-pond in the Lahore Zoological Gardens. Specimens were
under observation in the laboratory at various times during April 1907.

External characters—The worm is much larger and thicker
than C. punjabensis, recently described from Shalimar. The
ordinary length is about 5 mm., but some of the longer chains,
especially when extended, may reach Io mm. Its general shape
will be immediately understood by a reference to the figures in
plates ix and x; fig. 1, however, was drawn from a somewhat con-
tracted specimen, and the usual shape is more accurately expressed
by some of the other drawings. The animal is very transparent.

It seems unnecessary to describe a prostomium, the mouth
being large, obliquely placed ventro-anteriorly, and reaching to
the anterior extremity of the animal. The pharyngeal region is
beset externally with a large number of minute irregularities, pro-
bably small chitinoid, or at least cuticular, elevations (v. fig. I),
mostly elongated in an antero-posterior direction ; their shape and
disposition are represented in text-fig. 2. The anus is terminal. The
animal is very contractile, and may, in this condition, appear to
be little more than half its normal length, and double its normal
thickness. It moves largely by means of these contractions and
extensions of the body assisted by its setee ; in backward progression
the hinder end of the body may be first over-extended, then sharply
flexed ; the sete, with their points directed forwards, are thus
brought to impinge forcibly on any subjacent object, which serves as
a point of resistance as the animal thus jerks itself backwards. In
anterior progression the points of the setze are directed backwards.

Segmentation.—The rudimentary nature of the prostomium
has been mentioned ; neither it nor any of the succeeding segments
are marked off by any external annulation, and other means of
delimiting the segments also fail us in the anterior part of the
body. As elsewhere, the first group of seta may be supposed to
mark the second segment; but posterior to this there is a region
of the body which is entirely achzetous, which possesses no nephridia,
where the ventral nerve cord is not marked by distinct ganglia,
and where the septa also are irregular or wanting. There can,
however, be little doubt that the second group of sete belongs to
the sixth segment, since this is the rule in the genus Chetogaster,
to which in other respects the present form shows a close corres-
pondence. In C. funjabensis, for example, the segments can be
counted by means of the septa; and there can be no doubt of
the close relation between that species and the present form. The
body is continued posteriorly to a variable length, the segments
being marked throughout this extent by definite septa, by the
setal bundles and by nerve ganglia. The shortest animal I have
met with (text-fig. 2) showed in all eleven segments, and this may
be taken as the normal length of a single individual.

238 J. STEPHENSON: 7wo Oligochete Worms. [Vor<I,

Se a
e >
Sree ch

as oe
) rr ee

Fic. 2.—An animal of eleven segments; the lateral expansions of the nerve-cord are
well seen. The blood-vessels are indicated by cross-shading. The nephridia here and
in subsequent figures are diagrammatic.

1907. | Records of the Indian Aluseum. 239

Asexual reproduction —The “‘ normal single individual” is, how-
ever, very rarely met with; since in the large majority of cases
indications of approaching fission are evident. Indeed, speaking
strictly, I believe that such indications are always to be met with,
and that even in the specimen represented in text-fig. 2, the arrange-
ment of the nephridia and the lateral extension of the nerve-cord
(here unusually evident) indicate preparations for renewed division.

Figure 3 shows a specimen which is slightly longer than the
above, has an additional nephridium, and is producing new seg-
ments posteriorly, as indicated by the terminal minute new sete.
This—and the same applies to several of the figures referred to
in the following few paragraphs—was drawn originally to illus-
trate other points; the nerve-cord is here not represented, but an
irregularity of the septa about the ninth and tenth segments prob-
ably indicates the production of new segments at this place.

Figure 4 represents a considerably longer animal. A definite
constriction divides it into two halves, of which the anterior is in
exactly the condition of text-fig. 2 ; the posterior contains also three
nephridia, with an interval between the second and third, where
a lateral extension of the nerve-cord is beginning to grow dorsal-
wards. This posterior portion: evidently only requires the elon-
gation of its fore-part and the addition of the first setal bundles to
bring it also into the stage of the animal represented in text-fig. 2.

Figure 5 shows this elongation and addition of the first setal
bundles (directed from the first forwards, not perpendicularly
outwards) as having taken place. But in this and the subsequent
examples the two chief components of the compound animal have,
before separation, developed further than the already separated
individual of text-fig. 2, which seems to have become free at an
unusually early stage. ‘There seems here to be a slight irregular-
ity in the development of the nephridia.

Figure 6 shows, as measured by the number of segments and
the development of the nephridia, a more advanced stage than
the last, though the actual division into two is apparently more
remote. It shows a typical distribution of the nephridia; and a
number of extremely minute, newly developing setal bundles, dis-
tinguishable only with the high power, afford a good demonstration
of the various positions where new segments are being intercalated.

Figure 7 illustrates again the slight irregularities which may
occur in the time of appearance of the nephridia. This specimen
contains one nephridium less than the last, though the most ante-
rior setal bundle of the posterior component is better developed,
and the minute sete at the zones of budding are—or were in the
original specimen—rather more in evidence. In this, as well as
figs. 5 and 6, it will be seen that attention has been paid to the
irregularities of the skin surface at the sites of future division.
Figure 1 shows a very similar stage.

The longest animal of which I have any note, was also the
only one in which reproductive organs were seen. Sexual and
asexual modes of reproduction do not, therefore, exclude each other,
Here the two chief components each consisted of three portions.

240 J. STEPHENSON: Zwo Oligochete Worms. [Vou ;

so that the whole chain was composed of six individuals or their
rudiments. As regards the posterior of the two chief components,
its anterior section was sufficiently distinct, while a further subdivi-
sion in front of the sixth setal group, reckoned from behind, was
evidenced by the constriction and absence of nephridia at this
part. The corresponding subdivision in the anterior animal was
less evident owing to the non-development, up to that time, of
nephridia behind the level of the slight constriction.

We can now, I think, summarize the history of asexual repro-
duction in this species as follows: The normal single individual
consists of about eleven segments, but, in the spring of the year
at any rate, it is seldom found, and does not usually separate till
it has attained a greater length than this. It contains, typically,
two nephridia in the seventh and eighth segments; it also shows
already a zone of budding behind the eighth segment; a nephridium,
if present in the tenth segment, will ultimately become the first
of a posterior animal. About eight segments are intercalated at
the zone of budding, the three anterior of which belong to the
anterior half, and the five posterior become.the anterior five seg-
ments of the second animal; the sete of the ninth original segment
become the second setal bundle, z.e., the setae of the sixth segment,
of the second animal. The posterior end of the whole animal
produces three new segments, whereby we now have twenty-two
in all, eleven for each half. The animal, however, seldom divides
at this stage, the components remaining attached until at least
a part of the above cycle has been repeated in each of them.

Sete.—There are no dorsal setee. The ventral setze are slender,
somewhat small compared with the size of the animal, slightly

curved in an J shape, with two unequal prongs and a small nodu-

lus (v. text-fig. 3 A). Those of the second segment are directed

/ :

Fic, 3.—A, ventral seta of C. pellucidus ; B, genital seta,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 241

anteriorly, and when brought into use are spread out in a fan-
shaped manner; they do not, at rest, reach the mouth, and I
have not seen them used for prehension of food. The next bundle
of sete belongs (v. ant.) to the sixth segment, and is situated about
the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the crop. ‘The
two following bundles are placed in the region of the stomach ;
other bundles follow segmentally to the posterior end of the body.

The number of sete in each bundle is very commonly five ;
or, in the second segment, six or seven; two, three and four are
also met with.

In the only specimen met with which showed sexual organs,
the setee of the sixth segment were modified (v. text-fig. 3 B). They
were shorter, stouter, with well-marked nodulus, not forked, and did
not project. In another specimen which, however, had no sexual
organs, these sete were shorter than those of the next segment,
and did not project as much ; they had the usual two prongs.

The setal sacs are not conspicuous, the internal ends of the
setee appearing to be merely connected with a number of fine radiat-
ing contractile strands. The sete may be rotated; the hooked
free end pointing sometimes forwards and sometimes backwards,
according to the direction of progression, except probably in the
case of the first setal bundle.

Body-cavity.—The body-cavity is traversed by septa, of which
the first is well-marked, thick and situated behind the pharynx ;
the second is thinner and is placed at the beginning of the crop ;
these two may be taken as delimiting the second and third segments
posteriorly. The next definite septum is near the posterior end of
the crop, and there is also a septum at the middle of the stomach ;
these show the extent posteriorly of the sixth and seventh segments:
septa occur intersegmentally in the posterior part of the animal.

Besides the septa, there are a number of irregularly placed fine
strands passing between alimentary canal and body-wall, especially
numerous and perhaps contractile in the region of the pharynx.

On one occasion a number of corpuscles were observed in the
body-cavity ; these contained a number of colourless, refractile,
oil-like globules, of different sizes, in their substance. Usually,
however, the body-cavity is free from corpuscles.

Alimentary canal.—The mouth is large, circular, placed ventro-
anteriorly, and reaching as far as the anterior tip of the animal.
The buccal cavity (v. text-fig. 4 C) succeeds, with the nerve com-
missure round its sides ; the pharynx is conspicuous, occupying the
second segment, attached by strands to the body-wall, and having
normally only a narrow lumen. The cesophagus (text-fig. 2, and pl.
ix, fig. I) is a narrow tube leading to the crop; it occupies almost
the whole of the third segment. The crop is the dilated portion
of the canal in the fourth, fifth, sixth and part of the seventh seg-
ments ; it is usually empty, and its walls are clearer than is the
case in the stomach and intestine. A constriction in the seventh
segment separates the crop from the stomach, the latter being also
distinguished from the crop by the number of yellowish, refractile ,

242 J. STEPHENSON: Two Oligochete Worms. [Vora

oil-like globules in its wall: it frequently has a somewhat
rhomboidal shape, owing to its being pulled out laterally by the
attachment of the septum. The intestine follows, also dilated at
the insertions of the septa; its walls are of the same character as
those of the stomach. Ciliary motion may sometimes be detected
in the intestine, but it is not of a conspicuous character, nor
definitely in a postero-anterior direction, as is commonly the case
in small aquatic Oligocheeta.

These animals are carnivorous ; on two occasions I found two
specimens on a dead fly in the water; the stomach and intestine
of others showed Paramcecia and other Ciliata, small Crustacea,
Rotifers and Anguillule in their interior.

Circulatory system.—The dorsai vessel is contractile, the
contractions progressing from behind forwards; it is attached to
the dorsal wall of the intestine, stomach, crop and cesophagus,
except at the angle between cesophagus and pharynx ; it is again
attached to the wall of the pharynx in its posterior part, and be-
comes free anteriorly before it divides. It is continued as two
lateral vessels at the sides of the buccal cavity, immediately pos-
terior to the nerve-commissures (v. text-fig. 4 C), which unite

KR
a

SS 2 SS |S) Saye)

lee a ee ee

Fig. 4—A, anter‘or part of ventral nerve cord of C. pel/ucidus, in the extended
condition ; B, cerebral and luecal garglia and their conmissures; C, anterior end of
animal, from the side. (Reference letters as in Plates ix and x.)

1907. ] Records of the Indian Museum. 243

ventrally in the ventral vessel. This is not contractile and is not
attached to the wall of the alimentary canal. A pair of transverse
connecting vessels (v. text-fig. 2) which are contractile are situated in
the cesophageal segment in front of septum ?. There is a capillary
plexus in the wall of the crop similar to that described in C.
punjabensis (v. pl. ix, fig. 10). The blood is colourless and
contains no corpuscles.

Nephridia.—The nephridia are long, finely coiled tubes, not
attached to the septa, and without funnels; no ciliary motion is
visible within them. Their position has been described above,
and may be seen in the various figures.

Nervous system—The cerebral ganglion is situated dorsal
to the buccal cavity; it is indistinctly bilobed, elongated trans-
versely, and may appear somewhat nodular in outline. The
commissures are continued from its antero-lateral angles. The
ganglion frequently contains a quantity of granular opaque matter ;
this may be aggregated into an ovoid mass (text-fig. 5 A) in the

Fic .5.—A, cerebral ganglion of C. pellucidus. with symmetrical ovoid granular
mass; B, the same, granulir matter mainly unilateral; C. anterior part of ventral
nervescord, in the usual somewhat contracted condition of the animal.
deeper and more posterior part of the ganglion; or it may extend
as scattered granules some distance along the commissures ; or
it may be confined to the right (text-fig. 5 B) or left half of the
ganglion; or it may be absent altogether. But even when most
closely aggregated, the mass never has the bright shining appear-
ance of the refractile particle in the cerebral ganglion of C. punjab-
ensis, but is always dark and opaque.

244 J. STEPHENSON: Two Oligochete Worms. [VoL.. {,

The commissures lie at the sides of the buccal cavity and
unite below; about one-third of their length from the cerebral
ganglion they each give off a branch which proceeds in a posterior
and dorsal direction, and curving inwards unites with its fellow
in a loop dorsal to the pharynx; this loop shows two ganglionic
swellings, one on each side, which are very evident in text-fig. 6,

Fic 6.—Anterior part of nervous system of C. pellucidus : buccal ganglia obvious,
buccal commissures indistinct. (leference letters as in Plates ix and x.)

though the connecting strands were here scarcely discern ble. The
fibres appear to enter the loop from the ventral portion of the
buccal commissure, not from the direction of the cerebral ganglion
(uv. text-fig. 4 B and C);

The ventral nerve-cord shows the longitudinal division into
two in its anterior portion, which is characteristic of the genus.
This is best seen when the animal is well extended ; the separation
between the halves then takes the form of elongated oval spaces
with bridges passing from side to side between them. In the much
more usual (under examination) somewhat contracted condition,
the longitudinal division of the cord is much less marked, and
appears as a series of small circular buttonholes with puckered
margins (cf. text-figs. 4 A and 5 C); in this condition the outline of
the cord is irregularly nodulated. This longitudinal division extends
almost as far as the posterior end of the pharynx.

The ganglia are placed in each segment after the fifth at the
level of the setal bundles. In the anterior part of the body they.
are not clearly distinguishable, though on a lateral view a slight
thickening of the cord appears to exist anteriorly where it is formed
by the union of the commissures, and again just behind the
posterior limit of the pharynx. The first ganglion, however, that
is clearly recognisable is that of the sixth segment; all are seen
better in a lateral view than in one from the ventral surface.

The lateral expansions of the nerve-cord at the site of a future
division of the animal have been already referred to, and are illus-

1907. | | Records of the Indian Museum. 245

trated in text-fig. 2; the terminal expansion in this particular
case probably denotes that the animal has recently divided. ‘The
expansions are quite similar to those I have already described in
C. punjabensis ; they are more marked on the posterior side of the
actual line of constriction, where they appear to develop into the
nerve-commissures of the posterior animal (cf. some examples in
figs. 5 and 6). ;

Sense organs.—A few fine hairs are seen at the anterior end of
the body. The granular matter in the cerebral ganglion doubtless
corresponds to the refractile particle in the same situation in
C. punjabensis.

Reproductive organs.—I found these organs only in one specimen
(which was also dividing asexually), although within a few days
of this I looked through a fair number of examples with a view
to discovering others.

The male organs (cf. fig. 9) are situated opposite the middle
region of the crop; a small spherical mass, in which no stiucture
could be discerned, and seen only on one side, perhaps represents
the testis; to its outer side lies a tube, straight or doubly bent,
ending internally in a dilated portion, and externally on the surface
at the level of the sete of the sixth segment. A swollen part of
this tube near its external aperture is occupied by an ovoid some-
what granular mass, and the external aperture itself is funnel-
shaped. I could not distinctly see an internal opening at the
other end of the tube, nor was ciliary motion anywhere visible.
The genital setze have already been described ; there is a develop-
ment of hairs around the aperture ; and the skin is thickened here,
so that seen laterally (fig. 10) there is a slight protuberance.

Scattered throughout the body, in the posterior as well as
in the anterior of the two as yet undivided animals, were numer-
ous sperm-morule; various stages in the development of these
are represented in fig. 8, beginning with a small globular hyaline
mass, in which the individual cells are but faintly visible with the
high power of the microscope, and ending with a wisp of enveloped
spermatozoa. ‘The male products would therefore seem to ripen
while floating free in the body-cavity.

The ovaries, of which one is shown in fig. 9, develop on the
anterior face of septum £; one ovum, in the figure reterred to,
is seen to be much larger than the rest; it had a clear refractile
germinal vesicle which was enclosed by a zone of protoplasm some-
what clearer than that composing the mass of the egg. The recep-
tacula seminis (as I take them to be) are two sacs, attached near
their fundus to the septum at the anterior end of the crop (septum
2), and opening exteriorly as shown in fig. 9: they were of a
hyaline appearance, and no distinct structure could be observed.
No oviducts were seen. No clitellum was distinguishable.

The specimen whose reproductive organs are here described
was examined on April 24th ; the water containing it had then been
kept in a vessel in the laboratory for a few weeks.

246 J. STEPHENSON: 7wo Oligochete Worms. (VOL. -L,

GENERAI, REMARKS.

The animal described above agrees in most points with the
definition of the genus Chetogaster as given by Michaelsen. It
differs, however, in not possessing a greatly elongated third segment,
which is a characteristic of the genus as described by him; for
though, as has been said, there is some difficulty in delimiting the
anterior segments, still the third appears to be defined by septa on
each side, and, as in C. punjabensis, to be practically commensurate
with the cesophagus; and apart from this, whatever the exact
limits of the first six segments may be, there is hardly room for
any one of them to be “ greatly elongated” without cramping
some of the others almost out of existence. The receptacula
seminis of this genus are also said to be in the fifth segment, while
I have described them above as attached to the posterior face of
septum ?; I would not, however, lay too much stress on the con-
dition of the single, apparently not fully developed, specimen,
in which these organs were found.

On the other hand, the resemblances between this form and
the various species of the genus Chetogaster are many and evident ;
such, especially, are the absence of the dorsal and the arrangement
of the ventral setz, the single pair of lateral transverse blood-
vessels, and the separation longitudinally of the anterior part of
the ventral nerve-cord into two. It will be better, therefore, for
the present to place this form in the genus Chetogaster, as was done
with C. punjabensis, and as Annandale has done with the allied
species recently described by him; and I propose the specific
name pellucidus for it.

Besides the presence of the cuticular prominences on the head,
the distribution of the nephridia, the details of the asexual mode
of reproduction, and the co-existence of asexual with sexual repro-
duction, a few further points of interest present themselves for
remark.

With regard to the granular matter contained in the cerebral
ganglion, it is interesting to recall the crescentic refractile particle
in C. punjabensis, the sense-organ (? otocyst) in the cerebral gang-
lion of C. bengalensis’ (Annandale, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., New
Ser., vol. i, No. 4,1905, p. 117), and the definite otocyst (a relatively
large, globular, transparent cyst) of C. spongille (ib. id., vol. i,
No. 5, 1906, p. 188). With this may perhaps be brought into
connection the condition in C. diastrophus (Gruith.), a European
species, in the definition of which Michaelsen says, “ gehirn mit
medianer Chitin (?)-Platte am Hinterrande.”’ It seems possible that
we have here a series of degenerative changes, from the fully-
developed organ o! C. spongille, through the doubtful otocyst of
C. bengalensis, to the apparently solid aggregate in the brain of
C. punjabensis and the chitin-like plate at the posterior part of the
brain of C. diastrophus (cf. the position in C. punjabensis) ; finally
we have the dispersal in granular form of this solid matter, as in
most specimens of C. pellucidus, or its entire absence, as in other

1907.] Records of the Indian Museum. 247

specimens; the variability in amount and distribution of this
granular matter being perhaps correlated with the fact of its being
here a “‘ rudimentary organ.’

What may be called the “buccal nerve commissure” does
“not appear to have been described in other species of Ch@togaster ;
but here again C. diastrophus shows a related condition, the cesopha-
gus being surrounded at its middle by a ganglionic ring. In
C. crystallunus (Vejd.) a similar ring surrounds the anterior end of
the cesophagus; and the condition in C. pellucidus may be derived
from this by supposing a still further forward shifting of this ring,
which now takes origin from the commissures at the sides of the
buccal cavity; as might be expected on the supposition of the
homology of these structures, the fibres of the buccal commissure
of C. pellucidus are derived from the ventral side, not from the
cerebral ganglion.

Tne geaital hairs and genital setze seem worthy of note. The
latter appear to be modified in a direction contrary to what is
usual ; taey abort to some extent, and cease to project. Since in
this form the normal sete (and the same is the case in C. punjab-
ensis) project ventrally in a vertical direction, with little or no
lateral inclination, they could, if retained, only be a hindrance to
copulacion, and their abortion probably allows a closer apposition,
necessary in the case of aquatic forms.

As to the segments in which the reproductive organs are con-
tained, the ovaiy is evidently in the sixth segment ; as, being at
the level of the setze of this segment, is also the opening of the vas
deferens. The anterior portion of the vas deferens and the testis
may, tollowing the rule for the genus, be supposed to lie in the
fittn segment, though there is here no means of fixing segmental
limits. As previously said, the receptacula appear to be in the
fourth segment ; this is unusual in the Naididz, and it may possibly
be the case that the septa in front and beh.nd the cesophagus are
septum # and : respectively, not $ and # as I have assumed ; in
tais case the cesopnagus would occupy the fourth, not the third
segmeat, and the pharynx both second and third, there being
then no septum between the second and third segments. My
numbering of the anterior segments of C. punjabensis would also
in tais Case require revision.

Tne absence of a clitellum, and the development of the sper-
matozoa walle tloating in tae body-cavity are noteworthy.

ON THs INDIAN SP&CIES OF THE GENUS CHAITOGASTER.

Michaelsen (Oligocheta) in Ig00 enumerates five species of
Cheetozgaster, all from Europe. Annandale, in describing C. ben-
galensis, mentions that the genus has also been found in America,
referring, pernaps, to C. gulosus, Leidy, 1852, which Michaelsen
calls doubtful, and of wnich he gives no description. Within
the last two years five species have been recorded from India, so
that the extent of the genus has been doubled. The new species

248 J. STEPHENSON: Two Oligochete Worms. [Vorss]}

are C. bengalensis and spongille from Calcutta, described by
Annandale (loc. cit.) ; another species not yet fully described and
referred to by Annandale, its discoverer, in his second paper as
C. sp.; and C. punjabensis and fellucidus from Lahore by me.

The literature of the European (and American) species is
not accessible to me; but they appear to form a well-marked,
homogeneous group, which, while agreeing with the Indian species
in its broad outlines are separated from these latter by the elonga-
tion of the third segment and the absence of sense-organs or their
rudiments. As to the first of these points, whatever be the exact
delimitation of the segments in the anterior part of the bodies of
the Indian specimens, it can be seen by referring to the published
figures (as has been already mentioned for C. fellucidus) that,
taking the first setal bundle to belong to the second segment, and
the second setal bundle to the sixth, there really is no room in any
of them for a greatly elongated third segment. As to the second
point, the chitinous (?) plate in the brain of C. diastrophus may
represent a link of connection between the two groups. Another
connecting link between the groups may be seen in the buccal
nerve-commissure of C. pellucidus which, as stated above, may be
compared with the circum-cesophageal ganglionic ring of two of
the European species.

But whatever may be the case regarding these two geo-
graphical groups and their relationship, the Indian species appear
to me to be closely related and to form a well-defined assemblage.
Besides the characters already mentioned, which differentiate
them from the European species, the conformation of the alimen-
tary canal and, as I hope to show, the normal number of segments
of the animal and the mode of asexual reproduction, agree in the
various members. The small cuticular projections on the head
of C. pellucidus are also to be compared with the longitudinal rows
of minute irregular tubercles on the head of C. spongille and the
small projections of the epidermis on the ventral surface of the
anterior sucker of C. bengalensis; and the peculiar shape of the
nodulus (the projection being one-sided and more abrupt distally)
on the sete of C. bengalensis and fellucidus—though it may be
found not to be confined to these two species—seemis worthy of note.

The mere reading of the descriptions of the alimentary tract
would lead one to suppose that there was a marked difference
between the Punjab and Bengal forms. For examp’e, in C. ben-
galensis Annandale speaks of a narrow slightly coiled passage
succeeding the pharynx, and leading into the cesophagus; the
cesophagus being a large sac (v. fig. in text) divided by a permanent
constriction into two: to the cesophagus (which is thus the longest
part of the alimentary tract) succeeds the intestine. The Punjab
species, on the other hand, are described as having a small cesopha-
gus, large dilated crop, stomach also considerably dilated, and
lastly the intestine. It is, however, easy to see by referring to the
figures that Annandale’s “slightly coiled passage ”’ is my cesophagus ;
the first dilatation of the cesophagus corresponds to the crop, and

1907. | Records of the Indian Aluseum. 249

the second to the stomach. I had not seen Dr. Annandale’s paper
when I wrote my description of C. punjabensis ; and in the above
account of C. fellucidus I have followed my former nomenclature,
since it still seems to me more convenient to have separate names
for permanent and separate structures ; and so long as such names
are not taken to imply homologies I think they are unobjectionable.
Dr. Annandale, having access to the literature of the subject,
may have used his names in accordance with the practice of Euro-
pean writers on the genus ; though it appears that in those species
the cesophagus is small, and never longer than the pharynx. In
any case, if the terms “crop” and ‘“‘stomach”’ are rejected, I
would suggest that the division between “ cesophagus”’ and “ in-
testine ”’ be taken at the line between my “ crop” and “ stomach,”
—not behind the “stomach”; the difference in character of the
walls changes at this point, at least in the two species with which
I am acquainted. Detailed descriptions of the alimentary tract
of C. spongille and C. sp. are not given; but the same two dila-
tations, in the same relative positions, are seen in the figures of
both ; and in all five species the relation of the crop (or first dila-
tation of the cesophagus) to the sete of the sixth segment (which
occur about one-third the length of the crop from its posterior
end), and of the stomach (or second dilatation of the cesophagus)
to those of the seventh and eighth segments, is the same.

The above is merely a question of nomenclature ; what follows
has to do not merely with nomenclature, but also with a difference
of interpretation, especially with regard to the appearances which
Annandale describes in his three forms as the clitellum. It
must always be dangerous to draw conclusions on @ priori grounds
by arguing from one form to another, however closely related ;
and I feel that my temerity is especially great when these conclu-
sions conflict with the interpretations given by Dr. Annandale
after his examination of the forms themselves. But I cannot help
thinking that the appearances described and figured in his two
papers as the clitellum of his three species are the same as those
I have called the zones of budding; and that the clitellum is
really the site of a future division of the animal, and is not con-
cerned with sexual reproduction in any way.

Reference to Annandale’s figures, and a comparison with those
given in the present paper and those previously given in the account
of C. punjabensis, will show that the clitellum corresponds in posi-
tion to one of the sites of future division. Thus the clitellum is
stated to occupy the tenth and eleventh segments in C. bengal-
ensis ; the figure of this species, which shows the clitellum as
being behind the sete of segment 10, may be compared with the
anterior half of the as yet undivided animal shown in fig. 5 of the

1 Not strictly in the case of C. bengalensis, in which the setz of the ninth segment
also come into relation with the stomach; unless indeed (which I think possible) a second,
less permanent. constriction towards the posterior end of the stomach in this form re-
presents the division between stomach and intestine in the others; the relations of the
setal bundles to the divisions of the alimentary tract would then be identical throughout.

250 J. STEPHENSON: 7wo Oligochete Worms. [VOL. I,

present paper; they differ only in the fact of an extra, newly-
developed group of sete in front of the constricted zone in the
latter specimen ; or, if the figure of C. bengalensis is compared with
the posterior part of fig. 5, the correspondence is only incomplete
as regards the number of segments at the posterior end of the
animal. Similarly the figure of C. bengalensis resembles the ante-
rior half of fig. 7 of the present paper, with this difference, that
very minute new sete are beginning to form in the region under
discussion in the latter.

The figures of C. spongille and C. sp. in Annandale’s second
paper may be compared with the present fig. 4; the bud in
fig. 4 shows a few more segments than the buds in Annandale’s
figures, the clitellum, however, corresponds to the lateral ex-
pansion of the nerve-cord behind the eighth segment in fig. 4; the
length of the interval between this and the next and more promi-
nent constriction appears to be two fully developed segments in
C. spongille, three in fig. 4, four in C. sp.

The nature of the change at this region also appears to corres-
pond; the clitellum is not a specially protuberant region, as
in other Naidide, but appears to be somewhat, if only slightly,
constricted, and the figures appear to give evidence of a slight
superficial transverse wrinkling of the skin. This is comparable
with what occurs at this situation in C. pellucidus. In Annandale’s
figures, again, the alimentary tract is somewhat blurred and in-
definite at this region ; I have found this to be the case on account
of the lateral upgrowths of nervous matter, and also because of a
closer connection between the tract and the body-wall.

The statement that the clitellum exists even in young ani-
mals just separated (in C. bengalensis) may be compared with
what was-stated above, that even the youngest free animal (cf.
text-fig. 2 and pl. x, fig. 3) shows the commencement of formation
of a zone of budding behind the eighth segment. The fact that
the clitellum is achetous may be explained by a reference to fig.
7; the extremely minute newly developing sete of this specimen
would have been absent had it been examined a little earlier, and
would not have been detected as it was, had not a high magni-
fication been employed.

I have not, even in the sexual animal, noted a clitellum ;
the zone of budding, the nature of which is evident, occurs however
in the same place. But I wish to guard against saying that a
clitellum does not occur ; it probably develops later ; in Nazs and
Pristina, according to my observations, it is not present until the
genital products are far more conspicuous than they are in the
sexual Chetogaster above described. And I would mention, in
conclusion, that the Limicolze have (so far as known) the clitellum
on the genital segments themselves; a clitellum in Chetogaster
on the tenth and eleventh segments would be much posterior to
the genital segments.

The above comparisons seem to me to show that the structures
described by Dr. Annandale and myself in different ways are really

1907. ] Records of the Indian Aluseum. 251

the same thing; and if I am justified in interpreting his figures in
the above manner we have, probably, throughout the Indian
species, the development of a zone of budding behind the eighth
segment, and consequently a normal length for the animal some-
what greater than this, though separation may be delayed and
the typical single individual may possibly in some species never,
or hardly ever, be met with in practice.

The chief differences exhibited by the Indian forms appear to
be the following : The suckers of some forms are instances of adap-
tation; anterior and posterior are described in C. bengalensis,
anterior only in C. spongille. The number of sete in a bundle is
greater in C. bengalensis than in the other forms. The first pair
of nephridia are larger than the others in C. bengalensis and C. sp. ;
the first nephridium appears to be in the sixth segment in C. bengal-
ensis, in the seventh in the others (not mentioned in the account of
C. spongille). The nerve ganglia of C. bengalensis and C. spongille
are described as being of a discrete nature, not corresponding in ar-
rangement with the segmentation of the body ; while in the Punjab
species the ganglia and segments correspond posteriorly at least ;
if in C. pellucidus the lateral branches of the anterior portion of the
cord be taken to represent the number of fused ganglia, then here

also we have a larger number of nervous segments than of body-
segments.

NN TO OOOO

: : wera ome

Boge vei Ly ae
anes MP4s ieee
Pa ae mats s ; One

St | ee De! eo
; | ees eae a) petty rode pia an Y atte: Ree Pk
eb - gr ae ¥ bate ot - ee cae ae: ae ot eis oe ; ec an
Rasen yas? 2) Ea SY Laie) HS Bae Eye Niet aie rte «
2 at ; Pi een ores Weak eee a) i sien

: Debib (ose v ) Beliske ir ye Gast Pee

% pi 7 he ¢
| yess er an eee pepe. ay AA ae Be re eet
4 ce 0) © 5) 5) Ramer meee rE = ats d & t fs Nba vi a
> 4 - J 33 t-PA } ‘7-7 dt ie $7 sox ri LaRGe fae iy
Tet EARS AD Ped care nc eee ae hey eRe , E
a er i } ol to» is ; LY, Vis ks

j ry t c a : } 4 . * a) 4
Bap a) 2 Wh tae he By,
UTR} cial ashe Gee aes rash teas tae a
ame bsg. ; ’ : )
- Crisp tess 7 441
. Faas ioe Peers Ore PETE Gok Mer

a = DAL Tel AT a ara SSA Opa

. Sy 4 eae hap: aah ae
- a : tet eth tA : eae de pm ey hi 5
: 4 = al ~ e\ oa ;
att et be ae Bays : 7 has eek ar 3 fs) i
< i pac fi
=)
: -
ot 7
5
i
fs ty
'
y =
7 $
.
‘
'
.
A ’
- 1
$ “<7
: +h
= *
»
a.
‘
7 -
t
ae»

= iG ule:

pa ae BS :

xt
us

cere

1
A

rt) jo Le

>
=

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
ASOLOSOMA, sp.

Fic. 1.—General view of the animal seen by transparency from
the ventral surface. The blood-vessels are shown in
their anterior portions only, and nephridia only on one
side.

Fic. 2.—Side view of the posterior portion of a chain.

Fic. 3.—Head and cesophageal region, more highly magnified,
seen by transparency from the ventral surface.

Fic. 4 a and b.—Two forms of the cerebral ganglion.

An., Anus; c., cells round cesophagus; con., constriction
between successive members of a chain; d.v., dorsal vessel, seen
through the superficial structures ; 7., intestine ; /., lip ; #., mouth ;
n', n*, m'., first, second and seventh nephridia; 1.g., nerve gang-
lion ; 0., oil-cell ; @., esophagus ; ph., pharynx; fr., prostomium ;
S., Setee; s.h.,.sensory hairs; sp., septum; s.s., setal sac; st.,
stomach ; sér., strands uniting intestine and body-wall ; v.v., ventral
vessel, dividing to encircle pharynx.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. 1. Plate VIII.

ca gay ny le

S82 S75 =
Stes LEA

Pe Jif pees
s sw : / ; lige e 2 CH = aS

Ry (as) > gees Ah os dew! cae fae
9 S Spe aS =) No es =D +. - / Chae

K wS
Re SSS

« ee A rs ae /
ED F \ ff / con,
/ Vy b
Y hi

6 Va Z - YoY
f A ‘ Wi 4
4 $ /

Ve Ys
ul

I a ep IT BD Ti Gr G

‘ i é ‘A .

; \
— oa - ' iy
. : = ’ seat
—_ ’ e
> a Ba 7 Ed)
a = os
* e
is : . i
ae
a i
> a = ; 7
o ces i
i
= 7 eo
— a
Ls
\
- 1 ’
(
’
{
\
i
i
7 ‘
uJ ’
om a’
* 7 ;
A i 4 :
>

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX AND X.
CHATOGASTER PELLUCIDUS, n. sp.

Fic. 1.—General view, seen (as are the others) by transparency.
Fic. 2.—(See text-fig. 2, p. 238.)

Fics. 3, 4,5, 6, 7.—Semi-diagrammatic representations of succes-
sive stages in the growth of the animal. The Roman
numerals at the sides of the figures represent the num-
bering of the segments: it should be noted that the
first bundle of sete behind any constriction becomes
the bundle of the sixth segment of the posterior animal.
Hence in these figures vi is placed opposite such sete,
although the anterior five segments of the animal may
not have yet grown so as to be recognisable.

Fic. 8 a, b, c, d, ¢, f—Successive stages of development of the
sperm-moriule.

Fic. 9.—Region of crop, showing genital organs: ventral view.

Fic. 10.—The region of the male aperture: lateral view.

An., anus; 0.c., buccal cavity ; b. comm., buccal nerve com-
missure ; b.g., buccal ganglion; c.g., cerebral ganglion ; con., con-
striction, which will ultimately divide the animal; cr., crop; cr.,
crop of second animal; d.v., dorsal blood-vessel; g.s., genital
sete; h., genital hairs; imé., intestine; 7mt., intestine of second
animal; /.n.c., lateral expansion of nerve-cord at sites of future
division; m., mouth; ., nephridium ; 7. comm., the nerve com-
missures; @., cesophagus; @., cesophagus of second animal ;
ov., ovary ; 7.s., receptaculum seminis; /h., pharynx ; ph ., pharynx
of second animal; s., first bundle of sete (of second segment) ;
s .,second bundle of setze (of sixth segment) ; s.m., sperm morule ;
sp., septum ; sp'., the first septum, 7.e., septum 3; sp’., the second
septum, 7.e., septum #; sph. g., subpharyngeal ganglion; sé.,
stomach ; s¢t., stomach of second animal; sty., strands of tissue
between alimentary tract and body-wall; s.s., small setz, visible
only with the high power at zones of budding; 7., testis; ¢.m.c.,
terminal expansion of nerve-cord; v. comm., vascular commissure
in head; v.d., vas deferens ; v.n.c., ventral nerve-cord ; v.v., ven-
tral vessel; o, male aperture with genital sete.

Plate IX.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. I.

ey
' ot

Creel -

edie
ee =

SaaS

S
aR
dh

q
3)
)
’

ila

al
ae +

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. I.

Plate X.

4
id
*

Ty | ete m
y cu

.
i 7 :
Vaanae =
: [
+ #0 »
os 4
> be
sak a: =
wel
i
et
} \
'
. di aD

.
ve, »
{ a a at
iad
. = <a =
i.e =*
uy}
y)
\ ic iecee
*\
7
P
: ~
4 ‘sah
SS
:
”
ay
4 ~ _ 7
. Sa \ .
SON
mW
’
jpeg"
gs
.
i
i]
: €
t
. * 2
h
+

eNOS ON PHOS PHORESCENCE IN
MARINE ANIMALS.

By R. E. Luovp, M.B., B.Sc., Capiain, I1.M.S., Surgeon Naturalist,
Marine Survey of India,

WITH

A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW POLYCHATE WORM.

By A. Wiutey, D.Sc., F.R.S., Director, Colombo Museum.

Towards the end of 1905, the R.I.M. Survey Ship ‘“ Investi-
gator”’ trawled five times in the shallow waters of the northern
part of the Persian Gulf. On one of these occasions the trawl was
lowered late in the afternoon, so that the process of preserving
the specimens had to be carried out in the dusk of the evening.
While depositing some of them in formalin, my attention was
arrested by a fine display of illumination by one of them,—a
certain active Polychete.

Before dropping this worm into the solution, no phosphores-
cence was noticed, but under the stimulus of the irritant, two
rows of brilliant points of light, one on either side of the animal’s
back, became visible, and remained so for several seconds before
gradually fading away.

These points of light were circular in outline, and about the
size of asmall pin’s head. It was noticed that they were separated
by equal intervals, that they appeared less in number than the
segments, that they were situated about the bases of the para-
podia, and that they were very prominent.

The worm was soon identified as probably belonging to the
genus Lepidasthenia, and was sent to Dr. Willey, of Colombo,
who confirmed it in this genus, pronounced it without hesitation
as a new and well-marked species, and kindly gave the description
quoted verbatim at the end of this paper as the definition of the
species.

In sending this definition Dr. Willey asked me to add my own
observations and figures, and further remarked that the first pair
of elytra required a special description. The first pair of elytra
are about three times the size of the others, they are carried on
peduncles which curve forwards and then inwards, so that the
elytra of either side overlap, mid-dorsally, hiding the prostomium
and the bases of the palps and antenne. It will be noticed in fig. 1,

258 R.E. LLoyp: Phosphorescence in Alarine Animals. [{VOL. I,

that the second elytron of the right side and the second cirrus of
the left side and their peduncles are missing.

This Polychete was obtained in 25 fathoms of water about 30
miles west of Bushire.

In regard to the source of the phosphorescent lights observed,
there can be no doubt that they emanated from the small elytra,
but to say that the elytra were actually seen to be luminous would
not be quite a true statement. The observation of the exact
source of a phosphorescent light in such a case is a matter of great
difficulty : to see the elytra it is necessary to examine the animal
in a light so strong that the phosphorescence is inappreciable.
The nature and distribution of the points of light described above
agree exactly with the nature and distribution of the elytra, which
were examined after the death of the animal. For this reason it
is safe to assume that the light actually emanated from the ely-
tra, and it is possible that all species of the genus exhibit this inter-
esting phenomenon which was observed in this case merely owing
to the happy chance of the animal being consigned to formalin late
in the evening.

In order to make further observations on the phosphorescence
of marine animals, the trawl was used twice this year at night
in deep water, once off North Andaman Island in 235 fathoms, and
once off Dondra Head, Ceylon, in 605 fathoms. The results of
these stations may be enumerated as follows :—

STATION 374, OFF NORTH ANDAMAN ISLE, 235 FATHOMS.

Fish.
Macrurus investigatoris .. of ae |
Coloconger raniceps de renee
Ateleopus indicus ae ae eped |
Crustacea.
Nephrops andamanica .. cS Tok
Aristeus semidentatus .. se as I male.
1, female.
Homola megalops a ae oer
Pandalus alcocki oe y iid 3 females.
2 males.
Pandalus martius oe au: ess
Munidopsis regia.
Heterocarpus levigatus.
Squilla sp.
Mollusca.

Xenophora pallidula.
Verticordea eburnea.
Two others unidentified.
A Decapod Cephalopod.

1907. | Records of the [ndian Afuseum. 259

Hexactinellide.

Aphrocallistes beatrix.

Alcyonaria.

Pennatula pendula.

STATION 375, OFF DonpRA HEAD, CEYLON, 605 FATHOMS.
Fish.

Lamprogrammus niger.

Crustacea.

Heterocarpus alphonsi.
Polycheles phosphorus.
Nematocarcinus gracilis.

Mollusca.

Pleurotoma symbiotes with its symbiotic Epizoanthus
A small species of Dentalium.

Asterids.
A species of Hymenaster.

Among these twenty-four species only three showed phospho-
rescence. These were the prawns Heterocarpus alphonst and Pan-
dalus alcocki, and the A'cyonarian Pennatula pendula. Of these
the Heterocarpus gave the most striking display of its illuminating
powers, which have been already noted by a former “ Investigator ”’
naturalist (Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, 1891, page 16).
We, too, were able to observe all that this author described. While
the prawn was in water the light floated away from its oral region
in two streams which became extinguished about two inches from
their source.

The property which the secretion has of retaining its illumi-
nating power after leaving the body was well illustrated by the
following occurrence: When the prawn was taken out of the
bucket, the water, dripping from the animal, was so highly lu-
minous that a bright phosphorescent stream flowed down the
antennz (which were five inches long) and dripped from their
ends in globules of light that did not become extinguished until
they intermingled with the water in the bucket.

The other prawn which showed the same powers, but to a
rather less marked extent, was one of the five specimens of Pandalus
alcocki. The other four, whose tissues must have been quite dead,
showed no light. This proves that negative evidence is of no
value in such observations.

260 R.E. Ltoyp: Phosphorescence in Marine Animals. [VOL.1,

The third species which showed light was the Alcyonarian
Pennatula pendula (common in deep waters about the Andamans,
but only recently described by Thompson and Henderson, Inves-
tigator Alcyonarians, part i).

This specimen merely showed faint evanescent light when
disturbed, but when placed in formalin solution rows of brilliant
light points at once appeared on its pinnules and remained in
evidence for at least a minute before dying out. This brilliant
display suggested the possibility of recording such phenomena by
photography ; and the idea of photography, involving as it does
the use of a dark room, helped me to see that our dredging in the
dark, a most inconvenient procedure, was also unnecessary. The
same results could obviously be obta ned by removing the speci-
mens to a dark room, where any well-marked phosphorescence
could be recorded by placing them in a bottle of formalin solution
on which a camera with very sensitive plates had previous y been
focussed.

It is hoped that such experiments will be carried out in future.
Nevertheless my thanks are due to Commander W. G. Beauchamp,
R.I.M., for allowing trawling at night and for the skilful way in
which it was carried out under his personal supervision.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW POLYCHATE WORM.
Family APHRODITIDA.
Lepidasthenia stylolepis, Willey, sp. nov.

“All appendages glabrous except the palps, which bear rows
of small bunt papille. Antenne sub-equal, the med an slightly
longer than the lateral and less than one-third the length of the
palps. Elytra very small, borne upon long peduncles, which are
somewhat shorter than the parapodia. Notopodia obsolete, with
acicula but without setae. Neuropodial sete (fig. 4) of the anterior
segments (and perhaps of all when unworn) with filiform tips below
which there is a deep bidentation, as well as subterminal serrula-
tions There are thirty-seven segments present in the specimen,
which is incomplete behind. Segments with brownish transverse
bands along the posterior border. Dorsum quite exposed, the
elytra directed away from it, on their stalks. ‘The first ventral
cirrus as long as the parapodium, the rest very short. Dorsal
cirri pigmented, some pale, some fallen off, borne upon long pe-
duncles which are as long as the parapodia, the cirri being shorter
than their peduncles.

Elytra onvsepments Ih 1Vi-Vs VAIS EX ol) ee
XXIII, XXVI, XXIX;, XXXII, XXXV.

Both cirriophores and elytrophores penetrated by a cecal
diverticulum of the gut arising from the latter by a very narrow
pedicel, then widening out.”

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 261

Fic. 1.—Anterior end of dorsal view of head and anterior segments. The left
lateral antenna is shown tvo long.

Fic. 3.—Segment bearing elytra.

Fic. 4. _ Neuropodial seta.

<I =NOTES ON THE RATS OF BACCR
BASTERN BENGAL.

By C. A. Gour.ay, Captain, I.M.S.

I forward these notes to the Indian Museum as a small con-
tribution to a subject of considerable importance at the present
day.

During the month of April, 1907, an attempt was made to
gauge the relative numbers of different species of rats in Dacca.
During the investigation, 1,045 rats were examined and of these
1,041 were identified.

611 proved to be specimens of Mus rattus.
ASOR 4 Pe ne ,, Nesokia bengalensis.

No other species of rat was found. Thus of the rat population

of Dacca, it appears that about 59 per cent. are Mus rattus and 41
per cent. are Nesokva bengalensis.

These specimens were trapped in houses, “ kutcha’”’ (mud)
and “‘ pucca’”’ (masonry), and in grain godowns and grocers’ shops
in various parts of the town.

Of those trapped in “ pucca”’ houses 68 % were M. rattus.
32 % ,, N: bengalensts.

Bs os Pe ktUtChaen se 57° 70 qe oats:
42°3% ,, N. bengalensis.
ss kA grocers shops 553% ,, M. rattus.
447% ,, N. bengalensis.
a 59 grain godowns 44°55 % ,, M. rattus.

555% ,, WN. bengalensis.

- Dacca is a city of over 90,000 inhabitants, with narrow streets,
indifferent sanitation, a very imperfect system of surface drains,
and only one short sewer. Many of the houses are “ kutcha”’
throughout, and of the “‘ pucca ”’ houses many have earthen floors.

In all cases, measurements were taken in accordance with
Hossack’s instructions and the collection was divided into three
series of about 350 specimens each. ‘The first series is omitted
from these observations as, presumably, the measurements (being
those of a novice) are not so accurate as the later ones.

M. RATTUS.

It was found impossible to distinguish the varieties of M.
vattus according to the descriptions extant. All sizes show colour
variations and the only point on which one can dogmatise, is that
M. rattus—the black rat—does not appear to be black in Dacca.

264 C. A. GouRLAY: The Rats of Dacca. [ ViOr.-I,

The following table shows the variations in size and the propor-
tionate measurements of M. rattus as found in Dacca. Judging by
the breast development in female specimens, it appears that matu-
rity is reached when the rat is about 14 cm. in length. Of 53 female
specimens under 14 cm. only one was found to have developed
breasts. —

PERCENTAGE TO LENGTH OF HEAD
Total length of head eee | AND BODY OF
and body in cm. ;
specimens.

Tail. Hind foot. Far.
Under 13 cm. bie! 52 125°9 24°8 16°8
73 and under-15 cm. =... 67 a a23°6 22°97, 15'5
Task oe. ST OACtiinee Fes 56 (creas Paes 14°3
16 3 Gag ee CHe ee 87 leans 22-4 20°I FACE
Ty Of PRB cm.e 14 70 i 2r20°6' F).~ 10:6 138
1 oe SrielO. Ci: 1 9ee 31 | 773 | 186 9 Yt
Ig cm. and over oe 12 | 3 GI Cary me gone" 12°4

An adult M. rattus, then, measures anything from 14 cm. to
20 cm. ‘The largest specimens are old males, and are the only
specimens with well-developed bristles in the fur.

The tail is almost always considerably longer than the head and
body. The shortest tail in my collection is 102°37 per cent. of
the body-length, and the rat measured 21°5 cm., so that it was a
very old specimen.

Hind foot.—The sole is seldom uniformly purple. There is
always some purple towards the “heel,” but the fore-part of the
sole is generally flesh-coloured. The pads are always six in number,
the proximo-external pad being well developed. The median pads
are cordiform.

Ear.—By measurement, the ear does not appear to be appre-
ciably longer than that of a Nesokia bengalensis of the same size,
but the setting is characteristic. ‘The ear is ‘‘ prominent, standing
out clearly from the head.”

Breasts.—In females, the usual distribution of the breasts is #%.
The most common variation (in 6 pe cent. of the specimens) is $.
When this occurs, the third pectoral breast bears the same relative
position to the second pectoral as the third inguinal bears to the
second inguinal. The first inguinal breast is about 1°25 cm. in
front of the second and the second is about °3 cm. in front of the
third.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 265

Distribution.—Of all specimens of M. rattus.—

43°3 % were captured in ‘‘ pucca’”’ houses.

28°4 ‘3 A Scene Ne Rea
13°77 Fe Fe grocers’ shop.
12°0 A 5 grain godowns.
2 es re Streetso7etc.

NESOKIA BENGALENSIS.

The following table shows the variations in size and the pro-
portionate measurements of Nesokia bengalensis as found in Dacca.
In this case also, judging by the breast development, it appears
that maturity is reached when the rat is 14 cm. in length. Of 28
female specimens under 14 cm. none have developed breasts.

and body in cm. Ree a
| | Tail-~} Hindfoot. | * Ear.
Under 13 cm. Bee | 30 | 79°3 | 23°56 16°6
Fcand under 15 cm... | 39 us SUED 21°35 | 14°5
Tier ioe eaTGaChi | xt, 26 | 81-6 oe 2 Oar | 136
LOE PoE Suey his 40 | 817 he 1958 13°29
Ti; fore ea IS Clive silk SO ieehetaee | 186 13
TOsn5 pee AO }CMs 3 43 | 80°3 18:2 a oe
TO: 335 Re ZOuCi | | es | 24 | 76°5 i fo 12-23
20 cm. and over | 16 | 74°8 16°5 | 11°25
| |

The adult N. bengalensis measures anything from 14 cm. to
2X Ci,

Bristles appear in the fur of adults at all stages.

Colour.—The colour is iron grey or greyish brown.

Tail.—The tail is from 75—8o per cent of the length of the
head and body, though it may be shorter in old specimens.

Hind foot.—The hind foot shows a regular gradation of propor-
tionate measurements with the increase of age. The sole is purple
throughout. The pads number five fully developed ones, and one
(the proximo-external) which is rudimentary. In 9 per cent. of 56
N. bengalensts examined with special care, the proximo-external
pad was absent. The median pads are frequently cordiform though
smaller than in WM. rattus.

266 C. A..GouRLAY: The Rats of Dacca. [VOL. I, 1907-]

Ears.—The ears, though in actual measurement not appre-
ciably shorter than those of M. rattus, are more closely set on the
side of the head. These also show gradually diminished propor-
tionate measurement as age advances.

Breasts.—The commonest distribution of breasts was found to
be *. This arrangement was found in 61°5 per cent. of the female
specimens with breast development. In only 8°3 per cent. was the
arrangement * present. The arrangement is certainly much more
variable than in M. rattus.

Distribution.—Of all specimens of N. bengalensis—

29 % were captured in “ pucca ’”’ houses.

29°3 ”) ” d) - kutcha df ”)
15'5 a5 a8 », grocers’ shops.

212 Fe Bs » grain godowns.
5 55 ae ys 7 sereets; <etc.

Most of these observations agree with those of Hossack in
Calcutta. They confirm (1) the impossibility of separating varieties
of M. rattus by size.

(2) The size at which maturity is attained, namely 14 cm. in
both species.

(3) The diminution in the proportionate measurement of
hind foot and ear in both Mus rattus and Nesokia bengalensis, and of
the tail in Mus rattus, as maturity is reached.

On the other hand, I do not find the distinction between cor-
diform median pads in Mus rattus and circular median pads in
Nesokia bengalensis holds good. The essential point of difference
appears to me to be the rudimentary condition of the proximo-
external pad in the hind foot of N. bengalensis. Again, Hossack
gives the usual breast arrangement of Nesokia bengalensis as }.
I find it is +.

XXIE—NOTES ON FRESHWATER SPONGES.

By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., Officiating Superintendent,
Indian Museum.

I.—TuHE Bups oF Spongzilla Proliferens, MIHt.

The buds that form so characteristic a feature of this species
arise as thickenings of the strands of cells accompanying the
primary spicule fibres of the skeleton, which project outwards
from the surface of the sponge. These thickenings originate
beneath the surface and contain, at the earliest stage at which
I have as yet examined them, all the elements of the adult or-
ganism (7.¢., flesh spicules, ciliated chambers, efferent and afferent
canals, parenchyma cells of various sorts) except skeleton fibres,
gemmules, and a dermal membrane. A section at this period
closely resembles one of an adult sponge, except that the struc-
ture is more compact, the parenchyma being relatively bulky and
the canals of small diameter.

As the bud grows it makes its way up the fibre, pushing
the dermal membrane, which expands with its growth, before it.
The skeleton fibre does not, however, continue to grow in the bud,
in which a number of finer fibres make their appearance, radiat-
ing from a point approximately at the centre of the mass. As
the bud projects more and more from the surface of the sponge
the dermal membrane contracts at its base, so as finally to separate
it from its parent. No aperture is left when this occurs, the
membrane closing up the gap completely. The newly liberated
bud already possesses numerous minute pores, but as yet no
osculum ; its shape exhibits considerable variation, but the end
that was farthest from the parent sponge before liberation is
always more or less rounded, while the other end is flat. The size
also varies considerably. Some of the buds float, others sink.
Those that float do so either owing to their shape, which depends
on the degree of development they have reached before libera-
tion, or to the fact that a bubble of gas is produced in their
interior. The latter phenomenon only occurs when the sun is shin-
ing on the sponge at the moment they are set free, and is due to
the action of the chlorophyl of the green bodies so abundant in
certain of the parenchyma cells of this species. If the liberation
of the bud is delayed rather longer than usual, numbers of flesh

268 N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. [VOL. I,

spicules are produced towards the ends of the primary skeleton
fibres and spread out in one plane so as to have a fanlike outline ;
in such buds the form is more flattened and the distal end less
rounded than in others, and the superficial area is relatively
great, so that they float more readily. Those buds that sink,
usually fall in such a way that their proximal, flattened end
comes in contact with the bottom or some suspended object, to
which it adheres. Sometimes, however, owing to irregularity of
outline in the distal end, the proximal end is uppermost. In this
case it is the distal end that adheres. Whichever end is upper-
most, it is in the uppermost end, or as it may now be called, the
upper surface, that the osculum is formed. Water is drawn into
the young sponge through the pores and, finding no outlet, accu-
mulates under the dermal membrane, the subdermal space being at
this stage even larger than it is in the adult sponge. Immediately
after adhesion the young sponge flattens itself out. This process
compresses the water in the subdermal space and apparently
collects a large part of it at one point, which is usually situated
near the centre of the upper surface. A transparent conical
projection, formed of the dermal membrane, arises at this point,
and at the tip of the cone a white spot appears. What is the
exact cause of this spot I have not yet been able to ascertain,
but it marks the point at which the imprisoned water breaks
through the expanded membrane, thus forming the first osculum.
Before the aperture is formed, it is already possible to distinguish,
on the surface of the parenchyma, numerous channels radiating
from the point at which the osculum will be formed to the
periphery of the young sponge. These channels as a rule persist in
the adult organism and result from the fact that the inhalent
apertures are situated at the periphery, being absent from both
the proximal and the distal ends of the bud. In the case of float-
ing buds the course of development is the same, except that the
osculum, as in the case of development from the gemmule in other
species (see Zykoff, Biol. Centralb., xii, p. 713, 1892), is usually
formed before adhesion takes place.

The life of the individual is very short in S. proliferens, never
lasting for more than a few weeks. So far as I have observed,
sexual reproduction does not take place, but gemmules are pro-
duced in large numbers at the same time as the buds, often when
the sponge is less than 100 sq. mm. in superficial area. A continuous
succession of generations takes place throughout the year.

The above observations have been made chiefly on specimens
in my aquarium in the Museum, but they have been corroborated,
as far aS possible, by a periodical inspection of others living in
natural conditions in a pond.

Buds of a somewhat different nature are sometimes produced
by S. cartert Bwk., and appear to be idéntical with the repro-
ductive bodies described in S. lacustris by Laurent (C. 7., Sé. Ac.
Se. Paris, xi, p. 478, 1841) many years ago, With these I hope
t6 deal on another occasion,

1907-] Records of the [Indian Museum. 269

II—GemMuLEs oF Trochospongilla phillottiana, MIHI.

In my original account of this species (Journ. Astat. Soe.
Bengal, 1907, p. 22) I stated that the covering of the gemmule
was thin. An examination of numerous specimens has shown
me that this statement was incorrect as regards the majority of
examples, in which the coating of granular substance is thick
but unevenly distributed. Viewed from the external surface, the
gemmules appear to be covered with little pits. These coincide
with the position of the gemmule spicules and are in fact funnel-
shaped passages leading from the external surface of the gemmule
to the outer rotula of each spicule. So characteristic and so con-
stant does this feature appear to be that I am inclined to think
that in the type of the species the gemmules were not fully deve-
loped. In my description of these gemmules “ cylindrical’ is a
lapsus calami for spherical.

IlI.—Empryos or Ephydatia blembingia, EVANS.

Dr. Richard Evans in his original description of this species
(Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., 1901, p. 71) notices certain minute
basket-shaped bodies lying in cavities in the sponge, and is in-
clined to regard them as examples of a_ parasitic species,
although their spicules only differ from those of the adult E. blem-
bingia in their small size. Dr. F. Harmer, of Cambridge, has
recently sent me one of Dr. Evans’s specimens, and I have been
able, thanks to its excellent state of preservation, to examine these
bodies. They appear to me to be embryos in different stages of
development. ‘The smallest consist of rounded masses of cells,
which in some cases can be seen to be of two sorts, a number of
smaller ones and several larger ones. ‘The compressed form of the
larger examples is probably due, as Dr. Evans himself suggests, to
shrinkage in preservation. In their later stages the bodies lie in
well-defined cavities in the sponge, each body being surrounded
by a delicate membrane secreted by a layer of flattened cells that
apparently belong to the parent sponge. ‘The body itself consists
of an external layer of columnar cells and of an internal mass
containing a large cavity. The cavity is situated towards the
narrower end of the body and is enclosed at this end by a thin
layer of cells that mostly have a starlike outline. The main bulk
of the mass is belo y the cavity and consists of cells of several kinds,
amongst which may be distinguished spiculiferous cells bearing
spicules that are smaller, as yet, than those of the adult sponge.
In short, an optical section of the body, apart from the membrane
in which it is enclosed, closely resembles the actual section of an
embryo of Sfongilla lacustris figured by Evans in fig. Q), splate
xxxvi, vol. xlii of the Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Sct-
ence, 1899. In his account ot Epliydatia biembingia he says that
he was unable to make out the exact structure of these bodies,

270 N. ANNANDALE: WNotes on Freshwater Sponges. [VOE. I,

because none of his sections passed through them. If, however, a
small piece of the sponge is teased up, stained with hematoxylin,
cleared and mounted, it is not difficult to see the structures I have
alluded to, although this method of observation does not permit of
a minute examination of the cell anatomy. I have found closely
similar embryos in Spongiila carfeyt both in summer and in spring,
and also in an indeterminate sponge (probably an Ephydatia) taken
by Mr. H. €. Robinson and myself at Bise1at in the Siamese Malay
States in autumn. I am indebted to Dr. Evans for the oppor-
tunity of re-examining, in a critical manner, the latter specimen,
which I had handed over to him before I took up the study of the
freshwater sponges myself.

IV.—THE NATURE OF THE PoRES IN Sfongilla.

The exact nature and origin of the external apertures of the
inhalent canals in the Demospongia has been much disputed.
Several authors claim to have established the fact that these
apertuies are intracellular and that the cells which contain them
are porocytes homologcus with those of the Calcarea. This view
has been opposed by Minchin and others on theoretical grounds.
An examination of fresh and well preserved specimens of the
species of Sfongilla occurring in Calcutta has convinced me that
the structure of the pores is variable even within the limits of
this genus. Two types can in fact be distinguished in the species
examined, while from the descriptions of other species it seems
probable that they also exemplify one or other of these types.
Before describing the different forms of pores it will be as well
to state the methods of investigation adopted. I find that in a
tropical climate the best preservative for the derma! membrane
is absolute or nearly absolute alcohol. The cutting of serial
sections is not a satisfactory method of investigating this part
of the sponge under any conditions, and in a climate such as that
of Calcutta is almost impossible. If the dermal membrane doves
not adhere closely to the parenchyma, a piece of it may be de-
tached with a pair of needles, floated off, stained—I find Ehrlich’s
acid hematexylin an excellent stain—and mounted for examina-
tion. In many species, however, it is difficult to remove a large
enough piece of the membrane in this way, and in such cases I
find the best method is to shave the surface of the hardened sponge
with a sharp razor. A portion of the parenchyma usually adheres
to the membrane thus removed, but this does not very much
matter, as sufficient clear spaces remain for the purposes of
examination.

The first type of pore is found in those species (e.g., S. carter?)
in which the subdermal space is small and the pores correspond in
position more or less exactly with the distal extremities of the
canals. Such species have comparatively large pores and as a rule
there is no projecting collar round the osculum. The pores are
simply gaps in the membrane, being surrounded by cells which

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 271

do not differ from the other epithelial cel!s of the membrane except
that they are often slightly attenuated in a horizontal plane.

Outline ot a small portion of the external surface of the dermal membrane of
S. proliferens. showing flattened epithelial cells (e c.) and pores (p.), x about 1290.
The membrane was taken from the edge of the sponge and stained with hamatoxylin.
The outline was drawn with a camera lucida and slightly enlarged. ».=nuclei; pc.=
pore cell.

In the majority of Sponglle that occur in Calcutta, however,
the pores can only be detected with the aid of a fairly high power
of the microscope and open not directly into the termination of the
afferent canals but into the subdermal space, their exact arrange-
ment differing in different species. In such forms the subdermal
space is often very large. Sponges which have this form of pore
differ widely in other respects; those with which I am best ac-
quainted are S. crassissima and S. proliferens. In such forms the
pore is as a rule surrounded by a single cell. The actual hole is
almost circular ; the cell that surrounds it has a minutely granular
cytoplasm and a small nucleus that stains very deeply. For the
greater part of its circumference the cell is attenuated to a mere
filament ; at the point at which the nucleus is situated it swells
out considerably in both planes, while it is most attenuated at the
opposite extremity. In all cases, so far as my observations go, the
cell completely surrounds the pore, if only one cell is present,
without a sign of secondary fusion at any point ; but the relative
proportions of the cell and the pore differ considerably and in some
cases the latter is nearly in the centre of the former. Without
further information it would be impossible to escape from the
conclusion that the pore was intracellular ; but even were this the
case, it would not be necessary to assume that the porocyte was
homologous with that of the Calcarea. Indeed, there is one im-
portant difference, viz., the pore-surrounding cell in Spongilla is
not contractile, and cannot close the pore. In some cases, more-
over—in S. crassissima at any rate—the pore is not surrounded by
one such cell, but by two. In such cases each cell is bent into a
semi-circle, having a crescentic outline, and the two adhere together

272 N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. [VOU. |,

round the pore by their extremities. The nucleus and cytoplasm
of such cells do not difier from those of cells that apparently
contain an intracellular pore. I am inclined to believe, therefore,
that even in the latter instance the pore is not really intracellular,
but is surrounded by an originally crescent-shaped cell, the two ends
of which have fused together. I have not been able to detect any
trace of true porocytes in connection with the ciliated chambers in
any species examined

V.—THE SYSTEMATIC Position oF Ephydatia meyent,
CARTER, AND E. indica, MIHI.

As these are the only species of the genus that I have been
able to find in Calcutta, my conclusions as to their specific and
generic identity, after examining a large number of specimens,
may be useful to others studying the group. EF. meyeni was des-
cribed in 1849 by Carter, who in 1881 stated that he believed it
to be a variety of the widely distributed E. fluviatilis. Weltner
(Archiv. f. Naturg., \xvi (1), p. 124, 1895), however, assigned it to
E. miillert (Liebk.). During the present season I have found a form
that agrees closely with Carter’s descriptions, growing in the Museum
tank in Calcutta. Its gemmule spicules have long shafts with
scattered spines, but their rotule are very irregularly serrated ; as
a rule the spicules surround the gemmules in two rows. The
skeleton spicules are smooth and sharp, and although the skeleton
is rather fragile, it is hard, and spongin webs can be detected at
its nodes. An important character was necessarily passed over by
Weltner, who had only examined a dry specimen of this form, v?z.,
the presence of large numbers of vesicular cells in the parenchyma.
These agree closely with Weltner’s figure (Archiv. f. Naturg.,
lix (1), pl. viii, fig. 14) of a cell of this kind from the parenchyma
of £. fluviatilis, and as their presence is recognized to be diagnos-
tic of E. fluviatilis, I believe that Carter was right in regarding F.
meyent as belonging to this species; it should therefore be called
E. fluviatiis var. meyent. Very possibly FE. robusta (Potts) from
North America is identical with this form.

FE. indica, described by myself in 1907 (Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Bengal, 1907, p. 20) is an interesting form as being to some extent
intermediate between the genera Ephydatia and Spongilla. Even
in the best developed specimens the rotule of the gemmule spicules
are small and inconspicuous, consisting merely of a ring of spines
but little differentiated from those that occur on the shafts. The
spicules are arranged, however, in the upright position common in
gemmules of Ephydatia, and the whole appearance not only of the
gemmules but of the sponge itself resembles that of other species
of this genus. Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. R. Kirk-
patrick and myself in a tank on the Calcutta maidan in May last.
On examination these specimens proved to differ in several points
from the types of the species. In the first place, the skeleton
spicules were sharply pointed and distinctly inflated at the ends

1907.]_ Records of the Indian Museum. 2798

and sometimes in the middle, closely resembling those of a form
found by Hanitsch (Ivish Naturalist, 1895, p. 128, pl. iv) in Ireland
and provisionally referred by him to E. cratertfornus, Leidy. ‘The
gemmule spicules, moreover, were not or barely birotulate ; the
majority of them ending in a sharp, stout, vertical spine surrounded
by a ring of transverse spines barely to be distinguished from
those on the shaft. The spicules were, however, placed upright in
the coat of the gemmule, and although many of the latter were
still immature, some of them appeared to be fully formed. Large
numbers of similar spicules occurred scattered in the parenchyma,
and I also found a few free spicules of an irregularly massive outline.
In July I obtained fresh specimens from the same tank and sub-
mitted them to a careful examination. In these examples the
majority of the gemmules were fully formed, their spicules being
distinctly birotulate and agreeing with those of the type of the
species. The skeleton spicules were no longer pointed and expanded
at the ends, although their outlines were still rather irregular,
but closely resembled those of the type. Numerous free birotulates
were found in the parenchyma. From this I conclude that the
specimens found in May were immature, and that their peculiarities
were due to their immaturity. E. indica is, as I suggested in my
original description, closely allied to E. cratertformis, but the aper-
ture of the gemmule is situated on a distinct prominence and is
not markedly crateriform.

ee OO OO OOO

Mes CoB bel Ay NB As:

MAMMALS.

THE ORIGINAL HOME OF Mus decumanus.—In a previous
paper on the rats cf Calcutta (Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. 1, No. 1) I
called attention to a paper by De I’'Isle on the existence of a north-
ern negroid race in the Brown Rat (Ann. Sct. Nat. (5), Zool., 1865,
pp. 172-222). As my memoir was already in the press before
I discovered this paper, I had to content myself with a brief note
on the identity of the Indian and European forms of Mus rattus.
A fact that caused me some doubt all through the writing of the
descriptions of the rats of Calcutta was that M. decumanus, as
observed by me in Calcutta and as exemplified by the collection
of skins from different parts of India in the Indian Museum, is
characterized by a distinct though variable paleness of the lower
surface of the tail, whereas in Great Britain the whole tail is of
one colour. De I’Isle puts forward a theory which, though it is
open to objection on some points, seems to afford a satisfactory
explanation of this observation of mine, and to throw light on the
problem of the original home of M. decumanus. His theory,
briefly, is that the original wild form of Mus, as exemplified both
in M. sylvaticus and M. alexandrinus, has the underparts white
or of a light colour and the tail bicoloured (although in the case of
M. alexandrinus the tail is of a uniform pale brown) ; but that
the corresponding parasitic forms, namely M. musculus and M.
vattus, which have attached themselves to man and have there-
fore freed themselves from the necessity of protective coloration
to some extent, have become dark below and have developed uni-
formly dark tails. The second part of his theory is that the change
is also due in part to climate, and that under the grey skies of the
north the clear and sharp differentiation between the upper and
the lower surfaces tends to disappear, and a uniform coloration to
be produced. The most marked instance of this is, he says, to be
found in M. rattus, the northern offshoot of the Oriental wild parent
form M. alexandrinus. In reference to the climatic change
in M. decumanus he merely cites the deviation from type described
as M. hibernicus, an occasionally black variety found in the British
Isles. In reference to the change in this rat due to parasitism,
he writes as follows :—

“A parasite like the rat (M. vaitus) or the mouse (M. musculus),
and like these species of Asiatic origin, the Brown Rat (‘‘ surmu-
lot ’’), which was only introduced into France towards the middle
of last century, already exhibits very evident traces of alteration in
colour. Thus one frequently meets with individuals that have the

276 Miscellanea. [Vorss,

under-surface no longer whitish, but ash-coloured, with scattered
blackish hairs, and the tail not of two colcurs, white below, as in
the type of the species, but uniformly blackish grey.”

Before discussing the pros and cons of De V’Isle’s theory, it
may be pointed out that he recognizes M. decumanus as a rat of
eastern origin characterized by having a tail of two colours. Its
most extreme departure from type, as found in the melanotic form
known as M. /ubcrnicus, he believes to be due to climatic environ-
ment; the minor alterations, shown mainly in the darkening of
the under-suriace of the tail, he credits, on the other hand, to the
effects of parasitic life. Though this theory is a fascinating one,
it isnot to be accepted without reservations, and there are points
in it to which exception may be taken, especially in view of the facts
and observations recently collected. The strongest point in its
favour is that what he describes as the “‘ wild” type of coloration
is almost universal in wild animals of every sort and is now well
known to have great protective value. In favour of the climatic
part of the theory is the fact that in Calcutta, although I have
examined thousands of specimens, I have never come across one
that showed a tendency to general melanosis, but have frequently
noted the ashy grey belly which he quotes as an instance of the
parasitic type of coloration. The strongest argument against the
whole theory is that he assumes that the typical form of M.
alexandrinus exhibits what he calls the ‘‘ wild’”’ type of coloration.
This is probably far from being the case, for Liston has shown that
no less than 20 per cent. of the rats of Bombay are black, while
here in Calcutta, while black rats are rare, nearly half of the speci-
mens I have collected have grey or orange-grey bellies. Mus
cecumanus, if of eastern origin, should be wild in the East, but I
have come te the conclusion that it is even more strictly parasitic
on the banks of the Hughli than it is on the banks of the Thames.
In Bengal, and in India generally, it is hardly to be found except
in seaports and, occasionally, on the banks of the great navigable
rivers that debouch at these ports; in the interior of Bengal and
Assam, as I learn from Capt. Gourlay, I.M.S., and others, it is prac-
tically unknown. Why should this be if it is living nearer to its
original home than in Great Britain? Again, if reliance is to be
placed on De I'Isle’s theory of parasitic versus “‘ wild’ coloration,
it might be expected that Nesokia bengalensis, which in Calcutta is
a parasitic rat, would show a marked difference when living under
purely natural conditions. So far as I know, it shows no such
difference. Doubtless this is one of the points that will be taken up
in the proposed survey of the rats of India. Another point worthy
of investigation would be the question whether Mus rattus exhibits
a greater tendency of ‘“ wild’ coloration when living in trees than
it does when living in human habitations.

W. C. Hossack.

CoLOUR CHANGE IN Hylobates hooiock, HARLAN.—It is generally
believed that the variation of colour to which this species is subject

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 205

is more distinctive of the female than of the male sex, and that
age is the chief factor in colour change. These deductions are
evidently based upon inadequate observations. Examples of black
male and grey female hoolocks, or black males turning light-coloured
on arriving at maturity are well known, but these facts prove
nothing, as contrary cases of black female and grey male hoolocks
are equally well known.

Observations on the numerous hoolocks (H. hoolock) obtained
from Assam, Sylhet, Cachar, Manipur, the C ittagong Hill Tracts,
the Irrawady Valley, and Arracan, and exhibited in the Calcutta
Zoological Garden during the last thirty-one years and more show
that, considered in relation to the variation of colour, the species
may be divided into the four following groups :—

(zt) Light-coloured female hoolocks turning grey, or even white

with age.

(2) Black, or grey-coloured female hoolocks, becoming lighter

grey or white with age.

(3) Black female hoolocks never turning grey or white.

(4) Light-coloured, or grey males, remaining always the same

colour.

The following three specific cases may be mentioned in reference
to groups 2, 3 and 4 respectively :—

t. ‘Maria,’ an adult black female, which had been for
som2 years in captivity but had enjoyed very considerab‘e liberty,
was sent to the Garden in 1902. Her colour was not so intense
at the time as that of some black individuals, and she has gradually
become paler since it was necessary to cage her owing to her tem-
per. At present (July, 1907) the hair on her back, on the outside
of her limbs, on her face (except the eyebrows, which remain
pure white) and on the inside of the forearm and lower leg is of a
very pale, brownish grey colour, while the ventral surface of her
body and the inside of the upper leg and arm is of a pale but rather
warm purplish brown. The hair on the hands and feet is white.
The pigment of the skin has not been affected.

2. An adolescent black female hooleck came into the posses-
sion of the Garden early in 1895, and was placed in the house
usually occupied by the anthropoids. Accustomed as the animal
was to a life of comparative freedom, it took to pining and became
seriously ill. Careful nursing and treatment having failed to
bring about any change for the better, it was set at l.berty. The
effect was marvellous, the animal soon recovered, and, having
regained its usual cheerfulness, enjoyed life for the next seven years,
roaming about far and near, but always returning to the Garden
at the appointed hours of feeding. It never turned grey, not even
light coloured.

3. In 1878, a young male of a greyish brown colour was
acquired from Assam. ‘The late Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., then
Honorary Secretary of the Garden, was particularly interested
in the animal, as he was anxious to determine whether it became
black as it grew older. It lived for several years in the Garden, and

278 Miscellanea. [VoL. I,

died long after arriving at maturity, but never showed any sign
of changing from grey to black.

The following extracts from a letter from Mr. E. Stuart Baker
may throw further light on the subject of colour-changes in hoolock

gibbons :—
“Susan, a female gibbon got by me as a mature animal, was
sent to Colonel Vaughan, I.M.S. . . . . Colonel Vaughan kept

her for some time and then passed her on to a Captain (now
Colonel) Johnstone, and he again to others, and when I saw her
many years later she was still jet black. A very large adult grey
2 belonged to a Mr. Lewis Jones in North Cachar. It was caught
as a grey buicha (young one) and remained the same colour, in
this case a dark grey, all the time I knew it. I have kept many
black hoolocks, in one case from a few days old until it was seven
or eight years old, and never have I seen any change of colour take
place.”

Mr. Stuart Baker, who has considerable experience of Assam
hoolocks in their wild state, has often seen the same small com-
munity of hoolocks to contain white, brown, and black specimens,
and these seemed to him always to remain the same.

The late Mr. Louis Schwendler, who will always be remembered
in connexion with the establishment of the Calcutta Zoological
Garden, related to me the following facts about a pet hoolock of
his, a female of a jet black colour. She broke her arm by a fall
from a tree and had to be kept in close confinement for over six
weeks. During this period of enforced captivity she lost her
black colour, and became almost grey. Change of hue, brought
about by illness or injury, has been known to occur in other species
of monkeys—particularly in Semnopithecus pileatus, and Macacus
arctovdes.

R. B. Sanya, Rat Bahadur.

BATRACHIA.

Eccs or Tylototriton verrucosus.—Mr. R. Hodgart, Zoological
Collector in the Museum, while collecting Batrachia at Kurseong
(5,000 feet) in the Darjiling district, recently (July, 1907) found
several breeding females and eggs of this, the only Indian Urodele.
Before describing the eggs I may notice a curious observation he
made as regards the adult. He found that if it was grasped in
the hand by the body it lashed about vigorously with its tail and
drew blood from the hand. An examination of his specimens
shows th it the dorsal ridge is, at the base of the tail, exceedingly
sharp and has a stiff and inflexible character. I have no doubt
that this was the weapon used. Unfortunately the eggs, from one
of which a larva is in the act of escaping, are not in a very good
state of preservation, but the following particulars may be noted.
They were found in small pools of rain water in an open wood and
were attached together in pairs, each pair being separate from

1907.]_- Records of the Indian Museum. ‘279

the others and not fixed to any external object. The eges appear
to have measured about 1o mm. in diameter and are spherical ; they
have an outer covering of comparatively loose jelly, the inner cover-
ing that contains the larva being more tenacious and having a
greater density. The escaping larva measures 9 mm. in length—
of which 3 mm. is occupied by the tail—and 1°75 mm. in greatest
depth ; its body is rounded owing to the large amount of yolk
held in the belly, but its tail is laterally compressed and has
a lanceolate outline. The head is small and round, measuring
1°5 mm. in length; the eyes are large but not protuberant ; they
appear to be covered with skin, but the eyeball can be detected
externaliy. There are four delicate external gills on either side,
each set being arranged in a graduated series from above down-
wards. ‘The mouth is open externally and is transverse and rela-
tively large ; behind it there is a conspicuous fold of the body-wall.
The anus is still imperforate. The belly is white, but the tail and
the back and sides of the body are grey, with large black pigment-
‘cells forming almost a reticulated pattern.
N. ANNANDALE. »

CRUSTACEA.

THE HOSTS OF Tachea spongillicola, STEBBING.—This Isopod,
recently described by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing (Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zool., xxx, p. 39, 1907) from Calcutta, was first found in
smill numbers in Sfongilla cartert, but, owing to a misapprehen-
sion, the author of the species suggested in a footnote to his des-
cription that it might have come from a form of S. lacustris. This
misapprehension was due to a letter of my own in which I intended
to refer to a very different Isopod found in Spongilla alba at
Port Canning. During the present summer, however, I have
found numerous specimens of Tachea spongillicola in Ephydatia
indica, so that it is evidently not confined to one host. Ephydatia
indica is a sponge often found on the bottom of tanks, growing
most commonly on the roots of water-plants. Possibly this habit
may explain the abundance of the Isopod in its canals; as the
latter is rare in Spongilla cartert, which generally grows near the
surface but has very much wider apertures and canals than any
other species common in Calcutta.

N. ANNANDALE.

A SECOND SPECIES OF Dichelaspis FROM Bathynomus giganteus.—
The Indian Museum is fortunate in possessing a fine series of
specimens of the giant deep-sea Isopod Bathynomus giganteus,
Milne-Edwards, and Barnacles of the genus Dichelaspis occur on
the pleopods in every case. I recently described examples of these
Barnacles from a specimen from the Arabian Sea as the types of
a new species, D. bathynomit (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xvii,
p- 46), and others from specimens from the Andaman Sea and off
the Madras coast agree with them. , Those on another specimen,
however, from off Ceylon, closely resemble D. occlusa, Lanchester,

280 Miscellanea. (VoL. I, 1907.]

a species described from Thenus orientalis from shallow water on the
east coast of the Malay Peninsula (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902, p. 373).
As my specimens are evidently immature, I am unable to decide
whether they are merely a variety of this species or specifically
distinct. The points in which they differ from Lanchester’s speci-
mens are the following: (a) the penis is extremely short; (8)
the carina extends upwards a little further and is not so markedly
produced at its lower extremity; (c) the tergum is larger, more
nearly transverse and not so deeply notched at the point where
the occludent segment of the scutum meets it; (d) the capitulum
is more regular in outline and is not produced above the aperture
into a lobe; (e) the valves are transparent and feebly calcified except
immediately round the umbones of the scuta and terga; (f) no
chitinous points are visible on the peduncle even under a high
power of the microscope. Although these differences are numerous,
the majority may be due to extreme immaturity on the part of the
specimens from Bathynomus. The depth at which the latter was
taken, vwz., between 225 and 594 fathoms, is, however, very differ-
ent from that at which Lanchester’s examples were collected.

N. ANNANDALE.

EOE Seas aS

Ohh —— NU) Dine Ay Vaal ONO GAN Td To. En
MP Oh seer We 1G ENG Ss; OF | Pay DR OLDS
Pee Ar Sih) PPC. ON} Fl Soe:

By R. E. Lioyvp, M.B., B.Sc., Captain, I.M.S., Surgeon
Naturalist, Marine Survey of India.

While examining some tow net material collected in 1897 from
the Andaman Sea by the naturalist of the R.I.M. Survey Ship
‘* Investigator,’’ my attention was arrested by a small fish, to the
side of which was attached a curious lobulated growth. The fish
(plate xvi, fig. 1), which measured only 18 mm. in length, was one
of anumber of specimens belonging to the species Monocanthus
tomentosus, recently recorded by Johnstone from Indian seas for
the first time (1). A portion of this growth was detached, stained
and mounted. On examining the specimen microscopically, the
following details were noticed (fig. 2) :—

(1) The most conspicuous feature was the presence of a
large number of elongated club-shaped bodies, much
resembling the contracted hydranths of Clava or
Coryne, but entirely devoid of tentacles.

(2) At the base of these bodies, usually one to each, were
a number of small globular objects. These, from the
type of their structure and contents, were at once
recognised to be closed gonophores or sporosacs.

(3) These structures arise from a basal plate, which is
attached to the skin of the fish. This plate consists
of a labyrinthine system of irregular spaces and
tubules.

As a result of this preliminary examination, the growth was
recognised to be most probably a hydroid colony of new type.
Other small portions were detached and mounted, others again
were cut into serial sections. Although the amount of material
was very limited, and its state of preservation none of the best,
yet it was found possible to elucidate the principal features of its
structure. The material being so limited in quantity, in order to
obtain sections of the male gonophore, it was found necessary to
carry out the following procedure: A smali portion of the growth
was lightly stained and mounted im toto; as this showed some
good examples of the male gonophore, and no further material
was available, the slide on which the specimen was mounted was
placed upright in xylol. After a few hours the cover-glass became
detached by its own weight, leaving the specimen adhering to the
slide : the specimen itself soon after fell away from the slide, After

282 R. E. LLoyD: A new genus of Hydrotds. [Vor

soaking it freely in fresh xylol for about six hours it was imbedded
in paraffin and cut into sections. Sections so obtained seemed
quite as good as others, treated in the usual way. Owing to the
heat of Calcutta, high-melting paraffin had to be employed in mak-
ing these sections. Portions of the colony were placed in paraffin
of 55° C. melting point for half an hour ; this interval of time was
found to be long enough for complete penetration.

The Hydranth—

Each hydranth is a club-shaped body measuring about °75 mm.
in length in the contracted state. In internal structure it
differs remarkably from other hydroid colonies, but it seems
difficult to arrive at any other conclusion than that the form in
question is a hydranth and part of a hydroid colony. It resembles
the genus Pyrotohydra (2) and the parasitic Hydrichthys mirus (3)
in that it is entirely devoid of tentacles or any trace thereof ; but
apart from this, the internal structure, as seen in sections, shows
some most unusual features.

The ectoderm is relatively thin and, owing perhaps to want of
proper fixation, does not show much structure. The appearance
it presents in section is that of a somewhat irregular layer of
protoplasm, containing a single series of nuclei (plate xvii, figs. I
and 4). This layer is easily distinguished from the mass of endo-
derm cells, which show peculiar structural features. Careful search
failed to demonstrate the presence of nematocysts in this ectoderm.

The endoderm is, in these contracted specimens, very much
lobulated, so that the central cavity, which can be clearly made
out both in optical and actual section, usually takes a sinuous
course. The opening of the central cavity at the distal end of
the hydranth can be clearly seen, and there is usually a slight
external depression at its site. The endoderm cells, which make
up the bulk of the hydranth, are of a peculiar structure: they
are ovoid or spherical and have well-defined outlines. After
staining with hzematoxylin a nucleus cannot be demonstrated in
them, but each cell contains a large number of small spherical
granules, arranged round the periphery with great regularity.
These granules take the stain exactly like nuclei, and they are
probably composed of chromatin and perform the functions of
nuclei. These large cells do not actually line the central cavity,
but are separated therefrom by a pavement epithelium—a single
delicate layer of flat cells in which nuclei are easily demonstrable.
This epithelium not only lines the central cavity but is continued
outwards through the mass of the spherical cells and joins the
peripheral ectoderm. Where it lines the central cavity, this
epithelium is composed of one layer of cells, but where it passes
out to join the ectoderm it is, like a mesentery, composed of two
layers. This is clearly seen on examining favourable sections un-
der a qzs-inch objective (fig. 4). As shown in figs. 1 to 3, the
endoderm of the hydranth is divided by this epithelium into two
separate parts,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 283

The bilateral symmetry thus established is further emphasized
by the presence of what appears to be a strand of muscle-fibres
which occupies the central axis of each half. These fibrous
strands are clearly seen in both longitudinal and transverse sec-
tions. ‘They commence below, in the very base of the hydranth,
which is largely made up of them, and pass upwards through the
spherical cells of the endoderm nearly to its apex. Throughout
their length they distribute fibres among the peripheral endoderm
cells in the manner shown in figs. 3 and 4. Under a 74-inch
objective longitudinal sections of these structures show a fibrillated
appearance which is well defined, and the individual fibres can be
seen distributed between the spherical endoderm cells. These
fibrils do not show nuclei. There can be little doubt that they
have a muscular function.

The simple arrangement shown in the transverse section (fig.
I) in which the hydranth is divided into two separate halves,
each of which contains a muscle-strand, was found in the prox-
imal part of every individual examined in section, but in their
distal parts the number of these “ mesenteries”’ is increased.
Some sections show three, others four or more. Figure 2 is of a
somewhat oblique section showing four such mesenteries. At the
base of the hydranth the specialised endoderm ceases abruptly in
a Sharply-defined line, which can be readily seen in optical section
(pl. xvi, fig. 4). The central cavity is continued below into a tube
of small dimensions composed of somewhat delicate cells. This
tube, which usually has the form of a dice-box, its calibre being
smallest in the middle of its length (fig. 4), opens into a long
straight tube with thick walls composed of regular columnar cells.
The other end of this straight tube opens into one of the irregular
endodermal spaces of the coenosarc.

The Basal Plate or Cenosarc—

The basal plate is so closely attached to the skin of the fish
that on removing a portion of it an outer layer of the fish’s skin
is often detached with it. In structure the plate is not the same
throughout its whole extent. As a whole it is very like the
attachment plate or ccenosarc of Hydraciinea (4), but without
the strong chitinous element so characteristic of that genus.
Throughout most of its extent it is composed of two layers of
ectoderm widely separated by irregular tubules and spaces with
endodermal walls which communicate with one another freely and
form a complex labyrinthine structure. The outer layer of ecto-
derm does not everywhere pass over this endodermal labyrinth
in a smooth and unbroken fashion, but dips down between the
layers of endoderm in places, and occasionally the cuticle is carried
along with the ectoderm into the same situation. Although most
of the ccenosarc has this complex structure, parts of it show the
more primitive type consisting of an open meshwo k of irregular
trabecule, each of which is a tube composed of two layers—
ectoderm and endoderm with an external cuticle.

284 R. E. Ltoyp: A new genus of Hydroids. [Vong

Considerable difficulty was experienced in interpreting the
structure of the basal plate, for although the histological detail was
fairly well preserved, there was little or no difference in the ap-
pearance of the endodermal and ectodermal layers; both varied
in thickness, to a great extent, in different parts. Figure 5 (pl.
xvii), which was drawn with the camera lucida from a favour-
able section, shows the principal features in the structure of the
ccenosare. It will be noticed that the cuticle is relatively very
thin, in some parts of the colony it is hardly recognisable.

Gonophores—

The colony shows both male and female gonophores. With
hardly an exception, one gonophore is situated at the base of each
hydranth. Careful examination shows, however, that the endoder-
mal layers of the gonophores are not directly connected with the
endodermal canal at the base of the hydranth, but spring from |
the irregular endodermal spaces of the neighbouring ccenosarc.
This is shown in pl. xvi, fig. 4. The gonophores are of the closed
type known as sporosacs. ‘They show no traces of tentacles, radial
canals or ectodermal invagination.

The female gonophore was only studied in optical section, but
as its structure was much simpler than that of the male ones, a
comprehensible plan of the structure can be made out after study
by this means alone. Figure 5 shows the principal features of the
structure of these organs. They are spherical bodies, measuring
‘I7 mm. in diameter, and are each attached to the ccenosare near
the base of a hydranth. Their endodermal contents, which arise
from the ccenosarc and not from the special endodermal canal of the
neighbouring hydranth, split into two layers on entering the gono-
phore. The outer of these layers forms an uninterrupted sheet,
closely applied to the ectoderm ; the inner forms a spadix of
characteristic shape. This spadix, the walls of which are, by in-
vagination, composed of a double layer of endoderm, forms a glo-
bular body separated by a considerable space from the wall of the
sporosac. ‘There is an opening in one side of the spadix due to the
invagination, so that in longitudinal sections it forms a character-
istic C-shaped figure. Developing ova can be seen between the
layers of the spadix: in at least two cases ova of larger size than
the others can be clearly seen in the canal oi the neck of the
spadix. Perhaps this is a preliminary position before the ovum
passes into the central cup-like hollow. When the surface of a
large ovum is examined under a high power of the microscope, it
shows a delicate hexagonal pattern, caused by the approximated
ends of the long columnar cells of the spadix pressing on it. Ova
more advanced than the one shown in fig. 5 were not found.

The male Gonophores—

While the part of the colony seen in fig. 3 showed female
gonophores chiefly, other parts showed the male form. ‘This is of
about the same size as the female gonophore, but is shaped like a

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 285

pointed fir cone; it is more opaque than the female one, and con-
sequently can only be properly studied in serial sections. Figures
6 to 8 show three of a series of such sections. ‘The endodermal
contents are more complex than those of the female form and do
not seem quite the same in every case, but like that form there is
a spadix which shows a more or less C-shaped figure in longitudinal
section. No male gonophore was met with in a ripe condition ;
they mostly contained spermatoblasts.

Theoretical considerations—

In spite of the anomalous structure of the hydranth, this
genus should, I think, find a place among the gymnoblastic
hydroids, and a comparison with two hydroid genera, Hydrichthys
nurus and Stylactis minot, which are also parasitic on fish, leads
to some interesting conclusions.

Stylactis minoz was described by Alcock in 1892 (5) and has
been since found several times in Indian seas, always attached to
the skin of the small rock perch Minous inermis. It is a typical
hydroid in every way.

The peculiar form Hydrichthys mirus discovered in 1887 by
Fewkes growing to the carangoid fish Seriola zonata at Newport,
U.S.A., cannot be called a typical hydroid. It resembles the
present genus very closely in some respects, in others it differs
widely from it. Hydrichthys is described as follows by its dis-
coverer :—

‘““The base of attachment to the fish is a flat, thin plate
with ramifying tubes, by means of which the colony is fastened to
the fish, and upon it separate clusters of sexual bodies (gonosomes)
and filiform structures (hydranths ?) are united together.”

The author compares this basal plate to that of Hydractinea,
without the chitinous projections, and it is obviously very like
that of the genus described here. Hydrichthys, however, has long
arborescent gonosomes to which meduse in all stages of develop-
ment are attached. The fish, with its parasite, was kept alive in
an aquarium and ‘‘ thousands of these medusz were raised.”’
The medusze swim freely, and each has four tentacles. The
generative organs are therefore totally different from those of the
new genus, in which these organs are represented by a few closed
sporosacs, sessile on the basal plate. Turning now to the hydranth,
the comparison between the two forms is of such interest that it
seems well to quote Fewkes’s account im extenso, especially as
the nature of the hydranth of Hydrichthys is regarded somewhat
doubtfully by that author :—

“In addition to the botryoidal clusters of gonosomes there
also arise from the basal plate by which the colony is fastened to
the fish, long, flask-shaped bodies, recalling in their external form
the tasters of the Siphonophores. These bodies, like the gonosomes,
arise from the upper walls of the basal plate of tubes attached to
the body of the fish. Like the gonosomes they are numerous in
the hydroid colony. The filiform bodies are elongated flask-shaped

286 R. E. Ltoyp: A new genus of Hydroids. [Viorel
structures, of about uniform size throughout, arising from differ-’
ent points of attachment at the base from the gonosomes They
are, like the gonosomes, destitute of appendages, but they prob-
ably have an opening at the free extremity. The walls of the fili-
form bodies are composed of an outer thin and an inner thickened
layer. There is a cavity within. The walls are dotted with pig-
ment spots, which are especially numerous around the free extrem-
ity. Inone of these filiform bodies there is a spherical mass,
which resembles half-digested food. It is doubtful whether this
mass is food. The free end of the filiform bodies is sometimes
trumpet-shaped, but ordinarily rounded, the opening being con-
cealed by the contraction of the lips. The bodies of the filiform
structures move backwards and forwards on their attachments,
and are sometimes spirally coiled in a single turn. ‘They recall in
general appearance the spiral zodids of Hydractinia and the
tasters of Siphonophora, but, unlike either of these structures,
have an orifice at their freeend. They are thought to have close
likenesses to the ‘ central polyp’ of Velella.”’

The difficulty of interpreting the nature of the flask-shaped
bodies of Hydrichthys, becomes lessened in the light of the new
genus Nudiclava; and the present writer is strongly of the
opinion that the flask-shaped bodies of the former and the
club-shaped bodies of the latter are both hydranths devoid of
tentacles. Furthermore, that it is by means of these hydranths
that the colonies obtain their food. In his description of Hydrich-
thys, the author expresses the following view of its mode of
nutrition, a view expressed, necessarily at that time, somewhat
doubtfully :—

‘“’The absence of tentacles, or organs the function of which
is the capture of food, would seem to deprive Hydrichthys of
those means of capturing and drawing food to the mouth which
are almost universal among fixed hydroids. Possibly in its
parasitic life the hydroid obtains its sustenance from the fish on
the sides of which it lives.”

The close resemblances in the structure of the two forms
now under comparison make it most probable that, whatever the
mode of nutrition, it is of a similar nature in both cases. It
seems from the following observations, that the genus Nudiclava
does not obtain sustenance from the fish to which it is attached.
It was previously mentioned that on removing a portion of the
colony, an outer layer of the fish’s skin was removed with it.
Part of this was separated from the hydroid and examined
microscopically ; it was found to be quite intact ; there was no
sign of perforation by any radical organs. In the absence of any
such special organs, it does not seem likely that the fish would be
so accommodating as to diffuse nutriment, uncompelled, through
its own skin into the tissues of the hydroid.

How, then, do these colonies obtain their food? The as-
sumption is made here, that Hydrichthys and Nudiclava obtain
nutriment in the same way. ‘The absence of tentacles in these

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 287

parasitic hydroids deprives them of the power of catching their prey
in the manner common to all other hydroids. Their mode of life
is identical in both cases. Both were found adhering like a tuft
to the skin of small fishes which were caught near the surface of
the sea. Judging from Fewkes’s well-executed illustration of the
fish with its parasite, the superficial appearance of both would be
very similar.

From the relatively large size of the hydranths of Nudiclava
it is difficult to suppose that they are degenerate bodies of little
functional value to the colony. ‘The peculiar features of the en-
doderm of Nudiclava, the well-developed muscle strands, and the
special pavement epithelium lining the central cavity, suggest that
the methods by which these hydranths obtain food is as follows :—

It is supposed that in their natural state, they assume, by
expansion of the mouth, the shape of a wide-spreading funnel
(pl. xvi, fig. 2). As the host speeds through the surface waters,
the small members of the plankton, such as copepod nauplii, etc.,
must come within the grasp of these funnel-shaped mouths. The
well-developed muscles, situated iti the endoderm, which are pecu-
liar to the genus, point to a special power of rapid and forceable
retraction, an act which would be very necessary when anything
comes within the grasp of the funnel. The special pavement epi-
thelium is perhaps developed as a protection and covering to the
endodermal cells which would otherwise be exposed to the water,
when the mouth is gaping widely.

We can illustrate the possible efficiency of this mode of food-
capture thus: It is not unlikely that the hydranth, which
measures ‘75 mm. in length when completely contracted, could ex-
pand its mouth into a circle “5 mm. in diameter The hydranths
in the colony, which number about 50, would together present
an area of about Io square mm., which is at least as great as that
of the gaping mouth of the fish host itself.

In the case of Aydrichthys, the hydranths, from their size,
must also be considered important members in the colony. And
there is some evidence in Fewkes’s account that it obtains its food
in this manner. Thus we read above, that the free or oral ends
of the filiform bodies of this genus are sometimes trumpet-shaped,
and one of these bodies contained a mass resembling food.
Hydrichthys was kept alive in an aquarium for some time, but it
would have been impracticable to examine the colony without
catching the fish, a procedure which would cause at least partial
contraction of the parasite : consequently it would be very dith-
cult to observe the state of the oral apertures in their expanded
condition, and the fact that some few were observed to be
trumpet-shaped, makes it most likely that all would possess, in
their expanded condition, a wide funnel-shaped mouth.

Let us pass now to a consideration of the third genus
of hydroids which is found on fish. ‘The case of Stylactis minor
on the fish Minous inermis is quite different from that of
the others. The hydranth has a well-developed circle of long

288 R. E. LtovD: A new genus of Hydroids. Von

tentacles and a hypostome, and ciearly catches its food like other
hydroids. ‘The hydrophyton is in the form of a creeping stolon
which may almost entirely cover the fish. These differences point
to a different mode of life from the other parasitic forms. An
explanation of these differences seems to be found in the different
nature of the fish. Mznous tnermis has been found many times in
the Bay of Bengal in company with such teleostean genera as
Uranoscopus, Platycephalus, Lophius, Pterois, which are essentially
bottom fish: whereas the fish hosts of the other two genera
under discussion were both captured in the tow net. The extent
to which the Minous is coated with the hydroid growth, caused
its discoverer to hold the opinion that the hydroid must benefit
the fish by concealing it to some extent. On this assumption, we
can imagine the Minous remaining still for considerable periods
of time during which the Stylactis could pursue its vocation of
catching prey, in the fashion of other hydroids which are attached
to rocks.

We see, therefore, that whereas the modes of life of Hydrich-
thys and Nudiclava seem essentially similar, they both differ
considerably in this respect from Stylactis minoi : although all three
forms appear to be hydroids parasitic on small teleostean fish.

A ffimities—

Comparison with other more normal hydroid types has not
led to any definite conclusions as to which particular type this new
genus may have been derived from. It undoubtedly resembles the
abnormal genus Hydrichthys in some ways, in the structure of the
basal plate and the absence of tentacles, and in its mode of life
generally. Here the similarity stops, and the two genera are sepa-
rated by the great differences in the gonophores, and in the internal
structure of the hydranth, which in Hydrichthys is quite of the
usual hydroid type. The conclusion arrived at is that the
similarities have been acquired in adaptation to the circumstances
of the peculiar life which are alike in both cases ; while the dif-
ferences are due to the fact that the ancestors of both forms which
took to this parasitic life were essentially different, especially as
regards the nature of the gonophores. The genus Nudiclava has,
however become more specialised than Hydrichthys, as the result
of this mode of life.

Stylactis minoi presents a third example of a hydroid, which
has scarcely been modified at all by its association with a fish.
Being attached to the skin of a sluggish rock-haunting species, it
is capable of obtaining food in the same manner as most other
hydroids. Consequently its structure has not been modified.

Definition of the genus—

The hydrophyton is a compact plate-like structure composed
of an irregular labyrinthine ccenosare with very poorly developed
perisarc.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 289

The hydranths are claviform when contracted, and totally
devoid of tentacles ; their cavities are lined by a special layer of
pavement epithelium, and they contain well-developed muscle-
fibres among the endoderm.

The gonophores are closed sporosacs, without radial canals,
tentacles, or ectodermal invaginations.

The species is parasitic on the skin of a surface-swimming fish.

REFERENCES.

I. Johnstone, J. -- ‘“* Report on the Marine Fishes,”
Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster
Fisheries and Mar. Biol., pt. il,

1904, p. 203.

2— bronn, H. G. -. Klassen und Ordnung. des Thier-
Reichs, bd. ii, abt. 2, 1889-92, p.
217.

3. Fewkes, J. W. .. “On certain Meduse from New Eng-

land,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. xiii, 1887, p. 224.

4, Colleutt: M. C. -. “On the structure of Hydractinea
echinata,” Quart. Journ. Micros.
Scv., vol. xl, 1898, p. 88.

Be Nleock, Ac -. “A case of commensalism between a
Gymnoblastic Anthomedusoid
(Stylactis minot) and a Scorpe-
noid Fish (Minous mmerms) ,”’
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. x, 1892, p. 207,

6. Allman, G. J. -. Monograph of the Gymnoblastic Ay-
drotds, 1871, p. 128.

7 awite a : amor iy
ts - rhs r + i y
J : Riese be Tdi At | ra i er. ° 1 ey
bs ; : : ee | - 7 a 5 bs = = -
> —_ 5 Ceuta ole 7 ta , 2 i a
oe Ses FOE Re a ree ae
j : ae Or A i New tay a : : 7
‘ 7 sit % i ra Pae, PL y - J i ss a - © eal ®
Vea etee coe ab RS Lah i Oy atein Si :
Ps Aa ; RE 4 i, + ~ -
at | ’ dh x
x bas j * : Vy lan) : Z
= . “y Ve H] - 7 Le of =
~~, - Pe a } ed
’ 7 i rd - . t i iz cE a -
t me” p , » ih 0 > Ses ah teeta. WE : ‘ a -e%
: ree: P ios ent is ad Pe: 79s) Te - k
a Z eh My i % ,
. : y i,
< & in "
7 e
& a “& *
9
e “
é
>
*
* .
7 wre -
.
‘ie
ae ophe ee
7 »
@ if <
. = ef ; rary
ahd e
Le ?
yee a -
te i
rue — ® ce
a
.
‘ A =p hed » be
ad
Sider
a aii
< a

TAS eo

ilaed 4 ee

Tome erhinge ati Fe i]
sate eam Jr
“7 at) Pant ) yi

a ‘i fw

Fic.

FIG.

Fic.

Fic

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

1.—The fish, Monocanthus tomentosus, with the parasite at-

tached : drawn from the spirit specimen, natural size.

2.—Diagram of the supposed appearance of the same, when

the parasite is fully expanded: viewed from above
and enlarged.

3.—A portion of the colony showing eleven hydranths and

gonophores attached to the dise : drawn from mounted
specimen under 2-inch objective with the camera
lucida. Internal structure of the disc represented
diagrammatically.

oS") Straight tubers

. 4.—View in optical section of a portion of the same, more

highly magnified, showing the lower part of a single
hydranth and a gonophore.

Il, = The lower limit of the specialized endoderm of
the hydranth ; this line is very clear in the specimen.
for the cells above it (endoderm) are somewhat opaque
and dark.

CT = The ‘‘ connecting tube” which communicates
on the one hand with the cavity of the hydranth and
on the other with the “‘ straight tube.”

The connecting tube lies within what appears to be
a closed spherical chamber, the thin walls of which
are reflected on to the tube itself. This chamber was
seen in the case of all hydranths available for exam-
ination both in optical and actual section, but the
quality of the material was not sufficiently good to
enable one to elucidate this structure with certainty.
ST == The “‘ straight tube ”’ which is embedded in the
disc. One end of it communicates with the ‘“ connect-
ing tube,” the other opens into one of the cavernous
spaces of the disc.

The curved dotted lines at the upper and left-hand
part of the figure are to indicate an appearance due
to ‘“‘ muscle fibrils’? lying among the specialized
endoderm cells.

Fic. 5.—Optical section of a female gonophore showing two ova.

On the left side of each ovum the cell-outlines were in-
dicated, but the ‘‘ hexagonal pattern’ mentioned in
the text has been lost in the reproduction of the figure.

Fics. 6, 7 AND 8.—Three of a series of sections through a male gono-

phore. Cell=outlines and spermatoblasts have been
omitted in figs. 6 and 7, in order to show the arrange-
ment of the endodermal layers with greater clearness.
In fig. 8 the spermatoblasts and cell-outlines of the
layers are indicated, but the detail is somewhat dia-
grammatic. ‘The spermatoblasts are in places merged
into the cells of the endodermal layers, but the con-
tinuity of the latter can be traced with assurance :
drawn with camera lucida under 4-inch objective.

PLAT HZ.

b
A)
ey

ERT

ies gee Hoey | eee

ie Cede
Ship Som ERT i
fe

Wen, Wid

‘ a, ie
idl vie aes

Sa Senne

— ole es

Biase here

"nes a
a oh £8 tae Ce
ae eee ome nese Sao
Bye — -
Py’ ».

Fig. 8.

ihied Reh

Reagen eds tt h

nih, Te
rat ) Hike : PU APP ERED a Pe
high Sealy ae SO eu sheuie
i ay uw be F i
(see LTS WP TANS 1a 12

- a ae

Ain,

EXPLANATION “OF PEALE Xv i:

Fic. 1.—Transverse section of the lower part of a hydranth.

CC ==" Central cavitye M = Muscle strands.
The “‘ mesenteries’’ which unite the lining of the
central cavity to the ectoderm lie in a shrinkage space.

Fic. 2.—A somewhat oblique section at a higher level through

mesenteries ’’ are seen ;

another hydranth. Four
those on the left are cut obliquely.

Fic. 3.—A longitudinal section of a hydranth through the oral

JEN

aperture.

The outlines for figs. 1, 2 and 3 were drawn under
t-inch objective with the camera lucida. The muscle
fibres are represented conventionally by dots and black
lines. ‘The real appearance is of a delicate fibrillation
more accurately portrayed in fig. 4.

4.—A small portion of a section from the same series as

the one shown in fig. 2 under {,-inch objective.

Ec = Ectoderm. CC = Central cavity. M = Muscle
fibrils.

This figure shows that each ‘‘ mesentery’ is composed
of two layers of delicate, nucleated cells which sepa-
rate to form the central cavity. These features are
best seen in the mesentery on the right ; the one on
the left being cut somewhat obliquely. The charac-
ters of the ‘* specialized endoderm cells”’ are shown ;
the well-marked outlines, the peripheral granules, and
the absence of nuclei.

Fic. 5.—A small portion of the disc in section under ~-inch

objective.

On the right a ‘‘ straight tube”’ is seen opening into
the common spaces of the disc.

The ectoderm is seen dipping down among the other
layers : this is not usual.

* *

PLATE XVII.

Fig.l.

i RL ne oe OK

CER ET :
$Ga%

ig. 2.

: Fe “ee ,

Fig. 4.

oes

MechV-—POR bi MeN AR Ye De SCRIP TIONS OF
AE Reis sya Ween Ne Cudonlee Iedesisnl 17)" 75
FeRe Ove. TEN aT Ay

By P. SPEISER, M.D.

From the collection of the Indian Museum I recently ex-
amined three Nycteribiide which I considered to be new. But
one of these species has already been mentioned in literature.
Rondani gives in the Ann. Mus. Genova (1878), vol. xii, a short
description of a parasite of the bat RKhinolophus euryotis, Temm..,
from Amboina, which he considered to be Nyctertbia jenynsit,
Westw. In my dissertation “‘ Uber die Nycteribiiden, Fleder-
mausparasiten aus der gruppe der pupiparen Dipteren” (Arch.
Naturges., vol. Ixvii, p. II, 1901), I have demonstrated that
N. jenynsi, Westw., is a Penictlldia, Kol. I had examined Ron-
dani’s very badly-preserved specimen, and provisionally determined
it as N. minuta, Wulp. ‘This latter name, as I have since learned,
is a mere synonym of Cyclopodia ferrari1, Rond., and I am now
very pleased at having before me a good specimen of the parasite
of Rhinolophus euryotis, Temim., also from Amboina.

I give here a short description of it under the name Nycterihia
(Acrocholidia) phthisica, sp nov., together with short descrip-
tions of the two other new species. The detailed descriptions
of these will be published in a larger monograph on this family,
which I have in preparation. It would he of the greatest interest
to examine more species from India of this extraordinary family,
especially with good notes on the species of bats which harbour
them. There are but very few known from East India, and there
is a wide gap between the better known regions of the Sunda
Archipelago and the African coasts, with Madagascar. We must
expect some very interesting discoveries from the intermediate
regions.

Nycteribia (Acrochohdia) phthisica, sp. nov.,?.

Head and thorax without characteristics, the breast being
almost twice as long as broad, being thus long and narrow
(phthisic! ). The lateral quarters of the basal tergite are bare, the
middle bristly. In the middle of the dorsum is an irregular hori-
zontal row of longer bristles; above the anal segment, a more
chitinized rectangular shield, which bears three very long bristles
on each of its rounded hind corners. The basal sternite has a
linear hind margin, with a ctenidium of fine spines. Before the
anal segment lie two band-like segments with wavy hind margins,
the former of which has two pairs of bristles on each side of the
middle line, and three on each side at the end; the posterior has
but two separate bristles on each side of the middle, and but two

296 P. SPEISER: Zhree new Nycteribiide. [VOL. I, 1907.]

on each side at the end. The plate above the genital opening
bears a group of three bristles on the side lobes, and a single one
a short distance before these. Long. corp. 2°3—2°4 mm.

Basilia bathybothyra, sp. nov., @.

Calcutta, 6th April 1905.' Head without characteristics.
The thorax has conspicuous deep grooves above the halteres; the
breastplate is somewhat broader than long. The second tergite
has a broad middle lobe slightly produced backwards. All the
tergites bear on the hind margins, scattered rows of thin, moder-
ately long bristles ; on the fourth, fifth and sixth tergite groups of
bristles of double length occur which beset the margin a short
distance each side from the middle. The basal sternite is large
and long, its ctenidium having short, thin teeth ; the succeeding
sternites are very short, except the fourth and fifth which are
slightly longer. The hind margins of these are slightly wavy in
the middle, and bear there a little group of very short, black
spines, or spine-like knobs. The following ones are thin, slightly
curved, beset with bristles.

Cyclopodia amiculata, sp. nov., @.

Calcutta, on Taphozous longimanus. This is the most slender
Cyclopodia I have seen, its length being 2°1 mm.; the single legs
3 mm.: the latter are thin, especially the femora, by which this
species differs from the two other Cyclopodia. The abdomen is
very singularly shaped. Besides a basal tergite, it shows but two
broad and long tergites, and an anal segment. The posterior
tergite bears on its anterior half a pair of very pistilliform styles,
with bristly tips, as in the @ of Nyct. (Stylidia) biarticulata, Herm.
The hind margin has, in the middle, a deep triangular notch, on
the inner margins of which are a few bristles. The basal sternite
bears a very dense linear ctenidium of fine spines ; the ends of all
the following segments are well marked by rows of bristles, the
remaining surface (except in the second sternite) being bare

1 [On Vespertilio muricola.—ED. |

Sw ee et eee

XX Ve NNO LATED SCAT AWOGUE ‘OF
ORR BAN A | Creel Cie. Ae.

By E. BRUNETTI.

INTRODUCTION.

In presenting this Catalogue I desire to mention that its
preparation has been entirely a matter of compilation, and that
I do not hold myself responsible for the validity of either the genera
or species contained herein As a matter of fact, not having
studied the Culicide except to a most limited extent, I should not
feel competent either to support or contest the views of such ex-
perienced students of the group as those upon whose labours
the present work is, in the main, compiled. A casual examination,
however, of the slender characters upon which many of the recent
genera and species are established, coupled with the fact that
a large number of the latter have been described from single speci-
mens only, leads me to the presumption that a few more years’
careful study of the family is more likely to result in the reduction
than otherwise of the total number of what to-day are regarded as
distinct species. This is, of course, quite apart from new species
to be hereafter discovered.!

The object of the Catalogue is to provide a systematic list of
the mosquitoes recorded from the Oriental Region, and therefore,
the comments are confined to questions of synonymy, or notes
of general interest, and do not touch upon either of those vast
sides of the subject, the biological and the medical. Brief inform-
ation regarding the life-history, if known, and bare statements
regarding the power, or otherwise, of any particular species to
convey malaria, will be found ; but detailed reports of experiments
or researches of an entirely medical or bacteriological nature, would
be out of place in a purely systematic list. Mr. Theobald’s excel-
lent monograph of this family provides a lengthy list of works and
essays, on the medical aspect, and nearly all the recent works of
any size afford extensive information respecting life-histories,
generally with copious illustrations.

| The collection of the Indian Museum in this group has not yet been worked
out, except as regards Anopheles, and a few species amongst the other genera, It
is of considerable extent, and is being rapidly enlarged by continual acquisitions,
and at present is being worked out by Mr. Theobald.

I may add here that during my three years’ sojourn in the East I have myself
collected upwards of 1,500 specimens of Culicidae,

208 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

A general study of this family may be obtained from Robineau
Desvoidy’s “ Essai sur les Culicides”’ (1827), and, more recently
Ficalbi’s ‘‘ Revis. sistem. di famiglia d. Culicide”’ (1896). Con-
cerning exclusively oriental species, the following list may be found
useful, in which is included a limited number of general works
on the family, which, by reason of their importance, the student
would do well to consult, even if interested only in oriental species.

LITERATURE ON ORIENTAL CULICIDA.

Adie, Major, 1905. ‘‘ Mosquitoes and Malaria in the Feroze-
pore District.” Ind. Medic. Gaz. xl, 5.

Banks, Ch. S., 1906. “‘A List of Philippine Culicide, with
descriptions of new species.” Phil.
Jour Sct, pt: 2, pp.O77 to. L005.

ds 1906. ‘‘ A new genus and species of Culicide.”

Toc: cit. 1, pt: 2,-p: 760, with places

Blanchard, R., 1905. ‘‘ Les Moustiques.”’

Christy, C., I900. ‘“ Mosquitoes and Malaria, Summary of
Knowledge on the subject.”

Ficalbi. (This author’s papers are not on Oriental species, but
will be found useful.) Bull. So. Ent.
It. chiefly in vols. xxi, xxil.

Id. “ Revisione sistematica di famiglia della

Culicide Europee.”’
Giles, 1900. “Handbook of Gnats and Mosquitoes.’

Ist Ed.

Ids, 1902: and Ed. of same work, much enlarged.

lids 1901: “Six new species of Culicide from
India. Entome. ssadv = 102,

lid Ooi “ Descrip. of 4 new spp. of Anopheles

from India.” Ent. Month. Mag.,
MEK Vy OO:
Id. 1904.! Jour. Trop. Med., vit.
James, Capt. S. P., 1889. ‘‘ The collection of Mosquitoes and
their Larve.’ Ind. Medic. Gaz.,
RXV NO EZ:

Id) “id= “1902. Malaria in” India.” — “seis sMtemm
Offic. Medic. and Sanit. Dep. Gov.
India Nor 2:
James and Liston, 1904. “‘ The Anopheles Mosquitoes of India.”
Liston, 1gor.! Ent. Month. Mag., xxxvii.
lide r90r.: Ind. Medic. Gaz.

Ludlow, Miss C. S., 1904. “‘ Concerning some Philippine Mos-
quitoes:’” -Can. Ent.) xxxvi, por
1904. “‘ Mosquito Notes’ No: i, loc: city
33/2 Non 2, C7207:
Id. id., 1905. Ids: ids GNo ee alee scocvae
OA. T2059 No. Aral o>:

lid’ id.

| I have been unable to obtain the names of the papers thus referred to.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 299

Neveu Lemaire, 1902. “Classification de la famille de
Culicide.”
Ratton. W.2Ss, O05, “The Culicid fauna of the Aden

Hinterland.” Jour. Bonib. Nat.
Hiss 20s <vi,,.023)-to. 637 with
4 plates and map.
Robineau Desvoidy, 1827. “ Essai sur la tribu des Culicide.”
Mem. So. Hist. Nat. Paris, iii.
Theobald, F. V., 1900. “‘ Report on the collections of Mos-
quitoes received at the British

Museum.”

Id., 1g0t. ‘‘ Monograph of the Culicide of the
World,” vols. i, ii.

hes 1903. lids vole iit.

ids, 1g02. ‘A short descr. of the Culicide of

India ; with descr. of new spp. of
Anopheles.’ Proc. Roy.So. Lond.,
Ixix, 367 to 394 with 1 plate.

lids. 1g02. Jour. Trop. Medicine, v.

Ide 1903. ‘ New Culicide from the Federated
Malay States.” Entom. xxxvi, 256.

Id.; 1904. Id. (continuation). Entom., xxxvii,
PP. 12, 365.77, 211, 163, 201, 236.

de 1905. “Some new Mosquitoes from

Ceylon.” Jour. Bomb. Nat. His.
SO:, Xvi, 237 £0 240, with’ 2

plates.

a 1905 ‘A catalogue of the Culicide in the
Hungarian National Museum ;
with desc. of new gen. and spp.”
Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 61 to 120,
with 4 plates.

lich: 1905. Genera Insectorum; Fascicule 26.

Culicide.

Mr. Theobald’s “‘ Monograph of the Culicide of the World ”’
(in 3 vols.), from its magnitude holds prior place in the literature
of this family. Volumes i and ii appeared in rgo01, and contained,
besides about 400 pages each of text, liberally augmented by
figures, 37 plates (i to xxxvii) (bound up in a separate volume),
each plate giving coloured figures of the full insects of four species.
Five additional plates marked A to E gave photographic reproduc-
tions of wing-scales. At the beginning of vol. i is shown how to
mount and examine a mosquito. The first 60 pages give endless
information regarding structure, life-history, food, habits, pairing,
hybernation, natural enemies, geographical distribution, etc. From
p. 84 the malarial aspect of the subject is treated of. On p. 97
is a synoptic table of sub-families and genera followed by a list
of the world’s species (up to Igor); those present in the British

'L Ihave been unable to obtain the names of the papers thus referred to.

300 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. ],

Museum collection being marked. Further lists of species follow,
arranged according to their geographical distribution. Volume ii
(1903) gives 17 more plates of photos of wings and wing-scales ; the
last two, however, being of larvee and pupe.

In Fascicule No. 26 of the “‘ Genera Insectorum ”’ (1905), Mr.
Theobald gives a table of sub-families, admitting eight, as follows :
Anopheline ,Megarhine, Toxorhynchitine, Culicine, J oblotine, Aideo-
myine, Heptaphlebomyine and Corethring. Sixty-seven genera
(described) are recognised, containing slightly over 500 species,
being the total number known including a few new ones. He also
gives 2 coloured plates showing 24 full insects.

Lieutenant-Colonel Giles’s work, “‘ Handbook of Gnats, or Mos-
quitoes’”’ isa valuable one. First published in 1900, it attained a
second edition in 1902. Chapter i (2nd Ed.), concerns the position
and terminology of the Culicide; chap. ii, collecting and preserv-
ing ; chaps. ili to vi, the anatomy of the larva, pupa and adult,
with many figures ; chap. vii, life-history. Plate vi gives photos
of living Anopheles and Culex resting on glass. Conditions influenc-
ing prevalence is treated of on p. 152, and a valuable diagram is
fig. 38 (facing p. 256), giving a key to generic distinctions based
on the characters of the scales.

Although confined to Anopheles (sensu latu), Messrs. James
and Liston’s “‘ Anopheles Mosquitoes of India” is also of great
value, if only for the splendid plates. The earlier part deals with
general notes, eggs, larve (figured), habitats, collecting, mounting,
preserving, larva-mounting, classified table of Anopheles larve ;
distribution and classification of Indian species, and a very excellent
diagrammatic plate showing the structure of the various parts of
the adult, with their technical terms. The work terminates with
14 other splendid plates (tinted) of large size, illustrative of that
number of Indian species.

Mr. Banks’ catalogue of the Philippine Culicid@ is most useful.
Many of the Oriental species, if correctly determined, have an
excessively wide range. From Africa (South and West Coast),
Mauritius, and Australia, from China, and from Europe, certain
species are regarded as identical with forms indigenous to the
Orient. It will be noticed that I have included the few Arabian
species mentioned in Mr. Patton’s paper on the Aden hinterland
Culicid fauna ; this is because, owing to their wide range of dis-
tribution, any of those species may easily occur in India, and not
from a desire to include Arabia in the Oriental Region.

To avoid repetition in the catalogue, I append here a brief list
of such localities as constantly occur, with particulars added.

Bakloh .. 4,500 to 5,000 ft. Punjab, Lower Himalayas.

Bhim Tal .. 4,500 ft. Kumaon Dist., Western Himalayas.

Canara District .. On Goa Frontier, W. Coast of India, S. of
Bombay.

Cavite .. Close to Manila (Luzon, Phil. Islands).

Coonoor .. 6,000 ft. Nilgiri Hills, Madras Presidency.

1907. |

Dacca
Dindings
Ellichpur
Ferozepore
Fort McKinley
Goa

Gonda
Jalpaiguri
Jeypore
Jhansi

Jolo Island
Karachi

Karwar
Kuala Lumpur

Kurseong
Lushai Hills
Makerian
Mian Mir
Mussoorie

Nagpur
Naini Tal
Negros (Negros
Occidental)
Nilgiri Hills
Old Calabar
Orissa
Pampanga
Pangasinan
Peradeniya
Perak
Port Canning
Purneah
Quilon

Ranikhet (Reneghat)

Rizal
Selangor
Shahjahanpur
Shaohyling
Simla

Sylhet
Taiping
Trincomalee

Records of the Indian Museum. 301

Eastern Bengal.

Straits Settlements.

Berar, Central India.

Punjab.

Luzon, Phil. Islands.

District on West Coast of India.

N. India, S. of Nepal.

N. Bengal, a little south of Darjiling.

State in Madras Presidency.

North-West Provinces, India.

Philippines.

City on extreme West Coast of India, near
Baluchistan.

Coast Town, Bombay Presidency.

Capital of Selangor State (Federated Malay
States).

5,000 ft. South of Darjiling.

On the N.-E. Indian Frontier of Assam.

Hoshiarpur District, Punjab.

Punjab, about 6 miles from Lahore.

6,000—7,000 ft. Punjab Himalayas, near
Simla.

District in Central Provinces, India.

6,400 ft. Kumaon Dist., W. Himalayas.

Island in the Philippines.

Madras Presidency.

West Coast of North Africa.

East Coast India.

One of the Philippine Islands.

Ceylon.

Federated Malay States.

30 miles from Calcutta, on Matla River.

North Bengal.

Coast town in Travancore State, extreme
S. of India.

4,000 ft. North-West Provinces, India.

Near Manila.

Federated Malay States.

North-West Provinces, India.

China.

7,000 ft. Western Himalayas.

District in Assam ; adjoining Darjiling.

Capital of Perak Federated Malay States,

(Hot Wells) East Coast of Ceylon.

N.B.—In Messrs. James and Ljiston’s “ Anopheles Mosquitoes of
India,’’ their references to Jeypore I infer to relate to that city and
State in the Madras Presidency, from their spelling of the name.

302 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOoL. I,

There is, however, another town and state of the same name, in
the Rajputana District of N.-W. India, but this latter place is
usually spelt Jaipur.

N.B.—In Mr. Theobald’s Monograph, the following data
appear, attached to a number of species: “‘ Perak (Wray), 22nd
November 1899 and 21st December 1899.” As it is not obvious
whether the dates refer to two separate days only, or are intended
to include the intervening period between them, I have omitted
them from my catalogue.

It will be seen that I have admitted four sub-families only ,—
Anopheline, Culicine, ASdeomyine, and Corethrine,—and I am
strongly inclined to the opinion that the first two would be in every
way sufficient. It has not been considered necessary to include
every reference known, and cases where simply the name of a
species is mentioned, have always been avoided. It has, however,
been my object to include all possible diagrams or plates, and to
give all the dates and localities available.

I desire to express my obligations to Dr. Annandale of the
Indian Museum for his permission to use the Museum Library,
without which the compilation of this catalogue would have been
impossible.

CATALOGUE.

Sub. Fam. ANOPHELIN-.
ANOPHELES Meig., 1818. (sensu strictu)

Sys. Besch:,i;-10'; plex 55.6.

Macq. “1834'0° dist. Nat.-Dip. 1, 32.

Wik, 18487 list. Dip. Brit; Musa, a9:

Sch. TOOH). Austr i624"

Walp) 91877, Dip, Neer. 329°

Skuse 1889, Pr. Linn. So., N.S. Wales, p. 1751

Ficalbi 18096, / Bull> so. Ent, Tt.) 220.

Theob. 1901, Mon. Culic., i, 115 (sensu latu).

Id: ™ 19003, “oc. cits. il, rur(sensu- stricto):
Giles 31902, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 283 (as restricted by
Theobald); table of spp. p. 289.
Theob. 1902, Proc. Roy. So. Iond., lxix, 368; table
of Indian spp.
Theob. 1905, Gen. Ins. asc: 26, p. 6:
Giles in ‘‘ Handbook,” 2nd Ed., 283, gives as a reference of

‘‘ Anopheles as restricted by Theobald,” Theob. Mon. Culic., i,
115; but this is incorrect. That reference is of the genus in its
wide (Meigen’s) sense ; as Theobald had not created his other genera
till rgo2z. All the Anopheles in the first volume of the Monograph
are placed under ‘‘ Anopheles”? genus. Theobald’s first reference
in that work to the restricted genus is in vol. iii, p. 11. Most of
the new genera were published in the ‘‘ Jour. Trop. Med.” (1902),
vol. v.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 303

A vast amount of information on the life-histories and habits
of the species of this genus may be obtained from the recent works.
Mr. Theobald, in Monog. Culic., i, 115, gives general information ;
a list of districts from which various species of Anopheles have been
received and recorded by the British Museum. On p. 118 is a map
of the geographical distribution of the genus, on p. 120 a synoptic
table of the world’s species up to 1g01. In vol. iii, p. 107, is a
list of species arranged according to the countries they inhabit ;
on p. I a chart, comparing the relative frequency of Anophelina
and Culicina. Plate v gives wing-scales of Anophelina ; p. 14 the
differences between the ova and larvee of the two groups A nophelina
and Culicina.

1. A. aitkenii James in Theob., 1903.
Theob. Mono. Culic. iii, 229.

James and J,iston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 110, pl. ix, 3, wing-
scales; pl. xiii, larva figs. and wing.

LocaLitiEs: Goa Frontier [Aitken] Karwar [Aitken, Dr. Cogiill].

2. A. arabiensis Patton, 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 623 ~ @; pl. A, wing, palpus, egg.

“The commonest species in the district’? (Aden hinterland)
[Patton].

The larva breeds in pools, streams and wells, apparently
breeding at different times of the year in different localities.

The adult is certainly a malaria-transmitter, and, as far as
the writer (Patton) knows, is the only certain one under natural
conditions in this district. |

Locaxity : Aden hinterland [Patton].

3. A. dthali Patton, 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 627 ~ 2; pl. A, wing, palpus, egg.

A free biter, and probably a malaria-carrier ; found breeding
all round the native camps (alt. 5,000 feet).

Locatity : Aden hinterland [Patton’.

4. A. gigas Giles, 101.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxxvii, 196 o 2.

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 308 7 @.

James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 118 (Theob.’s desc.
copied).

Giles Hdbk., 2nd Ed., 316 o 9; pl. x, 2, wing o @.

Types in British Museum.

304 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

The larva appears to prefer clear, shallow water, and the species
is said to be not rare in the hills, although I can only find one
definite reference.

Locariry : Coonoor (5,000 to 6,000 feet) in the Nilgiri Hills [Price].

5. A. immaculatus Theob., 1903.
Mon: Culies 11723" 9"

James (1902) Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, 35.
James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 120.

This species was named by James in the “Sci. Mem. Ind.”
(1902), but not described there, as the words “wings entirely
unspotted, legs unbanded” cannot be considered a description.
Theobald first described it in his ‘“‘ Monog., iii, 23’ from a single
perfect ? , adding as a locality “ India, evidently from Goa.” How-
ever, in James and Liston’s “ Anoph. Mosq. Ind.,”’ they say (p. 120)
“Mr. Theobald says the specimen is evidently from Goa, and that it
was given him by Capt. Liston. This is incorrect. It was captured
at Ennur, a small village on the East Coast, about ten miles from
Madras, and sent to Mr. Theobald by Dr. Stephens.” The @ is
unknown ; it is distinct from all other Anopheles by the unspotted,
yellowish wings, and will probably require the erection of a new
genus.

Localities : Ennur (Kast Coast, near Madras) [James and Liston].

6. A. lindesayii Giles, Igoo.
Hdbk. Gnats, Ist Ed., 166 2.

Giles lic. 2nd Ed., 323 93 pl. x,8, wing 9.

Theob. Mon. Culic, i., 203; pl.v,19 2. Full ins. col.

James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 117. Col. pl. xv, full
isso =

I find no references to this species from other than hill local-
ities. Dr. Christophers has studied the larva. Capt. James found
it breeding in natural pools along with Nyssorhynchus maculatus
Theob., at Raneghat, and Dr. Annandale found it breeding in water
butts close to the houses of Europeans at Bhim Tal in September.

LocaLities : Bakloh (Punjab, July, 4,585 feet) [Lindesay] ; Naini
Tal (6,500 to 7,000 feet) [Gzles]; Kurseong, Mussoorie, Rane-
ghat (4,000 ft.) [James]; Bhim Tal (4,500 feet, Sept.
1906) [Annandale].

7. A. wellcomei Theob., 1904.
Theob. Rep. Gordon Coll. Labor. Sudan, p. 64.
Locarities : Aden hinterland and Sudan.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 305

MYZOMYIA Blanchard, 1go2.
Comp. rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, xxiii, 795.
nom. nov. for Grassia Theob. preoc. Fisch., 1885.

There is also a Grasia Mich., 1854, in Echinodermata.
Grassia Theob., 1902, Jour. Trop. Med., ii, 181.
Myzomyta Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 24.
Id. id» Mset: Was;: Baser 26,5 )..-7,
The larvee in this genus are mostly found in flowing water,
more rarely in ponds or stagnant water, except rossii and a non-
oriental species, suwperpictus Grassi.

I. M. aconita Donitz, 1902.
Beit. Kennt. 3, d. Anoph., p. 70, 2.
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 30, fig. (p. 31), wing @.
Theobald’s description is a translation of Donitz’s, whose
description was apparently drawn up from a unique @? in spirits.
Localities: Kajoe Tanam, Willen Is., Soekaboemi (Java) [Donitz].

2. M. albirostris Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 24 7 9. Fig. 11, p. 25, palpi and proboscis.
Described from a perfect ~ and °@.
Locatity : Malay States (May) [Durham].

3. M. azriki Patton, 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 630 7 2. Pl. C, wing, palpus.

Patton says it is a wild species breeding in pools with tibani
Patton, and that it is closely related to “ turklandi Liston,” but I
know of no such species as the latter. Perhaps he means: turkhudi
Liston.

Locaity : Azriki, (Aden hinterland, 5,000 ft.) [Patton].

4. ML. culicifacies Giles, gor.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxxvii, 197 @ (Anopheles id.).
N.B.—The @ in above reference = turkhudi Liston o.

Anoph. culicifacies 2 non #. ‘Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 309 (t. Th.
Le: , 10.248).

Id. wd. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 106, pl. ix,
2, wing scales ; pl. viii, 1, larva figs.; col.
plc, fullciasy 9°.

Id. 1d. @ non o. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 317; pl.
io es Jato die ae

300 FE. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. |,

Myzomyia culicifacies 9 Theob. Pr. Roy. So. Lond., lxix, 379.
Lid: id. 2 Theob. Mon: (Culich sii so, te p40)
frontal larva hairs ; pl. iii, wing, pl. viii,
wing scales.

Anoph. listom Giles, 1901, Ent. Month. Mag. xxxvil,
OT IOuse a.
Td. td. Giles, Handbk. -2nd-Kd!) 310 o7 2 plas
4, wing o 9, head o 9.
lids id. Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 311 (App.).
Id. indica Theobs, 1901, Mon, Culic. 1163 50—
Id. indicus Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 320 @?.

Type in British Museum.

A common and well distributed species throughout India, the
larva breeding freely in canals, streams, ditches and irrigation
watercourses in the Punjab throughout the year, although the
adults only occur there (in houses) from March to December. In
the Deccan it is commonly found throughout the year in river
beds, and in S. India it is common in rice fields and pools.

Experiments show that the three kinds of malaria parasites
readily develop in it, and Dr. James states that it has been proved
to carry malaria in Mian Mir and Ennur.

This species assumes the characteristic position of Culex when
at rest, and is related to listom, and jeyporensis James.
Localities : Madras (Dec.) [Cornwall] ; Ferozepore, nearly all the

year except Jan. and Feb. [Adie]; Rajmahal (N. Bengal) 31-vii-

1907 [Ind. Museum]; Armageon (E. Coast, India) [James] ;

Ellichpur (Berar, India) [Liston]; Etawah, (N.-W. Prov.) ; Hos-

hangabad (Cent. Prov.) ; Mian Mir; Nagpur, Jeypur State.

5. M. elegans James in Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 51, @ fig. 28, wing scales, cross veins ;
fig. 29, wing.
Anoph. elegans James and Liston. Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 82 ¢.
pl. ix, 4, wing scales: pl. xii, wing, palpus, leg, larva.

This species is considered as only a variety of leucophyrus
Donitz, by James and Liston, but Theobald considers it distinct.
It has been bred by Dr. Cogill from larva from pools and jungle
springs in Karwar. The adults are said not to frequent houses.
The o is unknown, and the type is in the British Museum.

Locatity : Karwar (April) [Cogzl/].

6. M. funesta Giles, rgoo.
Jour. Trop. Med., ii, 50 (Anopheles id.).

Anopheles id. Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 318, 7 9@; pl. x, 3,
wing o 9, claws ~, head ¢.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 307

Anopheles junestus Theob. Mon. Culic., 1,178 ~ @ ; fig. (p. 53) cross
veins ; fig. (p. 180), genitalia ~, fore ungues
@, cross veins ; pl. iv, 13 ¢, full ins. col.
Myzomyia id. ‘Theob. L.c., iii, 34, pl. li, wing ?.
Td. ; t@. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, pl.1, 2 @ , full ins. col.

Two varieties from West Africa (Gambia), the home of the
species, are known, both taken by Dr. Dutton.

var. umbrosa Theob. Mon. Culic., ili, 34; pl. 11, wing @.

var. subumbrosa Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 34; pl. tl, wing °.

This latter variety has considerable resemblance to /zstont
Liston.

> kumastt Chalmers. Lancet, 1900 (Novem.) 7 2 (Ano-
pheles id.).

This latter description is repeated in Theob. Mon. Culic., 1, 214
o” @, where the author adds, “I believe to be a new species.
It might, however, be a var. of A. funestus.”’

Practically an African species.

Taken in dwelling-houses at Kumasi; Ashanti, where Dr.
Chalmers found the larvee on the margin of the marsh surrounding
that place. -Abundant on the Gambian Coast, and at the Cape
(near Bathurst), the larva being found in rice swamps. It occurs
in November in Lagos and in December in Gambia, and Giles re-
ports it from British Central Africa at an altitude of 5,600 feet.

It figures in this Catalogue only on the authority of Banks,
although it has been doubtfully recorded from the Philippines
before.

Locality : Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Banks].

7. MI. jehafi Patton, 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 630 7 @; pl. C, wing, egg, palpus 7 ?.

The eggs were found in springs at Dthali, Arabia, and the
species (which appears to be a local one) was bred, and found to bite
freely.

LOCALITIES : Jehaf and Dthali 5,000 ft. (Aden hinterland) [Patton].

8. M. leptomeres Theob., 1903.
Mon, Calics, ti. 36.095
Described from a single @.
Locality : India [Christophers].
g. M. leucophyrus Donitz, Igor.
Insectenborse, v, 37 2 (Anopheles).

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 307 (App.) 2.
James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 82.
Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 312; fig. 44, wing.

308 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. ],
James and Liston regard elegans James. (loc. cit.) as a variety
of this species. However, Theobald considers elegans a valid species.

LOCALITIES: Kajoe Janam (Sumatra); Moerah Teweh (Borneo)
[ Donitz].

10. M. listoni Liston, 1got.
Ind. Med. Gaz., xxxvi, 12 2 (Anopheles id.).
non listont Q Giles.

Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 279 ; fig. 12, palpus ~ and scale of
wing ; fig. 13, wing; p. 40, fig. 17, hairs of larva.

Anoph. christopherst Theob., 1902, Pr. Roy. So. Lond., Ixix,
378) Oi pla. 3. wines.

Id. ad. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind.,
103° pliivii,a, larvastigs.; colsplias
full ins. 2.

Id. fluviatilis Christophers, tgo1, in MS.

Id. id. James, Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, p. 31, fig. 9.

“Described by me in Pr. Roy. So. Lond., lxix, 378 2 as
christophersi from 2 2 @ sent to that Society by Drs. Christophers
and Stephens, but just previously described as Giles’s ‘ Listont’ by
Capt. alistom. * "(Thteob. Mon. Calies piu, 228.)

The species is very near culicifacies Giles, and jeyporensis James.

Aitken has studied the larva (vide ‘Theob. Monog. iii, 29)
which occurs in rice fields and small rocky streams, but abounds
most in boggy ground near rice fields.

James and Liston report the larva from clear streamlets with
grassy edges, and state definitely that the species is a malaria carrier
as proved both by experiment and under natural conditions.

Messrs. Alcock and Adie, in the Proc. Roy. So. Lond., Ixxvi,
319, give a short, interesting account of breeding this species
from larvee (collected 7-ii-1905) from the Indian Museum tank.
They bred 7 adults from 26 larve, the remaining 12 larve (placed
in a separate vessel) being voraciously devoured by the larva of a
very common oriental dragon fly (Ceriagrion coromandelianum). The
existence of Listoni in Calcutta is important, owing to the malaria-
carrying powers of this insect. The Malaria Commission found the
species absent during their investigations in June, July and August,
and attributed the absence of malaria from Calcutta, to the absence
during those months of known malaria carriers. Messrs. Alcock
and Adie, taking it in December and January (no adults were found
in February), will make it desirable for the species to be searched
for diligently by other observers.

Localities: Ellichpur (Berar, India); Nagpur; Bengal Duars ;
Calcutta (Dec. and Jan.) [ Alcock, Adie]; Jeypur ; Goa; Bom-
bay ; Aurangabad (Hyderabad State) [James]; The Duars,
India |Christophers|; Perak [Wright]; North Canara District
(Goa) [Aitken]; Sylhet, 21-i-1905 and 2-i1-1905 [Hall].

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 309

11. M. fudlowii Theob., 1903.
Mon. -Culic. ii, 42.
Fig. 19, 0, palpus o ; fig. 20, wing 92; fig. 21, vars. in wing
marks and cross veins ; figs. 22, costal spots.
By far the commonest of the malaria group in the Philippines,
breeding readily in salt water around Manila.

LOcALIties : Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Whitmore]; Manila [Banks,
Schultze, Wooley|; Iazon (April) [Ludlow]; Singapore [Biro].

12. M. mangyana Banks, 1906.
Phil Souk. SCs OG 1. 9s

Described from several 9 9. Type No. 3290 in the Entomo-
logical collection, Bureau of Science, Manila. The species is near
ludlowt Theob.

LOCALITIES: Rio Baco, Chicago (in Mindoro, Phil. Is., May)

[McGregor].

13. M. punctulata Donitz, Igot.
Insectenborse, v, 37.

non Anoph. id. Theob., Mon. Culic., 1, 175.
¢ Anoph. id. James & Liston Anoph. More: Ind. 84 ;
pl. xi, wing, palpus, leg.

As the above authors (oc. cit.) give “‘ Theob. Monog., 1, 175”
as a synonym of their species, and as Theobald’s ‘‘Anoph. punctulata
Don.” is not that species, but a distinct one, ¢essellatus Theob.,
I am rather uncertain which species James and Liston had before
them at the time of writing.

They add, “very closely resembling leucophyrus, and may
be a seasonable variety of that species.”

LOCALITIES: Kajoe Janam (Sumatra), Moerah Teweh (Borneo)
[Donitz|; Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Stephansort, Astrolabe
Bay and Deslac Is. (all Papua) [| bivo].

Regarding James and Ljiston’s species, these authors give
Karwar (in house), Bombay (August, in house),“* Straits, Sumatra
and Borneo.”

N.B.—Vide notes under Myzomyva tessellata 'Theob.

14. ML. rossii Giles, 1899.
Jour. Trop. Med., ii, 63 a @ (Anopheles).
Anopheles id. Theob. Mon. Culic.,i,154 7 2.
Fig. 37, wing and cross veins; fig. 38, palpus
@ thorax 9 costal: border o 9, ungues
2 plea wing scales; pl. il, 10.0719) oF
both full ins. col.
Id. id. Giles Handbk:,.2nd Ed., 311,-o 2., pl. ix, If,
wing «” 2, claws.

310 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. ],

Anopheles rossit James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 10g ; pl.
vi, I, larva figs. ; pl. x, 3, wing scales ; col.
pl. xii polls. ee

Myzomyia id. Theob. Mon. Culic.;, iti, 45, fig. 23, wing ? ,
figs. (pp. 46, 47) hairs of larva; pl. ili, wing ;
pl. vi, wing scales.

Anoph. vagus Donitz, 1902, Beit. z. Kennt. Anoph., p. 80.

The larva is easily noticed, often being found in great numbers
together, and breeds anywhere in pots, puddles, pools, from running
clear water to very foul water, and water containing 2°8 per cent of
salt, but Chatterjee found that larve from water containing less
than half this amount of salt died on being placed in fresh
water. The species occurs up to an altitude of 5,000 feet. In
Madras it breeds in rice fields nearly all the year round, and James
and Liston say the adults are in the habit of frequenting “ railway
carriages and almost every kind of road conveyance.” The
former found it abundant in October at Mian Mir, breeding in
muddy, shallow pools and tanks, but not in the irrigation canal.
In Perak it has been bred during February from larve. It is
variable and occurs apparently all over India, the Malay Peninsula,
South China, the East India Islands and the Philippines. Captain
James never found a specimen in a natural state infected with
malaria, although he examined nearly 800 from various parts of
India, but he proved, that experimentally, Filaria sanguims-hominis
would develop in the species (vide “ Lancet”? Aug. 11th, 1900, p.
451). Theobald (Pr. Roy. So. Lond. Ixix, 377) also regards it as a
non-malaria carrier. It has been recorded from the Philippines by
its place in Banks’ Catalogue, but he gives no data, nor have I
seen any definite record from these Islands.

LocaLities: Sylhet (Jan., Feb., Apr., May, June) [Hall]; Raj-
mahal, Bengal (31-vii-1907) [Ind. Museum]; Lucknow (Apr.)
[Giles]; Mian Mir (Oct., Nov., ‘‘ very abundant ’’) [James] ;
Mozufferpur (Behar) [Green]; Dacca [Macrae]; Ktawah, N.-W.
Prov., and Canara District [Aztken]; Mukerian (Hoshiarpur,
India) [Datta]; Madras (Nov. to March) [Cornwall]; Quilon
(7-iii-1900) [James]; Calcutta (April) [Annandale, Daniels] ;
Port Canning (I7-1ii-1907, 2I-vii-1907) [Annandale, Dec.,
“common, ”’ Chatterjee]; Kuala lumpur | Durham] ; Ferozepore
(late July to mid. Dec.) [Adie]; Perak [Wray, Wright];
Penang [Freer]; Padang (Sumatra) [Donitz]; Singapore
(22-vii-1899) [Hanitsch]; Jalpaiguri (June 1907); Sambalpur
(Cent. Prov.) ; Bombay.

Sub. species indefinita Ludlow, 1904.

Cankek ute, Xxxvi, ZOQ a? =

Locarnitims : Bayambang in May (Pangasinan, Philippine Islands)
[Chamberlain]; Mangarin (September), Guimaras Islands (De-
cember) (both Philippine Islands).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 311

15. M. tessellata Theob., Igor.
Mon. Culic., i, 175 9 (as Anoph. punctulatus Donitz).

Loc. cit. fig. 49, thorax, wing, hind leg; pl. xxxvii, 148 9? ,
full ins. col.

Anoph. tesselatus (lapsus) Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 305 2;
pl. ix, 7, wing 2 , dorsum of thorax, hind tarsus.

Respecting this species, Mr. Theobald had prepared for his
monograph a new species which he had named fessellatum, but which,
just previous to publication, he considered to be synonymous
with A. punctulata of Donitz, recently published. He therefore
used the description of his species as that of A. punctulatus Donitz
in Mon. i, 175, and confirmed this opinion in vol. ii, 306 (Appendix),
for the sake of those correspondents who already possessed the
species under his MS. name. However, in vol. iii, 55, he says
that Donitz had informed him that the two species were quite
distinct. Therefore, Theobald’s description in Mon. 1, 175, for
what he there called A. punctulatus Donitz, stands good as the
original description and reference of his own ¢essellata, which now
ranks as a good species.

LOCALITIES: ‘Taiping (Straits) in May, 22-xi-1899 and 21-xii-1899

[Wray].

16. M. thorntoni Ludlow, 1904.
Cans Ent.) soci, (69.2 *

Described from two @ 2 only, and said to be near M. albirostris.
TLOcALITIES: Cottabato (Mindanao, June, Philippine Islands)

[Thornton]; Oras (Samar Islands, Philippine Islands).
17, M. turkhudi Liston, Igor.
Ind. Med. Gaz. xxxvi, 441 9 (Anopheles turkhudt).
Anoph. turkhudi Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 320 2 (footnote).

Id. ida) James seis Mem. Ind. No= 2, p: 49), fis. 27,
wing ; fig. 28, larval chars.

Id. id. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 115;
pl vili.2 larva ies.) col: “pl: xiv, full
Baksh

Myzomyia id. Theob. Mon. Culic. iii, 48 9 ; pl. iii, wing.
Anoph. culicifacies Giles, Ent. Month. Mag., xxxvii, 197.

Id. ad. @ Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 300.

Id. wd. Theob. Pr. Royal So. Lond., lxix, 379 @,
fig. 2 (p. 380) genitalia o.

Id. wd. @ Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 317; pl. ix, 12,
Ae

Dr. Christophers has studied the larva and, under experimental
conditions, human malarial parasites will develop in the adult.

B12 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

Localities: Ellichpur (Berar, India), Nagpur and Cashmir
[James]; Andaman Islands [Maj. Anderson] ; Hoshangabad
(Cent. Prov., India) ; Lahore ; Ferozepore, rare [Adie].

STETHOMYIA Theob., 1902.
Vout rep: Meds, vw. 131:

Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 62; pl. viii, wing scales of S. numba, an
African species.
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 8.

1. S. culiciformis James and Liston, 1904.

Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 1227, 292 (Anopheles); pl. xv, larva figs.

Apparently both sexes are intended to be included in the des-
cription, although only the ~ is specially mentioned. The authors
say that Theobald would place it in this genus. Dr. Cogill bred
the species at Karwar from larve.

Locality : Karwar [Cogz//].

2. S. fragilis Theob., 1903.
Entom., xxxvi, 257 o.

Described from two ~@ bred by Dr. Durham from larve
found in a clear water jungle pool. Types in British Museum.

LocaLity: Kuala Tmpur in Dec. and Jan. (Fed. Malay States)
[Durham].

3. S. pallida Ludlow, 1905.
Cane Gita xaxcaal eI Z2Onio

Described from a single @ , “ taken in the woods.”
Locality : Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore].

PYRETOPHORUS Blanchard, Igo02.
Comp. rend. So. Biol. Paris, xxiii, 795.

nov. nom. for Howardia Theob. preoc. by Dalla Torre in 1897.
Howardia Theob., 1902, Jour. Trop. Med., v, 181.
Pyretophorus Theob. 1903 Mon. Culic., iii, 66.

Id. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 8.

1. P. freerae Banks, 1906.

Phil. Jour. Sci. i, 993 2.

Type specimen in the Entomological Collection (Type No.
5975) of the Bureau of Science, Manila.

Locaity : Manila (Oct.) [Banks].

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 313

2. P. jeyporensis James, 1902.

Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, p. 32: (Anopheles 1d.).
Fig. 11, wing; fig. 12, larval characters.
Pyvetophorus id. Theob. Mon. Culic., iti, 66; pl. viii, wing
scales, fig. (p. 67) palpus o.
Anopheles id. James & Tston Anoph. Mosq. Ind. ror ; pl.
Vito lamyeacnes- ane COl: pli Tull ine: Oy.
Near listont and culicifacies; the larva living mostly in rice
fields, but also in streams.
LOCALITIES : Jeypur State [Christophers and Stephens]; Jakot (S.
India) [ Aztken]; Nagpur and Bombay.

3, P. minimus Theob., root.

Mon. Culic., 1, 186 2 (Anopheles), fig. 55, wing, thorax, cross-veins.
Anopheles. td. Giles Handbk,, 2nd Ed:, 321% 9; oply x, 7,
wing @ , thorax, scale.
Pyretophorus id. Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 365.
Described from a unique 2 in Dr. Rees’s collection.
TLocatities : Pokfulam, Hongkong [Dr. Rees]; Pampanga (Luzon)
[Whitmore].

4. P. philippinensis Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Ent. xxxvii, 135.

Locaniry: Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore].

5. P. pitchfordi Giles, 1904.

Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 365.

This species is said (by Banks) to have been reported from
Uganda, but I find no reference to that effect.

LOCALITY: Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore].

MYZORHYNCHUS Blanchard, Igo2.
Comp. rend. So. Biol. Paris, xxiii, 795.

nom. nov. for Rossia Theob. preocc. Owen 1838 in Moilusca.
Rossta Theob. Jour. Lrop. Med.,v, 181.
Myzorhynchus Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 84 ; pl. v, wing scales.
Id. Theob. gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 9.
The larva of this genus is said to breed mostly in swampy
ground.
1. M. alboteniatus Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, 88 9; pl. i, wing; pl. v, wing scales.
Locality : Perak [Dr. Wright].

314 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

2. M.annularis Wulp, 1884.

Notes Leyden Museum, vi, 249 o 2 (Anopheles), and Tijd.
v. Ent., xxviii, 80. Pl. iv, 2 (Anopheles).

Theobald, in Mon. Culic. i, 142, makes this a sub-species of
sinensis Wied., but in vol. iii, 90, he notes his error and states
that jis “ annularis V. d. Wulp ” = vanus WIk.

3. M. barbirostris Wulp, 1884.

Notes Leyden Museum, vi, 248 2 (Anopheles), and Tijd. v.
Ent., xxvili, 79 2; pl. iv, 1 (Anopheles).
Anopheles barbirostris Theob. Mon. Culic.,i, 146 2 , fig. 33 head ;
fig. 24, wing ; also see p. 151. PIA,
wing scales.

Id. id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 308 ¢ @ ; pl.
vill, 13a, wing o @.
Id. id. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 77 2 ,

pl. x, 1, wing. scales\;~ pl: v, Jarva
HES. NCOs polewdl eile tt roe
Mvyzorhynchus 1d. Theob. Mon. Culic. iii, 86, fig. 25, larva hairs,
pl. 11, wing.
Id. rd. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc.:'26% plage
@ , full ins. col.

Aitken found the larva amongst grass and weeds in rocky
pools, in lily ponds, in the public gardens of Lahore. Not common
in houses ; Capt. James doubts if it carries disease.

LOCALITIES : Sylhet, Jan., Feb., May, June [Hall]; Calcutta
[Annandale, and 13-xi-1905, bred in the Indian Museum];
Port Canning, Dec. 1906 [Chatterjee] ; Calcutta outskirts, Lahore
and Bombay [James and Liston]; Canara Dist. [Aitken];
Selangor [Wvay]; Upper Burma, June 1894, and in August
Watson]: Kuala Lumpur [Dr. Durham]; Mt. Ardjoeno (East
Java) [Hekmeyer]; Papua [Biro]; Shaohyling (China); Pam-
panga [Whitmore]; Rizal [Banks, Schultze]; Manila [Banks] ;
Fort McKinley [Cvazg] all in the Phil. Is. Also occurs in
(Old Calabar in April) [Annett] West Africa, and in Japan.

4. M. minutus Theob., 1903.
Mon- Calicy, “1,01 2.

Described from a unique from I,ahore, taken by Dr. Christo-
phers.
5. M. nigerrimus Giles, Igoo.

Handbk., ist Ed., 161 @ (Anopheles).

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 150.

Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 306.

James & Liston Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 79 9; col. pl. iii full
ins. col.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. BIS

The larva has been found in deep, shady pools, amongst grass
and weed. ‘whe adults are said to be less common in houses, and
James and Liston assert that the Filaria bancroftt can develop in
this species. They also are inclined to think that, in addition to
nigerrimus, vanus, minutus, indiensis, pseudopictus, alboannulatus
and sinensis may all represent the same species.

LocaLities: Naini Tal [Giles]; Sylhet (Jan., Feb., May, June)
[Hall]; Calcutta (7-iv-1899) [Alcock and Daniels], 7-vii-1907
[Annandale]; 22-iii-1907 [Indian Museum]; Travancore
[James]; Port Canning, 6-i-1907 [Amnandale] ; Jalpaiguri
[June 1907]. Dacca, Lahore, Madras.

6. M. plumiger Donitz, Igol.
Insectenborse, v, 37 (Anopheles).

Described by that author from East India and Hongkong.

7. M. pseudobarbirostris Ludlow, 1902.
Jour: New Vk." Baty Sov, x, 127:

LOcALITIES: Hagonoy (Bulacan) in Luzon (Oct.) [Dr. Kellogg];
Cottabato (June) in Mindanao [Dr. Thornton]; Pampanga
(Luzon) [Whitmore].

8. ML. sinensis Wied., 1828.
Auss. Zweifl. Ins., i, 5470 2 (Anopheles).

Frnfld. 1867. Ver. zool. bot. Wien., xvii, 449.
Anopheles id. Theob., Mon. Culic. i, 137 @ ; fig. 30, wing scales ;
pl. xxxvii, 146 2, type form, full ins. col. ;
pl. A, wing scales.
Id. id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 305; pl. vili, 9, wing

Q», scales:
Myzorhynchus id. 'Theob. Mon. Culic. iii, 89, fig. 53, palpus ¢ .
Td. id. Giles, Jour. Trop. Med. vii, 365.

Mr. Theobald (who does not appear to have met with ao,
a sex which apparently has not been seen since Wiedemann’s original
type) gave as sub-species of sinensis (vide Mon. 1, 140 e seq.),
pseudopictus Grassi, Italy ; (Anoph. pictus Ficalbi) ; “ annularts
V. d. Wulp” o 2 (= vanus Wik.) ; indiensis Theob. Mon. 1, 145,
and nigerrimus Giles.

In the “ Genera Insectorum” he admits pseudopictus Grassi,
and nigerrimus Giles, as good species; but sinks his “ annularis
Wulp” as asynonym of vanus WIk., whilst zndiensis does not appear ;
the only species of that name in that work being given as a variety
of Nyssorhynchus maculipalpis Giles, and apparently has nothing to
do with sinensis Wied.

316 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

James has shown that Fuilavia sanguinis hominis will experi-
mentally develop in this species, the larvee of which were found
by the same observer in deep, natural ponds on swampy ground at
some distance from houses in Jalpaiguri.

LOocaLitigs : Calcutta and Jalpaiguri [James]; Ferozepore [Adie] ;
Shaohyling in June (China) [Cornford]; Taipo Pokfulam (China)
[Dr. Rees]; Foochow (August) [Rennie]; Tamsui 2-viii-
1899 (Formosa) [Dr. G. Mackay]; Pampanga (Luzon) [Whit-
more |.

g. M. umbrosus Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic. iii, 87 @; fig. (p. 87) wing.

Taken by Dr. Durham in October at Pahang (Fed. Malay
States).

Io. M. vanus Wlk., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So. Lond. iv, 91 2 (Anopheles 1d.).

non annularis Wulp. (vera) 1884; Notes Leyden Mus. vi,

240.

“ Annularis V. Wulp.”’ Theob. Mon. Culic. 1, 142 @ @ ;
fig. 32, head; pl. v, 18 @, fullins. col. (as Anopheles
sinensis Wied., sub-species ‘‘ annularis v. d. Wulp”’) ;
pl. A, wing scales (as sinensis Wd., sub.-sp. annularis
v. d. Wulp).

Myzorhynchus sinensis annularis. ‘Theob. Mon. Culic., 111,
90; vide also Theob. Mon. Culic. i, 151, for comparisons
with other species.

The larva of this species has been studied. (Vzde Theob. Mon.

Culic. ii, fig. 4 (p. 18).)

‘““Walker’s types are very damaged, but enough remains to
identify the species.” (Theob.)

LOCALITIES: Sambalpur (Cent. Prov. Ind.) [D. O'C. Murphy];
Quilon (27-vii-1gor) [ James| ; Perak [Wright] ; Taiping [Wray] ;
Madras [Cornwall]; Lahore [Christophers]; Penang [Freer] ;
Kuala Lumpur [Durham]; Luzon, 7-ix-19g01 [Ludlow]; Bay-
embang (Pangasinan, Phil. Is.) [Chamberlain]; Manila [Mc-
Gregor, Wooley|; Dindings (Straits).

LOPHOCELOMYIA Theob., 1904.
Enitotis xxvii, see.
Theob: Genwins- Mascy 26. p) 10:

‘Near Nyssorhynchus, but so far I have seen no Anopheline
approaching it in general appearance.” (Theob.)

1 907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 317

1. L. asiatica Leicester, 1904.
Batoma.sxxvii, 13a Q,

Types in British Museum. Taken by Dr. Leicester in the
“ ambang ” jungle at Kuala Lumpur in the Federated Malay States.

NYSSORHYNCHUS Blanchard, 1902.
Comp. rend. Soc. Biol. Paris, xxiii, 795.

nom. nov. for Laverania Theob., preoc. by Grassi and
Feletti, 1900.
Laverania Theob., Jour. Trop. Med.
Nyssorhynchus Theob. Mon. Culic. iii, 92 ; pl. v, wing-scales.
Id. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. Io.

The larvee are mostly ‘pot and puddle’ breeding species,
but some breed in marshes; the adults are mostly domestic, but
some are wild. (Theob.)

1, N. fuliginosus Giles, 1900.
Handbk., 1st Ed., 160 (Anopheles).

Anopheles fuliginosus Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 298 ~ ¢ ; pl. viii,
7, wing, palpus ~ ?, scutellum scale.
Td. ad. Anes one Chic 1) 1321. O ~ ation 277,
scutellum and scale ; fig. 28, a, wing ;

Plies fullmseicole

ide id. James. Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, fig. 18 (p.
39) larva chars.
Id. id. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 91 ;

plicy. larva. figs pli x, 44, wine
seales ; col, pliv, full ims. 9 -
Anoph. jamesu Liston, Ind. Med. Gaz. (1901), p. 411.
non james Theob. I, 134.
Anoph. leucopus Donitz, Insectenborse v, 37.
Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus 'Theob. Mon. Culic., 111, 93.
Var. pallida Theob. loc. cit. i, 134; fig. 28 b (p. 133) wing.

This species is subject to great variety both in wing and leg
markings (Theob.). In some places (Calcutta and Nagpur) it is
common in houses, whereas in others it is said to seldom visit them.

The larva has been observed by Capt. James and others. In
Bombay it is often found in tanks; in Nagpur and Madras in
open tanks, also in grassy or weedy ponds ; in the Punjab in shady,
weedy pools.

Under natural conditions it is non-malarious, but experiment-
ally, parasites have been demonstrated to develop in it (James) ;
although Theobald (Monog., i, 134) said that up to then “ experi-
ments with human malaria (crescent and tertian) ” had failed.

318 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

LOCALITIES : Sylhet (Jan., Feb., May) [Hall]; Kurseong 5,000 it.
[Indian Museum]; Ferozepore, all the year round except Jan.
and Feb. [Adie]; Lahore in June [Giles]; Nagpur [Stephens] ;
Goa and the ‘‘Madras Coast, several places” [James];
Chingelput (Madras) [Cornwall]; Quilon [James]; Calcutta
7-iv-1899 [Daniels], 13-xi-1905 [bred in Indian Museum],
6-vii-I907. and = 2-viii-1g07_ [Annandale|; Dacca [Lt-Col.
Macrae|; Behar |Cornwall, Green).

2. N. jamesii Theob., 1gor.

Mon. Culic., 1, 134 92 (Anopheles) ; pl. 1
ins. col.
Anopheles jamesit Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 299, 2.
Id. id. James Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, 41.
Id. id. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 93;
colsipl, vanaitliins: oe

2 95 inalt

Said to be allied to maculipalpis, theobaldi and fuliginosus, and
not to be a common species.

The larva live amongst grass and weeds at the edges of lakes.

Captain James reared the species from larvee in Nagpur.

LOCALITIES: Shahjahanpur in Oct. (Punjab) [Giles]; Feroze-
pore, rare [Adie]; Quilon in Feb. and 7-11-1900 [James] ;
Calcutta, 23-vii-1907 [Annandale] Port Canning, Dec. 1906
[Chatterjee]; also from Ellichpur in Feb. (Berar), Bombay,
Deccan and Ceylon.

3. N. karwari James in Theob., 1903.

Theob. Mon. Culie: “i, 102 19) Wee Ole omnes
wing.
Anopheles karwart James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. 8g ;
pl. xiv, palpus, leg, head, larva; p. 9vu, fig. of wing.
Near maculatus.
LOCALITIES: Karwar in June (Bombay Pres.) [Cogzl/]; Goa in
Feb., 2,000 it. [Aztken].

4. N. maculatus Theob., rgotr.

Mon. Culic., 1, 171 & 2 (Anopheles maculata).
Fig. 48, palpus #7 ,head~ , wing, tip of abdomen and various scales.

Anopheles maculatus James, Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, 47, fig. 25,
wing and leg.
ae vd. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 301¢ 9; pl. ix,
. 2, head, wing « palpus @.
Nyssorhynchus vd. Theob. Mon. Culic. iii, 96.

Described from two @ 2 in Hongkong. ‘Types in Dr. Rees’s
collection.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 319

It is very near theobaldi, of which James and Liston think
it may be a variety. The larva lives in shallow pools and marshy
grounds on granite soil near Hongkong. James bred it in March
from larvee found in clear, sandy or rocky pools ; it disappearing in
April and May ; and he considers it probably not a malaria carrier.
In the Duars, the larva occurs in clear pools in rice fields.
Locaities: Lahore, March, April[Christophers|; Kurseong [ James];

Jalpaiguri (N. Bengal), 13-vii-1907 [Wallich]; Jeypur Hill

Districts [James]; Perak [Wright]; Hongkong in Sept. and

Oct. [Rees and James] also from Dindings in Nov. (Straits).

5. N. maculipalpis Giles, 1902.
Handbk., 2nd Ed., 279 @ (Anopheles).

Anopheles maculipalpis James and Liston Anoph. Mosq. Ind.
95, pl. iv, larva figs. ; pl. x, 5, wing-
scales ; col. pl. vii-full ins. 2 .

Nyssorhynchus 1d. Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 96 @ , fig. 56,
antenna 2 , palpus @ , cross veins 2 ;
pli tie two swings. 211g, 6p. 98)
hairs of larva.

Var. indiensis Theob. Mon. Culic., iti, 99.

Giles described only the ~, Theobald’s description of the @
is from a single, nearly perfect, specimen taken by Grandpre and
Daruty.

LOCALITIES : India [Christophers and Stephens|; Nagpur, Karwar,
Goa and ‘Travancore [t, James and Liston]; Bayembang
(Pangasinan, Phil. Is.) [Chamberlain]. Also frequents Mashona-
land and Mauritius. .

6. N. nivipes Theob., 1903.

Entom. xxxvi, 258 o.

Near stephenst and maculatus.
Taken by Dr. Durham in January at Kuala Lumpur in the
Federated Malay States.

7. N. philippinensis Ludlow, Igo2.

Jour. New Yk. Ent. So., x, 128 (Anopheles) ; also Jour. Amer
Med. Assn. (1902) xxxix, 426.
Occurs at San Jose, Abra, in the Philippines [ Banks].

8. N. stephensi Liston, 19o!.
Ind. Med. Gaz., xxxvi, 12 (Anopheles).

Anopheles stephensi James, Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, 45; fig. 23,
wing ; fig. 24, larva chars.

320 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

ee stephenst Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 331 2 (footnote).
id. James 9 Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. IES

pl. vi, 2, larva figs.; pl. x, 6, wing
scales ; col. pl Said; full ins. oe

Nyssorhynchus id. Theob. Mon. Culic. ili, 93 2; fig. 54,
variation in wing marks ; fig. 55, wing ;
figs. pp. 40 and 47, larval hairs.

Anoph. metaboles Theob. Proc. Roy. So. Lond., lxix, 374 2;
pl. v, I, wing °.

Captain James found it breeding at Mian Mir in water reserves
(used only in case of fire), also in Madras City in almost unused
wells.

Experimentally, human malaria parasites have been devel-
oped in this species.

LOCALITIES: Mian Mir and Madras City [James]; Ferozepore,
May to mid-Nov. [Adie]; Calcutta, I-vili-tg07 [Annandale] ;
Lushai Hills, Assam, Q-vii-1qg04 [Capt. Macleod]; Karachi

‘“common’’; Nagpur and Ellichpur (Berar).

g. N. theobaldi Giles, rgor.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxxvii, 198 9 (Anopheles).

Anopheles theobaldi Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 300 ¢.
lids ia.) Theob. MonyCalics si, sr (App yas
Id. id. James & Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 97 ;
Cols pl. vai, alls. 23
Nyssorhynchus id. 'Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 95.

In the Punjab the larva occurs in rice fields and streams ;
James and Liston state that experimentally the species will develop
malaria parasites.

Locanitms : Ellichpur (Berar) [Lzston]; Shahjahanpur 19-x-1900
(N.-W. Prov.) [Giles]; Dacca [Macrae]; Nagpur. [Stephens] ;
Sambalpur [Murphy| ; Lahore in October, also at Bombay and
in the Aden hinterland.

10, N. tibani Patton, 1905.

Jour. Bomb. 50., xvi, 629 ¢ @ ; pl. B., wing, palpus;a ra)
hind leg, egg, head of larva.

The larva breeds in all the rivers and springs up to Jehaf
(6,800 ft.), but is found neither in wells, nor near man.

Experiments to develop “ Benign tertian’’ failed.

The species is closely related to theobaldi. .

Locatity: Aden hinterland.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 321

11. N. willmori James in Theob., 1903.

Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 100 ?; fig. 59, palpus @?, fig. 60,
various scales.

It. Willmore found the larva in a clear puddle by a spring
in Kashmir (4,800 ft.). It is allied to stephenst and maculatus ;
Dr. Christophers records it from Lahore.

CELLIA Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, I07 92.
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. IT.

“ FKasily told by their dense coating of irregular scales, totally
unlike a typical Anopheles ’”’ [Theob.], vide Theob. Monog., iii;
pl. viii, wing scales.

1. C. pulcherrima Theob., 1902.

Broce Roy. 00, fond. -lxix 306; 2 pl. v2 wines) 2,
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 107.

Anopheles pulcherrima James & Liston Anoph. Mosq. Ind., 86,
col. pl. iv, full ins. ¢@.

Id. id. James Sci. Mem. Ind. No. 2, p. 48, fig.
26, wing.
Id. td. Giles; Hlandbk., 2nd Ed., 510 9.

Type in British Museum.

Theobald’s descriptions are from 3 2 2 sent by Capt. James and
Drs. Christophers and Stephens.

The larvee have been found during September in an overflow
pool of an irrigation watercourse at Mian Mir.

“It appears to be one of the few species which can tide over
the Punjab winter in the adult condition (James and Liston).

Localities : Mian Mir [James]; Ferozepore, early July to early
Dec. [Adie]; Goa [James & Liston]; Purneah (N. Bengal)
7-vili-1907, in bedroom [Paiva].

2, Ci kochi Donitz, 190%.
Insectenborse, v, 36 (Anopheles).

Anopheles kocht Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 174 2; pl. iv, 16 @, full

ins. col.

Anoph. ocellatus Theob. (MS.) Lc., i, 174 (t. Theob., vol. ii,
306).

Id. id eGileswlandbk.. 2nd/Bd) 31579 > ple ix, 15.

wing ? , dorsum of thorax.

Theobald’s description (in Monog. i, 174) was written to apply
to his species in MS. named ocellatus, but Donitz’s species was

322 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

published just before, and takes precedence (confirmed by Theob.

in vol. ii).

Localities : Taipang [Wray]; Perak [Wright]; Singapore [Bzro] ;
Sylhet, 4-ii-1905; 7-vi-I905; 3I-vii-1905; and I5-xii-1905
[Hall] ; Padang (Sumatra) and Serang Tjimahi (Java) [Domnitz] ;
Philippines.

_ ALDRICHIA Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, 353 (App.).
Theob: Gen. dns: ase. 260.) p: £3.

“One of the most marked genera of the Anophelina, the

Ssquamose armature of the abdomen exactly resembling Culex”
(Theob.).

I.: Aertor Mheob:; 1903;

Mon. Culies iis 65379.
Described from a perfect unique specimen. Locality given as
“India, probably Calcutta.”’

BIRONELLA Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 69.
“Near Anopheles.”

I, B. gracilis Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., ii, 69 @; fig. 3, scales ->plaume
wing o, pl. iii, wing scales ~ (“‘ 2” lapsus).

The photo, figure of wing scales, in pl. iii, is marked, “ @ ”’.
This is an error, as in the text, the author distinctly states he could
not find this sex present in the Hungarian Museum Collection, in
which are the types (3 o) from which the description is taken.

Taken by Biro Dec. 31st, r900, at Muina in Papua.

‘* ANOPHELES ” sensu latu.

In Mr. Theobald’s revision of the family in Genera Insectorum
he includes the following three species which he is unable to place
in any of the modern genera.

1. Anopheles vincenti Laveran, 1902.

Comp. rend. So. Biol. Paris, xxiii, 993.

Recorded by Laveran from Tonkin.

Theobald’s quotation “ rgor, vol. 53’ is, of course, an obvious
error for vol. xxiii.

bo
ie)

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 327

2. Anopheles formosaensis.

To this name, Theobald simply adds Tsuzuki—whether this
is the author, and from what locality it comes, or where described
he does not say. I have not met with the name of the species
elsewhere.

3. Anopheles deceptor Donitz, 1902.
Beit; Kennt. 3.-d. Anophi.: p. 60,

Recorded from Sumatra. May belong to Nyssorhynchus.
There are two other species of ‘ Anopheles’”’ not alluded to in
Theobald’s revsion (“‘ Gen. Ins.’’) ; these are :—

4. Anopheles culiciformis Cogill, 1903.
Jour. Bomb. So., xv, 333.

Recorded from India.

5. Anopheles subpictus Grassi, 1899.
Attn. Accad. Lineer, Rendic: viii, x:

“India Orientalis.” So given in Kertesz’s ‘‘ Catalogue of
Diptera ’’ (I. 254), but I have not seen the species mentioned
elsewhere.

MEGARHINUS Rob. Desv, 1827.

Ess. Culic. in Mem. Soc. His. Nat. Paris, iii, 412.
Macq. 1827 Hist. Nat. Dipt.
Wik. 1848 List. Dip. Br. Mus., i, I.
Skuse 1889 Pr. Linn. So. N. S. Wales, iii, p. 1720.
Theob. 1901 Mon. Culic., i, 215, fig. 63, various parts insect,
fig. 64, map of distribution, p. 218, table of species.
Theob. 1905 Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 12.

1. M.amboinensis Doles., 1857.

Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvi, 381 @ ; pl. v, 5 (Culex id.).

Giles, Handbk., 1st Ed., 133 (translation of Doleschall).
Id. id., and Kd., 270.

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 243 o.

Not uncommon in the bush in the dry season in Amboina,
according to Doleschall. Osten Sacken (Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxvi, 96)
questioned if this species was distinct from immisericors WIk., but
it is accepted as such by Kertesz (Cat. Dipt.) and Theobald (Gen.
Ins.). :

An allied species subulifer Doleschall (Culex id.) is given by
Kertesz as a synonym of this species, but Theobald regards it as

324 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. |,

the same as tmmusericors, and I therefore follow him as the latest
authority in this group. Moreover he thinks the present species
may be a Toxorhynchites.

Locanity : Amboina {¢. Doleschall|.

2. M. lewaldii Ludlow, 1904.
Can. Hut ooquit i223 mole

The type was bred in the laboratory, but no notes were kept ;
the specimen is a unique and is perfect. Not mentioned by Theo-
bald in “‘ Genera Insectorum.”

Locatity : Salog (April), Guimaras Island (Philippines) [LeWald].

3. M. minimus Theob., 1905.

Jour. Bomb? So., xvi; 237 ¢; pl. A, fig. 1, palpus; wine
abdomen tip. ! ia

Described from a unique ~” taken in March at Yatiyantota,
Ceylon. Theobald ignores this species in the “ Gen. Ins.”

4. M. splendens Wied., 18109.

Wied. Zool. Mag., ili, 2 (Culex id.) o.
Wied. 1828 Auss. Zweifl., 1, 3 (Culex). o.
Macq. Hist. Nat. Dipt., 1, 33 (Culex).
Sch. 1868 Reise Novara 31 (Megarhinus).
Wulp. 1881 Dipt. Mid. Sumatra 8 ; pl. 1, 2, wing:
Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 235 ¢; pl. viii, 3x ¢, full ins. col.
Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 271.

Types in Wiedemann’s and Westermann’s collections.

Localities : Java [Wiedemann]; Sumatra [Schiner] ; Singapore
[Wallace]. Rawas, (Mid. Sumatra) and Batavia [¢. Wulp.].

TOXORHYNCHITES Theob., r1got.

Mon. Culic., 1, 244.
Loc. cit. iii, 120, notes on larva, pupa, etc., of non-oriental
species. .
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 13...

_ 1. T. immisericors Wik., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So., iv, 90 @ (Megarhina).

Megarhinus id. Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 225 7 @; pl. vii; 28
@ , full ins. col. (Megarhinus id).; pl. ix,
33 @; full ins. col. (M. gilesit).
Td, 1a, Giles; Handbk.; 2nd Ed., 273.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 325

Toxorhynchites id. Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 123, fig. 67, larva,
pupa.
Megarhinus ‘‘id. or amboinensis Dol.’ Os. Sack. Berl.
But. Zeit... socvi, 00.
Id. ot Giles, Handbk. zd., 2nd Ed., 273.
Td. gilest. lL neob:, Mon. \Culie 1227 (a7.
Id. subulifer Doles. 1857 Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xiv, 382 ;
pl. v, 2 (Culex).
Id. id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 272.
Culex regius Thwaites (1864) Pr. Linn. So. Lond., viii, 102.

This very large and handsome mosquito occurs apparently all
over the Oriental region, in parts of India being known as the
“stinging elephant mosquito.” Mr. Ernest Green of Ceylon has
bred it from larvee living in the collected water in stems of the
giant bamboo. The larve prey solely on the larve of other Culi-
cide.

The adult shows some variation, and it appears fairly common
in Calcutta in particular spots in gardens and on walls and tree
trunks during July and August, and both sexes have been taken
there frequently by Dr. Annandale. I captured a specimen in a
wine shop in Calcutta, July 1904, the only one I have seen alive.
Locaritigs : Calcutta, July, August [Annandale and others] ; Upper

Burma [Watson]; Sikhim, 1,800 feet, June [Dudgeon] ; Bhim

Tal, Sept. 1906 [Annandale]; Sylhet, May, June [Hall] ;

Celebes, Mysol, North Ceram and Waigion [¢. Walker] ;

Settleberg (Huon golf) (Papua) [bzvo]; Ceylon [Hope Coll.

Oxford|: also recorded from Trincomalee Hot Wells, Macassar

and Travancore.

2. T.inornatus Wlk., 1865.

Pr. Linn. So. Lond., viii, 102 7 (Megarhinus).

‘Eheob: Mon, Calic=> 122237 a9" pk vil, 26025, 9) (both
full insects coloured, as Megarhinus id.).
Megarhinus inornatus Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 2710 @.

_ Theobald’s description is from two specimens in the British
Museum of which I presume one is Walker’s type (7).
3. T. leicesteri Theob., 1804.
- Entom.; xxxvii, 360° 2. -
‘Types in British Museum. Taken by Dr. Durham at Kuala Lumpur.
4. T. metallica Leicester in Theob., rgo4.

Emtoml. X<xvil,.37 07 9;

Types in British Museum. ‘Taken by Dr. Leicester at Kuala Lumpur.

326 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL.],

WORCESTERIA Banks, 1906.
Phil} Jour. Scii.776-

Near both Megarhinus and Toxorhynchites, but quite distinct.

1. W. grata Banks, 1906.

Phil. Jour. Sci., 1; 786: @ 9; plate, palpus o , genitalia a7;
cross veins @ @ , scales, etc.
The adult does not bite. The species was bred during June.

Types (@ 2 No. 6071) in the Entomological Collection, Bureau
of Science, Manila.

LOCALITIES: Bago, (150 metres alt.; June and July) (Negros

Occidental Philippine Islands) [Banks]; and Cebu [McGregor],
both places in the Philippines.

Sub-Fam. CULICIN A.

Theob. Gen. Ins., Fasc. 26, p. 14. Chars. of sub-family, also
analytical table of 30 genera.

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 97, table of genera.
Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 334, table of genera.

MUCIDUS Theob., root.
Mon. Culic., i, 268.
Theob., Gen. Ins., Fasc. 26, p. 17.

A table of species given by Theobald. Monog., i, 269.

1. M. alternans Westw., 1881.
Tr/ Ent: So. Lond, ii, 384.

Mucidus alternans Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 347 7 8 ;
pl. xii, 2, wing ¢.

Culex commovens Wik. Ins. Saunds. Dipt. 432.

C. hispidosus Skuse. ‘Tr. Linn. So. N. S. Wales, p. 1726.

The only oriental locality seems to be Papua [Hungarian
Museum).

2. M. laniger Wied., 1821.

Dipt. Exot. 9 (Culex id.) ?.
Auss. Zweifl., 1,5 2.
Culex laniger Macq. Dip. Ex., i, pt. 2, 176.

Type in Westermann’s Collection. Recorded from Java and
Coromandel.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 329

3, M. mucidus Karsch, 1887.
Ent. Nachr. (1887) 25 (Culex 1d.).

Mucidus-mucidus Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 272 @; pl. xi,

42 9 full ins. col. ; pl. B, wing scales.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 349 @ ; pl.
Xli, 3 wing @.

Id. vd.

4. M. scatophagoides Theob., Igor.

MoniCulicie1 277 195-5 ply Le wing seales fig. 8x
(p. 278) wing, thorax, scales.

Giles, Handbook, 2nd Ed., 348 ¢ ; pl. xii, I

a aul nS, >
2,a, venation.

An attempt by Major Close to breed the species from eggs laid
by a @ in captivity, failed. He records that for a week in Sep-
tember in the Police Hospital at Moradabad (N.-W. Prov.), it bit
viciously. It is also recorded from Myingan in Burma.

DESVOIDYA Blanchard, Igor.

Comp. rend. So. Biol. Paris, No. 37, liii (Desvoidea).
nom. nov. for Avmigeres Theob., preoc.
Armigeres Theob. 1901 Mon. Culic., i, 322.
Desvoidea id. loc: cit, 1134.
Desvoidya emendation by Theob. in Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26,
Patz.
I, D. fusca Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic, ili, 135 7 ?@. Fig. 75 mid-ungues o,
palpus ~ ; fig. 76, pupa figures.
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, pl. xvii, larva figs.

Dr. Durham found the larva in a tub, and Miss Ludlow records

it as being bred in the Philippines, “from larve taken from the
water-filled joints of bamboo poles in the fence.”

LOcALItTIES: Kuala Lumpur [Dr. Durham|; Angeles (Pampanga,
Phil. Is.) [Whitmore].

2. D. joloensis Ludlow, 1904.

Cans Butaeexvi, 230.

Described by Miss Ludlow as a variety of fusca, mentioning
that the variation was constant throughout the 23 77 2 @ ex-
amined, and as Banks admits it as a good species, I follow him.
Taken by an unrecorded collector at Jolo (Jolo Island, Philippines).

328 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

3. D. obturbans WIk., 1860.
Pr. Linn. So. Lond. iv, 91 2 (Culex).

Armigeres obturbans Theob. Mon. Culic., 1, 323 7 @ .
Fig. 104, wing; fig. 105, palpus @
(incorrect), ungues @ , ~ genitalia ;
fig. 106 @ ungues.

Desvoidea obturbans Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 138, fig. 75, I

mid ungues @ ; fig. 77, corrected
o palpus; fig. 78, o clasper.

Armigeres ventralis W1k., Theob. Mon. Culic. ; pl. xv ; 57
? full ins. col.

Tae 1a. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Eda, 385) co 3o™.

pl. xiv, II venation, 12 claws.

Culex ventralis Wik. 1861. Pr. Linn. So. Lond., v, 144.

The type (?) is in the British Museum. A common species
from the East Coast of India, through the Straits, and up the Chi-
nese Coast. Capt. James has observed the whitish woolly larva
breeding in pots and tubs of dirty water in the open and under
trees. The adult is common in woods, rarely visiting houses. Miss
Ludlow records it as having been bred in the Philippines, from
larve from deep pools in a clear running stream.

Originally described from Amboina.

4. D. panalectoros Giles, got.
Jour. Bomb. So. xiii, 608,

and (1901) in Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 317 7 @ (Armi-
geres).
Desvotdea panalectoros Theob. Mon. Culic, iii, 136 ; fig. 75,
3° “palpuso.. Loc. cit. iii -eapie
xvii, larva figs.
Desvoidya id. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 18.
Armuigeres vd. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 386 o;
pl. xiv, 13 venation, 14 head @,
15 claws, 16 thorax.
The types are in the Indian Museum, and were captured by
Col. Alcock of that Institution, at Calcutta, during the rainy season.

LOcALITIES: Calcutta [Alcock]; Perak [Wright]; Pampanga
(Phil. Is.) [Whitmore].

STEGOMYIA Theob., rgor.
Mon. Culic, i, 283.

Theob. loc. cit. tab. spp., p. 285; map of distribution,
py 204:

Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 18.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 368; table spp. 369.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 329

I. S. amesii Ludlow 1903.

Jour. New Yk. Ent. So., xi, 139 (Stegomyia nivea
amestt).

Described from the Philippines, but I can find no definite data
except that Banks includes it in his Catalogue.

Notre.—Banks mentions in addition to this species a “ Scu-
tomyia nivea Ludl. (Stegomyia nivea)”’ with exactly the same ref-
erence as this species, and adds: “‘ There appears to be a confusion
of this species with Stegomyia amesw Ludi. in the Genera Insecto-
rum.” I have not seen the New York journal, but I infer that
Miss Ludlow described two species on the same page, viz., (1) Ste-
gomyta nivea Ludl., which Banks places as a good species in Scuto-
myta; and, (2) Stegomyia nivea amesti Ludl. (probably intended,
to judge by the triplet of names, to be a sub-species), which Banks
also ranks as a good species under the title amesi only, in Stego-
mya.

2. S, annulirostris Theob., 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi., 2392.

Described from a unique @ from Peradeniya, Ceylon, taken in
January.
3. S. aurostriata Banks, 1906.

Phil. Syottsx Sets, 995; 9°:

Type No. 6082 in the Entomological Collection, Bureau of
Science, Manila, taken in June on the Canlaon Volcano, Negros
Island (Philippines) at an altitude of 760 metres.

4. S. brevipalpis Giles, 1902.

Handbk: 7 2ndebdkh) 384 e798 soph exivion7. 18" 10;
wings, 20 head o.
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 146 (Culex 1d.) o 9.

Types in British Museum. Theobald said (Monog. iii, 146)
that he had examined the types in the British Museum, and had
found them to be not a Stegomyia but a typical Culex ; but (in the
Gen. Ins.) he replaces the species in the present genus. The @ bites
during the daytime in houses.

Recorded in October from Shahjahanpur (N.-W. Prov.).

5. S. crassipes Wulp, 1892.
Dip. Sum. Exp. 9, pl. i, 4, head (Culex).

Stegomyia crassipes Theob. Mon. Culic. i, 320 2 ; pl. xxxiv,
134 9 full ins. col.
Id. id. Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 367.
Td. id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 381.

Described from 2 2° @ from Sumatra.

330 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL.

LOCALITIES : Soeroelangoen (Sumatra) (t. Wulp); Thayetmyo in
August (Upper Burma) [Watson]; Pampanga (Phil. Is.)
| Whitmore].

6. S. fasciata F., 1805.
Sys. Antl. 36 (Culex).

Stegomyia fasciata Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 289 o& 9; figs. 86
to 89, var. chars; map of distribu-
tion p: 202; “pli xiii; 40hom™ poe
both full ins. col. Pl. B, wing scales ;
also of a Queensland var.

Id. id. “theob. (Gen. Insy eh ascs 207= pr anes
Ties oo tullinssacol-

N.6.—In this plate are given two full insects, and figures of a
thorax and a leg. The full insects figures apply to fasciata F., typical
form o ¢, the figure of the thorax to the variety mosguito Rob.
Desv., and the figure of the leg to Theobald’s variety luciensis.

Stegomyia fasciata Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 372; pl. xiv,
2, venation; 3 thorax.

Synonyms (Culex)—

calopus Meig. 1818, Sys. Bes., i, 3.

Desv. 1827, Ess. Culic.,; 407.

teniatus Wied. 1828, Auss. Zweifl., i, 10 a 9.

Konoupi Brullé 1832, Exped. Morea. Ann. So. Nat. Paris,

XXiii.

formosus Wlk. 1848, List Dip. Br. Mus. i, 42.

viridifrons Wik. 1848, l.c., p. 3, 2.

inexorabilis W1k, 1848, l.c., p. 4,2.

excilans Wik. 1848, l.c., p. 4,2.

exagitans Wik. 1856, l.c., p. 430, 2.

impatabis Wik. 1860, Pr. Linn. So. Lond., iv, 91¢.

zonatipes W1k. 1860, l.c., v, 229%.

annulitarsis Macq. 1838, Dip. Ex. Supp., i, 1362.

toxorhynchus Macq. L.c., i, 25.

bancrofti Skuse 1886, Pr. Linn. So., N. S. Wales, ili, p. 1740.

mosquito Arrib. 1891, Dipt. Argent, 60.

elegans Ficalbi 1896, Bull. So. Ent. Ital. (1896), p. 251.

vossw Giles 1899, Jour. Trop. Med., p. 64.

var. mosquito Rob. Desv. 1827, Ess. Culic., 407. Theob.
Mom... Culic. “i, 205; >. pl. xiii, 50 site
separate figure of thorax only).

luciensts Theob. Mon. Culic. i, 297 o 9; pl. xiii, 50 (the
separate figure of a leg only).

queenslandensts ‘Theob., l.c., i, 297 @.

Theobald in his report on the Buda Pesth Museum Culicide
(Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 73) mentions a var. mosquito Arribalzaga as
occurring at Port Said and Singapore (collected at both places
by Biro, the specimens being in the Hungarian National Museum

1907. | Records of the Indian A\fuseum. oT

collection), but in the “‘ Genera Insectorum ”’ he sinks Arribalzaga’s
“ mosquito”’ as an absolute synonym of fasczata F., typical form,
and gives mosquito R. Desv. as a good variety.

This is one of the most variable species in the family.

Banks says “ all parts of the tropical world,” but this may be
doubted, as I can obtain only Biro’s record from Oriental latitudes—
except those of Banks.

Australian @ @ are said to be larger than Asiatic, East Indian
or West Indian ones, but Australian ~ @ are of no larger size than
usual. The eggs are laid separately and not in rafts. Dr. Low says
they begin to breed the first day they emerge from the pupa, one
o@ fertilising many 9° 2, and pairing by night freely as well as
by day. The eggs possess great vitality and do not lose it, even if
completely dried for some weeks. He calls it an “ essentially
domestic mosquito”’ breeding in any receptacle holding water
near the house, and in company with C. fatigans Wied.

In the West Indies it bites viciously between I and 3 p.m.

LOCALITIES : Singapore and Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua) [both
Biro|: Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Whitmore]... Also occurs at Port
Said and Muscat (Arabia).

Sub-species persistans Banks, rgo6.
Phil. Jour. Sci., i, 996.

The type ~ and @ of this variety are in the Entomological
<ollection (Type No. 5773), Bureau of Science, Manila.

He says it is the “ most abundant day flying mosquito in this
region and a vicious biter, appearing generally, and biting fiercely,
just before a storm.”

LOCALITIES: Manila, Iloilo and Bago (Negros Is.); (all Phil. Is.)
[Banks]; Fort McKinley (Phil. Is.) [Cravg]; and taken by
various collectors elsewhere in these Islands.

7. S.gardneri Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Ent., xxxvii, 99 o& 2.

LOCALITIES : Bulaco in August (Mindoro Is. Philippines) | Gardner] ;
Pampanga (Luzon) [ Whitmore].

8, S. mediopunctata Theob., 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 240 2.

Described from a unique @? in perfect condition taken in
November at Peradeniya (Ceylon).

332 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

9g. S. microptera Giles in Theob., 1gor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 281 7 2 (Wyeomyia (?) micropterus).
Stegomyia microptera Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 3807 @ ;
pl. xiv, 24, head, thorax ; 25, head ;
26, venation.
Id. id. Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 147 (note).
Culex micropterus Giles Jour. Bomb. So., xiii, 609.

Theobald (Monog., ii, 281 7 ¢@, fig. 291, wing) publishes
Giles’s description with “ Allahabad and Lucknow, in houses,” as
data,

Giles suggested that the species belonged to Theobald’s Wyeo-
myta, but the latter replied, “Some mistake has been made here ;
the insect referred to is undoubtedly a typical Culex.’’ In vol. ii
(Monog.), p. 147, he writes that ‘‘ it is now said by Giles to be a
Stegomyta, vide his Handbk., 2nd Ed., 380.” Theobald continues
(l.c.), ““I have not seen the specimen, which appears to have
been lost. Another locality is given, viz., Jhansi.” Probably
the fact of what is apparently the type being lost, accounts for
Theobald not including the species in the ‘‘ Genera Insectorum.”’
Moreover he speaks of “‘ the specimen,” but from Giles’s original
description (in Theob. Monog., i, 281), the author appeared to
have several examples.

Locanites : Allahabad, Jhansi, Lucknow [Giles].

10. S. periskelata Giles, 1902.
Handbk.; 2nd Ed. 372 <3 pl: xiv, :22, head-o®:

Theobald in Mon. Culic., itt, 145, describes the”, but it does
not appear in his revision in the ‘“‘ Genera Insectorum.”

Recorded from Shahjahanpur (October) in the N.-W. Prov-
inces.

Il. S. pipersalata Giles in Theob., Igor.
Mon. Culic., ii, 356.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 372 ~; pl. xvi, 14,0, venation o.

Type in British Museum. The species is ignored by Hoe ed
in the “ Genera Insectorum.’

LOCALITIES: Jhansi and Gonda (N.-W. Province
12, S. pseudonivea Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 75 92.

Described from a unique 2 taken by Biro in January at Singa-
pore and now in the Hungarian Museum Collection. :

ios)

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 33

13, S. punctolateralis Theob., 1903.
Bntoml, « moxie 50,9 C70 &
Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 367..

LOCALITIES: Pampanga (Philippines) [Whitemore]; Queensland
in January |Dr. Bancroft).

14. S. scutellaris Wlk., 1859.

Pr, Linn. So: Lond., 1, 97,, 2 (Culex.id.).
Theob. Mon. Culic.,i1, 298 7 92, fig..gI o -ungues,; pl.
xiv, 53, 9, full ins. col.

Stegomyia id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd. Ed., 374 9; pl. xiv, 4,
venation, 5 head, thorax >.
Culex vartegatus Doles. Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind., xvii, 77.

The larva of this species has been continually observed.

_ Theobald mentions it as: breeding in standing water near houses
at 500 feet altitude ; Aitken reared it in Bombay, the larve living
amongst rotten leaves ; and he found it abundant in the Canara
District, living in forest streams.

One of the most widely distributed species. Mr. Aitken says
it bites during the day in the Canara District, whilst Mr. B. G.
Corney declares it disappears at night at Fiji (Bera Is.).

Type in British Museum, in good condition.

Mr. Theobald has omitted this species from the ‘ Genera
Insectorum.”’ Presumably this is an oversight, as he does not
account for the species in any way.

LOCALITIES : Madras and Naini Tal [Giles and Cornwall]; Canara
District [Aitken]; Sombalpur (Cent. Prov.) [Dv. CC. Murphy];
Ceylon November and 12-xi-1899 [Bartholomew:'|; Selangor 28-

x-1899 ‘‘ very common” [butler]; Upper Burma (March)

[Watson]; Siam (abundant) [Skeat]; Penang |Freer]: Perak

[Wright]; Singapore, 4-ix-1899 [Raffles Museum], also ‘‘ 27-vi-

1899,” and from ‘‘ Singapore”’ [Bivo]; Celebes and Aru [z.

Walk.] ; Ins. Deslacs and Ins. Graget [Bzvo] ; Selve, Berlinhafen,

Stephansort and Muina (all Papua) [5zvo|; Amboina [¢. Doles.];

Hongkong 27-ix-1899 [Ford]; Foochow o-viii-1g00 [Renme] ;

Shaohyling (China) (Cornford) ; Tamsvi (Formosa) 2-viii-1899

[Mackay|; Japan [Wood]; Bayambang (Pangasinan, Phil

Is. [Chamberlain]; North Borneo. Outside the Orient it occurs

in Mauritius, 22-xi-1899 [Sir .Ch. Bruce}; Fiji 30-xii-1899

[Black] ; Victoria (Seychelles) ee a ae on ‘Christmas

Island [Dr. Durham\. a

Sub-species samarensis Pe 1903.

Jour. New Yk. Ent. So., xi, 138.

also in Can. Ent., xxxvi (1904), 71 for difference
between typical form (scutellaris W1k.) and this var.

334 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

Banks says that scutellaris Wik. (typical) has not been seen
by him from the Philippines, but that this variety is widespread
there, and that he has bred several varieties of it, all reared from
the same lot of eggs. He suggests “‘intergradation between (scutel-
laris and samarensts.”’

Although Theobald places this sub-species under Scutomyia
notoscripta, Skuse, I retain it under scutellaris Wlk., following the
more recent authority of Banks (Phil. Jour. Sci., i, 985) who raises
it to the dignity of a species.

Localities : Samar, Leyte, Mindoro, Iloilo, Negros (all Phil. Is.)
[t. Banks]; Manila, Fort McKinley [Crazg].

NoTE.—albopictus Skuse, Ind. Mus. Notes, iti, 20.

I find some difficulty in deciding where to place the above
form.

Theobald in his Monograph (i, 298) sinks it as a synonym of
Stegomyia scutellaris Wik., as does Giles (Handbk., 2nd Ed., 374).
Yet in the Genera Insectorum, Theobald omits scutellaris Wik.
altogether (this must surely be an omission by error), and gives
albopictus Skuse as a synonym of Scutomyia notoscripta Skuse.
Moreover, his reference to Skuse’s description in ‘‘Ind. Mus.
Notes”’ should be vol. iii, pt. 5, and not “ vol. 35.”

Whether a good species or whether synonymous with scutel-
laris or notoscripta, the form albopictus is common throughout the
summer in Calcutta, I myself having bred it during August from
larvee found in the bathroom. They metamorphosed quite readily
in an empty biscuit tin, and I believe developed a second genera-
tion therein, but I could not be quite certain that this latter was
not due to other specimens obtaining access to the water.

Dr. Annandale took it at Bhim Tal (Kumaon 4,500 ft.) in
Sept. 1906, where it was freely breeding in water butts near Euro-
pean houses, also in cavities holding water in jungle trees. From a
comparison of the descriptions, and an examination of specimens
it seems to be a form of scutellaris W1k., under which specific name
I therefore retain it.

15. S. sexlineata Theob., 1got.

Mon. Culic., i, 308 ¢, fig. 94, head, thorax, abdo-
men, ungues, wing scales, etc.

Giles Handbk., and Ed., 377.
Id. Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 367.

Described by Theobald from a unique perfect @, taken at
Agua Santa (Trinidad) in December. Giles is uncertain of the
identity of his species with Theobald’s.

Taken by Whitmore at Angeles (Pampanga, Phil. Is.).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 335

16. S.thomsoni Theob., 1905.
Gene Ins) Hase326) p18:

Theobald does not mention the sex of this species, which comes
from the North-West Provinces of India. The “ description’ is
confined to five lines.

17. S.w-alba Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., ili, 74 9, fig. 4, thorax, head, femur.

Type in Hungarian Museum. Described from a perfect unique
?, which was taken by Biro at Matheran (India, near Bombay)
at an altitude of 800 metres.

NoTrE.—The following species, described as Stegomyia are
not accounted for by Theobald in his ‘‘ Gen. Ins. ”’ revision.
18. S.desmotes Giles, 1904.
19. S,. leucomeres Giles, 1904.
20. S.striocrura Giles, 1904.

All three species are described in the ‘‘ Jour. Trop. Med.” VII,
367, and all three were taken by Whitmore at Angeles (Pampanga,
Phil. Is.).

SKUSEA Theob., 1903.

Mon, Culic. 1-5. 201-;
also in Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 19.
1. S.culiciformis Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung. ili, 77 @ ; pl.i, wing; pl. iv, wing scales.

Described from a unique @ which is in the Hungarian Museum,
and was collected by Loria on the Paumomu River in Papua.

2. S, diurna Theob., 1903.
Entom,., xxxvi, 259 9.

Described from a single perfect @ taken by Dr. Durham in
September at the hospita reservoir at Jugra (Kuala Lumpur).
It is a day flyer and near S. multiplex.

3.. “Ss tumerca. Lheop:, 1003.
Mon. Culic., iii, 292 @ , fig. 164 (p. 292), head, abdomen.
Types in British Museum.
Var. ornata Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 79, 2 ; pl. 1, wing.

Described from 8 ¢ @. Captured by Biro at Sattelberg
(Huon Golf) and Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, both places in Papua,

336 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. Ff,

4. S. multiplex Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 293 ¢@ , fig. 165, head ungues.

Original description from 3 ? @ from Australia, but Theobald
found it in the Hungarian Museum from four Papuan localities (the
specimens collected by Biro), viz., Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Ste-
phansort, Muina and Ins. Graget.

SCUTOMYIA Theob., 1904.
Epa bom excel 7.77.

Has affinities with Stegomyia, Macleaya and Leicesterta.

1. S. albolineata Giles, rgor.
jour. Bomb: So. sii, 609:

India. I can find no further data.

2. S. albolineata Theob., 1904.
Enon, xxxvil 77 OC,

Apparently a case of a second species of the same name, as
Theobald does not account for Giles’ species in any way in the
Genera Insectorum.

Described from a unique ¢ taken by Dr. Leicester during June
in jungle, six mties from Kuala Lumpur.

- Type in British Museum. ‘ Close to scutellaris Wk.”

3. S. nivea Ludlow, 1903.
Jour. New Yk. Ent. So., xi, 139 (Stegomyra id.).

Federated Malay States and Philippine Islands.
N.B.—Vide Note under Stegomyita amestt.

4. S. notoscripta Skuse, 1889.
Pr. Linn. So., N.S. Wales, iii, p. 1738 (Culex).

Sub-species samarensis Ludl., 1903.
jon ay Ent So. xin 33:

Philippine Islands. __

Mr. Theobald in the “Gen. Ins.” gives albopictus Skuse as a
synonym of notoscripta Skuse. Vide my notes under Stegomyia
scutellaris Wk.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 337

5. S. sugens Wied., 1828.
Auss. Zweifl., i, 545 2 (Culex).

“‘Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 300.

Patton Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 634; pl. D, head of larva,
male clasper.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 375 o 2.

First described by Wiedemann from West and Central Africa,
but it has been found quite recently by Patton in Arabia, breeding
in tanks, barrels, wells or any still water, being a very common
species at Aden, its bite being very irritating. The ~ is said not
to) bite: 3s.

meet Bet So
LEICESTERIA Theob., 1904.
Pinto, SxXxvil,2rr.
Theob:, (Gen. Ins; Fase. 26, p. 20.

Near _“Evetmapodites, Macleaya, Scutomyra, etc.

I, L. longipalpis Leicester in Theob., 1904.
Brntom:,, och -2Tr oro;

Types in British Museum. Taken at Kuala Lumpur by Dr.
Leicester.

HULECOETOMYIA Theob., 1904.
Entom:) sexxvite 163:
iheob, _Gen. Insa Hasc,,20. p.-20.

These Culicide have the appearance of Stegomyie.

1. H. pseudotaeniata Giles, Igor.
Entom., xxxiv (Stegomyia).

Theob: } Mons. Cutlic.5 1
wing scales.

Larva descr. loc. cit;, 1, 314 > ui, fig: 16:(p. 28), larva.

Stegomyia id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 379 o 9 ; pil.
xiv, 8, venation; 9, body ; Io, larva.

Bk2e Oe ee OOt thorax, lead) 9S.

Apparently a hill species. Theobald says it occurs in May ;
Banks found it common in January at the Manila Waterworks at
Rizal, and he bred the species under similar conditions to those
of Giles, who took it in the hills.

LOCALITIES : Bakloh (Punjab) and Lower Himalayas 6,000 to 8,000
feet, Naini Tal [Gzles]; Manila [Banks].

338 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

2. H. trilineata Leicester in Theob., 1904.
EMtom., xvi, LOS cies
Types in British Museum.
Locanity : Kuala Lumpur in April [Levcester].

PHAGOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Genalns. hase. 26.9. 2m:

1. P. gubernatoris Giles, Igor.

Entom., xxxiv, 194 2 (Stegomyia), and Jour. Bemb.
SO. iil 007,
Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 314 9 , fig. 97 (p. 315), thorax °.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 380 ¢.

Recorded from Allahabad (July) and ‘‘ NorthIndia.”’ The
single specimen forming the type was accidentally damaged, after
being described [Gzles].

HOWARDINA Theob, 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 287 ; pl. xv, wing scales.

Theob., Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 21.

1. H. greenii Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 289 @ , fig. 160 (p. 289), head, fig. 161, wing.
Described from a unique.
Locatity : Peradeniya (Ceylon) in Feb.

2. H.himalayana Giles, 1904.
Jour: “Lrops Med) viil2384-

Recorded from Naini Tal.

DANIELSIA Theob., 1904.
Entom. xxxvii, 78.
Theob, Geny Ins: Hase26. pai

Near Scutomyia, Macleaya and Catageiomyia.

1. D. albotaeniata Leicester in Theob, 1904.
JB) aUYOrIG SOe.Qisil Nae: Voy

Bred in April by Dr. Leicester from larve taken in bamboo
jungle six miles from Kuala Lumpur. Resembles Stegomyra
nivea. ‘Types in British Museum.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 339

LEPIDOTOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 80, and Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 22.
“ Intermediate between Culex and Stegomyia.”

1. L. alboscutellata Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 80 9

Described from two @ ?. ‘Types in the Hungarian National
Museum at Buda Pesth.

LOCALITIES: Simbang (Huon Golf) and Friedrich Wilhelmshafen ;
both in Papua and collected by Biro.

2. L. magna Theob.,¥1905.
Gen. ins | hasc: 20'p 22:

Recorded from Bombay.

THEOBALDIA Nev. Lemaire, 1902.
Comp. rend. Soc. biol. Paris (1902).
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 148; pl. x, wing scales, var. spp.
Theob! Gen: Ins! Fasc: 26 -p. 23.
1. T. annulata Schrk., 1776.
Beitr. z. Naturg. 97 (Culex).
Culex annulatus Fab. Ent. Sys., iv, 400 (Culex)

as id. Meig. Sys. Besch., i, 3.

Jie td MacqeHist., Dipt.. 1, 35,

Td. id. Sch. F. Austr., ii, 626.

Td. id. Zett. Dip. Scand., ix, 3640.

id: wd. V.Wulp. Dip. Neer, 325.

Td. wd. Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 3310@ 9, fig. 108,

abd. segments, ungues ~ 9, palpus~:
pl. xv, 58, full ins. col.

Td. id. Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 391; pl. SEV:
abd. seg.; claws 7 9, wing? ; head
or Senitalia co,

Culex affinis Stephens 1825, Zool. Jour. No. x (type in
Hope Coll., Oxford).

C. variegatus Schrk. 1781, Enum. Ins. Austr. 482.

Ficalbi says it does not bite man or animals, but feeds on plant
juices. This author and Giles have considered Culex penetrans Rob.
Desv. a variety of annulata, but ‘Theobald (Monog. 1, 334) thinks

340 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. |

it distinct, adding that both sexes hybernate, and that he has taken
it (presumably in the adult stage) at all seasons of the year, but
gives no data.

LOCALITIES: Punjab (November), Bakloh (Punjab), 5,000 ft.
[Lindesay]. ‘The species is common in Europe from April to
October, and it also occurs in North America.

2. T. spathipalpis Rond., 1886.
Prod. Dipt. Ital., i, 2 (Culex).

Theob. Mon. Culic, 1, 339 @ 9 = ili, 154-9; pl. x, wine
scales.

Giles Handbk., and Ed.,. 392 o@ 2; pl. xv, 23, wing 9,
24, head ~; 25, genitalia o.

Ficalbi Venti. spec. Zan. Ital., p. 146, in Bull. Soc. Ent.
Ital.

A south European species, occurring from Italy through Cyprus
and Palestine to North India, being recorded from Gibraltar in Sep-
tember and from India in June and July. Ficalbi describes the o.

Giles thinks this species may be identical with longiareolatus
Macq., in which case the latter name takes precedence.

Theobald mentions receiving a ~ from India, but gives no
locality. Dr. Grabham, writing from Madeira, says it is not found
in houses, but that he has bred them from larve found in great
abundance in stagnant water, especially horse ponds.

Giles records finding the species in a bathroom at Naini Tal
(7,000 ft.), this being the only definite oriental locality I can find.
Outside this region it occurs at Cyprus (5,000 ft.), S. Africa (1,300
ft.), Algeria, Teneriffe, Madeira, etc.

PECOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Jour, econ. biol.

t, Po maculata, Theob.. 1905:
Jioursecons biolky spl. tv. 7.

Described from India.

PSEUDOGRABHAMIA ‘Theob., 1905

Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 243.

I. P. maculata Theob., 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 243 o 2.

Described from 10 and 29 @ , perfect specimens from Galga-
muwa, Ceylon (August).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 341

GRABHAMIA Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 243; pl. xi, wing scales.

Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 23.

1. G. ambiguus Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culics i248 cr:

A unique, taken by Capt. James in July at Quilon (Travan-
core, S. India).

2. G, deniedmanni Ludlow, 1904.
Cank Hate xamay 1 2345
Philippines.
3. G. ochracea Theob., 1905.

jour, cconwbiolisi425:

India.
24. G. sollicitans Wlk., 1856.
Ins. Saunds. Dipt., 427.

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 368 9; pl. xvi, 64 @ ; full ins. col.
Id. ids. it, mig el30n(p: 248), wing Oo.

This species may possibly not be oriental, being mainly a North
American one. I include it on the ground that an example from
Formosa received by Theobald appears to him to be probably
sollacitans.

The larva breeds in brackish water and is common on the
Atlantic seaboard of America.

5. G.spenceri Theob., rgor.

Mone Calic 5 G0) 97. pl xxviy 104 wall ince col.
(Culex).
Theob. loc. cit. ii, fig. 198 (p. 100) wing abdominal seg-
ment, base of antenna.
Grabhamia spencert Theob. loc. cit. iii, 259.
Culex td. Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 431.

Theobald quotes this as from the Philippines, although it is
a North American species, but Banks doubts its occurrence in those
Islands. (Vide Phil. Jour. Sci. i, 986.)
Theobald describes a var. idahoensis from Idaho in Monog.
ii, 250.
LOPHOCERATOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 245, and Ann. Mus. Hung.., iii, 93.

342 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

1. L. brevipalpus Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., ili, 96 o, fig. 9 (p. 96),
palpus @ , proboscis base of antenne, ungues.

A unique specimen, in the Hungarian Museum taken by Biro
at Singapore.

2. L. fraudatrix Theob., 10905.

Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 94 o 9 , fig. 7 (p. 94),
palpus o@ 9, fig. 8, antennal organs.

Types in Hungarian Museum. Described from a good series of
both sexes.
Localities. Friedrich Wilhelmshafen and Stephansort (both
Papua).

3. L. uniformis Theob., 1905.
Ann, Mus. Elune 2 ait s9G More 2. .

Pl A, 3 antenna } spl. 3.4 palpus:

Described from 2 o~ ~ and several 2 ¢.
Recorded from Peradeniya (Ceylon) during May.

GULEX Limn., 1758.
Ed. x7 602:

Meig. 1818, Sys. Besch., 1, I.
Macq. 1834, Hist. Nat., 1, 33
Sch. 1864, Fn. Aust., ii, 6
V. Wulp-1877, Dip. Neer, 323°
Theob. 1901, Mon. Culic., i, 326.

Culex, restricted by Theobald, Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 24.

Linn. Sys. Naturee

=
DIVO
2

1, C.albolineatus Giles, 1902.

Handbk= Guats.= 2nd: Bde 43069 > pl vile ekg
venation ¢@.

Theob. Moni-Culic:, 11, 192 ¢

Described from a single @ taken in a bungalow.

Locatity : Shahjahanpur (N.-W. Prov.), Oct. 20th.

2. 1G. angulata> Theob:;190x.
MOTERC MIC. ii 327 te:

Very near fatigans Wied. Described from 2 @ @ in Col. Giles’s
coll., taken by him in June at Naini Tal (4,000 ft.).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 343

3. C.annuliferus Ludlow, 1903.
Jour. New Vk. Ent. So., xi, 141 (annultfera).
Theobald’s reference to vol. 2 instead of xi is anerror. (Gen.
Ins.)
Locatity: Bayembang (Pangasinan Phil. Is.) [Chamberlain].

4. C. annulus Theob., rgot.

Mon, Culic., 1, 358° 9.
Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 405 ?.
Described from several 2 @ in Dr. Rees’s collection.

LocaLities: Tai Po (Pokfulam), Hongkong, Straits (Dindings,
Oct. to Dec.), Lamma.

5. eG, biroie! heobs, 1905,
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 82 7 @ ; pl.i, wing 7 &.
Closely allied to C. vishnui Theob. Types in Hungarian
Museum,
Locality : Bombay [Bzro}.

6. C. caecus Theob., Igor.
Mon. Culic., i, 413 @, fig. 147, head ; fig. 148, scutel-
lum and scales; pi. xx, 77, full ins. col.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 415 @.
LOCALITIES : Selangor 28-x-1899 [ Butler]; Klang Mangrove Swamps.

7 Geacantanss Wee. 1813.

Sys. Besch. i, 6.

C. stemulans Wik. List. Brit. Mus. Dip. i, 4 @.
C. fumtpennis Steph. Zool. Jour. i, 453.

Culex maculatus Meig. is erroneously given as a synonym by
Theobald in Proc. Roy. So. Lond., lxix, 388. Walker’s species was
described from Nova Scotia.

Locality : Coonoor, 6,000 ft. (Nilgiri Hills), North India [Dr.
Price:
8. C. concolor Rob. Desv. 1825.
Mem. So. His. Nat. Paris, iv, 405.

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 107 » 9, fig. 203 «, palpus.
Id. id. Pl. xxviii, 109 «7, 110 ?, both full
ins. col.
Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.
Id. Handbk., 2nd Ed., 454 «7 9 ; pl. xvii, 8 a,b, vena-
tion o ¢.

344 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

Generally distributed through India and the Straits, common
during the rains. Theobald says that owing to the type having
apparently been lost, a comparison is impossible, but the species
identified by him with it is generally known as Desvoidy’s concolor.
The original description is too meagre for satisfactory determina-
tion, and Theobald and Banks both concur in considering it must
be removed from the genus Culex.

Patton found it breeding in a tank in the Aden hinterland, and
Capt. James and Aitken have also studied the larvee (Theob. Monog..,
iii, 231) which voraciously fed on other Culicide larve and were,
moreover, cannibalistic. They come from grassy pools and (oc-
casionally) wells. A species named “ C. fuscanus”’ amongst the
old specimens at tie British Museum is identified as concolor by
Theobald.

Locanites: Sylhet r-ii-tg05 and I-xii-1904 [Hall]; Purneah (N.
Bengal), 6-vili-tg07 [Paiva]; Rajmahal (Bengal) 1I-viii-1907
(Ind. Mus. Coll.]; Damukdia (EK. Bengal) 22-vii-1907 [Ind. Mus.
Coll.]; Calcutta, common July, Aug. [Annandale]; Gopkuda
Is., Chilka Lake, Orissa (EF. Coast, India), August 1907 [Ind.
Mus. Coll.]; Canara District [Aitken]; Qutlon [James]; N.-W.
Provinces [Giles]; Madras, 25-xi-1900 [Cornwall| ; Mozufferpur
(Behar, Bengal) [Green]; Upper Burma (August) | Watson] ;
Selangor, 28-x-1899 [| Butley] ; Kuala Lumpur [Durham]; Perak,
22-xi-1899 and 21-xii-1899 [Wray and Wright]; Hongkong
[Rees]; Pampanga (Phil. Is.), [Whitmore]; also Foo Chow in
China.

9. C. fatigans Wied., 1828
Auss. Zweill. 4, 10 ot 2.

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 151@ 2 , fig. 234 o, wing, fig. 235
o genitalia, fig. 236, wings ; p. 155,
map of distribution; pl. xxix, I14
Gr, irs )9 sbothetull tns:<col spl)
wing scales.

Id: id. ii, 156 ct seg., long list vars. and locs.;
fig. 238, 10 variations of wings; as an
intermediate host, p. 161.

Id. Gear ins, Mase. 26); 4ploa1--2 O- fullmssecor

Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 438 ~ 9 fig. 45, wings, head,
etc., p. 440, list of sub-species.

Culex estuans Wied. Auss. Zweifl.,1, I1.

2 C. pungens Wied., Lc. 1, 9.

C. pallipes Meig. Sys. Besch. Suppl. (1838).

C. anxtfer Coquerel (Big.) Ann. So. Ent. Fr. (1858).

C. skusit Giles, Handbk., 1st Ed., 292.

Heteronycha dolosa Arrib. Dipt. Argent, p. 56.

? Culex macleayi Skuse Pr. Linn. So. N. $. Wales. (1896),

p. 1745.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 345

Sub. sp. luteoannulatus Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 159.
Id. trilineatus id. Rev atia Se.
id. Giles Handbk., 2nd Ed., 464 ¢
(Thayetmyo, Upper Burma).

The characters of these two subspecies are defined by Theo-
bald but no special localities are given.

If Culex pungens of Wiedemann is identical with this species,
that name takes precedence. Type presumably in Wiedemann’s
coll. A widely distributed, common species throughout the
Orient, and occurs as far north as Italy. Patton reports it as very
common in the Aden hinterland, breeding everywhere in springs,
wells and puddles. Banks describes it as the most common night
mosquito in the Philippines, hiding during the day in clothes. Dr.
Low has seen them pairing by night.

Localities: Naini Tal [Giles]; Sambalpur [Murphy]; Etawah,
(N.-W. Prov.) [Maj. Scotland}; Mozutferpur (Behar, Bengal),
[Green] ; Calcutta 6-iii-1899 [Daniels ; also by Dr. Annandale] ;
Madras 12-xii-1899 [Goodrich] ; Madras [Biro]; Quilon [James] ;
Kurmregalla, Badulla, Balangoda and Keleni Valley (all four in
Ceylon ; Jan., March and November, taken by Green) ; Straits
(Dindings) [Wray]; Perak [Wright]; Singapore, 4-ix-1899 and
July [Hamitsch and bivo]; Papua (Friedrich Wilhelmshafen,
and Stephansort) [5ivo] ; Hongkong, 8-i-1g00 and July [Ford] ;
Foo Chow [Rennie]; Shaohyling (China) [Cornford]. Also
occurs in very many places in North, Central and South
America, many West India Islands, Africa, Fiji, etc., etc.

10. C. foochowensis Theob., 1gor.

Mon. Culie, i 137.0719.
Fig. 224, wing 2 , cross veins, scutellum, ungues o, fig.
225, palpus and proboscis ~ , genitalia, abdomen, bristles
and wing scales.

An August species from Foo Chow (China) ; [Rennie].

11. C, fragilis Ludlow, 1903.
Jour. New Yk. Ent. So., xi, 143 ?.
Philippines.

12. C. fuscanus Wied., 1828.
Auss. Zweifl., i, 6.

Theob., Mon. Culic., ii, 167.
Id. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 30 (quotation incorrect).
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 455 (no sex given).
The author gives no sex, nor any reference to the type.

340 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. |,

Theobald’s references to “C. fuscanus Wied.” are not at all de-
finite. Under his accepted species of Culex (sensu strictu), he gives
““fuscanus Wied. 1821, Dip. Ex. p. 9,” adding East India, Malacca,
Singapore and Sarawak as localities (the latter three, probably on
the authority of Walker). Then under his “ species unidentifiable,
except from types,” he places “C. fuscanus Wied., 1838, Dip. Ex.
4th supp., p. 9.” First of all, the two quotations, by their simi-
larity, appear to refer to the same reference, but, apart from that,
Wiedemann in his “ Auss. Zweifl.” (1828), in describing the species °
(i, p. 6) does not give any earlier reference, as is usual with him
when dealing with species previously described by him elsewhere.
This makes me doubt the reference to “ Dip. Ex.,”’ more especially
as Van der Wulp’s Catalogue quotes the “ Auss. Zweifl.”’ description
as the original one. By the way, Theobald’s 2nd quotation is not
an error for Macquart’s “‘ Dipt. Exot.,” as this latter author does not
mention the species at all. I therefore include the species fuscanus
as a good one under Wiedemann’s ‘‘ Auss. Zweifl.”” reference and
under Culex. ‘‘ No specimen has yet been received at the British
Museum answering to the description of this species.’’ (Theob.)
LOCALITIES: KE. India, Singapore, Malacca, Sarawak.

13. C. gelidus Theob., root.

Mon. Culics)ii 20> 2 vol. xexiv,. 9319) biallimnsencolay:
fig. 158, thorax and hind tarsus.

Giles, Handbk,, 2ud Bd) ) 427 9%:
Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 20 2 , fig. 158, thorax and hind tarsus.

Described from a single perfect 9 taken by Mr. Butler amongst
plantains, Oct. 23rd, 1899, in Selangor.

The species is said to be near C. confirmatus Arrib.

What appears to be the ~ of the typical form (hitherto unde-
scribed) was captured at light by Dr. Annandale in Calcutta, 30-
vii-1907, and is now in the Indian Museum collection. During
July and August this year (1907) this gentleman has taken both
sexes fairly commonly on mossy walls of gardens adjoining the
Museum.

LOcaALItiEs : (Typical form) Purneah (N. Bengal), 6-viii-1907 [Paiva] ;
Peradeniya (July and Sept.) and Kelani Valley (both Ceylon)
[Green]; Selangor [Butler]; Dindings (Straits) in November ;
Bayembang (Pangasinan, Phil. Is.) [Chamberlain]; Perak,
Dacca, Calcutta.

Var. sinensis Theob., 1903. Monog. (iii, 180 2).

This variety taken by Mr. Cornford at Shaohyling, China.

Sub. species cuneatus Theob., rgot.

Mon. Culic., ii, 22 2 , fig. 159, wing, head, proboscis, _
abdomen marks.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 347

Culex gelidus cuneatus Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.
Banks says it is a fairly common mosquito, flying at early
evening.
Locauites: Calcutta, July, Aug. [Annandale] ; Quilon in July
[James] ; Ceylon [Green] ; Taipang (Perak), 21-xii-1899 [Wray] ;
Manila [Banks]; Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Whatmore].

14, C. gnophodus Theob., 1903.

Mon: ‘Culices 111,.163" 2)

Closely related to microannulatus. Described from a unique
from Dindings (Straits), taken in November.

15. C. halifaxii Theob., 1903.
Mon: Culic:, aij 230 9°.

The type is unique, and from Dindings (Straits) in December.

16, C. hirsuteron Theob., Igor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 98 9; fig. 196, ungues o, fig. 197,
wing @.
Theob. Gen, Ins. Fase. 26, p. 27:
Culex hirsuteros Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 451.
Id. id. Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.
Described from 4 specimens from Virginia sent by Prof. Howard
of the United States National Museum. I include it in this Cata-
logue provisionally. Banks includes this species from the Philip-
pines in his Catalogue, but doubts the identity of Giles’s species
with Theobald’s American species from Virginia. I find no other
record of any oriental locality.
Localities: Pampanga [Whitmore]. Also Virginia, U.S.A.

17. C. hirsutum Theob., 1901.
Mon. Culic., i, 392 7 2; pl. xx, 80 @, full ins. col. ; fig.
137, palpus ~, apex antenne o.

Types in British Museum. Theobald gives the Philippines as its
habitat (Gen. Ins.), but Banks’s catalogue ignores it.

18, C.impellens WIk., 1860.
Pr Linn som woud:.-iv,)9L 2).

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 362 ¢, fig. 122, head, 123, wing.
id: ew mien uor o7 , deser:
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 405 @ ¢; pl. xvi, 3a, head, J,
venation ©.

348 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. 1,

Theobald feels certain of having recognised this species cor-
rectly, although the thorax and wings are all that is left of the type.
It is near sitiens and microannulatus ; Dr. Durham has observed
the larva. ‘‘ Bites and breeds to a moderate extent through the cold
weather in the N.-W. Provinces and Punjab ”’ (Giles).

Locanities: Kuala Lumpur in July [Durham]; Perak [Wray,
Wright]; Kelani Valley, Batticolora in April (Ceylon) [Green] ,
N.-W. Provinces [Giles]; Makerian (26-x-1g00) (Hoshiarpur)
[Dr. Datta]; Makessar (Celebes) [¢. Walker]; Pampanga,
Philippines [Whitmore], and Calcutta.

I9. C.imprimens WIlk., 1861.
Pr. Linn. So. v, 144 9.

C. imprimiens Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 411 @.

Described from Amboina. It does not figure in Theobald’s
Monograph, but he mentions it in the “ Gen. Ins.”’ (incorrectly) as
tmprimiens.

20, C. infula Theob., Igor.
Mon. Culic. 1, 370 @.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 407 @.

A unique, from Taipang, taken by Mr. Wray jun. The usual
two dates are added by Theobald (22-xi-1899 and 2I-xii-1899)
that appear to attend all species taken by this collector.

21. C, japonicus Theob., IgoI.
Mon. Culic, 1, 385 ¢?-

Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 158.
? Culex aureostriatus Doles.

Described from a series of 2 @ from Japan. Theobald says
it appears in June and July (Monog. i, 386), although the only
date he gives in that work is that of the Tokio examples (March).

Locatities: Peradeniya (Ceyl.), 1 2, October [Green]; Tokio
(8-iii-1899) [Woods].
N.B.—Doleschall’s species is from Amboina.

22. C.longipalpis Wulp, 1892.

Mid. Sum. Dipt. 9; pl. i, 3, head.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 423 92.

Described from 2 2 @ from Soeroelangoen (Sumatra).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 349

23. C. longipes Theob., Igor.

Mon~ Calie:; it" 68) 9 -
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 468 @.

Described from a unique taken by Hanitsch in a house at
Singapore, 4-ix-1899. Since recorded from Singapore, July 27th.

24. C. luteolateralis Theob., Igor.

Mons Cuhies 41,71, co Oo pl sccvii10S 2" full ins. col.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 448 = 9.
LocaLities: Perak [Wray]; Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Whitmore];
Manila, “fairly abundant” [Banks]. Also in January at
Durban and in March in Mashonaland.

25. C. mediolineatus Theob., Igor.

Mon. Culic. 11, 113°, 9
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 431 2.

A unique @ in the British Museum from Thayetmyo (Upper
Burma) [ Watson].

26. C.microannulatus Theob., Igor.

Mon. Culic., 1, 353 @ 2 ; pl. xviii, 69 @ , full ins. col. ;
fig. 118), head ; d fore ungues co.

Described from a good series from South India taken by James.

A vicious biter, breeding in brackish water near Manila and Cavite,

and allied closely to wishnut Theob., sttzens Wied., and zmpellens

WIk.

LOCALITIES : Quilon, 7-iii-1900 [James|; Madras [Cornwall]; N.-W.
Prov., “common ”’ [Giles]; Shahjahanpur (December) [Gz/es] ;
Mukerian (Hoshiarpur) [Dr. Datta] , Peradeniya (Ceyl.) [Green];
Manila [Banks]; Cavite (Phil. Is.), close to Manila [Stzff];
Pangasinan (Phil. Is.) [Chamberlain]; also from Calcutta and
the Federated Malay States.

27. C, mimeticus Noe, 1899.

Bull. Ent. So. Ital., xxxi, 240.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed_, 389; pl. xv, 16, wing-? ; 17
palpi and proboscis ~; 18 tarsal claws 7.
Theob. Mon. Culic., 1, 329 2; pl. xvi, 63 @ ; full ins. col.
? hyrcanus Pallas, Reisen Russ. Reich (1871), near Caspian
Sea.

The larva has been observed in Cyprus. Giles says it “‘ appears
common in the hills of India, especially in the Nilgiri Hills, and also.
appears in the plains in the cooler season.”’

350 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

LOCALITIES : Punjab in March, 6,000 ft. [Lindesay] ; Canara District
[Aitken]; Theog (Simla Hills, 8.000 ft., 2-v-1907) | Annandale] ;
Kuala Lumpur [Durham]; Perak [Wright].

28. C. nigripes Zett., 1838-1840.
Ins., Lapponica, 807.

Culex nigripes Ficalbi (1896), Bull. So. Ent. Ital., 292.
td: id. ‘Theob. Mon, “Culic., 1, 93 co 9> ities Gas
wing, ungues ; ii, fig. 260 (p. 219) map of
distribution.

An arctic species spreading out around the North Pole to about
35° latitude, occurring in Lapland, Greenland, Alaska, Hudson’s
Bay and many parts of North America, possibly also, California ;
its bite being said to be almost poisonous.

Nove 1.—Culex impiger Wik., List Dipt.Br. Mus. 1, 6, is regarded
by Theobald (Gen. Ins., p. 27) as synonymous with mgripes Zett.,
but Giles considers that it is but pipiens I, For wing scales see
Theob. Monog.; pl. D (zmpiger WIk.).

Notre 2.—Culex implacabilis Wik., List Dipt. Br. Mus., i, 7, is
given as a synonym of migvipes in the Gen. Ins. (p. 27).

Dr. Neve took mnigripes Zett. (21-viii-1899) on the Deosai
Plateau between Kashmir and Shardo at an altitude of over 13,000
feet

Note 3.—Culex incidens Thoms. (Eugenie Reise 443) was
queried by Theobald in the Ist volume of his monograph as nigripes
Zett., but in the 3rd volume (p. 193) he definitely decides that
they are both distinct. This latter is not oriental.

29. C. pallidithorax Theob., 1905

Jour,econ bioly, 1. 322
India.
(2?) 30.. C. pipiens Linn., 1758.

Sys. Nat. Ed., x, 602.

SCs i. Austr O26:
(For synonyms vide Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26.)

I do not add all the Furopean references and synonyms to this
common and typical species of the family, as it appears to me not to
occur in the Orient at all.

Patton records it breeding in springs, wells and rainwater pools
round D’thala and Jehag (Arabia), at an altitude of 7,000 feet, but
the only claim it has to being an oriental species is the Padre Casto
Elera’s ‘‘ Cat. de toda la faunna Filip.” (1895), ii, 490, which in-
cludes it as part of the Philippine fauna; as, however, no one else
has verified the species as from this region, I include it in my cata-
logue with a query.

Notre.—Prof. Kertesz’s Catalogue has Culex domesticus Germar
(1817, Reise nach Dalmatien, 290) as a good species from South

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 351

Europe and the Orient, but Theobald (Gen. Ins., p. 28) sinks it as a
synonym of pipiens I,. It seems strange that a species quite
common over the greater part of Europe and North America besides
other regions, should be absent entirely from all parts of the Oriental
Region. Possibly Theobald’s guasipiprens may be an_ oriental
form of this species.

31. C. pulchriventer Giles, 1901 (emendation mihi).
Jour. Bomb. So., xiii, 608 (pulcriventer).

Mheob, Mon. Culic, 1,48 a ?,, pl. xxi, 92.9), full’ ims.
col.; fig. 170 ~ 2, abdominal seg-
ments, wing scales and ungues ; fig.
172, wing o; fig. 171, wing 2; fig.
173, larva.

Giles; andbky, gadyide A409 or Sr.) pita x<vitjeaetclaws,

a, venation, b, head 7, c, abdomen
9, @d, abdomen o , e-larva.

The larva has been observed by Giles in June at Naini Tal,
where it breeds in clean water pools in the course of hill torrents. A
sylvan species.

32. C,. pullus Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 87 @ , fig. 6, head.

Type in Hungarian Museum (a unique). Taken by Biro at
Muina in Papua.

33. C. quasipipiens Theob., 1gor.

Mon. Culic., ii 136 9 , fig. 223, head, wing veins.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 438.

“Very near prprens 1,., but differs in the venation, and in the
form of the head scales, which are smaller in that species ; and in
the larger thoracic scales’ (Theob.).

Locality : Sambalpur (Cent. Prov., India) [Murphy].

34. C. quasiunivittatus Theob., Igor.
Mon, Culie ai. 32.9 he. 164) head?

Near univittatus. Described from a unique female from Mash-
onaland, taken in February, .but Banks now records it from Pam-
panga in the Philippines |[W/itmore].

35. C. reesit Theob., Igor.

145 o 9; fig. 232 palpus o, thorax
CP ineuess a7.

Mon. Culic., 11,

Giles, Handbk., and Ed., 449 @ 2.

Described from 2 7 ~ and 22 @ in Dr. Rees’s collection taken
by him in October at Hongkong. ‘‘ Very near pipiens.”

352 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

36. C.rizali Banks, 1906.
Phil) Jour: Scie ogge?

Very near japonicus Theob. Described from two ? 2. Type
in Entomological Collection (No. 6083), Bureau of Science, Manila.

Taken on Negros Island (Philippines) by Banks in June, on
the Siya Siya Mt. of the Canlaon Volcano.

37. C.rubrithorax Macq., 1850.
Dip xots Supp iv Oro)

Theob. Mon. Culic., 1; 416 9, fig. 150, thorax, head
apex, abdomen. |
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 412 ¢:
Id. Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.
Skuse, Pr. Linn. So. N. S. Wales (1896), p. 1735.

Type in Paris Museum. At one time it was considered a spotted
variety of concolor R. Desv., but in the “ Gen. Ins.”’ Theobald ranks
it as distinct. It has been more than once incorrectly referred
to as rubithorax. Really an Australian species, but Whitmore has
taken it at Pampanga (Philippines).

38. C.sericeus Theob., 1gor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 147 92; fig. 233, palpus, wing scales,
cross veins, scutellum, thorax scale.
Giles; Handbky gud din 52 9.

Described from a unique ¢@ in Dr. Rees’s collection taken by him
at Hongkong during October.

ag.. Gy sitiens Wied), 1826:
Auss. Zweifl., 1, 542

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 360, fi
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 400

g. I2I, wing, proboscis.
on

Theobald cannot trace the type, which, when Wiedemann
described it, was in Dr. Trentepohl’s collection. Several species

are closely allied to this, microannulatus, for one. Giles records it
as from Taiping, but gives no exact data.

4o. C, tigripes de Grandpre and de Charmay 1900.

Planters’ Gazette Press.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 407 @ 9°; pl. xvi, 4, wing? 2;
head o, thorax var.
ide our. tropa Meds) vii, 268:
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, fig. 120, 121, 122, larva, pupa
diagrams.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 353

Culex maculicrura Theob., 1901, Mon. Culic., ii, 34 7 9 ;
pl xxii, 85) @ , full ins. col.

First described from Mauritius. ‘Theobald, in a footnote on
same page, confirms maculicrura as synonymous.

Tocarities: Dindings in December (Straits), Pampanga (Phil.
Is.) [Whitmore]; also Mauritius, West Africa, Natal, Queens-
land.

41. C. tipuliformis Theob., rgotr.
Mon. Culic., ii, 327 @ ; fig. 306, wing, leg, abdomen,

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 4433.

‘“ A very distinct species, its long legs giving it the appearance
of a Tipulid” (Theob.) Described from a single female taken by
Lindesay in March at Bakloh (N.-W. Prov., India), 5,000 ft.

42. C.trimaculatus Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 86 @ ; fig. 5, thoracic marks.
A unique. Type in Hungarian Museum. Bombay [ Biro].

43. C.uncus Theob., rgor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 53.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 452 9.

In plantains in Klang Jungle (Straits).

44. C. univittatus Theob., 1gor.
Mon. Culic., ii, 29 # @, fig. 161, head, abdomen,
leg ; pl. xxii; 86 9 , full ins. col.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 428 @ 9 (univitatus, lapsus).

A vicious biter. Really an African species, but .Hanitsch
has taken it at Singapore. It occurs there in July and September,

45. C. vagans Wied., 1828.
Auss. Zweifl., i, 545 ¢.

Theob. Mon. Culic., i, 411 @ , fig. 146, wing, scutellum.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 414 9; pl. xvi, 14, venation 9.
Id. Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.

The species does not appear in the ‘‘ Gen. Ins.” ‘Theobald’s
description of it is from a single 2 in Giles’s coll.

Localities: Hongkong (October): Shanghai [Lindesay]: Pam-
panga (Phil. Is.) [Whitmore].

354 | E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL.-1,

46. C. viridiventer Giles, Igor.
Jour. Bomb. So., xiii, 609.

-Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 1280 @ , fig. 219, ungues @ @ , ab-
dominal segs., wing scales, ~ palpus
and proboscis ; fig. 220, larva; pl. xxix,
116 ¢, full ins. col.
Giles; Handbk., 2nd Ed., 445 o 9 ; pl. xvii, 12, claw o,
venation, abdomen, larva.

_A sylvan species, bred by Giles in June and July at Naini Tal
(7,000 ft.) from larvee from pools which were open to great flood-
_ .ings-by torrents, the recorder noting that it was difficult to under-
~ stand how the larvee could maintain their position.

Locarities : Naini Tal, Katmandu (Nepal) [Ind. Mus. Coll.].

47. (CC. vishnui Theob., Igot.

Mon: Culic., i, 355 @ ?, fig. 119, ungues, wing tips ;
fig. 120, wing @, 120a three forms
of abdomen 7 9; ungues o:; pl.
xvii, 66 @, full ins. col.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 399 @; pl. xvi, 5a abdomen
vars., 5) fore tarsal claws o.

Very near microannulatus. In rice fields at Sambalpur.
LOCALITIES : Sambalpur, 26-x-19g00 (Cent. Prov., India) [Murphy];
Madras, Nov., Dec. [Cornwall]; Quilon, 27-vii-Ig00 and Feb.
[James]; Ceylon, Nov. and 27-xii-1899 [Bartholomew], also
Dacca.
CULEX spp. ,
Unrecognisable except from types,

48. C. doleschalli Giles, 1900.
Handbk., Ist Ed., 338.
nom. nov. for cingulatus Doles. 1856, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind.,
x, 405; pl. vii, 2; from Java. (Culex 2d.)

Cingulatus was preoccupied in Culex by Fabricius (1805 in
Sys. Antl. 36) for a species from Brazil, the type being in Copenha-
gen Museum. Giles adds that it is very common all the year round
in houses at Ambarawa (Java). Kertesz retains both Doleschall’s
and Fabricius’s species under cingulatus (as two distinct species)
without comment (Cat. Dipt., 1902).

49. C. filipes Wlk., 1861.
Prabinn= S071 ond: -v, 220 -ee
? = molestus Wied.

Type in British Museum, but too decayed to be recognisable.
Described from Dorey (Papua). ,

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 55

50. C, luridus Doles., 1857.

Nata DbijdsNed> tude xiv, 3845 pl. v, 1.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 469.

? inflwctus Theob., 1901, Mon. Culic., ii, 115.

Theobald ranks his inflictus as a good species (from Grenada) in
“Gen. Ins.,” but retains the queried synonymy with luridus. .
“During dry season in houses ”’ (Doleschall, referring to Java)..

LOCALITY : Gombong, Mid-Java (¢. Doleschall).

51. C. molestus Wied., 1821.

Dip. Exot., i, 39, and also Auss. Zweifl., i, 542.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 470.

Type in Dr. Trentepohl’s collection (defective), Sumatra.

52. C. setulosus Doles., 1857.

Naty lid: Ned. sind: xia: 384) 9 pinay, 4
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 470.

“ During the dry season, in houses ”’ (Doleschall) Mid-Java.

CULEX spp.

Not accounted for by Theobald in the ‘‘ Genera Insectorum. ”’

53. C. arabiensis Patton, 1905.

Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 633 7 2; pl. D, o palpus, o
clasper.

Found breeding in rainwater tank in May on the plain near
Ulub Camp. Also found in the Crater, Aden.

54. C. aureostriatus Doles., 1857.

Nat, Tijd; Ned. Ind... xvi, 385 2; pl. vi, 1
Theob., Mon. Culic.; 1, 387/2 .

Inchided in™ Kertesz’s, Cat, Dipt., 1°). but. not in> the
“Genera Insectorum.”’

Doleschall describes it from Amboina, saying “in dwelling
rooms.”

Theobald queries it as a possible synonym of his Culex ja-
ponicus, but, pending a decision on its specific validity, I retain it
as a separate species.

55. C. tritaeniorhynchus Giles, Igor

Entom., xxxiv, 192.
Jour. Bomb. So., xiii, 606.

356 E. Brunetti: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. ],

Theob., Mon. Culic., i, 364 o @ , fig. 124, wing @ @.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 401 7 @.

Theobald said (Monog., i) that he had not seen a specimen him-
self, but that he had seen a “ rubbed example of vishnui”’ which
had the appearance of tviteniorhynchus ; repeating this opinion in
Pr. Roy. So. Lond. (1902), p. 388; but he is silent on the species
both in the 3rd volume of his Monograph and in the ‘‘ Genera
Insectorum.”’

LocaLity : Travancore (South India).

56. C. ventralis Wlk., 1865.
Pr. Linn. So. Lond., viii, 163 2.

The second species of this name in Culex by Walker. Both
species are given as distinct in Prof. Kertesz’s Catalogue of Diptera,
and the descriptions read distinct, but Theobald does not mention
this second species; described from Papua. The other ventralis
Wik. (186 loc. cit. v, 144) is a synonym of Desvoidya obturbans W1k.

TRICHOPRONOMYIA Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 98.

I. T, annulata Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 98 o , fig. ro apex of proboscis, scales.
Type in Hungarian Museum (a unique).
Locality: Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua) [Bivo].

TRICHORHYNCHUS Theob., 1905.

Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 241.

1. TT. fuscus Theob., 1905.

Jour. Bomb. So. xvi, 242 9; pl. A, fig. 2, head,
palpus, clypeus, antenna, scutellum.

Described from a single perfect ~ taken in December at Pera-
deniya (Ceylon).

TAENIORHYNCHUS Antib., 1891.

Revista Mus. La Plata ii, 147, and Dipt. Argent, 47.
LTeniorhynchus as modified by Theob., 1gor ; Mon. Culic.,
ii, 190 ; also table of species.
Id. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 358.
Id. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 30

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 357

The species in this genus are said to be mainly sylvan.
Prof. Goeldi has studied the life-history of 7. fasczolatus, a
South American species.

i; yd. acer Wik: 11848:
List. Dipt. Br. Mus.,i, 8 2 (Culex).

Localities: Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Mt. Hanseman (Astrolabe
Bay).and Yomba, all in Papua, and taken by Biro. Also occurs
in Queensland and New Zealand.

2, T. ager Giles, rgor.

Entom, xxxiv, 196 7 (Culex biteniorhynchus), and
Jour. Bomb. So., xiii, 607 = (ed. ad.).
Teniorhynchus ager Giles in Theob., Mon. Culic., ii, 199
o@ ; fig. 248, abdomen, palpus, pro-
boscis, wing scales.

Id. td. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Kd., 365 o 9.
The larva occurs in rice fields, April and December being given
as the periods when the imago appears.

LOCALITIES: Shahjahanpur, N.-W. Prov., Travancore, Ceylon,
Madras [all Giles] ; Madras [Cornwall].

3. T. argenteus Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Ent., xxxvii, 98 2.
Pampanga (Luzon) [W/itmore}.

4. T. aurites Theob., rgor.

Mon, Culic., ii, 209 @; fig 253, proboscis, palpus,
clypeus, scutellum, scales ; fig. 254, wing,
wing scales ; pl. xxii, 88 @ , full ins. col.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 362 ¢.
Described from a series of @ @ in Dr. Annett’s collection.

LOCALITIES : Dindings (December), Perak [Wright].

5. T. brevicellulus Theob., rgor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 212 ~ ?; fig. 255, wing (faulty), wing
scales ; fig. 256 ~ ungues, ~ palpus, 7
antenna apex; pl. xxiii, 89 o full. ins.
col. ; vol. iii, 268 corrects error in position
of a vein in fig. 255, vol. ii.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed. 363 @ .

Described from I @ and 2? 9% from Burmese and Malay
localities.

Localities: Selangor, Perak, Thayetmyo (in August), Upper
Burma.

358 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

6. T. conopas Frnfid., 1867.
Ver. zool. bot. Wien., xvii, 451.

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 202 ¢ , fig. 249, wing, wing scales,
scutellum ; pl. xxiii, 90¢, full ins. col.; pl. E, wing
scales.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 360 ~.

Described from a @ taken on board ship in the China seas.

LOCALITIES : Selangor 28-x-1899 [ Butler]; Kuala Lumpur (Durham) ;
Perak [Wray]; Formosa 8-i-1900 and June [ford]; also
Dindings in June and December.

7. T. lineatopennis Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Bt. x<xocvil, 133.

Described from 2 perfect 2 @.

LOCALITIES: Bayembang in September (Pangasinan, Phil. Is.)
[Chamberlain] ; Luzon.

8. T. ochraceus Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, 263 ¢ , fig. 140, scutellum.
Very near aurites Theob. Described from 2 perfect @ 9 from
Kuala Lumpur [Drv. Durham].

9. T. tenax Theob., 1901.
Mon. Culic., ii, 198 2; pl. xvii, 65, full ins. col.

Theob. loc. cit., iii, 259, fig. 236, wing.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 365°.

Verv near annuliorrs Theob. ‘The larva was found in springs
and in the river by Patton in Arabia, from which land that author
describes a variety as maculipes arabiensis.

LocaLities : Perak [Wray, Wright] ; Shaohyling (China) |Cornford];
also from South and West Africa.

10, T. whitmorei Giles, 1904.

Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 367.
Pampanga ‘Phil. Is.) [Whitmore].

MANSONIA Blanchard, Igor.

Comp. rend, So. biol. Paris, xxili, p. 1046.
nom. nov. for Panoplites Theob. preoc. Gould 1853
in Aves.

Panoplites Theob., 1901, Mon. Culic., ii, 173.
Mansonia Theob. 1903, Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 31.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 359

I. M. annulifera Theob., 1901.

Mon. Culic., ii, 183 @ (Panoplites), fig. 224, wing; pl.
xxx, 120 95 full ins: col.
Panoplites annulifera Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 356; pl.
xiii, 8, hind leg.
Mansonia wd. Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 274.

“ Occurs all over India, the Malay Peninsula and East Indies.”
(Theob.)

Localities: Behar (Bengal) [Lt.-Col. Macrae]; Madras 12-xii-
1899 [Goodrich]; Quilon [James]; Perak [Wright]; Singapore
[Durham]; Ceylon [t. Banks]; Bayembang (Pangasinan, Phil.
Is.) [Chamberlain]; Manila [Banks] and Araneta; also Dacca.

2, M. annulipes Wlk., 1857.
Pr, Linn. So. Lond., i, 6 9 (Culex id.),

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 185 2; pl. Xxx, 1192, full ins. col.
(Panophites).
Panoplites dives Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 356 9.
Culex dives Sch. Reise Novara, 31.
Culex nero Doles. 1857, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Inds xiv,- 383:
ple wees

Type in British Museum in fair condition. A common jungle
species in the Straits ; abundant at Perak.

Culex nero of Doleschall may not be synonymous, as that author
says that his species is very troublesome in houses in Java, whereas
annultpes is a sylvan species.

LocaitiEs: Selangor, 28-x-1899 and Sept. [Butler]; Perak, “ very
abundant nocturnal species”? [Wright]; Dindings in Nov. and
Dec. [Wright] ; Kuala Lumpur [Durham] ; Batavia {t. Schiner] ;
Rio Baco (Mindoro, Phil. Is.) [M cGregor|; Gombong (Mid-
Java) [t. Doleschall].

3. M. septempunctata, Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 107 9.
Type in Hungarian Museum.
Locality: Friedrich Wilhelmshafen in November (Papua) [Bzro].

4, M. uniformis, Theob., rgor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 180 9 (Panoplites) ; pl. xxx, 118 9 , full
ins. col.
Theob. Mon. Culic., iii, 270, fig. 144, pupa.
Panoplites africanus Theob., 1901 l.c., ii, 187.
Mansonia africana id. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 265) pls i15-029°,
full ins. col,

360 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

Panoplites australiensis Theob., in MS., Giles, Handbk.,
and Ed., 355.
var. reversus Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 189.
Panoplites uniformis Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 353; pl.
Xili, 3, venation o @ , leptoaxis of
wing vein, ~ head.

Near annulifera Theob. and titillans Wilk. The most abundant
species of the genus in the Philippines. An abundant species in
South India, and occurs in the Malay Peninsula.

Locarities : Shahjahanpur (N.-W. Prov., India) early Oct. [Giles] ;
Quilon 7-iv-1900 [James]; Taiping [Wray]; Dilo, Friedrich
Wilhelmshafen, and Ins. Graget (all Papua) [Bivo]; Bayem-
bang, Pangasinan, Phil. Is. [Chamberlain]; Manila, Rizal,
Ft. McKinley [Banks, Schultze, Craig, Araneta].

MELANOCONION Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 238 ; pl. xii, wing scales.
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 32. |
Described by Theobald as “small black gnats which bite
viciously, and which occur in swamps and woods.”
I, M. ornatus, Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 100 2.
Type (unique) in Hungarian Museum; taken in December by
Biro at Friedrich Wilhelmshafen in Papua.
2, M. pallidiceps Theob., 1905,
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, ror 9.

Type in Hungarian Museum. ‘Taken at Friedrich Wilhelmsha-
fen (Dec.) by Biro.
POPEA Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Ent., xxxvii, 95.

“near Finlaya’’; Banks quotes it, “ 7n-

Miss Tudlow says
certa sedis.”
1. P, lutea Ludlow, 1905.

Can. Ent. xxxvii, 96 o.
A unique, perfect specimen taken amongst banana trees by
Whitmore at Pampanga (Luzon, Phil. Is.).
FINLAYA Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 281 ; pl. xiii, wing scale.
Theob. Gen. Ins, Fasc. 26, p. 32.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 361

I, F, anopheloides Giles, 1903.
Jour. Trop. Med. vi., 315 (Mansonia id.).

I follow Theobald in this, not having seen the above paper, but
I have seen somewhere a reference to an anopheloides Thomson.

2. FF. aranetana Banks, 1906.
Phils our, Scien 1-001 .c7 2;

Types (” @ ) No. 6066in Entomological Coll., Bureau of Science,
Manila. The species breeds in water in the axils of banana leaves,
and the adult does not bite. Taken at Bago (Negros Is.) in the
Philippines during June at an altitude of 700 metres on the Siya
Siya Peak of the Canlaon Volcano.

3. F. flavipennis Giles, rgo4.
Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 366.

Not given in the Genera Insectorum by Theobald.
LOcALIty : Pampanga (Luzon) | Whitmore}.

4. ¥. kochi Donitz, 1oor.
Insectenborse, v, 38 2 (Culex).

Theobald’s description of this species in Monog., ii, 217 is from
asingle damaged ¢@ , and he notes in vol. ii, that the erection of a new
genus may be required for it, but in vol. iii he decides on Finlaya,
and also retains it here in the “ Gen. Ins.”

5. F. melanoptera Giles, 1904.
Jiour-olrops Meds sviliT367.

Not mentioned by Theobald in the ‘“ Genera Insectorum.”
Locality : Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore].

6. F. poicilia Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, 283 @ , fig. 156, wing scales.
powal.a Giles Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 366 (lapsus).

Described from a single, nearly perfect example.

“There is no species with which it can be confused.” (Theob.)

“The o will shortly be described in the ‘ Entomologist. ”’
(Theob.)

“ Bred from larvee taken from banana trees.’ (Iudlow.)

LOCALITIES: Penang, 24-x-1907 [Dr. Freear| ; Friedrich Wilhelms-
hafen, Seleo Berlinhafen, and Mt. Hansemann (Astrolabe Bay),
all in Papua[Bivo]; Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore]; Negros Is.
(Phil. Is.) [Banks].

362 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

ORTHOPODOMYIA Theob., 1904.

Entom., xxxvii, 236.
“Near Finlaya.”’
tr. QO. albipes Leicester in Theob., 1904.
toma) Sexy 22 Jeno or

Described from examples taken by Dr. Leicester during April
in bamboo jungle, 5 miles from Kuala Lumpur.

Type in British Museum.

NOTE. —Neither this species nor the genus are included in thie
“Gen. Ins.”

REEDOMYIA Lydlow, 1905. ,
Can: dnt. xxscviiy 04.
Banks considers the genus of uncertain position in the family,
including it, however, in the Culicine.
1. R. niveoscutellata Theob., 1905.

Jour econ: biol ei 22 <-ple 1a 35:

India.
2. R. pampangensis Ludlow, 1905.

Can ai iits xxvii OA Oks

Described from 3 @ 2 “‘ taken in the woods, and in the Military
Quarters.”

Locatity : Pampanga (Luzon), Sept. [Whitmore].

Sub. Fam. AEDEOMYINAE.
Table of Genera Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 475.
Id. id. Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 34.
LEPTOSOMATOMYIA Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 80.

1. L. lateralis Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., ii, 110 7; fig. 13, head, scutellum, ungues.
Type in Hungarian Museum.

Locality : Muina (Papua), Dec. 31st | Bzro].
FICALBIA Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., iii, 296.
Theob, Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 36.

Allied to Skusea, Verrallina and Uranotenia.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 36

ies)

1. F. simplex Theob., 1903.
Mon? Culie:; ii; 297’.
Described from a perfect, unique specimen, taken by Mr. Green
in September at Kurunegalla (Ceylon).
2. KF. minima Theob., Igor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 262 a (Uvranotema id.) ; fig. 281,

wing, costal border, wing scales.

Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 488 o.

“A very distinct species’ (Theob.). Described from 2 7 o.
LOcALITY : Quilon, 7-iii-1g00 and Febr. (James).

ANISOCHELEOMYIA ‘Theob., 1905.
Entom., xxxviii, 52.

Theobald says, “near Uvanotenia”’; Banks says, “‘ incerta
sedis.”
1. A. alboannulata Theob., 1905.

Entom., xxxviii, 55.
India.
2. A. (?) albitarsis Ludlow, 1905.

Can. nt) xoocvil,, 131), O

Described from a perfect unique. In all probability it belongs
to this genus.

LocaLity : Pampanga (Phil. Is.) [Whitmore].

URANOTAENIA Arrib., 1899.
Dipt. Argent. 63 (in Revista Mus. La Plata).

Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 241, p. 241, head fig. ; p. 242 map
of distribution ; p. 243 table of spp.;
pl. D, wing scales.

Theob.(Gen. Ins.Hase. 265 p..36.
1. U. atra Theob., 1905.
Ani Wis: Ebunes iti 114 9°

Type in Hungarian Museum. Described from a unique.
Locality : Muina,(Papua) [Biro].

2. U. caeruleocephala Theob., Igor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 256 ; fig. 276, thorax, scutellum, head,
scales. .
var. lateralis Ljidlow 1905, Can. Ent., xxxvii, 385 2.

364 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [Mol aalr

Described from 8 ? 2 in Dr. Annett’s coll.
Of her variety Miss Ludlow remarks that if Theobald’s type was
a rubbed specimen it becomes her variety lateralis.

Locaiities : Cottabatto (Mindanao) (Phil. Is.) [Vedder]. Also
Gambia, Sudan and old Calabar.

3. U. falcipes Banks, 1906.
Phil. Jour. Sci., i, 1004 o @.

Types No. 5210 in Entomological Coll., Bureau of Science,
Manila.

Locanity : Rizal (Manila), February [Banks, Schultze].

4. U. malayi Theob., 1oor.

Mon. Culic., ii, 258.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 494 °.
A unique.

Locatity : The jungle at Selangor, 28-x-1899 (Straits).

5: U. nitidoventer Giles, 1904.
Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.

Not given in the “‘ Gen. Ins.’”’ by Theobald.
Locality : Pampanga (Luzon) [Whitmore].

6. U. testacea Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. “Hung.;) ii, 1132 <5 fig kA, ipasale seme
antenne ; pl. ii, wing; pl. ili, wing scales.

Described from two @ @. ‘Types in the Hungarian Museum.
Taken by Biro at Singapore.

MIMOMYIA Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., ili, 304.
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 36.
Allied to Uvanotenia. ‘The larva of a Uganda species (splendens
Theob.) has been observed by Dr. Low, and noticed to retain

a position when in the water somewhat between that of Anopheles
and Culex (Theob.).

I. M. chamberlaini Ludlow, 1904.

Canmibnt! xxxvio. 207 oc".

Described from a unique o.

Locality: Bayambang in Pangasinan (Phil. Is.), May [Chamber-
lain).

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 305

PHONIOMYIA ‘Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., ii, 311; pl. xiv, xv (Macrorhynchus
longirostris 'Theob.), wing scales o &.

Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 38.

1. P. bimaculipes Theob., 1905.
Ann. Mus. Hung. iii, 114 @.

Described from 3 @ 2 in the Hungarian Museum (types).

LOCALITIES: Moroka, July to Sept. (Papua), 1,300 metres alt.
[Loria] ; Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua) | bivo].

2. P. indica Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 115 7” 9; pl. ii, wing @, pl. iti,
wing scales 9.

Types in Hungarian Museum. ‘Theobald says “ described
from a perfect «, but though in his description of the species he
does not mention the 2 (unless the abbreviated diagnosis of 6 lines
is intended to apply to both sexes) he figures a 2 wing in pl. 11.

RUNCHOMYIA ‘Theob., 1903.

Mon. Culic., ili, 319.
Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 38.

“ Near Dendromyia.”’

1. R. philippinensis Giles, 1904.
Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.

Not accounted for in the ‘‘ Gen. Ins.” by Theobald.
Locality : Pampanga (Luzon) [W/itmore}.

WYEOMYIA Theob., rgot.

Mon. Culic., ii, 267 : vol. iii, 310 (restricted).
Theob, Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 38.

1. W. aranoides Theob., 1901.
Moi Culic § 11,274) 2.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 499 °.

Straits. A unique, damaged, but Mr. Theobald believes it
belongs to this genus.

366 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicida. ([VOL. |,

2. W. greenii Theob., 1905.
Jour, Bomb. Sos, Xvi; 247. oc. 25 pl B.S, antenna:

Described from a perfect ~ and @. The species is ignored in
the “Gen. Ins.” ‘There is a Howardina greeni Theob. also from
Peradeniya in February, but that appears to be a different species

POLYLEPIDOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., iii, 118.
Near Dendromyia and Phomomyta.

1. P.argenteiventris Theob., 1905.

Ann. Mus. Hung., ili, 118 @ , fig. 15, head, scutellum,
bristles.
Described from 5 @ 2. ‘Types in Hungarian Museum.
LocaLity : Paumomu River (Papua) [Lora].

HEINZMANNIA Ludlow, 1005.

Can. Ent., xxxvii, 130 (Hevzmannia).
Heinzmannia (Ludlow), Banks, Phil. Jour. Sci., 1, 99
emendation from Heizmannia Ludl. (lapsus).

“Near Dendromyia Ladlow: incerta sedis.” (Banks.)

1. H. scintillans Ludlow, 1905.

Can) Bat? xxvii, 130, 9:
LocaLity : Pampanga (Phil, Is.).

AEDEOMYIA Theob., rgot.

Mon. Culic., ii, 218 ; fig. 259, scales; f. 260, map of
distribution.

Theob. Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 35.

I. squamipenna Arrib., 1878.

El. Nat. Argent., i, 151 (Aedes syuammipennis).

Aedes squammipenna Arrib. 1891. Dip. Argent., 62.
Aedeomyia squammipenna Theob. Mon. Culic. ii,21I9g 7 ¢ ;
fig. 261, leg tuft, wing fringe, apex 7
antenna, ungues o@ 9 ; pl. xxxi, 124? ,
full ins. col.; pl. E, wing scales, ol.
11d, 307,
Id. squammipennis Theob. Gen Ins. Fasc. 26; pl.
ii; 9 2 full ins. col:
Id. vd. Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 479.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 367

A slightly variable species, whose bite is not severe. Common
at Manila.
LOCALITIES : Madras [Cornwall]; Perak | Wray]; Seleo Berlinhafen
and Friedrich Wilhelmshafen (Papua) [Bzvo]; Manila [Banks,

Schultze, Woolley]; Ceylon. Also South America, West
Indies and the Sudan.

AEDES Meig., 1818.
Sys. Besch., 1, 13.
SehoE, Austr. i; 630:
Ficalbi Bull So. Ent. It. (1896), p. 299.

I. butleri Theob., Igor.

Mon’, Calic: 511,230) 9.
Giles Handbke 2nd. Hdl 481 19%.

Theobald is uncertain if the species truly belongs to this genus.
Described from Selangor, “‘ Jungle ; common and troublesome.”

HODGESIA Theob., 1904.
your, Lrops Meda -vil, r7:

I. H. sanguinea Theob., 1904.

Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 17.
Giles, Jour. Trop. Med., vii, 368.

Mr. Theobald considers the position of this genus uncertain, but
he includes it in the Aedeomying. Described first from Uganda, and
said to be an annoying bloodsucker.

LOCALITIES : Angeles (Pampanga, Phil. Is.) [W/itmore]; Luzon.

Sub. Fam. CORETHRIN/E.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 500.

CORETHRA Meig., 1803.
Illig. Mag., ii, 260.

Meig. Sys. Besch., i, 14.
Macq: Hast: Nat.o1 47:
och. By Auste. 11) 623°
Wulp, Dip. Neer., 331.
Theob Mon. Culic., ii, 288, figs. 294, 295, various
parts.
Id. id. i, 34 et seg., larva and pupa
desc. and fig.
Ids Getreluss hase. 20. p. 42.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 501: table of spp.

308 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. [VOL. I,

The larve live in almost any water, but prefer clear water
(Theob.). The proboscis is not formed for biting, and they occur
usually in the open country or in woods.

1. C. asiatica Giles, Igor.

Entom:., xsouy,. O00) 19.
Theob. Mon. Culic., ii, 294 @; fig. 296, wing, thorax.
Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 506 ¢.

Described from a single 2 in Giles’s coll. taken in a house.
Locality : Shajahanpur (N.-W. Prov., India) [Gzles].

SAYOMYIA Cogq., 1903.
Can. Ent., xxxv, 180:

Syn. Corethra Loew, non Meig.

I. S. manilensis Sch., 1868.

Reise der Novara Dipt. 30 ~ (Corethra id).

Corethra maniliensis Th. Mon. Culic., ii, 300 (Sch.’s desc.
transl.).

Coreth. manillensis Giles, Handbk., 2nd Ed., 504 (Sch.’s
descr. transl.).

Sayomyia manilliensts Th. Gen. Ins. Fase. 26, p. 43.

Manila.
2. S. cornfordi Theob., 1903.
Mon. Culic., iii, 339 2 (Corethra 1d.).

Described from several 2 °.
Locality : Shaohyling (China) in May and June [Cornford].

ETORLEPTIOMYIA Theob., 1905.
Gen. Ins. Fasc. 26, p. 44.

Banks places this in his Corethring, adding “‘ incerta sedis.”

I, E. luzonensis Ludlow, 1905.
Can. Ent., xxxvii, 101 (Oveillia 1d.).
Etorleptiomyia 1d. Ludlow Can. Ent., xxxviii, 185.
Bayembang (Pangasinan, Phil. Is.) | Chamberlain].

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 369

RACHIONOTOMYIA Theob., 1905.

Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 248.

I. R. ceylonensis Theob., 1905.
Jour. Bomb. So., xvi, 248 @; pl. B, 6, scutellum.

Described from a perfect unique. This genus possesses a pe-
culiar scutellar process that differentiates it from all others, and
Mr. Theobald seems to regard it as holding an isolated position.

Peradeniya, Ceylon (Oct.).

6 Oe eee OOOO Seen SO

370° EH. BRUNETTE

acer Wlk. (Culex)

aconita Donitz
AEDEOMYINAE
Aedeomyia Theob.

Aedes Meig.

aestuans Wied.

affinis Steph. (Culex)
africana Theob.

africanus Theob. (Panoplites)

ager Giles (Culex bitaeniorhynchus)

aitkenii James

albipes Leic. in Theob.
albirostris Theob.
albitarsis Ludl.
alboannulata Theob.
albolineata Giles

albolineata Theob. (nom. bis. lec.)

albolineatus Giles
albopictus Skuse
alboscutellata Theob.
albotaeniata Leic. in Theob
albotaeniatus Theob.
Aldrichia Theob.

alternans West.

ambiguus Theob.
amboinensis Doles. (Culex)

amesii Ludl. (S. nivea amesit)
angulata Theob.
Anisocheleomyia Theob.
annularis Wulp (A noph.)
annularis (Wulp) Theob.
annulata Schrk. (Culex)
annulata Theob.

annulatus Meig. (Culex)
annulifera Ludl.

annulifera Theob. (Panoplites)
annuliferus Ludl. (annulifera)
annulipes Theob. (Panoplites)
annulipes W1k. (Culex)
annulirostris Theob.
annulitarsis Macq. (Culex)
annulus Theob.

Anopheles Meig. {sensu latu)
Anopheles Meig. (sensu strictu)
ANOPHELIN‘A;
anopheloides Giles (Mansonia)
anxifer Coquerel (Bigot)
arabiensis Patton

arabiensis Patton

aranetana Banks

atanoides Theob.
argenteiventris Theob.
argenteus Ludl.

Armigeres Theob.

asiatica Giles

asiatica Leicester

Catalogue of Oriental Culicide.

INDEX.

Taeniorhynchus
Myzomyia

= (Cllex fatigans Wied. ..

= Theobaldia annulata Schrk.

= Mansonia uniformis Theob.
- Id. id.
Taeniorhynchus
Anopheles
Orthopodomyia
Myzomyia
Anisocheleomyia
Anisocheleomyia
Scutomyia
Scutonmyia

Culex

Lepidotomyia
Danielsia.
Myzorhynchus

Mucidus
Grabhamia

Megarhinus vide also Toxorhyn.

immisericors Wlk.
Stegomyia
Culex

Myzorhynchus
= Myzorhynchus vanus WIk.
Theobaldia

Trichopronomyia

= Theobaldia annulata Schrk.

(lapsus for annuliferus) Culex
Mansonia

Culex

Mansonia

Stegomyia 56
=Stegomyia fasciata F...
Culex ie

Finlaya :

= Culex fatigans Wied.
Anopheles

Culex

Finlaya

Wyeomyia
Polylepidomyia
Taeniorhynchus B6
= Desvoidya Blanchard ..
Corethra

Lophocelomyia

[VoEnt,

1907. |

atra Theob.
aureostriatus Doles.
aureostriatus Doles.
aurites Theob.
aurostriata Banks

australiensis Theob. (Panoplites)

azriki Patton
*

bancroftii Skuse (Culex)

barbirostris Wulp (4 nopheles)

bimaculipes Theob.
Bironella Theob.
biroi Theob.

bitaeniorhynchus Giles (Culex)

brevicellulus Theob.
brevipalpis Giles
brevipalpis Theob. (Cuwlev)
brevipalpus Theob.
butleri Theob.

caecus Theob.
caeruleocephala Theob.
calopus Meig. (Culex)
cantans Meig

Cellia Theob.
ceylonensis Theob.
chamberlaini Ludl.

christophersi Theob. (A noph.)

cingulatus Dol.
commovens WIk. (Culex)
concolor Rob. Desv.
conopas Frnfid.

Corethra Lw.

Covethva Meig.
CORETHRINAE

cornfordi Theob. (Covethra id.)

crassipes Wulp (Culex)
Culex Linn.

Culex Theob. (restricted)
culicifacies Giles @
culicifacies Giles ¢
culiciformis Cogill

culiciformis James and List.

culiciformis Theob.
CULICINAE
cuneatus Theob.

Danielsia Theob.
deceptor Donitz
deniedmanni Lud.
desmotes Giles
Desvoidea

Desvoidya Blanchard
diurna Theob.

dives Giles (Panoplites)
dives Sch. (Culex)
doleschalli Giles

dolosa Arrib. (Hetevonycha
dthali Patton

elegans Ficalbi (Culex)
elegans James aid L/stou
elegans James in Theob.

(Anoph.)

Records of the Indian Museum.

Uranotaenia.

= ? Culex japonicus Theob.

Culex :
‘Paeniorhynchus
Stegomyia
Mansonia
Myzomyia

* *

=Stegomyia fasciata F...
Myzorhynchus
Phoniomyia

Giles

= = Taeniorhynchus ager Giles

Taeniorhynchus
Stegomyia

=Stegomyia brevipalpis Giles

Lophoceratomyia
Aedes

Culex
Uranotaenia.

Stegomyia fasciata F..
Culex :

en ee
Mimomyia .
= Myzomyia listoni List.

preoc. changed to Culex doleschalli Giles E

=Mucidus alternans Wied.
Culex

Taeniorhynchus
= Sayomyia Coq.

Sayomyia
Stegomyia

= Myzomyia turkhudi Liston

Myzomyia
Anoph. (s. latu)
Stethomyia ..
Skusea

sub-sp. of Culex gelidus Theob.

36 *

Anoph. (s. latu)

Grabhamia
Stegomyia
=Desvoidya ..
Skusea
= Mansonia annulipes WIk.
I id.

Culex (s. latu) 42
= Culex fatigans Wied. ..
Anopheles

* *
= Stegomyia fasciata F...
Myzomyia
Myzomyia

WW WWW Ww

And fw AL
OT ae
~~ wy

iO Hw

304.

B72 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide. VOL

PAGE
error Theob. Aldrichia 322
Etorleptiomyia Theob. 2 ov re 368
exagitans Wlk. (Culex) =Stegomyia fasciata F... 330
excitans Wlk. (Culex) = Stegomyia fasciata F... 330
* * *
falcipes Banks Uranotaenia 364
fasciata F. (Culex) Stegonmyia 330
fatigans Wied. Culex 344
Ficalbia Theob. ae a 362
filipes WIk. Culex (s. latu) 354
Finlaya Theob. 5 360
flavipennis Giles Finlaya : a: 301
fluviatilis Chris. (Anoph.) = Myzomyia listoni List. 308
foochowensis Theob. Culex : 345
formosaensis Anoph. (s. latu) : 323
formosus Wlk. (Culex) =Stegomyia fasciata F . 330
fragilis Ludl. Culex 6 345
fragilis Theob. Stethomyia .. ae 312
frater Rob. Desv. (Culex) .= Stegomyia fasciata F... 330
fraudatrix Theob. Lophoceratomyia 342
freerae Banks Pyretophorus 312
fuliginosus Giles (Anoph.) Nyssorhynchus BL
fumipennis Steph. = Culex cantans Meig. 343
funerea Theob. Skusea 335
funesta Giles (Anoph.) Myzomyia 306
fusca Theob. Desvoidya 327
fuscanus Wied. Culex 345
fuscus Theob. Trichorhynchus 356
* cd *
gardneri Ludl. Stegomyia 331
gelidus Theob. Culex 346
gelidus cuneatus Giles = Culex gelidus Theob. 347
gigas Giles Anopheles 303
gilesii Theob. (Megar.) = Toxorhynchites immisericors Wik. 325
gnophodus Theob. Culex 347
Grabhamia Theob. a0 341
gracilis Theob. Bironella 5 322
Grasia Mich. (In Echinodermata) 305
Grassia Theob. = Myzomyia Blanch. 305
grata Banks Worcesteria .. 326
greenii Theob. Howardina 338
greenii Theob. Wyeomyia 366
gubernatoris Giles (Stegomyia) Phagomyia 338
* * *
halifaxii Theob. Culex 347
Heinzmannia Lud. 50 ead re 306
Heizmannia Lud. (lapsus for Hienzmannia) 366
himalayana Giles Howardina 338
hirsuteron Theob. Culex 347
hirsuteros Giles = Culex hirsuteron Theob. 347
hirsutum Theob. Culex 347
hispidosus Skuse (Culex) = Mucidus alternans Wied. 326
Hodgesia Theob. 367
Howardia Theob. = = Pyretophorus Blanch, .. 312
Howardina Theob. 30 si 338
Hulecoetomyia Theob. “ifs af ae 337
hyrcanus Pallas =? Culex mimeticus Noe. 349
* * *
idahoensis Theob. var. of Grab, spenceri Theob. 341
immaculatus Theob. Anopheles 304
imimisericors Wlk. (Megarhina) Toxorhynchites 324
impatabilis Wlk. (Culex) =Stegomyia fasciata F.. 330
impellens W1k. Culex Be 347
imprimens WIk. Culex 348

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. ae

PAGE

imprimiens Giles (lapsus for C. imprimens WIk.) os 348
indefinita Ludl. sub-sp. of Myzomyia rossii Giles .. 310
indica Theob. (Anoph.) =Myzomyia culicifacies Giles a 306
indica Theob. Phoniomyia .. i 365
indicus Giles (Anoph.) = Myzomyia culicifacies Giles se 306
indiensis Theob, var. of Nyssorhynchus maculipalpis Giles 319
inexorabilis Wlk. (Culex) = Stegomyia fasciata F... a 330
infula Theob. Culex ee esa
inflictus Theob. -?> Culex luridus Doles. Culex (s. latu) 355
inornatus Wlk. (Megarhinus) T oxorhynchites Pe ae 325

* * * *
jamesii Liston (Anoph.) = Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus ee B07)
jamesii Theob. (Anoph.) APA eal we ts 318
japonicus Theob. Culex ne ve 3A8
jehafi Patton Myzomyia .. te 5 307
jeyporensis James (Anoph.) Pyretophorus es Be 313
joloensis Ludl. Desvoidya .. x Set ee

* * * *
karwari James in Theob. Nyssorhynchus sn Meer 3S
kochi Donitz (Anoph.) Cellia aD oe ar 321
kochi Donitz (Culex) Finlaya a : ae 361
konoupi Brullé (Culex) = Stegomyia fasciata F. 56 330
kumasii Chalmers (Anoph.) vide Myzomyia funesta Giles af 307

* * * *

laniger Wied. (Culex) Mucidus ag 326
lateralis Ludl. var. Uranotaenia caeruleocephala Theob 363
lateralis Theob. Leptosomatomyia os 362
Laverania Theob. = Nyssorhynchus Blanch. ye 317
leicesteri Theob. Toxorhynchites are ts 325
Letcesteria Theob. ce on sé a 337
Lepidotomyia Theob. ie os BS tee e330
leptomeres Theob. Myzomyia .. af Ste 307
Leptosomatomyia Theob. ae as ic 30 | Bf
leucomeres Giles Stegomyia .. =e Bree SIGHS
leucophyrus Donitz (Anoph.) Myzomyia .. Ae 307
leucopus Donitz (Anoph.) = Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus oes as 317
lewaldii Ludl. Megarhinus .. ss 324
lindesayii Giles Anopheles - . Ay. 304
lineatopennis Ludl. Taeniorhynchus nye ISS
listoni Giles (Anoph.) = Myzomyia culicifacies Giles ie Eegoo.
listoni Liston (Anoph.) Myzomyia .. S60 a 308
longipalpis Leices. in Theob. Leicesteria .. oe aa | eStely/
longipalpis Wulp Culex #5 ois co aie
longipes Theob. Culex “3 oe 5g 349
Lophocelomyia Theob. be ae ae SS STO
Lophoceratomyia Theob. ais ie “is Fs 341
luciensis Theob. =Stegomyia fasciata F... oe 330
ludlowi Theob. Myzomyia .. xe 16 SOS
luridus Doles. Culex (s. latu) be Bie 355
lutea Ludl. Popea yo a eo
luteoannulatus Theob. sub-sp. of Culex fatigans Wied. 3 345
luteolateralis Theob. Culex : se 349
luzonensis Ludl. Etorleptiomyia Se esos

* K * *
macleayi Skuse = ? Culex fatigans Wied. is 344
Macrorhynchus Theob. (lapsus in Plate for Phoniomyia) .. 365
maculata Theob. Recotyial-. ae fe 340
maculata Theob. Pseudograbhamia ws es 340
maculatus Theob. (Anoph.) Nyssorhynchus Jo UG
maculicrura Theob. (Culex) = Culex tigripes De Gr. et de Chars 5: 353
maculipalpis Giles (A noph.) Nyssorhyuchus re 319
magna Theob. Lepidotomyia a Hs 339

malayi Theob. Uranotaenia ae a 364

374 E. BRUNETTI: Catalogue of Oriental Culicide.

mangyana Banks
manilensis Sch. (Covethra)
maniliensis Theob. (/d.)
manillensis Giles (Id.)
manilliensis Theob.
Mansonia Blanchard.
Mansonia Theob.
mediolineatus Theob.
mediopunctata Theob.
Megarhina

Megarhinus Rob. Desv.
Melanoconion Theob.
melanoptera Giles.
metaboles Theob. (Anoph.)
metallica Leices. in Theob.
microannulatus Theob.

Myzomyia

Sayomyia ‘

(lapsus) Say. manilensis Sch.

(lapsus) Id. 1dey
(lapsus) Id. id...

Culex
Stegomyia
= ae cageeS Rob. Desv.

Finlaya

= Nyssorhynchus stephens Liston i

Toxorhynchites
Culex

microptera Giles (Culex, Stegomyia and Wyeomyia) Stegomyia

micropterus Giles (C ulex)
mimeticus Noe

Mimomyia Theob.

minima Theob. (Uvranotaenia)
minimus Theob.

minimus Theob.

minutus Theob.

molestus Wied

mosquito Arrib. (Culex)
mosquito Rob. Desv. (Culex)
mucidus Karsch (Culex)
Mucidus Theob.

multiplex Theob.

Myzomyia Blanchard
Myzorhyvnchus Blanchard

nero Doles. (Culex)

nigerrimus Giles (Anoph.)
nigripes Zett.

nitidoventer Giles

nivea Ludl. (Stegomyia)

nivea amesii Ludl. (Stegomyia)
niveoscutellata Theob.

nivipes Theob.

notoscripta Skuse (Culex )
Nyssovhynchus Blanchard

obturbans WIlk. (Culex)
obturbans Theob. (Avmigeres)
ocellatus Theob. (A noph.)
ochracea Theob.

ochraceus Theob.

ornata Theob.

ornatus Theob.
Orthopodomyia Theob.

pallida Ludl.

pallida Theob.

pallidiceps Theob.
pallidithorax Theob.

pallipes Meig.

pampangensis Lud]
panalectoros Giles (Avmigeres)
Panoplites Theob.

Pecomyta Theob.

periskelata Giles

=Stegomyia microptera Giles
Culex

Ficalbia

Megarhinus ..

Pyretophorus

Myzorhynchus

Culex (s. latu) :
=Stegomyia fasciata i oe
var, of Stegomyia fasciata F.
Mucidus hs

Skusea

* *

= Mansonia annulipes WIlk.
seed ae

Culex

Uranotaenia ..

Scutomyia

=Stegomyia amesii Ludi.
Reedomyia

Nyssorhynchus

Scutomvia ..

* *

Desvoidya ..

= Desvoidya obturbans WIk.
- Cellia kochi Donitz

Grabhamia

Taeniorhynchus

var. of Skusea funerea

Melanoconion

* *

Stethomyia ..

var. of Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus Giles

Melanoconion

Culex

= Culex fatigans Wied.
Reedomyia

Desvoidya . oe
=Mansonia Blanchard. ..

Stegomyia

[MO al

PAGE

309
368
308 -
308
368
358
358
349
331
323
323
360
301
320

1907. |

persistans Banks

Phagomyia Theob.
philippinensis Giles
philippinensis Ludl. (Anoph.)
philippinensis Ludl.
Phoniomyia Theob.
pipersalata Giles

pipiens Linn.

pitchfordi Giles

plumiger Donitz (A noph.)
poialia Giles (Finlaya)
poicilia Theob.
Polylepidomyia Theob.

Popea Yudl.
pseudobarbirostri Lvudl.
Pseudograbhamia Theob.
pseudonivea Theob.
pseudotaeniata Giles (Stegomyia)
pulcherrima Theob.
pulchriventer Giles (pulcriventer)
pulcriventer Giles

pullus Theob.

punctolateralis Theob.
punctulata Donitz
punctulatus (Don.) Theob.
pungens Wied.

Pyretophorus Blanchard

quasipipiens Theob.
quasiunivittatus Theob.
queenslandensis Theob.

Rachionotomyia Theob.
Reedomyia Ludl.

feesii Theob.

regius Thwaites (Culex)
reversus Theob.

rizali Banks

Rossta Theob.

rossii Giles (A noph.)
rossii Giles (Culex)
rossii indefinita Ludl.
rubrithorax Macq.
rubithorax Macq.
Runchomyia Theob.

samarensis Ludl.
sanguinea Theob.
Sayomyia Coquillet
scatophagoides Theob.
scintilians Ludi.
scutellaris Wlk. (C2lcx)
Scutomyia Theob.
septempunctata Theob.
sericeus Theob.
setulosus Doles.
sexlineata Theob.
simplex Theob.
sinensis Theob.

sinensis Wied. (Anoph.)
sinensis annularis Theob.
sitiens Wied.

Skusea Theob,

Records of the Indian Museum

sub-sp. of Stegomyia fasciata F.

Runchomyia
Nyssorhynchus
Pyretophorus

Stegomyia

Culex :
Pyretophorus
Myzorhynchus

(lapsus for poicilia Theob. )
Finlaya

Myzothynchus

Stegomyia ac

Hulecoetomyia

Cellia

Culex

(lapsus for pulchriventer)
Culex ae

Stegomyia

Myzomyia

= Myzomyia tessellata Theob.
= ? Culex fatigans Wied.

Culex
Culex
= Stegomyia fasciata EF.

* *

Galex

= Toxorhynchites immisericors Wik.

var. of Mansonia uniformis Theob.
Culex

= — Myzorhynchus Blanch.
Myzomyia ..

= Stegomyia fasciata F.

sub-sp. of Myzomyia rossii Giles
Culex

(auct. lapsus f for rubrithorax Macq. )

* *

sub.-sp. of Eeony scutellaris W1k.
Hodgusia

Mucidus
Heinzmannia
Stegomyia

Mansonia

Culex es

Culex (s. latu)

Stegomyia

Ficalbia ;

var. of Culex gelidus Theob.
Myzorhynchus

- Myzorhynchus vanus Wilk.
Culex

370.) “EK. -BRUNETON

skusii Giles

sollicitans Wlk.
pathipalpis Rond. (Culex)
spenceri Giles (Culex)

spenceri Theob. (Culex and Grabha.

mia)
splendens Wied. (Culex)

squamipenna Arrib. (Aedes squammyr-

pennis)
squamipennis Arrib.

squammipennis Giles (Aedeomvia)

Stegomyia Theob.
stephenst Liston (Anoph.)
Stethomyia Theob.
stimulans W1k.
striocrura Giles

subulifer Doles. (Culex)
subumbrosa Theob.
subpictus Grassi

sugens Wied. (Culex)

taeniatus Wied. (Culex)
Taentorhynchus Arrib.

Catalogue of Oriental Culicide.

= Culex fatgnte Wied.
Grabhamia
‘Theobaldia
Grabhamia

Grabhainia
Megarhinus

Aedeomyia
= Aedeomyia squamipenna

(lapsus for Aedeo, s saneupe es Arrib. )

Nyssorhynchus

~ Culex cantans Meig.
Stegomyia

= Toxorhynchites immisericors WIk.

var. of Myzomyia funesta Giles
Anoph. (s. latu)
Scutomyia

* so

=Stegomyia fasciata F...

Taentorhynchus (modified by Theobald)

tenax Theob.

tessellata Theob.

testacea Theob.

theobaldi Giles (Anoph. )
Theobaldia Nev. Lemaire
thomsoni Theob.
thorntoni Ludl.

tibani Patton

TPaeniorhynchus
Myzomyia

Uranotaenia ..
Nyssorhynchus

Stegomyia
Myzomyia
By SOC

tigripes, de Grandpre and de Charmay Culex

tipuliformis Theob.
Toxorhynchites Theob.
toxorhynchus Macq. (Culex)
Trichopronomyta Theob.
Trichovhynchus Theob.
trilineata Leices. in Theob.
trilineatus Theob.
trimaculatus Theob.
tritaeniorhynchus Giles
turkhudi Liston (Anoph.)

umbrosa Theob.

umbrosus Theob.

uncus Theob.

unirormis Theob.

- uniformis Theob. (Panoplites)
univitatus Giles

univittatus Theob.
Uvanotaenia Arrib.

vagans Wied.

vagus Donitz (Anoph.)
vanus WIk. (Anoph.)
variegatus Doles. (Culex)
variegatus Schrk. (Culex)
ventralis Theob. (Avmigeres)
ventralis Wlk. (Culex)
ventralis Wlk.

vincenti Laveran

viridifrons Wlk. (Culex)

Culex

=Stegomyia fasciata F.

Hulecoetomyia

sub-sp. of Culex fatigans | Wied.
Culex

Culex

Myzomyia

* *

var. of Myzomyia funesta Giles
Myzorhynchus oc
Culex

Lophoceratomyia
Mansonia

(lapsus for univittatus Th.)
Culex

* *
Culex :
= Myzomyia rossii Giles. .
Myzorhynchus

=Stegomyia scutellaris Wik.
= Theobaldia annulata Schrk.
= Desvoidya obturbans WIk.
= Desvoidya obturbans WIk.
Culex (s. latu)

Anoph. (s. latu) oe
=Stegomyia fasciata F,.,

(Vo. I,

PAGE

344
341
340
341

341
324

366
366
366
328
319
312
343
335
325
307
323
337

330
356
356
358
Spee
364
320
339
335
311
320
352
353
324
330
356

356
338
345
353
355
Spe

307
316
353
342
359
358
355
363

353
310
316
333
339
328
328
356
322
330

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum.

viridiventer Giles
vishnui Theob.

w-alba Theob.
wellcomei Theob.
whitmorei Giles

willmori James in Theob.

Worcesteria Banks
Wvyeomyia Theob.

zonatipes WIk.

Culex ,
Culex

* *

Stegomyia
Anopheles
Taeniorhynchus
Nyssorhynchus

* *

= Stegomyia fasciata F.

NNN 4 POS

Wid aK *4 yo
a

NiOne smoot sia. RM Neat SY R PH ITD AL.

By E. BRUNETTI.

Pens le

[Owing to delay in the receipt of the MS. it has been found
necessary to postpone the publication of this paper until the next
number of these ‘‘ Records” appears. As the plates have been
already printed, however, they are issued now, with the Author’s

bare references to the figures.—ED. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI, XIT_AND XIII.
PLATE. <1.

Fic. 1.—Paragus luteus, Bru., sp. nov., 2.

2.—Eniozona ruficauda, Bru., sp. nov., °.

3.—Baccha robusta, Bru., sp. nov., 7 ?. Abdomen.

yo A= Id. Head.
5.—B. nigricosta, Bru., sp. nov. Wing.

6 —B. tinctipennis, Bru., sp. nov. Wing.

7.—Rhingia laticincta, Bru., sp. nov. 7 @. Abdomen.

~ 8.— Id. vat. Cee.) Abdomen.
e 9.—Volucella nubeculosa, Macq. Abdomen.

55 10.— Id. Wing.

», 11.—-V. basalis, Bru., sp. nov., 9. Abdomen.

a Id. Wing.

13.—V. ruficauda, Bru., sp. nov, 7 @.
14.—Lycastris albipes, Wik. o.

» 15.— Id. Wing.

\, 10.—L. flavahiyia, Bru., sp. noy., 7. Abdomen.

» Id. Wing.
BY ATES She

Fic. 1.—Helophilus quadrivittatus, Wied., 7. Abdomen.

160 Id oy. Id.
Aen I Some Id. var. oe Id.
fs 4.—H. bengalensis, Wied. o. Id.
fn os Id. Ge Id.
> oO Id. var. oe lid:
» 7-—H. insignis, Dol o. Id.
spo Gia Id. or Id.
53 9.— Id. Posterior leg.

», 10.—H.sp.? ¢@. Abdomen.

380

. 11.—H., sp. near panes Dol. 7. Abdomen.

12.— Id Anterior, middle and pos-
terior leg.

13:—H. sb., 9. Abdomen. ;

14.— Id. Anterior middle and posterior leg.

15.—H. aénous, Bru., sp. nov., 2:

16.—H., tuberculatus, Bru., sp. nov., ao” 9. Abdomen.

18 i Id. Middle leg.
18.—Bigot’s “ me Ne Dol.,’’ ~. Abdomen in profile.
19.— Anterior leg,
20.— td M ddle leg.
21.—H. sp., 2. Abdomen.
PLATE XL:

1.—A zpeytia bifascia, Bru., sp. nov., 7. Abdomen.
2. iP Id. Wing. -

3.— Ide” Head.

— Ghee ! Thorax and scutel-

lum.

a ~ ahd: Posterior leg.

6. Bieri himalayensis, Bru., sp. nov., @.

p= Kd: Antenna.

8.— Td. Posterior leg.

9.—Chrysotoxum sexfasciatum, Bru., sp. nov., 2.
10.—Microdon annandalet, Bru., sp. nov., @.

- 11.—M. ruficaudus, Bru., sp. nov., 9.
- 12.—Ceria obscura, Bru., sp. nov., 2.

13.—C. compacta, Bru., sp. nov., 2.

ee ee

Ree md Mus: Vol l,1907. . Plate XI.

A.C.Chowdhary, del.

Oe NEA ss Sv ape

~ eee

“Rec. Ind. Mus, Vol. 1, 1907. Plate XI.

A.C.Chowdhary, del.

ORIENTAL: “SYRP EDA,

Ma NOlbo ON ORIENTAL DIPTERA.

IV.—ON SOME INDIAN SPECIES OF LIMNOPHORA AND
ANTHOMYIA, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIES OF THE FORMER GENUS.

By E. BRUNETTI.

While passing through Lucknow in April last Dr. Annandale
found a small, well-marked, black-and-grey Anthomyid fly very
common and troublesome in houses, having apparently supplanted
the common Musca domestica, although a species of Musca closely
allied to M. domestica, but I think distinct, also occurred.

On reference to descriptions I identified the Anthomyid, with
very little doubt, as the Anthomyia tonitruz of Wiedemann. It
would, however, now be placed in the more modern genus Limno-
phora. The species is evidently widely distributed in the Fast.
I found it common at Mhow, Central India, in the middle of
April, 1905 ; in this locality it used to rest, motionless, on the
flowerpots in an open-air conservatory, seldom on the plants
themselves. At Mussoorie, towards the end of June, 1905, I also
found it common in a churchyard garden {ull of clover, in
company with the ordinary European dung fly Scatophaga_ sterco-
varia 1,., aspecies of Chortophila, and a small Tachinid.

I have no doubt that the A. lobalis of Thomson from China
is the same species, my specimens answering even better to this
description than to that of tonitrui ; and as Thomson himself says
it is closely allied to Wiedemann’s species, the identity of the two
is practically assured.

I give a full description, which has been drawn up from a
considerable number of freshly captured and well preserved speci-
mens from various localities.

Limnophora tonitrut Wied. (Plate xv; fig. 1, @ ; fig. 2,2.)
Anthomyia tonitrur, Wied. Aus. Zweifl., ii, p. 429.
? Anthomyia lobalis, Thoms. Eugenie Reise, p. 551.

Head shining silvery grey, vertex and antenne black, frons in
9 with a broad central black stripe, bearing a row of strong hairs
on its borders, bending strongly inwards ; mouth with stiff bris-
tles of different lengths ; the posterior orbit of the eyes entirely
encircled by similar bristles; eyes subcontiguous in the o, just
below the lengthened triangular vertex, separated only by the
frontal white ocular orbit; proboscis short, thick, black ; palpi
not apparent.

382 E. BRUNETTI: (Notes on Oriental Diptera. [Vor

Thorax ash-grey, with, on the front border, two black spots
joined together ; a wide jet-black transverse band across the meso-
thorax, reaching the wing-insertions, where it is slightly produced
posteriorly ; scutellum unicolorous, basal half black. The whole
thorax and scutellum beset with isolated long stiff bristles, includ-
ing two longer ones at the tip of the scutellum. Sides of thorax
whitish grey, with some stiff bristles.

Abdomen pale yellowish ; first segment semi-transparent, with
an oblong black spot on the posterior border towards each side
that is often indistinct or nearly absent ; second and third segments
with a long linear spot on each side of the posterior border and a
small oval spot in the centre of the foreborder ; fourth segment ash-
grey, with two round black spots in the centre, these spots much
wider in the @. Belly yellowish white, blackish at tip. Dorsum
of abdomen with soft black hair, which is also present at the sides
of the segments while at each side on the posterior border of each
segment, placed at the extreme edge, are two long black bristles
posteriorly deflexed.

Legs black or dark brown; anterior femora curved, with a
row of stiff hairs on the upper side and another row on the out-
side ; middle femora with a row of very short hairs below and
a few on the upper side and one or two long bristles at the tip ;
posterior femora very slightly curved, with a row of stiff hairs
on the outer side above and on the inner side below ; tibize prac-
tically bare, with a few spiny bristles at the tip; tarsi simple.

Wings clear; the third and fourth longitudinal veins distinctly
converging at the tip (as in Hydrotea) but at the extreme tip
the fourth slightly deflexed ; the internal cross vein placed at two
thirds of the distance from the base of the discal cell ; external
cross vein nearly or quite straight, distant its own length from
the internal cross vein and half its length from the wing border.
Three or four short, stiff bristles at the extreme base of the costa ;
alulz white, iridescent, the lower scale much the larger ; halteres
pale yellowish.

Described from 5 @ o@ in the Indian Museum collection
taken by Dr. Annandale in houses at Lucknow on April 2tst,
1907, and from a considerable number of specimens of both sexes
taken by me at Mhow, Central India, between April 11th and 16th,
1905, and at Mussoorie between June 20th and 24th, 1go5. A
@ from the Gonda district, Central India, taken between March
3rd and 5th, 1907, is also in the Indian Museum.

Limnophora himalayenis, sp. nov., mihi. (Plate xv, fig 3, ?.)

2. This species is allied to the preceding one but quite dis-
tinct ; it differs from L. tonitrui in the following characters :—

The abdominal marks consist of a pair of well separated
spots in the centre of the posterior part of each of the first
three sezments, the first pair small and round, the second elongated,
triangular in shape and placed lengthwise, with the bases of the

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 383

spots approximate, the third similar but rather shorter ; fourth seg-
ment with a row of four bristles.

Minor characters concern the frontal black spot, of which the
upper margin takes the form of a V; also the scutellum, of which
only the extreme base is black, whilst the black band in front
of it is narrower.

Described from 3 2 2? in the collection of the Indian Museum,
two taken by Dr. Annandale between the 28th and 30th of April,
1907, at Theog (alt. 8,000 feet) in the Simla district, and one from
Dharampur in the same district (alt. 8°00 feet), taken between
May 6th and 8th.

Types in Indian Museum collection.

Nore.—The other species of Limnophora recorded up to the
present from the East are—

L. bengalensis, R. Desv. Essai sur les Myodaires, 518. Bengal.
L. macet, R. Desv.. Loc. cit.,.519. Bengal.

L. prominens, Stein. Tijd. voor Ent., xlvi, 106. Java.

L. wigripennts, stein. Joc. cit., 108. Java.

Anthomyia pluvialis, Ll. (Plate xv, fig. 6, 2.)

A single male of this pretty species was taken by Dr. Annan-
dale at Theog on May 2nd this year. It is very common through-
out Europe and North America, and probably occurs right across
the Palearctic region to Japan and China, and may perhaps be
found at many places in the Himalayas. I believe it has not
been recorded from India before.

Anthomyza bisetosa, Thoms. (Plate xv; fig. 4, 7; fig. 5,9.)
Antiomyia bisetosa, Thoms. Eugenie Reise, p. 555.

Described first in the “ Eugenie Reise” from China (@), this
species has come under my notice several times lately. I took
it myself at Mhow, 11th to 16th April 1905, and at Hongkong,
5th March 1906, whilst the Indian Museum possesses specimens
from Calcutta taken in May this year. The appearance of the
thorax of this species is the same as that of the two species of
Limnophora described above, while the abdomen is similar to that
of A. fluvialis ; it is very distinct, and I do not think there can
be much doubt about the identification of the species with that
of Thomson.

Head—

In the male: eyes separated by only the narrowest possible
silver-white dividing line, extending to the vertex ; lower part of
face greyish white, more or less silvery seen from above, with, on
each side of the lower part of the cheeks, a triangular black spot
bearing one strong bristle and some smaller ones ; antenne black,
arista bare ; a row of bristles along under part of head; vertex

384 E. BRUNETTI: WNofes on Oriental Diptera. WoL

very small with some long bristles; back of head grey, with a
single row of small bristles round the eye border. In the female
the front equals one third the width of the head, silvery grey,
with a quadrate black spot, sometimes appearing as a thick V, |
just above the antennz ; on either side of this spot is a vertical
row of four bristles.

Thorax—

Ash-grey, lower part rather more whitish, a deep black
broad stripe runs transversely across the dorsum from the wing-
insertions, and a narrower one immediately in front of the scutel-
lum. The disposition of bristles is not quite consistent, but
seems to be as follows: a lateral row of: three large ones on the
humeral limit of the dorsum ; a transverse row of eight bristles
immediately in front of the transverse black stripe, of which the
two centre ones are smaller than the rest; a row of six then
follows, and in front of these again, a rather irregular row of quite
small ones of varying number; three or four occur on the black
stripe, and between it and the scutellum are ten or twelve others.
The unicolorous scutellum bears a few short ones and two long
ones at the tip which cross one another ; a row of five bristles in
front of each wing-insertion with three or four behind; meta-
notum whitish grey, bare.

Abdomen—

Whitish grey ; at the base of the second, third and fourth
segments a narrow black band which is produced downwards in
the form of three triangles, the centre ones being longest and
narrowest, the outer ones not reaching the posterior border, nor
the side margins. A row of bristles on posterior edge of each
segment, the dorsum of which is covered with scattered hairs.
Belly grey.

Legs—

Black; femora with a row of bristly hairs on outer and
under sides, longest on fore pair ; four posterior tibiz with a few
scattered bristles. Hind femora curved,o @?.

Wings—

Pale grey, with the slightest yellowish tint towards base and
foreborder ; alule whitish, lower scale slightly the larger ; halteres
pale yellow.

Described from six males and four females in the Indian
Museum collection, from Calcutta, May 1907, Mhow (India), 11th
to 16th April 1905, Hongkong, 5th March 1go6, and from further
specimens of both sexes from Mhow and Hongkong in my own
collection, the specimens from these two localities having been
taken by me.

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 385

Notr.—These four species stand out as conspicuous ones,
amongst the generally sombre coloured Anthomyids, yet, although
in general appearance resembling one another, they can all be
easily recognized.

In Van der Wulp’s Catalogue of South Asian Diptera, only
nineteen species are given, and to these no new ones have since
then been added. Of these, tonitrui, Wied., is a Limnophora, as
herein shown ; albicornis, Wik., is referred by Kertesz to Mydea ;
peshawarensis, Big., is considered by Kiinckel d’Herculais (to
whom co-types have been sent from the Indian Museum) as
Synonymous with Chortophila cilicrura, Rond.; whilst the re-
mainder may be roughly separated into four groups: A (arista
bare ; legs black), B (arista bare ; legs more or less pale), C (arista
plumose ; legs black), D (arista plumose ; legs more or less pale).
A few species in which the arista is minutely pubescent are, as is
usual in these cases, classed with those which have the arista bare.

Group A. metallica, Wied. ; extgua, Wied.

Group B. binz, Wied. ; flexa, Wied. ; manillensis, Frfld.
(V.d. Wulp’s quotation as to page is incorrect ; it
should be 449).

Group C. calens, Wied. ; concana, WIk. ; lenticeps, Thoms.

Group D. quadrata, Wied. ; bibax, Wied. ; trina, Wied. ;
pere, Wik.

The two remaining species I cannot place, as their author
gives no information regarding the pilosity or otherwise of the
artista. They are dJlocata, Wlk., and procellaria, Wk.

Probably some of the above species belong to the more re-
cently established genera, but this is not the place to deal with
the question, nor have I the means at hand to form: any opinion
on the matter.

Rec.Ind.Mus Vol 1]. 1907. ‘Plate XV.

A.Chowdhary, del

XXVIL— NOTH Ss ON -FRESOMWATER SPONGES.

By N. ANNANDALE, B.A., D.Sc., Superintendent, Indian Museum

VI.—THE MIDDAY SIESTA OF Sfongilla IN THE TROPICS.

During last winter I was able to keep specimens of S/on-
gilla c-assissima and S. proliferens alive for some weeks in an
aquarium. Accidentally, while attempting to demonstrate the
currents set up in the water by their activity, I discovered that
for some hours in the middle of the day these currents ceased.
During their cessation the oscular collars were considerably con-
tracted but not altogether closed, but I have been able to obtain
no evidence that the cells that surround the inhalent pores have
the power of contraction at all well developed. The cessation of
the currents can, therefore, have been due only to cessation of move-
ment on the part of the flagelle of the collar cells. Itis by
no means uncommon for ccelenterates to remain ina state of
qttiescence during the heat of the day in the tropics and even
in temperate climates, and it is not surprising that sponges should
follow the same course. The great majority of the organisms found
in ponds in Lower Bengal appear to be adversely affected by
heat and, as it were, imperfectly acclimatized. Winter is the only
time at which many of them flourish, although this is by far
the driest season in Calcutta, and the majority are most active
in the evening and early morning.

VII.—DE;cRIPTION OF TWO NEW FRESHWATER SPONGES FROM
EASTERN BENGAL, WITH REMARKS ON ALLIED FORMS.

The two new sponges here described were found at Rampur
Bhoolia (Rajshahi), Eastern Bengal, in February last. Both of
them were abundant on reeds and twigs, together with Spongilla
cartert, Bowerbank, in several ponds near the European quarter of
the town.

Spongilla reticulata, (2) sp. nov.
Subgenus Fuspongilla, Vejdovsky.

Sponge soft, consisting of a thin layer incrusting the support,
and of numerous transversely elongated, laterally compressed,
delicate branches, which frequently anastomose so as to form
a reticulated structure. Colour bright green. Surface smooth,
minutely hispid; oscula surrounded by conspicuous mem-
branous collars, which are supported by a delicate ring of
spongin ; pores minute. Primary radiating fibres of skeleton
delicate, feebly coherent, never with more than a few spicules
parallel to one another, secondary (transverse) fibres barely
distinguishable as such, irregular; the whole skeleton ex.

388 N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. [VOL. I,
tremely fragile, spongin being present in exceedingly small
quantities. Skeleton spicules smooth, moderately stout, com-
paratively large, ampioxous, gradually pointed ; flesh spicules
numerous both in the dermal membrane and in the paren-
chyma, slender, abruptly pointed or blunt, curved in a wide
are or nearly straight, covered irregularly with relatively large
spines, which tend, especially towards the ends of the spicule,
to be bent backwards and inwards; gemmule spicules closely
similar but stouter. Gemmules large, spherical, yellow,
abundant, both in the basal layer and in the branches,
covered with a thick layer of granular substance, which is
confined externally by a definite chitinous coat; the gemmule
spicules arranged horizontally in the latter and tangentially
on the former ; the single aperture infundibular, not provided
with a chitinous tube.

This Sponge is closely related to the very variable species
Spongilla alba, Carter, from which it may be distinguished by its
external form, by the presence of green bodies in the cells of its
parenchyma, and by its soft consistency and fragile skeleton.

Spongilla alba' is, again, very closely allied to S. lacustris,' of
which S. veticulata may be no more than a specialized race. An
examination of a considerable number of specimens from different
parts of Bengal convinces me that the only constant differences
between S. alba and S. lacustris are the following :—

Spongilla alba. Spongilla lacustris.

Branches frequently absent,
when present, laterally com-
pressed. “Colour even sin 7a
bright light, white or grey, oc-
casionally dark green owing to
the presence in the tissues of

Branches rarely absent, when
present, cylindrical. Colour, in
a bright light, leaf-green owing
to the presence of chlorophyl
corpuscles in cells of the paren-
chyma.

extracellular alge.

The skeleton is also stouter in S. alba than in S. lacustris, and
this is perhaps the most important difference.

Differences in external form and in colour are by no means
satisfactory foundations for the creating of species in the Spong-
illinzee asa rule. ‘The latter is liable to change from a variety of
causes, ¢.g., leaden-grey examples of Ephydatia indica become
white if kept alive in an aquarium, and it is well known that the
chlorophyl corpuscles, which probably start life as independent
organisms, become colourless if kept in the dark or even in a
dull light. As regards the presence of such bodies in S. lacusirts,
however, and their absence from S. alba, it is not sufficient to
suppose that the free-living organism does not occur in the

| Petr differentiates between the two forms (in Bohemian) in Abh. Bohmisch
Ges., viii, p. 27, pl. i. Unfortunately Iam unable to read what he says. His
figures of the gemmules are clear, if somewhat diagrammatic, but do not, of

course, illustrate their range of variation. (ately I have found the typical
S. lacustris in W. India. Dec., 1907.)

1907. | Records of the Indian Museum. 389
water of Indian ponds, for the “‘ corpuscles ’’ are found not only
in the closely allied S. reticulata but also in S. proliferens, a form
that I have frequently taken in the same pond as S. alba. Some
peculiarity, structural or physiological, in the cells of the paren-
chyma is argued by their absence from S. alba. Both S. lacus-
tris and S. alba vary greatly in external form; but it is note
worthy that not only is S. alba far more frequently devoid of
branches than S. lacustris, but in the latter the branches appear
never to show any tendency to be laterally compressed —the
shape they always take in S. alba, if they are present at all.
Very often they occur in this species merely as ridges or irregular
projections on the surface, but frequently they are well developed.
Gemmules of S. lacustris generally have a chitinous cup surrounding
the aperture; such a cup is sometimes present in those of S. alba
but often completely absent.

For these reasons I think it advisable to regard S. alba
conventionally as a species distinct from S. lacustris, of which,
however, it is a close ally.

My S. lacustris var. bengalensis is a synonym of S. alba,
between the typical form of which and Bowerbank’s S. cerebel-
lata J can draw no line, although Carter recognized S. cerebellata
as a variety of his species. The arrangement, as well as the pro-
portions, of the gemmule spicules differs even in different gem-
mules of the same specimen, and I find that flesh spicules are
often present in one part of a sponge and absent from another.

Specimens of S. alba were obtained during winter in salt water
in the Chilka Take, Orissa, by Babu Gopal Chandra Chatterjee,
who has presented them to the Museum. ‘They form a thin
layer, without a trace of branches, on and between the shells of
mussels (Mytilus striatulus), are devoid of flesh spicules and have
larger and stouter skeleton spicules than any other form of the
species with which I am acquainted. Their finder tells me that
they were white in life. I name this form provisionally S. alba
var. marina, but it is possible that it is only a temporary phase.
In the Port Canning ponds S. alba (bengalensis) was devoid of
branches in the winter of 1905-1906, but was profusely branched
in the succeeding cold weather, all the individuals of the first
phase having died down in the intervening seasons. It is worthy
of note that S. alba resembles S. lacustris not only in its struc-
ture and its variability, but also in being able to live in salt
water, a medium in which the latter species has frequently been
found in the Northern Hemisphere.

Spongilla crassior, sp. nov.
Subgenus Spongilla, Wierzejski.

Sponge incrusting its support in a thin layer, very hard and firm,
of a yellowish colour, the external surface smooth, without
projecting spicules, the oscula situated on star-shaped areas,
the pores minute. Both vertical and transverse fibres of the

390 N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. [VOL.

' skeleton extremely massive, especially so (but irregularly
arranged) towards the external surface ; a large amount of
spongin present in the skeleton. Skeleton spicules short,
stout, smooth, straight or nearly straight, abruptly rounded
at the ends, but often with a very slender and minute ter-
minal projection ; no flesh spicules ; gemmule spicules slender,
cylindrical, amphistrongylous, nearly straight, uniformly
covered with minute blunt spines ; arranged in distinct layers,
one of which lies horizontally on the external surface of the
gemmule group, while the other is situated, with the spicules
lying tangentially, immediately outside each gemmule. The
gemmules small, spherical, grouped together in groups of
various sizes; the “cells”? surrounding them large, poly-
gonal in cross section, in many layers; the main aperture
of each gemmule provided with a long, trumpet-shaped,
curved tubule, which opens outwards ; subsidiary apertures
sometimes present. The gemmules occupying the whole of
sponge except a thin external layer, in which the interstices of
the skeleton are small.

In external appearance this species closely resembles S. fragilis,
Leidy, a form widely distributed in Europe and America, recorded
from Australia, and lately found by myself in the Museum tank in
Calcutta, in which it was growing (together with S. alba, S.
cartert , Ephydatia fluviatilis var. meyent, Trochospongilla phillottiana
and T. latouchiana) on a brick wall. Spongilla crasstor is, however,
most nearly related to my S. crassissima, but its skeleton spicules
are stouter. The four Indian representatives of the subgenus are all
very close to one another, and I have had much difficulty in
separating them. As three of them are common in Calcutta and
I have, therefore, been able to examine a considerable number
of specimens, f{ think the following key will be found useful in dis-
tinguish ng them :—

SUBGENUS Spongilla (GEMMULES BOUND TOGETHER IN
GROUPS, EACH OF WHICH IS ENCLOSED IN A MASS

OF POLYGONAT, »-CERLS *):

A. Gemmule spicules apparently not arranged in two layers

a. Skeleton spicules amphioxous; fibres of skeleton
delicate—S pongilla decipiens, Weber.

B. Gemmule spicules clearly arranged in an outer and an inner
layer—

b. Framework of skeleton not very stout; skeleton
spicules amphioxous ; sponge incrusting—Spongilla
fragilis, Leidy.

b'. Fibres of skeleton moderate, forming a close, hard
reticulation ; sponge forming spherical or spindle
shaped masses—Spongilla crassissima, mihi.

1907. ] Records of the Indian Museum. 391

6. Fibres of skeleton extremely massive, especially to-
wards the external surface, skeleton spicules sausage-
shaped, sponge incrusting—Spongilla CYASSLOY, Sp.
nov.

Weber says in his original description of S. decipiens that the
gemmule tubules are short and straight, but I do not find this
feature to be constant in Indian specimens. In the same gemmule
group, indeed, short, straight tubules and long curved ones often
occur, and although Potts states that in S. fragilis the tubules are
of equal diameter throughout, I cannot regard this character as of
specific value by itself, for in all the species of the subgenus as yet
recorded from India the outline of the tubules js frequently
irregular. My examples of S. fragilis differ from the figures of
palearctic specimens in having stouter skeleton spicules, some of
which are pointed so abruptly that they are almost amphistrongy-
lous.

I now see reason to regard my S. crassissima var. bigemmulata
-hot as a true variety but as a temporary phase of the species. [I
have only found it at the beginning of the cold season, that is to
say, at a date at which the typical S. crassissima is still rare, and
the very numerous amphioxi and comparative looseness of the
skeleton in all my specimens point to immaturity. In several other
species, notably in S. carteri, I find that the skeleton is less com-
pact at the beginning of the season than it afterwards becomes,
although I also find that in S. carteri the strengthening of the
skeleton, due chiefly to the development of the transverse fibres,
does not go so far in some ponds as in others in the same neigh-
bourhood. Indeed, I feel confident in stating, after examining
a large number of examples of this species im situ in different
ponds in Calcutta at different times of the year, and on single
occasions at Rajshahi and Lucknow, that the strength of the
skeleton is correlated, whether fortuitously or not I cannot as yet
say, with the character of the vegetation of the pond ; examples
from ponds in which Phanerogamic plants are few, have, towards
the end of the cold weather, comparatively stout skeletons, where-
as those from ponds in which such plants grow luxuriantly, are
fragile even at this date ; specimens from both are fragile during the
hot weather and the rains—seasons during which few individuals
of S. carteri are found alive and gemmules are rarely formed.
Specimens of this species taken at these seasons are, moreover, as
a rule smooth and rounded on the surface, with the exhalent
apertures few, large and very deep. They are of a pale flesh-colour,
rarely tinged with green in life, and have the peculiar property of
turning spirit a dark brown and becoming brown themselves in
alcohol, a property I have not seen in specimens taken at other
times of the year. Although the majority of “‘ hot-weather”’
specimens are of this form, I have, however, taken others of a more
typical one even at this season.

Ephydatia indica also shows seasonal variation as regards its

392 N. ANNANDALE: WNotes on Freshwater Sponges. | VOL. 1, 1907. ]

skeleton spicules, which in May are pointed and irregularly inflated,
and in July and August are blunt at the extremities and much
more nearly regular in outline ; gemmules are found at both sea-
sons but their spicules likewise differ in shape (Kec. Ind. Mus., i,
part 3, p. 273).

There can be no doubt, therefore, that considerable seasonal
variation occurs in the freshwater sponges of the Ganges delta,
and, indeed, this might have been expected from the plastic nature
of these organisms and the wide range of temperature to which
they are exposed in a district on the verge of the tropics.

REFERENCES.
Garters je .. ‘° History, etce., of known species of Sfon-
gilla,’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), vii,

De (Som)
Potts, 34, .. ‘Contributions towards a Synopsis of the

American Forms of Freshwater Spon-
ges,” etc., Proc. Acad. Sct. Philadelphia,
SKIKE ek Om LOO me

Weber, M. -. — spongillide vdes © Indischen, Archipelse:
Zool. Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nieder-
landisch Ost Indien, vol. i, p. 30 (1890).

Weltner, W. .. “Die Stisswasserschwamme,” in Zacharias,
Die Tier- und Pflanzenwelt des Siisswas-
SE/S VOLAN, Py 167m ESOL)

Weltner, W. .. ‘‘Spongillidenstudien, III,” Archiv f. Natur-
eescH.) ix, p. LiA (1805):
Annandale, N. .. ‘‘ Notes on the Freshwater Fauna of India,

No. IX,” Journ. Astat. Soc. Bengal,
LOOZ Pale ye

Annandale, N. .. “The Fauna of Brackish» Ponds jat™ Boxe
Canning, Lower Bengal, Part I,” Rec.
Ind. Mus., i, p. 37 (1907).

wi ;
| ‘
c¥
ae
=.
it di
4

ernie uy sm ; ’
-, Ta A
it eres {peasy
, ware ie fm 4
Hh Lvs by
. J 1: Aj ‘

LES Tear bates et

uy ‘e

—

Bree
Pies
Bren

EIG.

FIG.

EXPLANATION, OF “PLATE. Sav:

1—Spongilla reticulata, (?) sp. nov. (from a dried specimen)

nat. size.

gemmule spicules, highly
magnified.

alba, Carter, gemmule spicules (both from the
same specimen) at the same magnification.

cvasstor, sp. nov., portion of the skeleton near
the external surface, magnified (e=externa!
surface).

crassissima, Annandale, ditto.

>) $5 do

Plate XIV.

Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. 1, 1907.

VLE
VF

= a,

A. CHOWDHARY, de/,

Engraved and Printed

EON VEL ah eA CAR: eBr Pale Oe Nice Oink eae: aN Ey Wi
CVI POR en ao ob lesser). Ors |r oGekeN oS
‘DAINCLO PROV UW, PoP Re Baur: MEAs ;

By C. Tate REGAN, M.A.

Danio brownt, sp. nov.

Depth of body 22 to 33 in the length; length of head 4.
Snout from nearly as long as to a little longer than the diameter
of eye, which is 3} to 32 in the length of head ; interorbital
width 24 to 24 in the length of head. Four barbels, the anterior
pair 4 to 2 the diameter of eye, the posterior pair much shorter ;
maxillary extending to the vertical from anterior edge of eye;
suborbitals completely covering the cheek. Thirty to 34 scales
in a longitudinal series, 6} to 74 in a transverse series from origin
of dorsal to lateral line, 1 or 2 between lateral line and base of
ventral fin. Dorsal of 2 or 3 simple and g or 10 branched rays ;
origin equidistant from vertical limb of preeoperculum and base
of caudal. Anal of 2 simple and 11 or 12 branched rays ; origin
below the middle of the dorsal. Pectoral not quite reaching the
ventrals. Three to five dark bluish longitudinal lateral stripes,
the middle one of which broadens out anteriorly and usually be-
comes double, forming a loop on the middle of the side above the
ventral fins, whilst the stripe below curves upwards in front of
the loop.

Hab. Northern Shan States, Upper Burma.

Nine specimens, the largest 70 mm. in total length, collected
by J. Coggin Brown. _

This species is near to D. kakhiensis, Anderson, in which the
body is more slender (depth 3} to 33 in the length), the mouth is
more vertical and the first suborbital consequently much larger,
and the middle lateral stripe does not broaden out or form a loop
anteriorly.

‘o

47 - Dy.
ye a Ly ta
ee
ce 7 = : Pi
¢ > 7
: ha ‘
a 7 ai
Os hee + ee
ww eo ve
Pe Ps)
7’ 7 wen |
’ eat
a i ue
Pe ae
a
ay if ay :
ae A ae
>" -
i“ een
n a :
‘ : 4
Ve
ey 4
4 é ss A
a @il) :
e 3%
“
7 &
} P —
7
7 A is
i
’ »
4
.
i}
it 5

a 2 wy
a)
j

c.
“ty
ae ae ; 5 if
ed “ie at id ‘* Roth ;
Lite fie OL
at ArT mA | 8 : 2
ee eee wv
. L> “¢ ) i ,
’
Ry ore ae
: ‘ ~ as
' i emante Ne
9
' ¥
; . {
rT 4 nt!
_ be im : ,
¥ - M
Cea oe 7
he “
wie !
+ 4 A
B. ty A, J 7 >
j oe We t “. ' ‘
a y vi i
Ars: ei a \ ¥
To. Peri np pe mi
. ' i
' : wos)
” Serer a by a im)
Ay as Z i
» ; . f ‘
a . x ‘
we of ‘ ’
. p
ake _? boot ;
oa & er - ; ; : re
\ a tut RT
wot et) ok i %
re halt ye J hh :
We) nevi ih a
Piece wel
. YAN)
Re iss. : ‘ A
ta q
a De Pe © ha ih
Hin 7%, ’
Pe of ‘
f ; i
He 7 Se
iy Lary HT bP sry
trike iar ee}
id ; Dy a
a - No ,
i r
FOL te, Phew i
i t ; ct
n ' 1? mins
iG * a pe
(2h3 ; t
i ;
i" f
Fob . i t
/ i f Pin
pat t :
iv aT t
fig. fd ‘ale
ee 1
PE i *
“
a es Tey &
f
yates '
’ ’
ay
ir J
- a
i aN 1A)
- a)
i
Xi
j
n
=

A.
e a

1 j
i
&
rd |
s
Tie uy
.
4 iy
.
| .
H
.
'
.
‘ i

H
+
n
t
1

‘Lvl ie ;
eT

MISCELLANEA.

REPTILES AND BATRACHIA.

A COLOUR VARIETY oF Typhlops braminus.—A peculiar Typh-
lops was brought to me some months ago by one of the Museum
servants, who had caught it in Calcutta. Thinking that it prob-
ably. represented a new species, I sent it to Mr. G. A. Boulenger
for description. He tells me, however, that he believes it to be
IT. braminus. ‘The whole of the body is of a bright bluish grey,
which in life was almost blue, the head and the tip of the tail
being white. A similar specimen was recently sent to the Museum
from Sirsiah, Mozufferpore, Bihar, by Mrs. Bergtheil, but has un-
fortunately been mislaid.

N. ANNANDALE.

REPTILES AND A BATRACHIAN FROM AN ISLAND IN THE CHILKA
LAKE, OrISSA.—In August, 1907, the Museum Collector, Mr. R. A.
Hodgart, spent a week on Gopkuda Island, which lies about a mile
and a half from the shore in the Chilka Lake, a large, shallow lagoon
recently (from a geological point of view) separated from the Bay of
Bengal on the coast of Orissa. ‘The lake is not completely shut
off from the sea, for a narrow channel still persists ; during the
tains the water is rendered brackish by the large amount of fresh
water brought into it by the small streams that terminate in the
lake, but during winter it becomes much salter. The following

reptiles and frog were obtained on Gopkuda Island by Mr. R. A.
Hodgart :—

I. Emyda vittata, Peters.

Three half-grown specimens from the shores of the island.
As I have already pointed out (Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1906,
Pp. 203), this form is no more than a race of E. granosa, Schoepff,
the typical form of which apparently replaces it in the valleys of
the Ganges and the Indus. ‘Two of the three specimens have an
irregular reticulation of narrow dark lines on their carapace—a
common feature of the form—and all have longitudinal dark lines

on the head and neck.
2. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. and B.
A single male with two longitudinal rows of pink spots on the
ventral surface of the tail. ‘The species occurs all over Bengal.
3. Hemidactylus brookir, Gray.

A single male with fourteen preanal pores—not an unusual
number—on either side.

398 Miscellanea. [Vora 1907.

4. Calotes versicolor (Daud.).

One young specimen.

5. Varanus nebulosus (Gray).

One small specimen.

6. Typhlops acutus (D. and B.).

One small specimen.

7. Cerberus rhynchops (Schneid.).

A specimen was caught off the island holding a small horse-
mackerel (Cavanx tive) by the belly in its jaws.

8. Rhacophorus maculatus (Gray).
A single specimen, taken on the wall of a house.

N. ANNANDALE.

HNN 132

Sean
pobeneneeten asp eubersen rrantcimaourtebeieded=* = ehniovel
a i tr

myeses.

5 oe ripe
phe eroumpey nsw
dedenetstvececesoctommttote’

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Records of the Indian Museum"

See other formats